Upload
others
View
15
Download
2
Embed Size (px)
Citation preview
Shock and VibrationDamping Components
vibrationmounts.comCATALOG
V100
www.vibrationmounts.com Phone: 516.328.3662 Fax: 516.328.3365
AD
VANCED ANTIVIBRATIO
N
COMPONENTS
i
Introduction................................................................................................................... iiUnique Features of This Catalog ................................................................................ iiiSales Conditions ........................................................................................................... ivPictorial Index ............................................................................................................... vPart Number Index....................................................................................................... xListing of Additional Cylindrical Mounts ................................................................ xiSelection Procedure for Rubber Mounts ................................................................... xii
1 Stud & Nut Type Mounts ...................................................................... 1-1 2 Base Plate Fastened Mounts ................................................................. 2-1 3 Wheels, Leveling & Foot Mounts ......................................................... 3-1 4 Suspension Mount.................................................................................. 4-1 5 Spring, Steel Mesh & Cable Mounts .................................................... 5-1 6 Bumpers, Shock Absorbers & Channel Mounts ................................ 6-1 7 Bushings & Grommets ........................................................................... 7-1 8 Pads & Tapes ........................................................................................... 8-1 9 Couplings ................................................................................................ 9-1
TECHNICAL SECTION
T1 Vibration and Shock Isolation ............................................................. T1-1 T2 Shaft Couplings ..................................................................................... T2-1
Alphabetical Index ....................................................................................................... A-0
Table of Contents
SECTION PRODUCTS
Shock and Vibration Damping Components
Advanced Antivibration Components2101 Jericho Turnpike, Box 5416, New Hyde Park, NY 11042-5416Phone: 516-328-3662 FAX: 516-328-3365 www.vibrationmounts.com
NOTE: We reserve the right to make changes and corrections without notice. Every effort has been made to provide accurate technical & productinformation. The company disclaims responsibility for any error or omission regarding technical & product information published.
© 2004 Advanced Antivibration Components / Division of Designatronics, Inc.
All rights reserved herein and no portion of this catalog may be reproduced without the prior consent in writing of the company.Printed in Canada by Webcom Ltd.
PAGE
Catalog V100 PAGE
vibrationmounts.com Phone: 516.328.3662 Fax: 516.328.3365
www.vibrationmounts.com Phone: 516.328.3662 Fax: 516.328.3365
AD
VANCED ANTIVIBRATIO
N
COMPONENTS
ii
Designatronics, Inc., with its divisions and subsidiaries, has been involved since 1960 in the manu-facture and distribution of different mechanical and electronic components.
Advanced Antivibration Components (AAC) is the division of Designatronics devoted to marketingproducts exclusively related to elimination of vibration, energy absorption and protection of componentsand devices from shock and possible destruction.
This is, today, an extremely important field, since instrumentation and recording devices are playingmore and more important roles in our daily lives. These devices are becoming miniaturized and portableand, as a result, are becoming exposed to unexpected hazards.
In addition, different rotating machinery, moving vehicles, machine tools, household appliances, etc.all require vibration control to eliminate undesirable effects that they may cause to their surroundings.
The understanding of the subject of Vibration and Shock requires some amount of theoretical knowl-edge of the theories which govern its causes and subsequent propagation. For this reason, an exten-sive Technical Section, which includes solved problems, is included in this publication.
This handbook contains the broadest offering available from a single source related to antivibrationproducts. In order to facilitate the selection of the proper product, an attempt was made to classify andpresent the products in an especially organized sequence.
Furthermore, since our company is continuously providing services to the Design, Engineering andManufacturing segments for the last 44 years, we are keenly aware of the fact that immediate availabil-ity of components is usually required. Therefore, all items shown in this catalog are available fromstock.
I wish to acknowledge and to congratulate our Engineering staff and our Graphic CommunicationsDepartment for organizing and producing this handbook in such an extensive, attractive and explicitmanner.
Martin HoffmanPresident
DESIGNATRONICS INC.
Introduction
vibrationmounts.com Phone: 516.328.3662 Fax: 516.328.3365
www.vibrationmounts.com Phone: 516.328.3662 Fax: 516.328.3365
AD
VANCED ANTIVIBRATIO
N
COMPONENTS
iii
Unique Features of This Catalog
1) Our sister division, SDP, started marketing Vibration Mounts in its first catalog published in 1971. It contained only 24 pages of this type of product. Subsequently, in 1978, a special separate volume: Handbook of Vibration Mounts was published. It contained a brief Technical Section, but it reached a 55-product page size. The importance of this product line kept growing and, as a result of it, in 1990 the Vibration and Shock Mount Handbook was published. It contained a 52-page Technical Section and 89 pages of products. More than 15,000 copies were distributed. Subsequently, the Vibration Mount product line became section 8 in the joint SDP/SI inch and metric catalogs.
2) Feedback from our Engineering, as well as Marketing Departments, indicated that for proper marketing of this product line an extensive Technical Section is needed, which was not available in the joint SDP/SI Catalogs. In addition to this, many new product lines related to vibration elimination became available worldwide. These facts gave rise to the publishing of this catalog in order to provide proper support and marketing capabilities, and ADVANCED ANTIVIBRATION COMPONENTS Company was created as a separate Division of Designatronics Inc.
3) In order to provide a revised and broadened Technical Section, we availed ourselves of the services of Eugene Rivin, Professor and Director of the Machine Tool
Laboratory at Wayne State University, Detroit, Michigan. He is a Fellow of the American Society of Mechanical Engineers and of the Society of Manufacturing Engineers, and an Active Member of the International Institution for Production Engineering Research (CIRP). He is the holder of 21 US patents and has authored many books and technical articles, some of which are listed below.
4) Our previous catalogs included only conventionally known vibration elimination components. This catalog also features shock absorbers and shaft couplings capable of elimination of shock and vibration from shaft to shaft.
5) There are catalogs of this type of product circulated; however, the uniqueness of this catalog is its breadth and versatility. In addition to this, all products featured are available from stock for immediate delivery. This feature is extremely important for new designs where prototype testing is an imperative.
6) In addition to the listed stock items, tooling is available for many types and sizes of cylindrical vibration mounts. These are available with metric or inch size studs. In spite of the fact that only small prototype quantities may be required, specially low setup charges will be made for this type of order. For quote requests for these "out of stock " type mounts, please use the numbering system and procedure shown on the next page.
PublisherPublicationTitle Pages ISBN Number
Mechanical Design of Robots
Stiffness and Damping inMechanical Design
Passive Vibration Isolation
The Science of Innovation
McGraw Hill, August, 1987
Marcel Dekker, May, 1999
ASME Press, July, 2003
325
512
432
80
70529922
824717228
079180187X
0965835901TRIZ Group, 1997
vibrationmounts.com Phone: 516.328.3662 Fax: 516.328.3365
www.vibrationmounts.com Phone: 516.328.3662 Fax: 516.328.3365
AD
VANCED ANTIVIBRATIO
N
COMPONENTS
iv
Sales Conditions
Note:Price and specifications are subject to change without notice. Every effort has been made to provide accurate technicaland product information. The company disclaims responsibility for any error or omission in the accuracy of the technicaland product information published.
Open Account Orders:A minimum order is $50 plus shipping charges. Ordersrequiring any type of special handling or certification aresubject to additional charge. Terms: Net 30 days,F.O.B. New Hyde Park
Credit Card Orders:For your convenience, we accept VISA®, Mastercard®,American Express®, Optima®, Discover® and Diners Club®.You will be billed for merchandise and freight when partsare shipped, subject to credit card approval. A minimumorder is $50 plus shipping charges.
Credit:New accounts having a satisfactory rating willreceive open credit terms; otherwise, initial orders maybe on a credit card or a C.O.D. basis pending credit ap-proval. C.O.D. orders are subject to an additional han-dling charge.
Methods of Shipment:U.P.S., FedEx, DHL, or as specified by customer.
Returns and Exchanges:All returns and exchanges must have prior written ap-proval. Returns must be made within 15 days after re-ceipt of material. Returned merchandise will be inspectedand a charge will be made for restocking. No credit willbe allowed on used or modified parts, or catalog partspurchased on a quantity basis. Notification of any short-ages must be reported within 10 days after receipt ofgoods.
Ordering by phone: 516-328-3662Please call our sales department Monday to Friday be-tween 9 am and 5 pm Eastern time to place an order.Our staff will also be able to provide you with price andstock status for all catalog items. For larger productionquantities, we can fax you a written quote of price anddelivery.
Ordering by mail:2101 Jericho Turnpike, Box 5416New Hyde Park, NY 11042-5416
Ordering by fax: 516-328-3365
Ordering by e-mail:[email protected]
Please specify part numbers, quantities, desired methodof shipment and delivery dates in your request whenusing the ordering methods above. Orders are promptlyprocessed by our Sales Department.
Minimun Order:$75 with a $10 charge for our standard export handling;i.e., $85 minimum billing. If the order exceeds $100, thereis no export handling charge made.
Large Quantity Order:Considerable discounts are made available for largequantity orders. Please request a quote for price anddelivery.
Open Account Orders:If you have an open account, we will ship and bill you,net 30 days, F.O.B. New Hyde Park, NY.
Credit Card Orders:For your convenience, we accept VISA®, Mastercard®,American Express®, Optima®, Discover® and Diners Club®.You will be billed for merchandise and freight when partsare shipped, subject to credit card approval. A minimumorder is $85 plus shipping charges.
Credit:Purchase orders accompanied by Bank References willbe shipped on open credit terms. Otherwise, an irrevo-cable letter of credit or prepayment is requested.
Methods of Shipment:U.P.S., FedEx, DHL, or as specified by customer.
Returns and Exchanges:All returns and exchanges must have prior written ap-proval. Returns must be made within 15 days after re-ceipt of material. Returned merchandise will be inspectedand a charge will be made for restocking. No credit willbe allowed on used or modified parts, or catalog partspurchased on a quantity basis. Notification of any short-ages must be reported within 10 days after receipt ofgoods.
Domestic Sales Conditions International Sales Conditions
vibrationmounts.com Phone: 516.328.3662 Fax: 516.328.3365
www.vibrationmounts.com Phone: 516.328.3662 Fax: 516.328.3365
AD
VANCED ANTIVIBRATIO
N
COMPONENTS
v
Pictorial Index
SquarePages 1-2 thru 1-4
CylindricalPages 1-5 thru 1-32
Silicone GelPage 1-36
RingPages 1-37 & 1-38
Base-FlangePage 2-2
Base-Silicone GelPage 2-3
PlatePage 2-4 thru 2-8
Finger-Flex AssembliesPage 2-9 & 2-10
CupPage 2-11
Base-CylindricalPages 2-12 & 2-13
Base-DomePage 2-14
Base-NeoprenePages 2-15 & 2-16
Mounts
M-StylePage 2-18
V-StylePages 2-19 & 2-20
RectangularPages 2-21 thru 2-23
vibrationmounts.com Phone: 516.328.3662 Fax: 516.328.3365
www.vibrationmounts.com Phone: 516.328.3662 Fax: 516.328.3365
AD
VANCED ANTIVIBRATIO
N
COMPONENTS
vi
Pictorial Index (continued)
LevelPages 3-2 thru 3-4
Leveling-ISO PadPage 3-5
Leveling-ConicalPage 3-6
Leveling-CarryPages 3-7 & 3-8
Suspension-SpringPage 4-2
Suspension-RubberPage 4-3
Spring-Elliptic LeafPages 5-3 thru 5-5
Spring-FoamPages 5-7 & 5-8
Spring-DampedPages 5-9 thru 5-13
Spring-Silicone GelPage 5-14
Steel Spring & MeshPages 5-15 & 5-16
Steel MeshPages 5-17 thru 5-19
Spring-SuspensionPage 5-20
Spring-PedestalPage 5-21
Spring-Single HolePage 5-22
Cable IsolatorsPages 5-24 thru 5-30
Mounts & Isolators
vibrationmounts.com Phone: 516.328.3662 Fax: 516.328.3365
www.vibrationmounts.com Phone: 516.328.3662 Fax: 516.328.3365
AD
VANCED ANTIVIBRATIO
N
COMPONENTS
Pictorial Index (continued)
Bumpers–AxialPages 6-5 & 6-7
Bumpers–RadialPage 6-6
Bumpers–ConicalPage 6-8
Bumpers–RectangularPage 6-11
Shock AbsorbersPages 6-14 thru 6-21
Finger-FlexPages 7-3 thru 7-7
Bolt–SoloPage 7-8
ChannelPage 6-10
Mounts, Bumpers, & Shock Absorbers
Bolt WasherPage 7-16
Bolt–Silicone GelPage 7-15
Bolt–TandemPage 7-9
Bolt–Ring & BushingPages 7-10 thru 7-13
Vinyl Elastomer GrommetsPage 7-14
vii
vibrationmounts.com Phone: 516.328.3662 Fax: 516.328.3365
www.vibrationmounts.com Phone: 516.328.3662 Fax: 516.328.3365
AD
VANCED ANTIVIBRATIO
N
COMPONENTS
viii
ISO-PadPage 8-2
ISO-Pad SheetsPage 8-3
ISO-PadPage 8-4
Square–RubberPage 8-5
Pads–Single RibbedPage 8-6
Pads–Paired RibbedPage 8-7
Pads–Silicone FoamPage 8-8
Pads–Silicone GelPage 8-9
Silicone Gel Tape & ChipPage 8-10
Pads
Pictorial Index (continued)
vibrationmounts.com Phone: 516.328.3662 Fax: 516.328.3365
www.vibrationmounts.com Phone: 516.328.3662 Fax: 516.328.3365
AD
VANCED ANTIVIBRATIO
N
COMPONENTS
ix
Pictorial Index (continued)
Couplings–One-PiecePage 9-14
Couplings–BantamPage 9-14
Couplings–SpiderPage 9-8
Couplings–GeargripPage 9-10
Couplings–Neo-FlexPages 9-2 thru 9-5
Couplings–SplinePage 9-6
Shaft Couplings
Couplings–JawPage 9-11
Couplings–"K" TypePage 9-12
vibrationmounts.com Phone: 516.328.3662 Fax: 516.328.3365
www.vibrationmounts.com Phone: 516.328.3662 Fax: 516.328.3365
AD
VANCED ANTIVIBRATIO
N
COMPONENTS
x
Part Number Index
6-156-166-176-186-196-206-146-156-166-176-186-196-146-156-166-176-186-196-206-146-156-166-176-186-196-209-49-59-49-59-29-39-29-39-49-59-49-59-29-39-29-3
V21S01M...12
V21S01M...14
V21S01M...20
V21S01M...25
V21S01M...33
V21S01M...45
V21S02M16045
V21S02M18054
V21S02M20063
V21S02M25077
V21S02M33103
V21S02M45130
V21S03MCN10100
V21S03MCN12100
V21S03MCN14…
V21S03MCN20150
V21S03MCN25150
V21S03MCN33150
V21S03MCN45150..
V21S04MSS10100
V21S04MSS12100
V21S04MSS14…
V21S04MSS20150
V21S04MSS25150
V21S04MSS33150
V21S04MSS45150
V50FLR-…
V50FLRM…
V50FLS-…
V50FLSM…
V50FSR-…
V50FSRM…
V50FSS-…
V50FSSM…
V50PLR-…
V50PLRM…
V50PLS-…
V50PLSM…
V50PSR-…
V50PSRM…
V50PSS-…
V50PSSM…
V10Z59MMF…
V10Z59MMM…
V10Z60-FB…
V10Z60-MB…
V10Z60-MF…
V10Z60-MM…
V10Z61M..
V10Z61MBG..
V10Z61MMN..
V10Z61MSF..
V10Z61MTH..
V10Z62MGC..
V10Z62MGT..
V10Z62MNP…
V10Z62MSN..
V10Z70-06…
V10Z70-09…
V10Z70-12…
V10Z70-15…
V10Z70-18…
V10Z70-25…
V10Z70-37…
V10Z70-50…
V10Z71MTM…
V10Z72MTG…
V10Z73MAM…
V10Z74MMG…
V10Z75MBM…
V10Z76MSG-..
V10Z77MAGB…
V10Z82-R2…
V10Z82-R3…
V10Z82-R4…
V10Z82-R5…
V10Z82-R7…
V10Z82-RX303…
V20S10M…
V20S12M…
V20S14M…
V20S20M…
V20S25M…
V20S33M…
V20S45M150..
V20S45M150L..
V21S01M...10
1-321-321-291-301-291-307-155-141-362-31-368-108-108-88-95-245-245-255-255-265-285-295-304-24-35-72-122-143-62-27-117-117-117-127-127-106-146-156-166-176-186-196-206-216-14
V10Z 6-500B
V10Z 6-520B
V10Z 6-530C
V10Z 7-1001
V10Z 7-1011
V10Z 7-1020..
V10Z 7M1020..
V10Z 8-…
V10Z12-M…
V10Z14-0…
V10Z14-1…
V10Z19-…
V10Z22-…
V10Z22M…
V10Z25-0…
V10Z25-LM..
V10Z27-…
V10Z28-…
V10Z30-…
V10Z31-…
V10Z32-…
V10Z33-…
V10Z34-1139
V10Z40-1210..
V10Z40-1215…
V10Z40-1220…
V10Z40-1240..
V10Z40-1260…
V10Z40-1280..
V10Z42-…
V10Z42-A…
V10Z43MCM…
V10Z44MCM…
V10Z45MKC…
V10Z46MKD…
V10Z47MRM…
V10Z52-F…
V10Z53-F…
V10Z55MT…
V10Z59-FB…
V10Z59-MB…
V10Z59-MF…
V10Z59MFB…
V10Z59-MM…
V10Z59MMB…
2-222-232-216-116-116-86-91-373-27-167-165-155-165-163-33-45-185-175-95-105-125-195-192-42-52-72-112-62-87-87-93-83-72-202-181-382-152-162-131-311-311-311-321-311-32
V 5A27-…
V 5A27M…
V 5D 1-…
V 5D 3-…
V 5D25-…
V 5D28-…
V 5D28M…
V 5R 1-..
V 5R 3-…
V 5R 5-…
V 5R25-1
V 5R27-…
V 5R27M…
V 5R28-..
V 5R28M..
V 5R29-..
V 5R29M..
V 5Z 1-…
V 5Z 3-…
V 5Z 7-…
V 5Z 7M…
V 5Z25-…
V 5Z27-…
V 5Z27M…
V 5Z28-…
V 5Z28M…
V 5Z29-…
V 5Z29M…
V 9C20-…
V10C16-…
V10C17-…
V10C18-…
V10P80-A..
V10P80-AS…
V10P81-R..
V10R 4-1500..
V10R 4-1501..
V10R 4-1502..
V10R 4-1503..
V10R 4-1504..
V10R 4-1505..
V10R 4-1506..
V10R 4-1507..
V10R 4-1508..
V10R 4-1509..
9-89-99-119-109-149-69-79-119-109-149-149-89-99-69-79-69-79-119-109-129-139-149-89-99-69-79-69-77-135-205-215-226-56-76-67-37-37-47-47-57-57-67-67-77-7
V10R 9-..
V10R10-..
V10R11-…
V10R12-…
V10R14-…
V10R78MD…
V10R78MS…
V10R79M…
V10R82-F…
V10R82-M…
V10Y15-…
V10Y15-…M…
V10Y15-39210013
V10Z 1-321..
V10Z 1-322..
V10Z 1-323..
V10Z 2-300..
V10Z 2-301..
V10Z 2-302..
V10Z 2-304..
V10Z 2-305..
V10Z 2-306..
V10Z 2-307..
V10Z 2-308..
V10Z 2-310..
V10Z 2-311..
V10Z 2-312..
V10Z 2-314..
V10Z 2-315..
V10Z 2-316..
V10Z 2-317..
V10Z 2-319..
V10Z 2-330..
V10Z 2M300…
V10Z 2M302…
V10Z 2M305…
V10Z 2M308…
V10Z 2M310…
V10Z 2M311…
V10Z 2M312…
V10Z 2M314…
V10Z 4-1550..
V10Z 4-1552..
V10Z 4-1553..
V10Z 5-110C
8-48-28-33-57-148-78-68-57-147-145-35-55-41-21-31-41-91-61-51-241-81-251-71-261-121-111-151-141-131-101-91-281-161-191-171-181-271-211-201-231-222-92-102-106-10
vibrationmounts.com Phone: 516.328.3662 Fax: 516.328.3365
www.vibrationmounts.com Phone: 516.328.3662 Fax: 516.328.3365
AD
VANCED ANTIVIBRATIO
N
COMPONENTS
xi
Listing of Additional Cylindrical Mounts
Type Description Standard Dimensions Available
N
L
H
D
I G
orN
Lor
or
I Gor
H
D
I Gor
H
D
I GorI Gor
N
L
H
D
H
D
or
N
Lor
MM
MF
FF
PM
PF
TYPE DDIAMETER
CODE
HWIDTHCODE G or I
THREADCODE
L or N
LENGTHCODE
D
mm DIA.CODE
6 8 10 10.5 11 13 14.3 15 16 18 19 20 23 25 30 32 35 38 40 45 48 50 60 65 75 80 100
060 080 100 105 110 130 143 150 160 180 190 200 230 250 300 320 350 380 400 450 480 500 600 650 750 800 A00
6 7 7.5 8 8.5 9 9.5 9.6 10 11 12 12.3 12.7 13 15 16 17 18 20 22 25 26 27 29 30 33 35 38 40 45 50 55 60 65 70 80 85 90 95 105
060 070 075 080 085 090 095 096 100 110 120 123 127 130 150 160 170 180 200 220 250 260 270 290 300 330 350 380 400 450 500 550 600 650 700 800 850 900 950 A05
H
mm WIDTHCODE
M3 M4 M5 M6 M8 M10 M12 M16 M20
03 04 05 06 08 10 12 16 20
G
mm THREADCODE
5 6 10 12 15 16 20 23 28 37 38 47
05 06 10 12 15 16 20 23 28 37 38 47
L
mm LENGTH CODE
INCH LENGTH CODE
N LENGTH IN 1/16"
#4-40#6-32#8-32#10-321/4-205/16-161/2-12 5/8-11 3/4-10 3/8-16
03 04 05 06 08 10 11 12 16 20
I
INCH THREADCODE
3/16 1/45/16 3/8 1/2 9/16 5/8 3/4 1
1-1/4 1-1/2
2
03 04 05 06 08 09 10 12 16 20 28 32
M6M6
12 33
23
EXAMPLE DEPICTED
EXAMPLE
M F 2 3 0 3 3 0 G 0 L6 1 2
HOW TO CREATE AN INQUIRY
If you don't see the sizes you want in the product section of this catalog, please send us a request for quote using the coding system shown below to specify the size.Please Note: 1) If any inquiry is received for a size combination for which exact tooling is not available, the next closest size will be quoted. 2) D and H dimensions remain metric irrespective of the studs being inch or metric. 3) For metric studs use letter G for thread size and letter L for length whereas for inch size studs, use letter I for thread size and letter N for length.
vibrationmounts.com Phone: 516.328.3662 Fax: 516.328.3365
www.vibrationmounts.com Phone: 516.328.3662 Fax: 516.328.3365
AD
VANCED ANTIVIBRATIO
N
COMPONENTS
xii
Selection Procedure for Rubber Mounts
1. Determine the load that each mount will bear when supportingthe equipment weight. Total weight divided by the number ofmounting positions is the load for each mount. This is only truewhen having even weight distribution. Otherwise, distributeweight accordingly.
2. Determine the lowest forcing frequency of the vibration sourceto be supported by the mounts. This is usually equal to the oper-ating speed in revolutions per minute.
3. Choose the percent isolation that will be satisfactory for thepurpose. Except for special cases, 81% isolation is generallyconsidered satisfactory.
4. Referring to the Basic Vibration Chart below, find thestatic deflection for the forcing frequency (Step 2,above) at the chosen percent isolation (Step 3). Notethat a mount must give at least this minimum staticdeflection, with the specific load applied,to providethe desired isolation.
5. Select the mount series with the physical features(shape, attachment facilities,“fail-safe" safety feature,load range, etc.) required by the application.
6. a) Having selected the mount series, refer to the individual styles, and note the styles whose maxi-mum loads are greater than the load each mountis to carry.
b) Referring to the load deflection graphs of the styleslikely to be chosen, locate the applied load value(Step 1, above) on the appropriate graph; i.e.,compression and/or shear.
c) Moving horizontally to the right on the graph, lo-cate the point of intersection with the minimumstatic deflection found in step 4.
d) Mounts with curves above this point of intersec-tion cannot be used, as the load (Step 1) is notsufficient to produce the required minimum de-flection (Step4).
e) Mounts with curves below the point of intersec-tion can be used as, at the given load, the deflec-tion will be greater than the minimum required.Note, however, that if the applied load is abovethe line x--x on a curve, the mount is not recom-mended for this static load.
f) More than one style may have load-deflectioncurvesthat are suitable. The final selection candepend on other requirements such as the costof the mounts, possible in-creased load require-ments in the future, relative advantage of additional isolation, space available for the mounts,
REGIONOF
AMPLIFICATION
RESONANCENATURALFREQUENCY
ISisIOLATIONEFFICIENCY %
93
95
85
8060 90 95 99
70 85 93 97
10.0 2.5 3.3 5.0 6.7 8.3 1011.7
13.315
16.7 25 33 50 6725
23
20
18
15
12.7
10
7.6
5.1
3.8
2.5
2.32.0
1.8
1.5
1.27
1.0
0.76
0.5
0.38
0.25
0.230.2
0.18
0.15
0.13
0.1
0.076
0.05
0.038
0.025
VIBRATION FREQUENCY (CYCLES PER MINUTE)
VIBRATION FREQUENCY (Hz)
10.09.08.0
7.0
6.0
5.0
4.0
3.0
2.0
1.5
1.0
.9
.8
.7
.6
.5
.4
.3
.2
.15
.10
.09
.08
.07
.06
.05
STA
TIC
DE
FL
EC
TIO
N (
INC
HE
S)
STA
TIC
DE
FL
EC
TIO
N (
CM
)
.04
.03
.02
.015
.01
100
150
200
300
400
500
600
700
800
900
1000
1500
2000
3000
4000
60 80
ISOLATIONEFFICIENCY %
RESONANCENATURALFREQUENCY
REGIONOF
AMPLIFICATION
Vibration Frequency vs Static Deflection vs Isolation Efficiency
constraints on allowable deflection, attachment re-quirements, etc. However, in the absence of anyoverriding consideration, usually the mount thatis selected has its curve closest to the point ofintersection (Step 6c); i.e., the mount with the minimum de-flection at the applied load.
7. Select the mount that is designed to operate in your tempera-ture range and environment.
vibrationmounts.com Phone: 516.328.3662 Fax: 516.328.3365
SECTION 1
1-2
www.vibrationmounts.com Phone: 516.328.3662 Fax: 516.328.3365
AD
VANCED ANTIVIBRATIO
N
COMPONENTS
S E
C T
I O
N
1V10Z 1-321A
V10Z 1-321B
V10Z 1-321C
V10Z 1-321D
Square Mounts – To 13.8 lbs.
• FOR COMPRESSION LOADS OF 5.1 TO 13.8 POUNDS (2.3 TO 6.3 kgf) • FOR SHEAR LOADS OF 2.6 TO 7.1 POUNDS(1.2 TO 3.2 kgf)
• MATERIAL: Fasteners – Steel, Zinc Plated Isolator – Natural Rubber
Compression
Shear
Compression
Shear
Compression
Shear
Compression
Shear
Catalog Number
*At these forcing frequencies, lesser loads will yield less than 81% isolation.
5.1 (2.3)
2.6 (1.2)
6.4 (2.9)
3.6 (1.6)
11.1 (5)
5.7 (2.6)
13.8 (6.3)
7.1 (3.2)
—
2.4 (1.1)
—
3.4 (1.5)
—
—
—
—
MaximumLoad lb. (kgf)
Forcing Frequency in Cycles per Minute
Minimum Load for 81% Isolation lb. (kgf)
1100Mode
COMPRESSION
AB
C
D
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
DEFLECTION (in.)
LO
AD
(lb
.)
0 0.02 0.04 0.06 0.08 0.10 0.12
2
4
6
8
10
12
14
16
18
SHEAR
A
B
C
D
x
xx
x
x
x
x
x
DEFLECTION (in.)
LO
AD
(lb
.)
0 0.05 0.10 0.15 0.20 0.25 0.30
2
4
6
8
10
12
NOTE: Maximum unthreadedportion of stud does notexceed 1/16 inch (1.59 mm).
LOAD DEFLECTION GRAPHSDeflections below the line x–x areconsidered safe practice for staticloads; data above that line are usefulfor calculating deflections underdynamic loads.
1250
—
1.8 (0.8)
—
2.8 (1.3)
—
4.9 (2.2)
—
7.0 (3.18)
—
*1.8 (0.8)
*3.8 (1.7)
.9 (0.4)
5.9 (2.7)
1.2 (0.54)
3.9 (1.8)
.7 (0.3)
5.5 (2.5)
1.0 (0.5)
11.0 (5)
2.2 (1)
—
3.1 (1.4)
5.1 (2.3)
.9 (0.4)
—
1.4 (0.6)
—
2.9 (1.3)
—
3.9 (1.8)
2.1 (1)
*2.8 (1.3)
.6 (0.27)
6.0 (2.7)
1.3 (0.6)
8.9 (4)
1.8 (0.8)
—
1.3 (0.6)
—
1.9 (0.9)
—
3.6 (1.6)
—
5.1 (2.3)
275025002250200017501500
3.1 (1.4)
.6 (0.27)
4.3 (2)
.8 (0.4)
8.7 (3.9)
1.8 (0.8)
12.3 (5.6)
2.6 (1.2)
1.8 (0.8)
*2.4 (1.1)
*5.1 (2.3)
1.1 (0.5)
7.7 (3.5)
1.6 (0.7)
3000 3600
2.6 (1.2)
* 3.4 (1.5)
.7 (0.3)
7.1 (3.2)
1.5 (0.7)
10.3 (4.7)
2.1 (1)
NOTE: Dimensions in ( ) are mm.
3/8(9.5)
1/2(12.7)
3/8(9.5)
3/8(9.5)
#8-32 NC (TYP)
Buy Product Visit WebsiteRequest QuoteSee Section 1
vibrationmounts.com Phone: 516.328.3662 Fax: 516.328.3365
1-3
www.vibrationmounts.com Phone: 516.328.3662 Fax: 516.328.3365
AD
VANCED ANTIVIBRATIO
N
COMPONENTS
S E
C T
I O
N
1
Square Mounts – To 15.4 lbs.
• FOR COMPRESSION LOADS OF 6.6 TO 15.4 POUNDS (3 TO 7 kgf) • FOR SHEAR LOADS OF 4.4 TO 9.9 POUNDS (2 TO 4.5 kgf)
• MATERIAL: Fasteners – Steel, Zinc Plated Isolator – Natural Rubber
—
1.3 (0.6)
—
1.9 (0.9)
—
3.5 (1.6)
—
4.7 (2.1)
—
1.5 (0.7)
—
2.2 (1)
—
4.0 (1.8)
—
5.6 (2.5)
Compression
Shear
Compression
Shear
Compression
Shear
Compression
Shear
3.2 (1.5)
* 4.8 (2.2)
* 8.0 (3.6)
*11.8 (5.4)
*
Catalog Number
V10Z 1-322A
V10Z 1-322B
V10Z 1-322C
V10Z 1-322D
*At these forcing frequencies, lesser loads will yield less than 81% isolation.
6.6 (3)
4.4 (2)
8.7 (4)
5.5 (2.5)
12.0 (5.4)
7.8 (3.54)
15.4 (7)
9.9 (4.5)
—
3.3 (1.5)
—
4.8 (2.2)
—
7.7 (3.5)
—
—
—
2.4 (1.1)
—
3.6 (1.6)
—
6.0 (2.7)
—
8.2 (3.7)
—
1.9 (0.9)
—
2.8 (1.3)
—
4.9 (2.2)
—
6.7 (3)
4.5 (2)
* 6.9 (3.1)
*11.5 (5.2)
* —
*
MaximumLoad lb. (kgf)
Forcing Frequency in Cycles per Minute
Minimum Load for 81% Isolation lb. (kgf)
1500 1750 360030002750250022502000Mode
5.4 (2.5)
1.1 (0.5)
8.5 (3.9)
1.6 (0.8)
—
3.1 (1.4)
—
4.1 (2.1)
SHEAR
A
B
C
D
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
DEFLECTION (in.)
LO
AD
(lb
.)
0 0.02 0.04 0.06 0.08 0.10 0.12 0.14
2
4
6
8
10
12
COMPRESSION
A
B
C
D
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
DEFLECTION (in.)
LO
AD
(lb
.)
0 0.02 0.030.01 0.04 0.05
2
4
6
8
10
12
14
16
18
NOTE: Maximum unthreadedportion of stud does notexceed 1/16 inch (1.59 mm).
LOAD DEFLECTION GRAPHSDeflections below the line x–x areconsidered safe practice for staticloads; data above that line are usefulfor calculating deflections underdynamic loads.
3/8(9.5)
3/8(9.5)
#8-32 NC (TYP)
7/32(5.6)
5/16(7.9)
NOTE: Dimensions in ( ) are mm.
Buy Product Visit WebsiteRequest QuoteSee Section 1
vibrationmounts.com Phone: 516.328.3662 Fax: 516.328.3365
1-4
www.vibrationmounts.com Phone: 516.328.3662 Fax: 516.328.3365
AD
VANCED ANTIVIBRATIO
N
COMPONENTS
S E
C T
I O
N
1
Square Mounts – To 14.5 lbs.
• FOR COMPRESSION LOADS OF 6.8 TO 14.5 POUNDS (3 TO 6.6 kgf) • FOR SHEAR LOADS OF 2.8 TO 7.3 POUNDS (1.3 TO 3.3 kgf)
• MATERIAL: Fasteners – Steel, Zinc Plated Isolator – Natural Rubber
5.5 (2.5)
.9 (0.4)
8.0 (3.6)
1.2 (0.5)
—
2.3 (1)
—
3.6 (1.6)
—
1.1 (0.5)
—
1.6 (0.7)
—
2.9 (1.3)
—
4.6 (2.1)
Compression
Shear
Compression
Shear
Compression
Shear
Compression
Shear
2.5 (1.1)
*3.5 (1.6)
*6.5 (2.9)
*9.0 (4.1)
2.2 (1)
Catalog Number
V10Z 1-323A
V10Z 1-323B
V10Z 1-323C
V10Z 1-323D
6.8 (3.1)
2.8 (1.3)
8.5 (3.9)
3.3 (1.5)
12.0 (5.4)
5.3 (2.4)
14.5 (6.6)
7.3 (3.3)
—
2.8 (1.3)
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
2.2 (1)
—
2.8 (1.3)
—
5.0 (2.3)
—
—
—
1.6 (0.7)
—
2.1 (0.9)
—
4.0 (1.8)
—
6.2 (2.8)
3.0 (1.4)
* 4.5 (2)
* 8.5 (3.9)
1.6 (0.7)
11.5 (5.2)
2.5 (1.1)
MaximumLoad lb. (kgf)
Forcing Frequency in Cycles per Minute
Minimum Load for 81% Isolation lb. (kgf)
950 1100 250022502000175015001250Mode
3.8 (1.7)
.7 (0.3)
6.0 (2.7)
.9 (0.4)
10.1 (4.6)
1.9 (0.9)
14.5 (6.6)
2.9 (1.3)
SHEAR
A
B
C
D
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
DEFLECTION (in.)
LO
AD
(lb
.)
0 0.05 0.10 0.15 0.20 0.25 0.30
2
4
6
8
10
COMPRESSION
A
B
C
D
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
DEFLECTION (in.)
LO
AD
(lb
.)
0 0.04 0.060.02 0.08 0.10 0.12 0.14
5
10
15
20
25
30
35
40
NOTE: Maximum unthreadedportion of stud does notexceed 1/16 inch (1.59 mm).
LOAD DEFLECTION GRAPHSDeflections below the line x–x areconsidered safe practice for staticloads; data above that line are usefulfor calculating deflections underdynamic loads.
*At these forcing frequencies, lesser loads will yield less than 81% isolation.
9/16(14.3)
9/16(14.3)
3/8(9.5)
1/2(12.7)
1/2(12.7)
#8-32 NC (TYP)
NOTE: Dimensions in ( ) are mm.
Buy Product Visit WebsiteRequest QuoteSee Section 1
vibrationmounts.com Phone: 516.328.3662 Fax: 516.328.3365
1-5
www.vibrationmounts.com Phone: 516.328.3662 Fax: 516.328.3365
AD
VANCED ANTIVIBRATIO
N
COMPONENTS
S E
C T
I O
N
1
Cylindrical Mounts – To 13.3 lbs.
• FOR COMPRESSION LOADS OF 4.9 TO 13.3 POUNDS (2.2 TO 6 kgf) • FOR SHEAR LOADS OF 2.7 TO 6.4 POUNDS (1.2 TO 2.9 kgf)
• MATERIAL: Fasteners – Steel, Zinc Plated Isolator – Natural Rubber
3/8(9.5)
1/2(12.7)
7/16(11.1)
#8-32 NC (TYP)
Catalog Number
V10Z 2-302A
V10Z 2-302B
V10Z 2-302C
V10Z 2-302D
*At these forcing frequencies, lesser loads will yield less than 81% isolation.
SHEAR
A
B
CD
x
xx
x
x
x
x
x
DEFLECTION (in.)
LO
AD
(lb
.)
0 0.05 0.10 0.15 0.20 0.25 0.30
2
4
6
8
1
3
5
7
COMPRESSION
AB
CD x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
DEFLECTION (in.)
LO
AD
(lb
.)
0 0.04 0.060.02 0.08 0.10 0.12
2
4
6
8
10
12
14
NOTE:Maximum unthreaded portion ofstud does not exceed 1/16 inch(1.59 mm).
LOAD DEFLECTION GRAPHSDeflections below the line x–xare considered safe practice forstatic loads; data above that lineare useful for calculatingdeflections under dynamic loads.
3.9 (1.8)
.7 (0.3)
5.3 (2.4)
1.1 (0.5)
9.8 (4.4)
1.9 (0.9)
13.1 (5.9)
2.7 (1.2)
—
1.0 (0.5)
—
1.4 (0.6)
—
2.5 (1.1)
—
3.4 (1.5)
Compression
Shear
Compression
Shear
Compression
Shear
Compression
Shear
2.0 (0.9)
*2.9 (1.3)
.6 (0.27)
5.2 (2.4)
1.1 (0.5)
7.0 (3.2)
1.6 (0.7)
1.8 (0.8)
*2.5 (1.1)
*4.3 (1.9)
.9 (0.4)
5.8 (2.6)
1.4 (0.6)
4.9 (2.2)
2.7 (1.22)
6.4 (2.9)
3.6 (1.6)
10.4 (4.7)
5.6 (2.5)
13.3 (6)
6.4 (2.9)
1.0 (0.5)
*1.5 (0.7)
*2.6 (1.2)
.7 (0.3)
4.2 (1.9)
1.0 (0.45)
—
2.6 (1.2)
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
1.7 (0.8)
—
2.6 (1.2)
—
4.7 (2.1)
—
6.1 (2.8)
—
1.2 (0.54)
—
1.9 (0.9)
—
3.2 (1.5)
—
4.4 (2)
MaximumLoad lb. (kgf)
Forcing Frequency in Cycles per Minute
Minimum Load for 81% Isolation lb. (kgf)
1000 36003000275025002250200017501500Mode
3.0 (1.4)
.5 (0.2)
4.2 (1.9)
.8 (0.4)
7.7 (3.5)
1.5 (0.7)
10.4 (4.7)
2.2 (1)
1250
2.4 (1.1)
*3.4 (1.5)
.7 (0.3)
6.3 (2.9)
1.3 (0.6)
8.5 (3.9)
1.8 (0.8)
NOTE: Dimensions in ( ) are mm.
Buy Product Visit WebsiteRequest QuoteSee Section 1
vibrationmounts.com Phone: 516.328.3662 Fax: 516.328.3365
1-6
www.vibrationmounts.com Phone: 516.328.3662 Fax: 516.328.3365
AD
VANCED ANTIVIBRATIO
N
COMPONENTS
S E
C T
I O
N
1
4.4 (2)
6.7 (3)
9.0(4.1)
12.5(5.7)
4.8(2.2)
8.0(3.6)
—
—
—
—
—
—
Cylindrical Mounts – To 25 lbs.
• FOR COMPRESSION LOADS OF 8 TO 25 POUNDS (3.6 TO 11.3 kgf) • FOR SHEAR LOADS OF 4.4 TO 12.5 POUNDS (2 TO 5.7 kgf)
• MATERIAL: Fasteners – Hardened Steel, Zinc Plated Isolater – Natural Rubber
3/8(9.5)
1/2(12.7)
9/16(14.3)
#8-32 NC (TYP)
6.2(2.8)
10.2(4.6)
—
—
—
—
—
—
3.2(1.5)
5.4(2.4)
11.6(5.3)
18.2(8.3)
V10Z 2-301A
V10Z 2-301B
V10Z 2-301C
V10Z 2-301D
8.0 (3.6)
12.0 (5.4)
16.0 (7.3)
25.0(11.3)
2.0(0.9)
3.2(1.5)
6.8(3.1)
10.4(4.7)
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
4.0(1.8)
6.5(2.9)
14.0(6.4)
22.0 (10)
MaximumLoad lb. (kgf)
Forcing Frequency in Cycles per Minute
Minimum Load for 81% Isolation lb. (kgf)
1000 1250 36003000275025002250200017501500
A
B
CD
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
DEFLECTION (in.)
LO
AD
(lb
.)
0 0.10 0.20 0.30
15
5
10
A
B
C
D
x
x
x
x
x
x x
x
DEFLECTION (in.)
LO
AD
(lb
.)
0 0.04 0.060.02 0.08 0.10
4
8
12
16
20
24
28
COMPRESSIONSHEAR
NOTE:Maximum unthreaded portion ofstud does not exceed 1/16 inch(1.59 mm).
LOAD DEFLECTION GRAPHSDeflections below the line x–xare considered safe practice forstatic loads; data above that lineare useful for calculatingdeflections under dynamic loads.
NOTE: Dimensions in ( ) are mm.
*At these forcing frequencies, lesser loads will yield less than 81% isolation.
Compression
Catalog Number
4.0(1.8)
6.5(2.9)
—
—
*
*1.9
(0.9)
3.3(1.5)
*
*
*2.8
(1.3)
V10Z 2-301A
V10Z 2-301B
V10Z 2-301C
V10Z 2-301D
*
*
*2.0
(0.9)
3.1(1.4)
5.2(2.4)
9.0(4.1)
—
MaximumLoad lb. (kgf)
Forcing Frequency in Cycles per Minute
Minimum Load for 81% Isolation lb. (kgf)
1000 1250 36003000275025002250200017501500
Shear
Catalog Number
2.7(1.2)
4.5 (2)
9.6(4.4)
15.2(6.9)
2.2 (1)
3.7(1.7)
6.3(2.9)
11.2(5.1)
1.7(0.77)
2.8(1.27)
4.6 (2.1)
8.2 (3.7)
1.3 (0.6)
2.3(1.04)
3.6 (1.6)
6.3 (2.9)
*1.8
(0.82)
2.9(1.32)
4.0 (1.8)
*
*2.3
(1.04)
4.0 (1.8)
Buy Product Visit WebsiteRequest QuoteSee Section 1
vibrationmounts.com Phone: 516.328.3662 Fax: 516.328.3365
1-7
www.vibrationmounts.com Phone: 516.328.3662 Fax: 516.328.3365
AD
VANCED ANTIVIBRATIO
N
COMPONENTS
S E
C T
I O
N
1
Cylindrical Mounts – To 28.5 lbs.
• FOR COMPRESSION LOADS OF 22 TO 28.5 POUNDS (10 TO 12.9 kgf) • FOR SHEAR LOADS OF 8.4 TO 11.9 POUNDS (3.8 TO 5.4 kgf)
• MATERIAL: Fasteners – Steel, Zinc Plated Isolator – Natural Rubber
.410(10.4)
3/8(9.5)
#1/4-20 NC (TYP) 3/4(19.1)
22.0 (10)
8.4 (3.8)
28.5 (12.9)
11.9 (5.4)
16.5 (7.5)
2.4 (1.09)
25.5 (11.6)
3.6 (1.6)
21.5 (9.8)
3.0 (1.4)
—
4.4 (2)
Compression
Shear
Compression
Shear
Catalog Number
V10Z 2-307A
V10Z 2-307B
*At these forcing frequencies, lesser loads will yield less than 81% isolation.
—
4.7 (2.1)
—
7.3 (3.3)
6.5 (2.9)
*12.0 (5.4)
*
MaximumLoad lb. (kgf)
Forcing Frequency in Cycles per Minute
Minimum Load for 81% Isolation lb. (kgf)
1500 1750 36003000250022502000Mode
10.5 (4.8)
2.5 (1.13)
17.0 (7.7)
*
—
6.2 (2.8)
—
9.9 (4.5)
—
3.7 (1.7)
—
5.6 (2.5)
A
B
x
x
x
x
DEFLECTION (in.)
LO
AD
(lb
.)
0 0.05 0.10 0.15
12
16
4
8
A
B
x
x
x
x
DEFLECTION (in.)
LO
AD
(lb
.)
0 0.02 0.030.01 0.04 0.50
5
10
15
20
25
30
35
COMPRESSIONSHEAR
NOTE:Maximum unthreaded portion ofstud does not exceed 1/16 inch(1.59 mm).
LOAD DEFLECTION GRAPHSDeflections below the line x–xare considered safe practice forstatic loads; data above that lineare useful for calculatingdeflections under dynamic loads.
NOTE: Dimensions in ( ) are mm.
Buy Product Visit WebsiteRequest QuoteSee Section 1
vibrationmounts.com Phone: 516.328.3662 Fax: 516.328.3365
1-8
www.vibrationmounts.com Phone: 516.328.3662 Fax: 516.328.3365
AD
VANCED ANTIVIBRATIO
N
COMPONENTS
S E
C T
I O
N
1
40(18.1)
43(19.5)
74(33.6)
75(34)
—
Cylindrical Mounts – To 75 lbs.
• FOR COMPRESSION LOADS OF 40 TO 75 POUNDS (18.1 TO 34 kgf) • FOR SHEAR LOADS OF 19 TO 42 POUNDS (8.6 TO 19.1 kgf)
• MATERIAL: Fasteners – Steel, Zinc Plated Isolator – Natural Rubber
17/32(13.5)
1/2(12.7)
1/4-20 NC (TYP) 1(25.4)
30.5(13.8)
38.0(17.2)
74.0(33.6)
—
16.0 (7.3)
20.5 (9.3)
39.5(17.9)
45.5(20.6)
13.5 (6.1)
17.5 (7.9)
33.0(15)
38.5(17.5)
Catalog Number
V10Z 2-305A
V10Z 2-305B
V10Z 2-305C
V10Z 2-305D
*At these forcing frequencies, lesser loads will yield less than 81% isolation.
19.5 (8.8)
24.8(11.2)
47.5(21.5)
55.5(25.2)
Maximum Loadlb. (kgf)
Forcing Frequency in Cycles per Minute
Minimum Load for 81% Isolation lb. (kgf)
30002750
A
B
C
D
C
D
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
DEFLECTION (in.)
LO
AD
(lb
.)
0 0.04 0.060.02 0.08 0.10 0.12
20
40
60
80
100
120
140
160
180
200
A
B
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
DEFLECTION (in.)
LO
AD
(lb
.)
0 0.05 0.10 0.15 0.20 0.25 0.30
30
10
20
60
40
50
80
70
COMPRESSIONSHEAR
NOTE:Maximum unthreaded portion ofstud does not exceed 1/16 inch(1.59 mm).
LOAD DEFLECTION GRAPHSDeflections below the line x–xare considered safe practice forstatic loads; data above that lineare useful for calculatingdeflections under dynamic loads.
NOTE: Dimensions in ( ) are mm.
1100 1250 2500200017501500
10.0 (4.5)
12.5 (5.7)
23.5(10.7)
27.5(12.5)
3600
24.0(10.9)
30.0(13.6)
58.5(26.5)
67.5(30.6)
2250
Compression
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
19 (8.6)
21 (9.5)
37(16.8)
42(19.1)
Catalog Number
V10Z 2-305A
V10Z 2-305B
V10Z 2-305C
V10Z 2-305D
Maximum Loadlb. (kgf)
Forcing Frequency in Cycles per Minute
Minimum Load for 81% Isolation lb. (kgf)
300027501100 1250 2500200017501500 36002250
Shear
—
—
15.7(7.1)
19.0(8.6)
12.5 (5.7)
15.5 (7)
31.5(14.3)
40.0(18.1)
8.3 (3.8)
10.6 (4.8)
22.5(10.2)
29.5(13.4)
6.3 (2.9)
8.0 (3.6)
17.0 (7.7)
22.0(10)
*
6.3 (2.9)
14.0 (6.4)
18.5 (8.4)
*
5.0 (2.3)
11.5 (5.2)
15.8 (7.2)
*
*
9.5(4.3)
13.0(5.9)
*
*
*
11.0 (5)
*
*
*
9.5(4.3)
*
*
*
*
Buy Product Visit WebsiteRequest QuoteSee Section 1
vibrationmounts.com Phone: 516.328.3662 Fax: 516.328.3365
1-9
www.vibrationmounts.com Phone: 516.328.3662 Fax: 516.328.3365
AD
VANCED ANTIVIBRATIO
N
COMPONENTS
S E
C T
I O
N
1
Cylindrical Mounts – To 79 lbs.
• FOR COMPRESSION LOADS OF 33 TO 79 POUNDS (15 TO 35.8 kgf) • FOR SHEAR LOADS OF 18 TO 40 POUNDS (8.2 TO 18.1 kgf)
• MATERIAL: Fasteners – Steel, Zinc Plated Isolater – Natural Rubber
NOTE: Maximum unthreaded portion of stud does not exceed 1/16 inch (1.6 mm).ΔLoad Rating A, B, C, or D, see table below.
LOAD DEFLECTION GRAPHSDeflections below the line x–xare considered safe practice forstatic loads; data above that lineare useful for calculatingdeflections under dynamic loads.
1.2 (0.5)
1.8 (0.8)
4.5 (2)
6.0 (2.7)
3.8(1.7)
5.3(2.4)
11.2(5.1)
14.8(6.7)
2.8(1.3)
4.0(1.8)
9.0(4.1)
12.0(5.4)
Load Rating
A
B
C
D
*At these forcing frequencies, lesser loads will yield less than 81% isolation.
18 (8.2)
21 (9.5)
34(15.4)
40(18.1)
MaximumLoad lb. (kgf)
Forcing Frequency in Cycles per Minute
Minimum Load for 81% Isolation lb. (kgf)
850 1100
Shear
1250
16.0(7.3)
1500 20001750
1.8(0.8)
2.6(1.2)
6.2(2.8)
8.3(3.8)
2.3(1)
3.2(1.5)
7.5(3.4)
10.0(4.5)
3600300025002250
—
—
7.0 (3.2)
9.5 (4.3)
17.0 (7.7)
24.5(11.1)
21.0 (9.5)
28.5 (12.9)
49.0(22.2)
72.5(32.9)
16.0 (7.3)
21.5 (9.8)
37.0(16.8)
55.0(24.9)
Load Rating
A
B
C
D
33(15)
40(18.1)
60(27.2)
79(35.8)
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
MaximumLoad lb. (kgf)
Forcing Frequency in Cycles per Minute
Minimum Load for 81% Isolation lb. (kgf)
850 1100
Compression
1250
29.0(13.2)
39.5(18)
1500 20001750
10.5 (4.8)
14.0 (6.4)
24.0(10.9)
36.0 (16.3)
5.0(2.3)
7.0(3.2)
11.5(5.2)
17.0(7.7)
12.5 (5.7)
17.0 (7.7)
29.5(13.4)
43.5(19.7)
3600300025002250
—
—
1/4–20 NC
5/16–18 NC
1/2 (12.7)
9/16 (14.3)
ThreadCatalog Number ThreadLength
V10Z 2-300
V10Z 2-317
Δ
Δ
—
9.3 (4.2)
13.0 (5.9)
24.5(11.1)
32.0(14.5)
7.2 (3.3)
10.2 (4.6)
20.0 (9.1)
26.0(11.8)
5.0 (2.3)
7.0(3.2)
14.7(6.7)
19.0(8.6)
*
*
11.5 (1.6)
17.0 (2.3)
SEE TABLE
3/4(19.1)
1(25.4)
NOTE: Dimensions in ( ) are in mm.
A
B
C
D
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
DEFLECTION (in.)
LO
AD
(lb
.)
0 0.04 0.060.02 0.08 0.10 0.12 0.14
10
2
30
4
50
60
70
80
90
DEFLECTION (in.)L
OA
D (
lb.)
0 0.05 0.10 0.15 0.20 0.25 0.30 0.35
15
5
10
30
2
25
40
35
COMPRESSION
A
B
C
D
x
x
x
x
x
xx
x
SHEAR
Buy Product Visit WebsiteRequest QuoteSee Section 1
vibrationmounts.com Phone: 516.328.3662 Fax: 516.328.3365
1-10
www.vibrationmounts.com Phone: 516.328.3662 Fax: 516.328.3365
AD
VANCED ANTIVIBRATIO
N
COMPONENTS
S E
C T
I O
N
1
DEFLECTION (in.)
LO
AD
(lb
.)
0 0.10 0.20 0.30 0.40 0.50 0.60
15
5
10
30
20
25
40
45
35
A
B
C
D
x
xx
x
x
x
x
x
SHEAR
A
B
C
D
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
DEFLECTION (in.)
LO
AD
(lb
.)
0 0.04 0.060.02 0.08 0.10 0.12 0.14 0.16 0.18
20
40
60
80
100
120
COMPRESSION
Cylindrical Mounts – To 86 lbs.
• MATERIAL: Fasteners – Steel, Zinc Plated Isolator – Natural Rubber
1(25.4)
9/16(14.3)
5/16-18 NC (TYP) 1(25.4)
• FOR COMPRESSION LOADS OF 37 TO 86 POUNDS (16.8 TO 39 kgf) • FOR SHEAR LOADS OF 16 TO 43 POUNDS (7.3 TO 19.5 kgf)
NOTE:Maximum unthreaded portion ofstud does not exceed 1/16 inch(1.59 mm).
LOAD DEFLECTION GRAPHSDeflections below the line x–xare considered safe practice forstatic loads; data above that lineare useful for calculatingdeflections under dynamic loads.
*At these forcing frequencies, lesser loads will yield less than 81% isolation.
Catalog Number
V10Z 2-316A
V10Z 2-316B
V10Z 2-316C
V10Z 2-316D
37 (16.8)
48 (21.8)
57 (25.9)
86(39)
Maximum Loadlb. (kgf)
Compression
24.0(10.9)
34.0(15.4)
46.0(20.9)
80.0(36.3)
35.0(15.9)
—
—
—
11.0(5)
16.0 (7.3)
20.0 (9.1)
38.0 (17.2)
—
13.0 (5.9)
16.0 (7.3)
30.0(13.6)
—
—
—
29.0(9.5)
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
13.5 (6.1)
20.5 (9.3)
26.5(12)
48.0 (21.8)
Forcing Frequency in Cycles per Minute
Minimum Load for 81% Isolation lb. (kgf)
700 950 30002500225020001750150012501100
18.0 (8.2)
26.0(11.8)
32.5(14.8)
59.0(26.8)
Catalog Number
V10Z 2-316A
V10Z 2-316B
V10Z 2-316C
V10Z 2-316D
16 (7.3)
21 (9.5)
35(15.9)
43(19.5)
Maximum Loadlb. (kgf)
Shear
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
16(7.3)
—
—
—
*
*6.0
(2.7)
7.5(3.4)
Forcing Frequency in Cycles per Minute
Minimum Load for 81% Isolation lb. (kgf)
700 950 30002500225020001750150012501100
*4.0
(1.8)
7.5(3.4)
9.5(4.3)
8 (3.6)
12 (5.7)
23.5(10.7)
32.0(14.5)
6.5 (2.9)
9.5 (4.3)
18.0 (8.2)
24.5(11.1)
5.0(2.3)
7.5(3.4)
14.0(6.4)
19.0(8.6)
3.5(1.6)
5.5(2.5)
10.0(4.5)
13.0(5.9)
NOTE: Dimensions in ( ) are mm.
Buy Product Visit WebsiteRequest QuoteSee Section 1
vibrationmounts.com Phone: 516.328.3662 Fax: 516.328.3365
1-11
www.vibrationmounts.com Phone: 516.328.3662 Fax: 516.328.3365
AD
VANCED ANTIVIBRATIO
N
COMPONENTS
S E
C T
I O
N
1
Cylindrical Mounts – To 105 lbs.
• MATERIAL: Fasteners – Steel, Zinc Plated Isolator – Natural Rubber
• FOR COMPRESSION LOADS OF 47 TO 105 POUNDS (21.3 TO 47.6 kgf) • FOR SHEAR LOADS OF 27 TO 66 POUNDS (12.2 TO 29.9 kgf)
1(25.4)
9/16(14.3)
5/16-18 NC (TYP) 1-3/8(34.9)
*At these forcing frequencies, lesser loads will yield less than 81% isolation.
A
B
CD
xx
xx
xx
x
x
DEFLECTION (in.)
LO
AD
(lb
.)
0 0.10 0.150.05 0.20 0.25 0.30
20
40
60
80
100
120
140
160
180
A
B
DC
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
DEFLECTION (in.)
LO
AD
(lb
.)
0 0.10 0.20 0.30 0.40 0.50
30
10
20
60
40
50
70
80
COMPRESSION SHEAR
200
LOAD DEFLECTION GRAPHSDeflections below the line x–xare considered safe practice forstatic loads; data above that lineare useful for calculatingdeflections under dynamic loads.
11.0 (5)
17.5 (7.9)
28.0(12.7)
38.0(17.2)
—
—
—
—
Catalog Number
V10Z 2-311A
V10Z 2-311B
V10Z 2-311C
V10Z 2-311D
47(21.3)
74(33.6)
96(43.5)
105(47.6)
MaximumLoad lb. (kgf)
Forcing Frequency in Cycles per Minute
Minimum Load for 81% Isolation lb. (kgf)
700 1100950
Compression
44.5(20.2)
72.5(32.9)
1250
30.0 (13.6)
48.5 (22)
75.7 (34.3)
100.0 (45.4)
1500 1750
22.0(10)
35.5(16.1)
55.5(25.2)
73.0(33.1)
—
12.5(5.7)
19.5(8.8)
25.5(11.6)
13.5 (6.1)
21.0 (9.5)
34.0(15.4)
45.0(20.4)
3000250022502000
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
18.0 (8.2)
27.0(12.2)
43.0(19.5)
56.5(25.6)
—
—
—
Catalog Number
V10Z 2-311A
V10Z 2-311B
V10Z 2-311C
V10Z 2-311D
27(12.2)
41(18.6)
66(29.9)
66(29.9)
MaximumLoad lb. (kgf)
Forcing Frequency in Cycles per Minute
Minimum Load for 81% Isolation lb. (kgf)
700 1100950
Shear
1250
9.0 (4.1)
14.5 (6.6)
26.5 (12)
30.5 (13.8)
1500 1750 3000250022502000
27.0(12.2)
19.5 (8.8)
31.0(14.1)
53.5(24.3)
61.0(27.7)
11.5 (5.2)
19.0 (8.6)
33.0(15)
38.0(17.2)
6.0 (2.7)
10.5 (4.8)
19.0 (8.6)
22.0 (10)
*
*
*
*
*
*
9.0(4.1)
10.5(4.8)
*
8.0(3.6)
14.0(6.4)
19.5(8.8)
*
*
*
8.5(3.9)
*
*
11.5(5.2)
13.0(5.9)
NOTE: Dimensions in ( ) are mm.
Buy Product Visit WebsiteRequest QuoteSee Section 1
vibrationmounts.com Phone: 516.328.3662 Fax: 516.328.3365
1-12
www.vibrationmounts.com Phone: 516.328.3662 Fax: 516.328.3365
AD
VANCED ANTIVIBRATIO
N
COMPONENTS
S E
C T
I O
N
1
Cylindrical Mounts – To 120 lbs.
1
• FOR COMPRESSION LOADS OF 41 TO 120 POUNDS (18.6 TO 54.4 kgf) • FOR SHEAR LOADS OF 21 TO 63 POUNDS (9.5 TO 28.6 kgf)
• MATERIAL: Fasteners – Steel, Zinc Plated Isolator – Natural Rubber
1-1/4(31.8)
9/16(14.3)
5/16-18 NC (TYP) 1-1/4(31.8)
NOTE: Dimensions in ( ) are mm.
10.0 (4.5)
17.5 (7.9)
30.0 (13.6)
53.0(24)
19.0 (8.6)
32.0(14.5)
55.0(24.9)
89.0(40.4)
—
—
—
—
41 (18.6)
64(29)
90 (40.8)
120 (54.4)
Catalog Number
V10Z 2-310A
V10Z 2-310B
V10Z 2-310C
V10Z 2-310D
*At these forcing frequencies, lesser loads will yield less than 81% isolation.
Compression
27.5(12.5)
48.0(21.8)
80.0(36.3)
—
34.5(15.6)
—
—
—
7.0 (3.2)
12.0 (5.4)
20.0 (9.1)
38.5(17.5)
—
8.5 (3.9)
14.0 (6.4)
26.5(12)
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
14.0 (6.4)
24.0 (10.9)
41.5 (18.8)
70.5(32)
MaximumLoad lb. (kgf)
Forcing Frequency in Cycles per Minute
Minimum Load for 81% Isolation lb. (kgf)
600 850 3000250020001750150012501100950
*
*
*14.0(6.4)
* 5.5
(2.5)
11.0(5)
20.5 (9.3)
20.0(9.1)
—
—
—
21 (9.5)
31(14.1)
48(21.8)
63(28.6)
Catalog Number
V10Z 2-310A
V10Z 2-310B
V10Z 2-310C
V10Z 2-310D
Shear
5.5 (2.5)
8.0 (3.6)
15.5(7)
27.5 (12.5)
6.7(3)
10.5 (4.8)
19.5 (8.8)
32.6 (14.8)
*
*
*8.0
(3.6)
*
*
*
*
11.0(5)
18.0 (8.2)
31.5 (14.3)
50.0 (22.7)
8.5 (3.9)
14.0 (6.4)
25.0 (11.3)
41.0 (18.6)
*
* 8.5(3.9)
16.0(7.3)
MaximumLoad lb. (kgf)
Forcing Frequency in Cycles per Minute
Minimum Load for 81% Isolation lb. (kgf)
600 850 3000250020001750150012501100950
LOAD DEFLECTION GRAPHSDeflections below the line x–xare considered safe practice forstatic loads; data above that lineare useful for calculatingdeflections under dynamic loads.
x
x
x
x
x
x
DEFLECTION (in.)
LO
AD
(lb
.)
0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7
10
30
20
40
50
70
60
80
SHEAR
A
B
C
D
A
B
x
x
C
x
x
x
x
DEFLECTION (in.)
LO
AD
(lb
.)
0 0.15 0.200.05 0.10 0.25 0.30 0.35
20
40
60
80
100
120
140
160
COMPRESSION
D
x
x
x
x
Buy Product Visit WebsiteRequest QuoteSee Section 1
vibrationmounts.com Phone: 516.328.3662 Fax: 516.328.3365
1-13
www.vibrationmounts.com Phone: 516.328.3662 Fax: 516.328.3365
AD
VANCED ANTIVIBRATIO
N
COMPONENTS
S E
C T
I O
N
1
V10Z 2-315A
V10Z 2-315B
V10Z 2-315C
V10Z 2-315D
V10Z 2-315A
V10Z 2-315B
V10Z 2-315C
V10Z 2-315D
Cylindrical Mounts – To 123 lbs.
• FOR COMPRESSION LOADS OF 56 TO 123 POUNDS (25.4 TO 55.8 kgf) • FOR SHEAR LOADS OF 32 TO 63 POUNDS (14.5 TO 28.6 kgf)
• MATERIAL: Fasteners – Steel, Zinc Plated Isolator – Natural Rubber
7/8(22.2)
9/16(14.3)
5/16-18 NC (TYP)1-1/4(31.8)
x
x
x
x
x
x
DEFLECTION (in.)
LO
AD
(lb
.)
0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6
10
30
20
40
50
70
60
80
SHEAR
A
B
C
D
x
x
A
B
x
x
C
x
x
DEFLECTION (in.)
LO
AD
(lb
.)
0 0.15 0.200.05 0.10 0.25
25
50
75
100
125
150
175
200
225
250
275
COMPRESSION
D
x
x
300
325
350
LOAD DEFLECTION GRAPHSDeflections below the line x–xare considered safe practice forstatic loads; data above that lineare useful for calculatingdeflections under dynamic loads.
NOTE: Dimensions in ( ) are mm.
40.0(18.1)
68.5(31.1)
107.0(48.5)
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
56(25.4)
82(37.2)
115(52.2)
123(55.8)
Catalog Number
*At these forcing frequencies, lesser loads will yield less than 81% isolation.
Compression
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
21.0 (9.5)
35.0(15.9)
57.0(25.9)
67.5(30.6)
13.0 (5.9)
23.0(10.4)
27.5(12.5)
43.0(19.5)
—
17.0 (7.7)
22.0(10)
32.0 (14.5)
—
—
—
—
28.0(12.7)
50.0(22.7)
77.5(35.2)
92.0(41.7)
MaximumLoad lb. (kgf)
Forcing Frequency in Cycles per Minute
Minimum Load for 81% Isolation lb. (kgf)
750 850 3000250020001750150012501100950
8.0 (3.6)
10.0 (4.5)
17.0 (7.7)
27.0(12.2)
24.0(10.9)
32.0(14.5)
45.0(20.4)
—
31.0(14.1)
—
—
—
32(14.5)
37(16.8)
48(21.8)
63(28.6)
Catalog Number
Shear
11.0(5)
15.0 (6.8)
24.0 (10.9)
38.0 (17.2)
14.0 (6.4)
19.0 (8.6)
29.0(13.2)
45.0(20.4)
* 5.1(2.3)
10.0(4.5)
17.0(7.7)
*
* 6.5
(2.9)
11.0(5)
*
*
*8.0
(3.6)
19.0 (8.6)
26.0(11.8)
38.0(17.2)
56.0(25.4)
5.6(2.5)
7.6(3.4)
13.0(5.9)
21.0(9.5)
MaximumLoad lb. (kgf)
Forcing Frequency in Cycles per Minute
Minimum Load for 81% Isolation lb. (kgf)
750 850 3000250020001750150012501100950
Buy Product Visit WebsiteRequest QuoteSee Section 1
vibrationmounts.com Phone: 516.328.3662 Fax: 516.328.3365
1-14
www.vibrationmounts.com Phone: 516.328.3662 Fax: 516.328.3365
AD
VANCED ANTIVIBRATIO
N
COMPONENTS
S E
C T
I O
N
1
V10Z 2-314A
V10Z 2-314B
V10Z 2-314C
V10Z 2-314D
V10Z 2-314A
V10Z 2-314B
V10Z 2-314C
V10Z 2-314D
Cylindrical Mounts – To 142 lbs.
• FOR COMPRESSION LOADS OF 56 TO 142 POUNDS (25.4 TO 64.4 kgf) • FOR SHEAR LOADS OF 32 TO 64 POUNDS (14.5 TO 29 kgf)
3/4(19.1)
1-1/4(31.8)
9/16(14.3)
5/16-18 NC (TYP)
• MATERIAL: Fasteners – Steel, Zinc Plated Isolator – Natural Rubber
NOTE: Dimensions in ( ) are mm.
28.5(12.9)
39.0(17.7)
63.5(28.8)
99.0(44.9)
56(24.4)
73(33.1)
109(49.5)
142(64.4)
—
—
—
—
Catalog Number
*At these forcing frequencies, lesser loads will yield less than 81% isolation.
Compression
38.0(17.2)
51.0(23.1)
85.0(38.6)
129.0(58.5)
50.0(22.7)
73.0(33.1)
—
—
12.5 (5.7)
16.5 (7.5)
28.0(12.7)
44.0 (20)
—
12.0 (5.4)
20.0 (9.1)
30.0(13.6)
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
22.5(10.2)
30.5(13.8)
50.0(22.7)
78.0(35.4)
MaximumLoad lb. (kgf)
Forcing Frequency in Cycles per Minute
Minimum Load for 81% Isolation lb. (kgf)
950 1100 36003000250022502000175015001250
*
*10.0(4.5)
14.0(6.4)
* 7.0(3.2)
14.0(6.4)
20.5(9.3)
32(14.5)
38(17.2)
51(23.1)
64 (29)
23.0(10.4)
32.0(14.5)
—
—
Catalog Number
Shear
7.5 (3.4)
9.5 (4.3)
19.5 (8.8)
27.0(12.2)
10.0 (4.5)
13.0 (5.9)
26.0(11.8)
34.0(15.4)
*
*
*9.5
(4.3)
*
*
*
*
18.0 (8.2)
24.5(11.1)
44.5(20.2)
58.0(26.3)
14.5 (6.6)
19.0 (8.6)
36.0(16.3)
46.5(21.1)
*
*12.0(5.4)
17.0(7.7)
MaximumLoad lb. (kgf)
Forcing Frequency in Cycles per Minute
Minimum Load for 81% Isolation lb. (kgf)
950 1100 36003000250022502000175015001250
A
B
C
D
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
DEFLECTION (in.)
LO
AD
(lb
.)
0 0.04 0.060.02 0.08 0.10 0.12
20
40
60
80
100
120
140
A
B
D
C
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
DEFLECTION (in.)
LO
AD
(lb
.)
0 0.10 0.20 0.30 0.40
30
10
20
60
40
50
70
80
COMPRESSION SHEARLOAD DEFLECTION GRAPHSDeflections below the line x-x areconsidered safe practice for staticloads; data above that line areuseful for calculating deflectionsunder dynamic loads.
18.0 (8.2)
24.5(11.1)
41.0(18.6)
64.0 (29)
Buy Product Visit WebsiteRequest QuoteSee Section 1
vibrationmounts.com Phone: 516.328.3662 Fax: 516.328.3365
1-15
www.vibrationmounts.com Phone: 516.328.3662 Fax: 516.328.3365
AD
VANCED ANTIVIBRATIO
N
COMPONENTS
S E
C T
I O
N
1
V10Z 2-312A
V10Z 2-312B
V10Z 2-312C
V10Z 2-312D
V10Z 2-312A
V10Z 2-312B
V10Z 2-312C
V10Z 2-312D
51.0(23.1)
81.0(36.7)
121.0(54.9)
164.0(74.4)
93(42.2)
118(53.5)
158(71.7)
185(83.9)
Cylindrical Mounts – To 185 lbs.
• FOR COMPRESSION LOADS OF 93 TO 185 POUNDS (42.2 TO 83.9 kgf) • FOR SHEAR LOADS OF 36 TO 67 POUNDS (16.3 TO 30.4 kgf)
• MATERIAL: Fasteners – Steel, Zinc Plated Isolator – Natural Rubber
5/8(15.9)
9/16(14.3)
5/16-18 NC (TYP) 1-3/8(34.9)
NOTE: Dimensions in ( ) are mm.
*At these forcing frequencies, lesser loads will yield less than 81% isolation.
Catalog Number
Compression
71.0(32.2)
106.0(48.1)
—
—
—
—
—
—
31.0(14.1)
52.0(23.6)
79.0(35.8)
109.0(49.4)
25.0(11.3)
43.0(19.5)
65.0(29.5)
90.0(40.8)
—
35.0(15.9)
54.0(24.5)
74.0(33.6)
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
MaximumLoad lb. (kgf)
Forcing Frequency in Cycles per Minute
Minimum Load for 81% Isolation lb. (kgf)
950 1100 30002750250022502000175015001250
*12.0
(5.4)
20.0 (9.1)
26.0(11.8)
36(16.3)
46(20.9)
57(25.9)
67(30.4)
Catalog Number
Shear
10.0 (4.5)
16.0 (7.3)
26.0(11.8)
34.0(15.4)
13.5 (6.1)
21.0 (9.5)
35.0(15.9)
46.0(20.9)
*
*13.0(5.9)
18.0(8.2)
*
*
*14.0(6.4)
*
*
*
*
34.0(15.4)
—
—
—
25.0(11.3)
38.0(17.2)
—
—
19.0 (8.6)
30.0(13.6)
50.0(22.7)
66.0(29.9)
* 9.5(4.3)
16.0(7.3)
21.0(9.5)
MaximumLoad lb. (kgf)
Forcing Frequency in Cycles per Minute
Minimum Load for 81% Isolation lb. (kgf)
950 1100 30002750250022502000175015001250
A
B
C
D
x
x
DEFLECTION (in.)
LO
AD
(lb
.)
0 0.02 0.06 0.10 0.14 0.18 0.20 0.24 0.28
30
10
20
60
40
50
70
80
90
100
SHEAR
A
B
CD
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
DEFLECTION (in.)
LO
AD
(lb
.)
0 0.02 0.030.01 0.04 0.05 0.06 0.07 0.08 0.09 0.10 0.11
20
40
60
80
100
120
140
160
180
COMPRESSION
200
x
xx
x x
x
LOAD DEFLECTION GRAPHSDeflections below the line x–xare considered safe practice forstatic loads; data above that lineare useful for calculatingdeflections under dynamic loads.
39.0(17.7)
64.0 (29)
96.0(43.5)
131.0(59.4)
Buy Product Visit WebsiteRequest QuoteSee Section 1
vibrationmounts.com Phone: 516.328.3662 Fax: 516.328.3365
1-16
www.vibrationmounts.com Phone: 516.328.3662 Fax: 516.328.3365
AD
VANCED ANTIVIBRATIO
N
COMPONENTS
S E
C T
I O
N
1
Cylindrical Mounts – To 330 lbs.
• FOR COMPRESSION LOADS TO 330 POUNDS (149.7 kgf) • FOR SHEAR LOADS TO 140 POUNDS (63.5 kgf)
Catalog Number
V10Z 2-330B
*At these forcing frequencies, lesser loads will yield less than 81% isolation.
• MATERIAL: Fasteners – Steel, Zinc Plated Isolator – Natural Rubber
LOAD DEFLECTION GRAPHSDeflections below the line x---x areconsidered safe practice for staticloads; data above that line areuseful for calculating deflectionsunder dynamic loads.
xx
DEFLECTION (in.)
LO
AD
(lb
.)
0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5
50
100
150
200
250
300
350
400
COMPRESSION
COMPRESSION
x
x
SHEAR
SHEAR
NOTE: Dimensions in ( ) are mm.
190 (86.2)
32 (14.5)
—
140 (63.5)
255 (115.7)
38 (17.2)
—
52 (23.6)
Compression
Shear
120 (54.4)
*
90 (40.8)
*
330 (149.7)
140 (63.5)
—
105 (47.6)
—
65 (29.5)
150 (68)
*
MaximumLoad lb. (kgf)
Forcing Frequency in Cycles per Minute
Minimum Load for 81% Isolation lb. (kgf)
700 850 2500225020001750150012501100Mode
X
X
2-3/4 DIA.(69.9)
1-1/32 (26.2)29/32(23)
2(50.8)
1/2-20 NF (TYP)
SECTION X-X
Buy Product Visit WebsiteRequest QuoteSee Section 1
vibrationmounts.com Phone: 516.328.3662 Fax: 516.328.3365
1-17
www.vibrationmounts.com Phone: 516.328.3662 Fax: 516.328.3365
AD
VANCED ANTIVIBRATIO
N
COMPONENTS
S E
C T
I O
N
11000 1250 36003000275025002250200017501500
1000 1250 36003000275025002250200017501500
Catalog Number MaximumLoad kgf (lb.)
Forcing Frequency in Cycles per Minute
Minimum Load for 81% Isolation kgf (lb.)
V10Z 2M302AM4
V10Z 2M302BM4
V10Z 2M302CM4
V10Z 2M302DM4
◊Length, L 07 = 7 mm (.275) 10 = 10mm (.394)
Cylindrical Mounts – To 6 kgf
• FOR COMPRESSION LOADS OF 2 TO 6 kgf (4.9 TO 13.3 lb.) • FOR SHEAR LOADS OF 1 TO 3 kgf (2.7 TO 6.4 lb.)
Catalog Number
*At these forcing frequencies, lesser loads will yield less than 81% isolation.
• MATERIAL: Fastener – Steel, Zinc Plated Isolator – Natural Rubber
—
—
—
—
MaximumLoad kgf (lb.)
Forcing Frequency in Cycles per Minute
Minimum Load for 81% Isolation kgf (lb.)
Metric
12.5(.49)
11(.43)M4
L
COMPRESSION
AB
CD x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
DEFLECTION (mm)
LO
AD
(kg
f)
0 1.02 1.520.51 2.03 2.54 3.05
0.9
1.8
2.7
3.6
4.5
5.5
6.4
SHEAR
A
B
CD
x
xx
x
x
x
x
x
DEFLECTION (mm)
LO
AD
(kg
f)
0 1.27 2.54 3.81 5.08 6.35 7.62
0.9
1.8
2.7
3.6
0.5
1.4
2.3
3.2
LOAD DEFLECTION GRAPHSDeflections below the line x–x areconsidered safe practice for staticloads; data above that line are usefulfor calculating deflections underdynamic loads.
NOTE: Maximum unthreaded portion of stud does not exceed 1.59 mm (.06 in.).
V10Z 2M302AM4
V10Z 2M302BM4
V10Z 2M302CM4
V10Z 2M302DM4
Compression
Shear
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
NOTE: Dimensions in ( ) are inch.
New
2.2
(4.9)
2.9
(6.4)
4.7
(10.4)
6
(13.3)
0.5
(1.0)
0.7
(1.5)
1.2
(2.6)
1.9
(4.2)
1.8
(3.9)
2.4
(5.3)
4.5
(9.8)
5.9
(13.1)
0.9
(2.0)
1.3
(2.9)
2.4
(5.2)
3.2
(7.0)
0.8
(1.8)
1.1
(2.5)
2
(4.3)
2.6
(5.8)
1.4
(3.0)
1.9
(4.2)
3.5
(7.7)
4.7
(10.4)
1.1
(2.4)
1.5
(3.4)
2.9
(6.3)
3.9
(8.5)
*
*
0.32
(.7)
0.45
(1.0)
0.32
(.7)
0.5
(1.1)
0.87
(1.9)
1.22
(2.7)
0.45
(1.0)
0.63
(1.4)
1.13
(2.5)
1.54
(3.4)
*
0.28
(.6)
0.5
(1.1)
0.72
(1.6)
1.18
(2.6)
—
—
—
0.77
(1.7)
1.18
(2.6)
2.14
(4.7)
2.76
(6.1)
0.54
(1.2)
0.87
(1.9)
1.45
(3.2)
2
(4.4)
0.22
(.5)
0.37
(.8)
0.68
(1.5)
1
(2.2)
*
0.32
(.7)
0.59
(1.3)
0.82
(1.8)
*
*
2
(.9)
2.6
(1.4)
1.2
(2.7)
1.6
(3.6)
2.5
(5.6)
2.9
(6.4)
Buy Product Visit WebsiteRequest QuoteSee Section 1
vibrationmounts.com Phone: 516.328.3662 Fax: 516.328.3365
1-18
www.vibrationmounts.com Phone: 516.328.3662 Fax: 516.328.3365
AD
VANCED ANTIVIBRATIO
N
COMPONENTS
S E
C T
I O
N
1
1100 1250 36003000275025002250200017501500
1100 1250 36003000275025002250200017501500
2.3 (5.1)
3.2 (7.1)
5.2(11.5)
7.7(17.0)
8.8(19.4)11.3
(24.9)21.6
(47.6)25.2
(55.6)
10.9(24.0)13.6
(30.0)26.5
(58.4)30.6
(67.5)
13.8(30.4)17.2
(37.9)33.6
(74.1)
—
—
—
—
—
4.8(10.6) 6.4
(14.1)10.9
(24.0)16.3
(35.9)
3.2 (7.1) 4.3
(9.5) 7.7
(17.0)11.1
(24.5)
Catalog Number
V10Z 2M305AM06
V10Z 2M305BM06
V10Z 2M305CM06
V10Z 2M305DM06
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
MaximumLoad kgf (lb.)
Forcing Frequency in Cycles per Minute
Minimum Load for 81% Isolation kgf (lb.)
Compression
Cylindrical Mounts – To 34 kgf
• FOR COMPRESSION LOADS OF 18 TO 34 kgf (40 TO 75 lb.) • FOR SHEAR LOADS OF 9 TO 18 kgf (19 TO 42 lb.)
• MATERIAL: Fastener – Steel, Zinc Plated Isolator – Natural Rubber
Metric
13.5(.53)
12(.47)
M6 25(.98)
NOTE: Dimensions in ( ) are inch.
*At these forcing frequencies, lesser loads will yield less than 81% isolation.
*
*4.3
(9.5)5.9
(13.0)
*2.3
(5.1)5.2
(11.5)7.2
(15.9)
*2.9
(6.4)6.4
(14.1)8.4
(18.5)
1(2.2)1.2
(2.6)2.8
(6.2)3.8
(8.4)
1(2.2)
1(2.2)
2(4.4)2.7
(6.0)
Catalog Number
V10Z 2M305AM06
V10Z 2M305BM06
V10Z 2M305CM06
V10Z 2M305DM06
*
*1.6
(3.5)2.3
(5.1)
7.1(15.7)
8.6(19.0)
—
—
3.8 (8.4) 4.8
(10.6)10.2
(22.5)13.3
(29.3)
MaximumLoad kgf (lb.)
Forcing Frequency in Cycles per Minute
Minimum Load for 81% Isolation kgf (lb.)
Shear
5.7 (12.6)
7 (15.4) 14.3
(31.5) 18.1
(40.0)
2.9 (6.4) 3.6
(7.9) 7.7
(17.0)10
(22.0)
LOAD DEFLECTION GRAPHSDeflections below the line x–x areconsidered safe practice for staticloads; data above that line are usefulfor calculating deflections underdynamic loads.
NOTE: Maximum unthreaded portion of stud does not exceed 1.59 mm (.06 in.).
New
18.2 (40.1) 19.5
(43.0) 33.6
(74.1)34
(75.0)
8.6 (19.0) 9.5
(20.9) 16.8
(37.0)19
(41.9)
A
B
C
D
C
D
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
DEFLECTION (mm)
LO
AD
(kg
f)
0 1.02 1.520.51 2.03 2.54 3.05
9
18
27
36
45
54
64
73
82
91
A
B
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
DEFLECTION (mm)
LO
AD
(kg
f)
0 1.27 2.54 3.81 5.08 6.35 7.62
14
5
9
27
18
23
36
32
COMPRESSIONSHEAR
Buy Product Visit WebsiteRequest QuoteSee Section 1
vibrationmounts.com Phone: 516.328.3662 Fax: 516.328.3365
1-19
www.vibrationmounts.com Phone: 516.328.3662 Fax: 516.328.3365
AD
VANCED ANTIVIBRATIO
N
COMPONENTS
S E
C T
I O
N
11000 1250 36003000275025002250200017501500
1000 1250 36003000275025002250200017501500
1.7
(3.8)
2.3
(5.3)
5.1
(11.2)
6.7
(14.8)
8.2
(18)
9.5
(21)
15.4
(34)
18.1
(40)
7.3
(16)
9.8
(21.5)
16.8
(37)
25
(55)
5.7
(12.5)
7.7
(17.0)
13.4
(29.5)
19.7
(43.5)
15
(33)
18.1
(40)
27.2
(60)
35.9
(79)
*
*
1.6
(3.5)
2.3
(5.0)
2.3
(5.0)
3.2
(7.0)
5.2
(11.5)
7.7
(17.0)
Cylindrical Mounts – To 36 kgf
• FOR COMPRESSION LOADS OF 15 TO 36 kgf (33 TO 79 lb.) • FOR SHEAR LOADS OF 8 TO 18 kgf (18 TO 40 lb.)
• MATERIAL: Fastener – Steel, Zinc Plated Isolator – Natural Rubber
Metric
12(.47)
M6
19(.75)
25(.98)
A
B
C
D
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
DEFLECTION (mm)
LO
AD
(kg
f)
0 1.02 1.520.51 2.03 2.54 3.05 3.56
5
9
14
18
23
27
32
36
41
DEFLECTION (mm)
LO
AD
(kg
f)
0 1.27 2.54 3.81 5.08 6.35 7.62 8.89
9
5
2
7
16
11
14
20
18
COMPRESSION
A
B
C
D
x
x
x
x
x
xx
x
SHEAR
LOAD DEFLECTION GRAPHSDeflections below the line x–x areconsidered safe practice for staticloads; data above that line are usefulfor calculating deflections underdynamic loads.
NOTE: Maximum unthreaded portion of stud does not exceed 1.59 mm (.06 in.).
2.3
(5.0)
3.2
(7.0)
6.7
(14.7)
8.6
(19.0)
0.8
(1.8)
1.2
(2.6)
2.8
(6.2)
3.8
(8.3)
Catalog Number
7.3
(16.0)
—
—
—
4.2
(9.3)
5.9
(13.0)
11.1
(24.5)
14.5
(32)
3.3
(7.2)
4.6
(10.2)
9.1
(20)
11.8
(26)
MaximumLoad kgf (lb.)
Forcing Frequency in Cycles per Minute
Minimum Load for 81% Isolation kgf (lb.)
1.3
(2.8)
1.8
(4.0)
4.1
(9.0)
5.5
(12.0)
1
(2.3)
1.4
(3.2)
3.4
(7.5)
4.5
(10.0)
V10Z 2M300AM406
V10Z 2M300BM406
V10Z 2M300CM406
V10Z 2M300DM406
9.5
(21)
12.9
(28.5)
22.2
(49)
32.9
(72.5)
4.8
(10.5)
6.4
(14.0)
10.9
(24.0)
16.3
(36)
3.2
(7.0)
4.3
(9.5)
7.7
(17.0)
11.1
(24.5)
Catalog Number
*At these forcing frequencies, lesser loads will yield less than 81% isolation.
—
—
—
—
MaximumLoad kgf (lb.)
Forcing Frequency in Cycles per Minute
Minimum Load for 81% Isolation kgf (lb.)
V10Z 2M300AM406
V10Z 2M300BM406
V10Z 2M300CM406
V10Z 2M300DM406
Compression
Shear
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
13.2
(29)
17.9
(39.5)
—
—
0.5
(1.2)
0.8
(1.8)
2
(4.5)
2.7
(6.0)
NOTE: Dimensions in ( ) are inch.
New
Buy Product Visit WebsiteRequest QuoteSee Section 1
vibrationmounts.com Phone: 516.328.3662 Fax: 516.328.3365
1-20
www.vibrationmounts.com Phone: 516.328.3662 Fax: 516.328.3365
AD
VANCED ANTIVIBRATIO
N
COMPONENTS
S E
C T
I O
N
1
700 850 30002500225020001750150012501100
700 850 30002500225020001750150012501100
*3.6
(8)
6.4 (14)
8.8(19.5)
12.3(27)
—
—
—
8.8(19.5)
14.1 (31)
24.3(53.5)
27.7 (61)
5.2(11.5)
8.6 (19)
15 (33)
17.2 (38)
12.3(27)
18.6(41)
29.9(66)
29.9(66)
*
*5.2
(11.5)
5.9 (13)
4.1 (9)
6.6(14.5)
12(26.5)
13.8(30.5)
2.7 (6)
4.8 (10.5)
8.6 (19)
10 (22)
*
*4.1
(9)
4.8(10.5)
*
*
*
*
21.3 (47)
33.6 (74)
43.5 (96)
47.6(105)
Cylindrical Mounts – To 48 kgf
• FOR COMPRESSION LOADS OF 21 TO 48 kgf (47 TO 105 lb.) • FOR SHEAR LOADS OF 12 TO 30 kgf (27 TO 66 lb.)
• MATERIAL: Fasteners – Steel, Zinc Plated Isolator – Natural Rubber
25(.98)
13.5(.53)
M8 35(1.38)
MetricNOTE: Dimensions in ( ) are inch.
A
B
CD
xx
xx
xx
x
x
DEFLECTION (mm)
LO
AD
(kg
f)
0 2.54 3.811.27 5.08 6.35 7.62
9
18
27
36
45
54
64
73
82
A
B
DC
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
DEFLECTION (mm)
LO
AD
(kg
f)
0 2.54 5.08 7.62 10.16 12.7
14
5
9
27
18
23
32
36
COMPRESSION SHEAR
91
LOAD DEFLECTION GRAPHSDeflections below the line x–x areconsidered safe practice for staticloads; data above that line are usefulfor calculating deflections underdynamic loads.
6.1(13.5)
9.5 (21)
15.4 (34)
20.4 (45)
10(22)
16.1 (35.5)
25.5 (55.5)
33.1(73)
—
—
—
—
Catalog Number
V10Z 2M311AM08
V10Z 2M311BM08
V10Z 2M311CM08
V10Z 2M311DM08
*At these forcing frequencies, lesser loads will yield less than 81% isolation.
Compression
20.2(44.5)
32.9(72.5)
—
—
5 (11)
7.9 (17.5)
12.7 (28)
17.2 (38)
—
5.7(12.5)
8.8(19.5)
11.6(25.5)
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
MaximumLoad kgf (lb.)
Forcing Frequency in Cycles per Minute
Minimum Load for 81% Isolation kgf (lb.)
13.6 (30)
22 (48.5)
34.3 (75.7)
45.4(100)
8.2 (18)
12.3 (27)
19.5 (43)
25.6(56.5)
Catalog Number
V10Z 2M311AM08
V10Z 2M311BM08
V10Z 2M311CM08
V10Z 2M311DM08
Shear
*
*
*3.9
(8.5)
MaximumLoad kgf (lb.)
Forcing Frequency in Cycles per Minute
Minimum Load for 81% Isolation kgf (lb.)
New
Buy Product Visit WebsiteRequest QuoteSee Section 1
vibrationmounts.com Phone: 516.328.3662 Fax: 516.328.3365
1-21
www.vibrationmounts.com Phone: 516.328.3662 Fax: 516.328.3365
AD
VANCED ANTIVIBRATIO
N
COMPONENTS
S E
C T
I O
N
1
600 850 3000250020001750150012501100950
2.5 (5.5)
3.6 (8)
7(15.5)
12.5(27.5)
*2.5
(5.5)
5 (11)
9.3(20.5)
*
*
*6.4(14)
*
*
*3.6(8)
*
*
*
*
3 (6.7)
4.8(10.5)
8.8(19.5)
14.8(32.6)
*
* 3.9
(8.5)
7.3 (16)
6.4 (14)
10.9 (24)
18.8(41.5)
32(70.5)
8.6(19)
14.5(32)
25(55)
40.4(89)
4.5 (10)
7.9(17.5)
13.6 (30)
24 (53)
3.2 (7)
5.5 (12)
9.1 (20)
17.5(38.5)
—
3.9(8.5)
6.4 (14)
12 (26.5)
18.6 (41)
29 (64)
40.8 (90)
54.4(120)
—
—
—
—
• FOR COMPRESSION LOADS OF 19 TO 54 kgf (41 TO 120 lb.) • FOR SHEAR LOADS OF 10 TO 29 kgf (21 TO 63 lb.)
Catalog Number
V10Z 2M310AM08
V10Z 2M310BM08
V10Z 2M310CM08
V10Z 2M310DM08
• MATERIAL: Fasteners – Steel, Zinc Plated Isolator – Natural Rubber
32(1.26)
13.5(.53)
M8 32(1.26)
NOTE: Dimensions in ( ) are inch.
Cylindrical Mounts – To 54 kgf
*At these forcing frequencies, lesser loads will yield less than 81% isolation.
Compression
(34.5)
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
MaximumLoad kgf (lb.)
Forcing Frequency in Cycles per Minute
Minimum Load for 81% Isolation kgf (lb.)
12.5(27.5)
21.8 (48)
36.3 (80)
—
9.1(20)
—
—
—
Catalog Number
V10Z 2M310AM08
V10Z 2M310BM08
V10Z 2M310CM08
V10Z 2M310DM08
Shear
3.9(8.5)
6.4 (14)
11.3 (25)
18.6 (41)
MaximumLoad kgf (lb.)
Forcing Frequency in Cycles per Minute
Minimum Load for 81% Isolation kgf (lb.)
600 850 3000250020001750150012501100950
9.5(21)
14.1(31)
21.8(48)
28.6(63)
5 (11)
8.2 (18)
14.3(31.5)
22.7 (50)
A
B
x
x
C
x
x
x
x x
x
x
x
x
x
DEFLECTION (mm)
LO
AD
(kg
f)
0 3.81 5.081.27 2.54 6.35 7.62 8.89
18
9
27
36
45
54
64
73
82
DEFLECTION (mm)
LO
AD
(kg
f)
0 2.54 5.08 7.62 10.16 12.7 15.24 17.78
5
14
9
18
23
32
27
36
COMPRESSION SHEAR
D
A
B
C
D
x
x
x
x
LOAD DEFLECTION GRAPHSDeflections below the line x–x areconsidered safe practice for staticloads; data above that line are usefulfor calculating deflections underdynamic loads.
Metric
New
15.7
Buy Product Visit WebsiteRequest QuoteSee Section 1
vibrationmounts.com Phone: 516.328.3662 Fax: 516.328.3365
1-22
www.vibrationmounts.com Phone: 516.328.3662 Fax: 516.328.3365
AD
VANCED ANTIVIBRATIO
N
COMPONENTS
S E
C T
I O
N
1
*
*
*4.3
(9.5)
6.6(14.5)
8.6 (19)
16.3 (36)
21.1(46.5)
14.5(32)
17.2(38)
23.1(51)
29(64)
4.5(10)
5.9(13)
11.8(26)
15.4(34)
*
*4.5(10)
6.4(14)
8.2 (18)
11.1(24.5)
20.2(44.5)
26.3 (58)
3.4 (7.5)
4.3 (9.5)
8.8(19.5)
12.3 (27)
*3.2
(7)
6.4 (14)
9.3(20.5)
8.2 (18)
11.1(24.5)
18.6 (41)
29 (64)
—
5.5(12)
9.1(20)
13.6(30)
10.2(22.5)
13.8(30.5)
22.7 (50)
35.4 (78)
12.9(28.5)
17.7 (39)
28.8(63.5)
44.9 (99)
—
—
—
—
Cylindrical Mounts – To 64 kgf
• FOR COMPRESSION LOADS OF 25 TO 64 kgf (56 TO 142 lb.) • FOR SHEAR LOADS OF 15 TO 29 kgf (32 TO 64 lb.)
Catalog Number
V10Z 2M314AM08
V10Z 2M314BM08
V10Z 2M314CM08
V10Z 2M314DM08
• MATERIAL: Fasteners – Steel, Zinc Plated Isolator – Natural Rubber
19(.75)
13.5(.53)
M8 32(1.26)
Metric
*At these forcing frequencies, lesser loads will yield less than 81% isolation.
Compression
17.2 (38)
23.1 (51)
38.6 (85)
58.5(129)
5.7(12.5)
7.5(16.5)
12.7 (28)
20 (44)
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
MaximumLoad kgf (lb.)
Forcing Frequency in Cycles per Minute
Minimum Load for 81% Isolation kgf (lb.)
950 1100 36003000250022502000175015001250
25.4 (56)
33.1 (73)
49.5(109)
64.4(142)
22.7(50)
33.1(73)
—
—
*
*
*
*
*
*5.5(12)
7.7(17)
10.4(23)
14.5(32)
—
—
Catalog Number
V10Z 2M314AM08
V10Z 2M314BM08
V10Z 2M314CM08
V10Z 2M314DM08
Shear
MaximumLoad kgf (lb.)
Forcing Frequency in Cycles per Minute
Minimum Load for 81% Isolation kgf (lb.)
950 1100 36003000250022502000175015001250
A
B
C
D
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
DEFLECTION (mm)
LO
AD
(kg
f)
0 1.02 1.520.51 2.03 2.54 3.05
18
9
27
36
45
54
64
73
A
B
D
C
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
DEFLECTION (mm)
LO
AD
(kg
f)
0 0.25 0.51 0.76 1.02
14
4
9
27
18
23
32
36
COMPRESSION SHEARLOAD DEFLECTION GRAPHSDeflections below the line x–x areconsidered safe practice for staticloads; data above that line are usefulfor calculating deflections underdynamic loads.
New
NOTE: Dimensions in ( ) are inch.
Buy Product Visit WebsiteRequest QuoteSee Section 1
vibrationmounts.com Phone: 516.328.3662 Fax: 516.328.3365
1-23
www.vibrationmounts.com Phone: 516.328.3662 Fax: 516.328.3365
AD
VANCED ANTIVIBRATIO
N
COMPONENTS
S E
C T
I O
N
1950 1100 30002750250022502000175015001250
Forcing Frequency in Cycles per Minute
Minimum Load for 81% Isolation kgf (lb.)
950 1100 30002750250022502000175015001250
16.3(36)
20.9(46)
25.9(57)
30.4(67)
6.1(13.5)
9.5 (21)
15.9 (20)
20.9 (26)
*
*5.9(13)
8.2(18)
*
*
*6.4(14)
11.3(25)
17.2(38)
—
—
8.6(19)
13.6(30)
22.7(50)
29.9(66)
4.5(10)
7.3(16)
11.8(26)
15.4(34)
* 4.3
(9.5)
7.3 (16)
9.5 (21)
—
15.9(35)
24.5(54)
33.6(74)
23.1 (51)
36.7 (81)
54.9(121)
74.4(164)
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
14.1 (31)
23.6 (52)
35.8 (79)
49.5(109)
11.3(25)
19.5(43)
29.5(65)
40.8(90)
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
42.2 (93)
53.5(118)
71.7(158)
83.9(185)
32.2 (71)
48.1(106)
—
—
17.7 (39)
29 (64)
43.5 (96)
59.4(131)
Cylindrical Mounts – To 84 kgf
• FOR COMPRESSION LOADS OF 42 TO 84 kgf (93 TO 185 lb.) • FOR SHEAR LOADS OF 16 TO 30 kgf (36 TO 67 lb.)
Catalog Number
V10Z 2M312AM08
V10Z 2M312BM08
V10Z 2M312CM08
V10Z 2M312DM08
• MATERIAL: Fasteners – Steel, Zinc Plated Isolator – Natural Rubber
16(.63)
13.5(.53)
M8 35(1.38)
MetricNOTE: Dimensions in ( ) are inch.
*At these forcing frequencies, lesser loads will yield less than 81% isolation.
Compression
MaximumLoad kgf (lb.)
*
*
*
*
* 5.5(12)
9.1(20)
11.8(26)
15.4(34)
—
—
—
Catalog Number
V10Z 2M312AM08
V10Z 2M312BM08
V10Z 2M312CM08
V10Z 2M312DM08
Shear
MaximumLoad kgf (lb.)
Forcing Frequency in Cycles per Minute
Minimum Load for 81% Isolation kgf (lb.)
A
B
CD
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
DEFLECTION (mm)
LO
AD
(kg
f)
0 0.51 0.760.25 1.02 1.27 1.52 1.78 2.03 2.29 2.54 2.79
9
18
27
36
45
54
64
73
82
COMPRESSION
91
A
B
C
D
x
x
DEFLECTION (mm)
LO
AD
(kg
f)
0 0.51 1.52 2.54 3.56 4.57 5.08 6.10 7.11
14
4
9
27
18
23
32
36
41
45
SHEAR
x
xx
x x
x
LOAD DEFLECTION GRAPHSDeflections below the line x–x areconsidered safe practice for staticloads; data above that line are usefulfor calculating deflections underdynamic loads.
New
Buy Product Visit WebsiteRequest QuoteSee Section 1
vibrationmounts.com Phone: 516.328.3662 Fax: 516.328.3365
NEW SIZES
V10Z 2-304A
V10Z 2-304B
V10Z 2-304C
Compression
Shear
Compression
Shear
Compression
Shear
2.0 (0.9)
*3.2 (1.4)
*6.8 (3.1)
*
Cylindrical Mounts – Neoprene – To 16 lbs.
1-24
• FOR COMPRESSION LOADS OF 8 TO 16 POUNDS (3.6 TO 7.3 kgf) • FOR SHEAR LOADS OF 4.4 TO 9 POUNDS (2 TO 4.1 kgf)
• OIL-RESISTANT ELASTOMER
• MATERIAL: Fasteners – Hardened Steel, Zinc Plated Isolator – Neoprene
1/2(12.7)
9/16(14.3)
#8-32 NC
3/8(9.5)
Catalog Number
*At these forcing frequencies, lesser loads will yield less than 81% isolation.
Forcing Frequency in Cycles per Minute
Minimum Load for 81% Isolation lb. (kgf)
A
C
x
x
x
x
B
x
x
DEFLECTION (in.)
LO
AD
(lb
.)
0 0.04 0.060.02 0.08 0.10
4
8
12
16
20
24
28
32
A
B
C
x
x
x
x
x
x
DEFLECTION (in.)
LO
AD
(lb
.)
0 0.10 0.20 0.30
15
5
10COMPRESSIONSHEARLOAD DEFLECTION GRAPHS
Deflections below the line x–xare considered safe practice forstatic loads; data above that lineare useful for calculatingdeflections under dynamic loads.
NOTE: Dimensions in ( ) are mm.
—
4.0 (1.8)
—
6.5 (2.9)
—
—
8 (3.6)
4.4 (2)
12 (5.4)
6.7 (3)
16 (7.3)
9 (4.1)
6.2 (2.8)
1.3 (0.6)
10.2 (4.6)
2.3 (1)
—
3.6 (1.6)
—
1.7 (0.8)
—
2.8 (1.3)
—
4.6 (2.1)
3.2 (1.5)
* 5.4 (2.4)
*11.6 (5.3)
1.9 (0.9)
2.7 (1.2)
*4.5 (2)
*9.6 (4.4)
*
—
3.1 (1.4)
—
5.2 (2.3)
—
9.0 (4.1)
—
2.2 (1)
—
3.7 (1.7)
—
6.3 (2.9)
4.0 (1.8)
* 6.5 (2.9)
*14.0 (6.4)
2.3 (1.04)
MaximumLoad lb. (kgf)
1100 1250 36003000275025002250200017501500Mode
4.8 (2.2)
* 8 (3.6)
1.8 (0.8)
—
2.9 (1.3)
www.vibrationmounts.com Phone: 516.328.3662 Fax: 516.328.3365
AD
VANCED ANTIVIBRATIO
N
COMPONENTS
Buy Product Visit WebsiteRequest QuoteSee Section 1
vibrationmounts.com Phone: 516.328.3662 Fax: 516.328.3365
1-25
www.vibrationmounts.com Phone: 516.328.3662 Fax: 516.328.3365
AD
VANCED ANTIVIBRATIO
N
COMPONENTS
S E
C T
I O
N
1—
—
—
33(15)
60 (27.2)
60 (27.2)
3/4(19.1)
3/4(19.1)
51/64(20.2)
Cylindrical Mounts – Neoprene – To 60 lbs.
• FOR COMPRESSION LOADS OF 33 TO 60 POUNDS (15 TO 27.2 kgf) • FOR SHEAR LOADS OF 18 TO 34 POUNDS (8.2 TO 15.4 kgf)
OIL-RESISTANT ELASTOMER
• MATERIAL: Fasteners – Steel, Zinc Plated Isolator – Neoprene
L
1/4-20 NC
1/2(12.7)
1(25.4)
Note: Dimensions in ( ) are mm.
V10Z 2-306A
V10Z 2-306C
V10Z 2-306C1
*At these forcing frequencies, lesser loads will yield less than 81% isolation.
Catalog Number
Compression
16.0 (7.3)
37.0(16.8)
37.0(16.8)
21.0 (9.5)
49.0(22.2)
49.0(22.2)
29.0(13.2)
—
—
10.5 (4.8)
24.0(10.9)
24.0(10.9)
7.0(3.2)
17.0(7.7)
17.0(7.7)
5.0(2.3)
11.5(5.2)
11.5(5.2)
—
—
—
—
—
—
12.5 (5.7)
29.5(13.4)
29.5(13.4)
Forcing Frequency in Cycles per Minute
Minimum Load for 81% Isolation lb. (kgf)
850 1100 36003000250022502000175015001250MaximumLoad lb. (kgf)
L
16.0(7.3)
—
—
18 (8.2)
34(15.4)
34(15.4)
—
—
—
V10Z 2-306A
V10Z 2-306C
V10Z 2-306C1
Catalog Number
Shear
2.8(1.3)
9.0(4.1)
9.0(4.1)
3.8(1.7)
11.2(5.1)
11.2(5.1)
2.3(1)
7.5 (3.4)
7.5 (3.4)
1.2 (0.5)
4.5(2)
4.5(2)
*3.5
(1.6)
3.5(1.6)
9.3 (4.2)
24.5(11.1)
24.5(11.1)
7.2(3.3)
20.0(9.1)
20.0(9.1)
2.3(1)
7.5 (3.4)
7.5 (3.4)
Forcing Frequency in Cycles per Minute
Minimum Load for 81% Isolation lb. (kgf)
850 1100 36003000250022502000175015001250MaximumLoad lb. (kgf)
L
5.0(2.3)
14.7(6.7)
14.7(6.7)
DEFLECTION (in.)
LO
AD
(lb
.)
0 0.05 0.10 0.15 0.20 0.25 0.30 0.35
15
5
10
30
20
25
40
35
A
x
x
x
x
SHEAR
A
C & C1
x
x
x
x
DEFLECTION (in.)
LO
AD
(lb
.)
0 0.04 0.060.02 0.08 0.10 0.12 0.14
10
20
30
40
50
60
70
80
90
COMPRESSION
C & C1
NOTE:Maximum unthreaded portion ofstud does not exceed 1/16 inch(1.59 mm).
LOAD DEFLECTION GRAPHSDeflections below the line x–xare considered safe practice forstatic loads; data above that lineare useful for calculatingdeflections under dynamic loads.
Buy Product Visit WebsiteRequest QuoteSee Section 1
vibrationmounts.com Phone: 516.328.3662 Fax: 516.328.3365
1-26
www.vibrationmounts.com Phone: 516.328.3662 Fax: 516.328.3365
AD
VANCED ANTIVIBRATIO
N
COMPONENTS
S E
C T
I O
N
1
V10Z 2-308A
V10Z 2-308B
V10Z 2-308C
V10Z 2-308D
—
—
25(11.3)
35(15.9)
40(18.1)
60(27.2)
100(45.4)
135(61.2)
95(43.1)
—
—
—
95(43.1)
135(61.2)
185(83.9)
210(95.3)
Cylindrical Mounts – To 210 lbs.
• MATERIAL: Fasteners – Steel, Zinc Plated Isolator – Natural Rubber
Catalog Number
Compression
MaximumLoad lb. (kgf)
Forcing Frequency in Cycles per Minute
Minimum Load for 81% Isolation lb. (kgf)
1150 1250 35002750200017501500
• FOR COMPRESSION LOADS OF 95 TO 210 POUNDS (43.1 TO 95.3 kgf) • NOT RECOMMENDED FOR STATIC SHEAR LOADS
1(25.4)
5/16-18 NCTAPPED.40 (10.2) DEEP MIN.
1-1/2(38.1)
5/16-18 NC x 9/16 (14.3)
A
B
C
D
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
DEFLECTION (in.)
LO
AD
(lb
.)
0 0.05 0.10 0.15 0.20 0.25 0.30
50
100
150
200
250
300
350
400
COMPRESSION
450
LOAD DEFLECTION GRAPHSDeflections below the line x–xare considered safe practice forstatic loads; data above that lineare useful for calculatingdeflections under dynamic loads.
NOTE: Dimensions in ( ) are mm.
80(36.3)125
(56.7)
—
—
55(24.9)
85(38.6)
140(63.5)
185(83.9)
30(13.6)
45(20.4)
75 (34)
105(47.6)
15 (6.8)
22 (10)
40(18.1)
55(24.9)
Buy Product Visit WebsiteRequest QuoteSee Section 1
vibrationmounts.com Phone: 516.328.3662 Fax: 516.328.3365
1-27
www.vibrationmounts.com Phone: 516.328.3662 Fax: 516.328.3365
AD
VANCED ANTIVIBRATIO
N
COMPONENTS
S E
C T
I O
N
1
43.1 (95)
61.2(135)
83.9(185)
95.3(210)
36.3 (80)
56.7(125)
—
—
13.6 (30)
20.4 (45)
34 (75)
47.6(105)
6.8(15)
10(22)
18.2(40)
25(55)
—
—
11.3(25)
15.9(35)
25 (55)
38.6 (85)
63.5(140)
83.9(185)
18.2 (40)
27.2 (60)
45.4(100)
61.2(135)
43.1(95)
—
—
—
Cylindrical Mounts – To 95 kgf
• MATERIAL: Fasteners – Steel, Zinc Plated Isolator – Natural Rubber
Catalog Number
Compression
MaximumLoad kgf (lb.)
V10Z 2M308AM08
V10Z 2M308BM08
V10Z 2M308CM08
V10Z 2M308DM08
Forcing Frequency in Cycles per Minute
Minimum Load for 81% Isolation kgf (lb.)
1150 1250 35002750200017501500
• FOR COMPRESSION LOADS OF 43 TO 95 kgf (95 TO 210 lb.) • NOT RECOMMENDED FOR STATIC SHEAR LOADS
25(.98)
38(1.50)
M8M8
13.5 (.53)
MetricThe projections shown are per ISO convention.
NOTE: Dimensions in ( ) are inch.
A
B
C
D
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
DEFLECTION (mm)
LO
AD
(kg
f)
0 1.27 2.54 3.81 5.08 6.35 7.62
23
45
68
91
113
136
159
181
COMPRESSION
204
LOAD DEFLECTION GRAPHSDeflections below the line x–x areconsidered safe practice for staticloads; data above that line are usefulfor calculating deflections underdynamic loads.
New
Buy Product Visit WebsiteRequest QuoteSee Section 1
vibrationmounts.com Phone: 516.328.3662 Fax: 516.328.3365
1-28
www.vibrationmounts.com Phone: 516.328.3662 Fax: 516.328.3365
AD
VANCED ANTIVIBRATIO
N
COMPONENTS
S E
C T
I O
N
1
V10Z 2-319A
V10Z 2-319B
V10Z 2-319C
V10Z 2-319D
—
—
—
21.0(9.5)
24.0(10.9)
34.0(15.4)
46.0(20.9)
80.0(36.3)
35.0(15.9)
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
Cylindrical Mounts – To 86 lbs.
• MATERIAL: Fasteners – Steel, Zinc Plated Isolator – Natural Rubber
Catalog Number
Compression
MaximumLoad lb. (kgf)
Forcing Frequency in Cycles per Minute
Minimum Load for 81% Isolation lb. (kgf)
700 950 30002500225020001750150012501100
• FOR COMPRESSION LOADS OF 37 TO 86 POUNDS (16.8 TO 39 kgf) • NOT RECOMMENDED FOR STATIC SHEAR LOADS
—
13.0 (5.9)
16.0 (7.3)
30.0(13.6)
NOTE: Dimensions in ( ) are mm.
LOAD DEFLECTION GRAPHSDeflections below the line x–xare considered safe practice forstatic loads; data above that lineare useful for calculatingdeflections under dynamic loads.
37(16.8)
48(21.8)
57(25.9)
86 (39)
18.0 (8.2)
26.0(11.8)
32.5(14.7)
59.0(26.8)
13.5 (6.1)
20.5 (9.3)
26.5 (12)
48.0(21.8)
11.0 (5)
16.0 (7.3)
20.0 (9.1)
36.0(16.3)
A
B
C
D
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
DEFLECTION (in.)
LO
AD
(lb
.)
0 0.04 0.060.02 0.08 0.10 0.12 0.14 0.16 0.18
20
40
60
80
100
120
COMPRESSION
1(25.4)
5/16-18 NC TAPPED.20 (5.1) DEEP MIN. (TYP)
1(25.4)
Buy Product Visit WebsiteRequest QuoteSee Section 1
vibrationmounts.com Phone: 516.328.3662 Fax: 516.328.3365
FEATURES: • Highly damped • Very resistant to abrasion, oils, chemicals, ozone and ultraviolet radiation • These mounts exhibit extremely low amplification at resonance and quickly return to system equilibrium after shock or vibration input
1-29
• FOR COMPRESSION LOADS OF .3 TO 45 POUNDS (0.14 TO 20.4 kgf) • FOR SHEAR LOADS OF .1 TO 10 POUNDS (0.05 TO 4.5 kgf)
• MATERIAL: Fasteners – Steel, Zinc Plated Isolator – Urethane
P L
D
GTD
L
D
TD
Male - Female Female - Blank
*To be discontinued when present stock is depleted.ΔShear load data not applicable for Female–Blank style.
Rev: 8-24-10 SS
STYLE:FB Female–BlankMF Male–Female
Cylindrical Mounts – Urethane – To 45 lbs. www.vibrationmounts.com Phone: 516.328.3662 Fax: 516.328.3365
AD
VAN
CED ANTIVIBRATION
CO M P O N E N TS
V10Z60-MF1U0424
V10Z60- 1U0452
V10Z60- 2U0624
V10Z60- 2U0652
V10Z60- 2U0824
V10Z60- 2U0852
V10Z60- 3U2552
V10Z60- 4U3152
*
*
*
24
52
24
52
24
52
52
52
+32°F to +90°F (0°C to +32.2°C)+55°F to +105°F
(+12.8°C to +40.5°C)+32°F to +90°F
(0°C to +32.2°C)+55°F to +105°F
(+12.8°C to +40.5°C)+32°F to +90°F
(0°C to +32.2°C)+55°F to +105°F
(+12.8°C to +40.5°C)+55°F to +105°F
(+12.8°C to +40.5°C)+55°F to +105°F
(+12.8°C to +40.5°C)
+120°F (+48.9°C)+225°F
(+107.2°C)+120°F
(+48.9°C)+225°F
(+107.2°C)+120°F
(+48.9°C)+225°F
(+107.2°C)+225°F
(+107.2°C)+225°F
(+107.2°C)
.060(1.5)
.060(1.5)
.060(1.5) .100(2.5).100(2.5)
.110(2.8)
.160(4.1)
.160(4.1) .260(6.6).290(7.4)
Cmpr.Max.
Catalog NumberLoad
lb. (kgf)
ShearΔ Cmpr. ShearΔ Cmpr. ShearΔ PeakPerformacne
Max.Intermittent
D
Dur
omet
er
L
.320 (8.1)
.500(12.7)
.500(12.7)
.625(15.9).750
(19.1)
ThreadSize
TDThreadDepth
P G
#4-40
#6-32
#8-32
1/4-20
5/16-18
.200 (5.1)
.375 (9.5)
.375 (9.5)
.500(12.7).625
(15.9)
Static DynamicStiffness Ib./in. (kgf/mm)
Temperature Range
.280 (7.1)
.405(10.3)
.405(10.3)
.625(15.9)1.000(25.4)
.3 (0.14)
2.0 (0.91)
.6 (0.27)
4.0 (1.8) .6
(0.27) 4.0 (1.8) 12.0 (5.4) 45.0(20.4)
.1 (0.05) .8
(0.36) .3
(0.14) 2.0
(0.91) .3
(0.14) 2.0
(0.91) 3.5(1.6) 10.0(4.5)
31 (0.6) 200 (3.6) 42
(0.75) 270 (4.8) 42
(0.75) 270 (4.8) 900(16.1)2580(46.1)
4 (0.07)
27(0.5) 7
(0.13) 47
(0.84) 7
(0.13) 47
(0.84) 92(1.6)230(4.1)
120 (2.1)
765 (13.7)
164 (2.9)
1049 (18.7)
164 (2.9)
1049 (18.7)
2350(42)6727
(120.1)
23 (0.4)
148 (2.6)
33 (0.6)
208 (3.7)
33 (0.6)
208 (3.7)
385 (6.9)
896(16)
NOTE: Dimensions in ( ) are mm.
Buy Product Visit WebsiteRequest QuoteSee Section 1
vibrationmounts.com Phone: 516.328.3662 Fax: 516.328.3365
Cylindrical Mounts – Urethane – To 45 lbs.
Cylindrical Mounts – Urethane – To 50 lbs.
1-30
• FOR COMPRESSION LOADS OF .5 TO 50 POUNDS (0.23 TO 22.7 kgf) • FOR SHEAR LOADS OF .2 TO 13 POUNDS (0.09 TO 5.9 kgf)
• MATERIAL: Fasteners – Steel, Zinc Plated Isolator – Urethane
Male - Male Male - Blank
P PL
D D
GG
P L
G
www.vibrationmounts.com Phone: 516.328.3662 Fax: 516.328.3365
AD
VAN
CED ANTIVIBRATION
CO M P O N E N TS
FEATURES: • Highly damped • Very resistant to abrasion, oils, chemicals, ozone and ultraviolet radiation • These mounts exhibit extremely low amplification at resonance and quickly return to system equilibrium after shock or vibration input
*To be discontinued when present stock is depleted.ΔShear load data not applicable for Male–Blank style.
NOTE: Dimensions in ( ) are mm.STYLE:MB Male–BlankMM Male–Male
V10Z60- 1U0424
V10Z60- 1U0452
V10Z60-MB2U0624
V10Z60- 2U0652
V10Z60- 2U0824
V10Z60- 2U0852
V10Z60- 3U2552
V10Z60- 4U3152
*
*
*
24
52
24
52
24
52
52
52
+32°F to +90°F (0°C to +32.2°C)+55°F to +105°F
(+12.8°C to +40.5°C)+32°F to +90°F
(0°C to +32.2°C)+55°F to +105°F
(+12.8°C to +40.5°C)+32°F to +90°F
(0°C to +32.2°C)+55°F to +105°F
(+12.8°C to +40.5°C)+55°F to +105°F
(+12.8°C to +40.5°C)+55°F to +105°F
(+12.8°C to +40.5°C)
+120°F (+48.9°C)+225°F
(+107.2°C)+120°F
(+48.9°C)+225°F
(+107.2°C)+120°F
(+48.9°C)+225°F
(+107.2°C)+225°F
(+107.2°C)+225°F
(+107.2°C)
.060(1.5)
.060(1.5)
.060(1.5) .100(2.5).100(2.5)
Cmpr.Max.
Catalog NumberLoad
lb. (kgf)
ShearΔ Cmpr. ShearΔ Cmpr. ShearΔ PeakPerformacne
Max.Intermittent
DDurometer L
.320 (8.1)
.500(12.7)
.500(12.7)
.625(15.9).750
(19.1)
ThreadSizeP G
#4-40
#6-32
#8-32
1/4-20
5/16-18
.200 (5.1)
.375 (9.5)
.375 (9.5)
.500(12.7).625
(15.9)
Static DynamicStiffness Ib./in. (kgf/mm)
Temperature Range
.280 (7.1)
.405(10.3)
.405(10.3)
.625(15.9)1.000(25.4)
.5 (0.23)
4.0 (1.8) 1.0
(0.45) 8.0 (3.6) 1.0
(0.45) 8.0 (3.6) 20.0 (9.1) 50.0(22.7)
.2 (0.09) 1.5(0.7) .4
(0.18) 3.0
(1.36) .4
(0.18) 3.0
(1.36) 5.0(2.3) 13.0(5.9)
25 (0.4) 159
(2.8) 31
(0.6) 200
(3.6) 31
(0.6) 200
(3.6) 320
(5.7) 860
(15.4)
3 (0.05)
19(0.3) 4
(0.07) 24
(0.4) 4
(0.07) 24
(0.4) 35
(0.6) 75
(1.3)
40 (0.7) 262 (4.7) 45 (0.8) 285 (5.1) 45 (0.8) 285 (5.1) 471 (8.4)1108(19.8)
9 (0.16)
59(1.1) 12
(0.22) 74(1.3) 12
(0.22) 74(1.3) 120(2.1)270(4.8)
Rev: 8-24-10 SS
Buy Product Visit WebsiteRequest QuoteSee Section 1
Cylindrical Mounts – Urethane – To 50 lbs.vibrationmounts.com Phone: 516.328.3662 Fax: 516.328.3365
1-31
www.vibrationmounts.com Phone: 516.328.3662 Fax: 516.328.3365
AD
VANCED ANTIVIBRATIO
N
COMPONENTS
S E
C T
I O
N
1
8-12(3.6-5.4)
19-27(8.6-12.2)
35-75(15.9-34)
5-12(2.3-5.4)
18-30(8.2-13.6)
36-75(16.3-34)
6-8(2.7-3.6)
18-27(8.2-12.2)
35-75(15.9-34)
6-8(2.7-3.6)
18-27(8.2-12.2)
35-75(15.9-34)
—
.25(6.35)
.35(8.89)
.35(8.89)
—
.25(6.35)
.35(8.89)
.35(8.89)
.5(12.7)
.5(12.7)
.5(12.7)
.5(12.7)
.50 (12.7) 1.00
(25.4) .85
(21.59) .50
(12.7) 1.00
(25.4) .85
(21.59) .50
(12.7) 1.00
(25.4) .85
(21.59) .50
(12.7) 1.00
(25.4) .85
(21.59)
.75 (19.05)
1.50(38.1) 1.75
(44.45) .75
(19.05) 1.50(38.1) 1.75
(44.45) .75
(19.05) 1.50(38.1) 1.75
(44.45) .75
(19.05) 1.50(38.1) 1.75
(44.45)
#8-32
1/4-20
1/4-20
#8-32
1/4-20
1/4-20
#8-32
1/4-20
1/4-20
#8-32
1/4-20
1/4-20
1
2
3
4
• MATERIAL: Studs – Carbon Steel, Zinc Plated Damper – Sorbothane® Polyether-Based Polyurethane 50 or 70 Shore 00 Durometer
TEMPERATURE RANGE: -20°F to +160°F (-29°C to +72°C)
Catalog Number
New
• VIBRATION ISOLATION • SHOCK ABSORPTION• LONG FATIGUE LIFE
50 Durometer
C C
D
A
B
D
C
A
B
C
A
B
A
B
Fig. 1Fig. 2
Fig. 3Fig. 4
70 Durometer
4-8(1.8-3.6)
11-16(5-7.3)20-40
(9.1-18.1)3-6
(1.4-2.7)11-18(5-8.2)20-40
(9.1-18.1)3-5
(1.4-2.3)11-18(5-8.2)20-40
(9.1-18.1)3-5
(1.4-2.3)11-18(5-8.2)20-40
(9.1-18.1)
#8-32
1/4-20
1/4-20
#8-32
1/4-20
1/4-20
#8-32
1/4-20
1/4-20
#8-32
1/4-20
1/4-20
1
2
3
4
V10Z59-MM0807550
V10Z59-MM2515050
V10Z59-MM2517550
V10Z59-MF0807550
V10Z59-MF2515050
V10Z59-MF2517550
V10Z59-MB0807550
V10Z59-MB2515050
V10Z59-MB2517550
V10Z59-FB0807550
V10Z59-FB2515050
V10Z59-FB2517550
.75 (19.05)
1.50(38.1) 1.75
(44.45) .75
(19.05) 1.50(38.1) 1.75
(44.45) .75
(19.05) 1.50(38.1) 1.75
(44.45) .75
(19.05) 1.50(38.1) 1.75
(44.45)
.50 (12.7) 1.00
(25.4) .85
(21.59) .50
(12.7) 1.00
(25.4) .85
(21.59) .50
(12.7) 1.00
(25.4) .85
(21.59) .50
(12.7) 1.00
(25.4) .85
(21.59)
.5(12.7)
.5(12.7)
.5(12.7)
.5(12.7)
—
.25(6.35)
.35(8.89)
.35(8.89)
—
.25(6.35)
.35(8.89)
.35(8.89)
V10Z59-MM0807570
V10Z59-MM2515070
V10Z59-MM2517570
V10Z59-MF0807570
V10Z59-MF2515070
V10Z59-MF2517570
V10Z59-MB0807570
V10Z59-MB2515070
V10Z59-MB2517570
V10Z59-FB0807570
V10Z59-FB2515070
V10Z59-FB2517570
Load Range PerMount lb. (kgf)
Fig.No.
ThreadSize
ADiameterin. (mm)
BDamper Width
in. (mm)
CStud Length
in. (mm)
DThread Depth
in. (mm)
See additional information on technical page.
Cylindrical Mounts – Sorbothane® Type
Buy Product Visit WebsiteRequest QuoteSee Section 1
vibrationmounts.com Phone: 516.328.3662 Fax: 516.328.3365
ADiameter
mm(in.)
5-7(11-15.4)
9-18(19.8-39.7)
5-8(11-17.6)
9-18(19.8-39.7)
5-8(11-17.6)
9-18(19.8-39.7)
5-8(11-17.6)
9-18(19.8-39.7)
—
13.1(.52)
—
13.1(.52)
38.1 (1.5)
44.5 (1.75) 38.1
(1.5) 44.5
(1.75) 38.1
(1.5) 44.5
(1.75) 38.1
(1.5) 44.5
(1.75)
V10Z59MMM638150
V10Z59MMM644550
V10Z59MMF638150
V10Z59MMF644550
V10Z59MMB638150
V10Z59MMB644550
V10Z59MFB638150
V10Z59MFB644550
25.4 (1.00)
21.6 (.85)25.4
(1.00)21.6
(.85)25.4
(1.00)21.6
(.85)25.4
(1.00)21.6
(.85)
Cylindrical Mounts – Sorbothane® Type
1-32
• MATERIAL: Studs – Carbon Steel, Zinc Plated Damper – Sorbothane® Polyether-Based Polyurethane 50 or 70 Shore 00 Durometer
OPERATING TEMPERATURE RANGE: -29°C to +72°C (-20°F to +162°F)
Catalog Number
See additional information on technical page.
New
• VIBRATION ISOLATION • SHOCK ABSORPTION• LONG FATIGUE LIFE
50 Durometer
C C
D
A
B
D
C
A
B
C
A
B
A
B
Fig. 1Fig. 2
Fig. 3Fig. 4
M6
1
2
3
4
12(.47)
—
Metric
70 Durometer25.4
(1.00)21.6
(.85)25.4
(1.00)21.6
(.85)25.4
(1.00)21.6
(.85)25.4
(1.00)21.6
(.85)
8-12(17.6-26.5)
16-34(35.3-75)
8-13(17.6-28.7)
16-34(35.3-75)
8-12(17.6-26.5)
16-34(35.3-75)
8-12(17.6-26.5)
16-34(35.3-75)
M6
1
2
3
4
V10Z59MMM638170
V10Z59MMM644570
V10Z59MMF638170
V10Z59MMF644570
V10Z59MMB638170
V10Z59MMB644570
V10Z59MFB638170
V10Z59MFB644570
12(.47)
—
—
13.1(.52)
—
13.1(.52)
Fig.No.
ThreadSize
BDamper Width
mm(in.)
CStud Length
mm(in.)
DThread Depth
mm(in.)
Load RangePer Mount
kgf(lb.)
www.vibrationmounts.com Phone: 516.328.3662 Fax: 516.328.3365
AD
VANCED ANTIVIBRATIO
N
COMPONENTS
38.1 (1.5)
44.5 (1.75) 38.1
(1.5) 44.5
(1.75) 38.1
(1.5) 44.5
(1.75) 38.1
(1.5) 44.5
(1.75)
Buy Product Visit WebsiteRequest QuoteSee Section 1
vibrationmounts.com Phone: 516.328.3662 Fax: 516.328.3365
Sorbothane® Technical Information
1-33
Inch/Metric
No growthNo growth
StableGood
Special item-1.4
4.3
6.4
5.0
206.06 (1.42)399
66.18 (0.46)
127.02 (0.88)
165.95 (1.14)
30.00 (0.21)
232.00 (1.60)65.26 (11.49)
—4.1
2.584.9 (1.36)
1.363-20° to +160°(-29° to +71°)-34.7° (-37°)
——V2
22
25261 (10.3)120 (0.83)
162 (1.12)
237 (1.63)
300 (2.07)
.56
.60
.59
.55
psi (N/mm2)%
psi (N/mm2)
lb./in. (N/mm)Pascal (psi)
—
lb./ft3 (g/cm3)—
F (C)C (F)F (C)F (C)
—
%
%V/mil (kV/mm)
psi (N/mm2)
—
% wt change
Material Properties of Sorbothane®
PropertyTensile Strength at Break
Elongation at BreakTensile Elastic Stress at
100% StrainTensile Elastic Stress at
200% StrainTensile Elastic Stress at
300% StrainCompressive Stress at
20% StrainCompressive Stress at
50% StrainTear StrengthBulk Modulus
Static Coefficient ofFriction
Kinetic Coefficient ofFrictionDensity
Specific GravityOptimum Performance
Temperature RangeGlass Transition
Flash IgnitionFlammability
Self Ignition FlammabilityFlammability Rating withFlame Retardent Added
Resilience TestRebound HeightResilience TestRebound Height
Dielectric StrengthDynamic Young's
Modulus at 5 HertzDynamic Young's
Modulus at 15 HertzDynamic Young's
Modulus at 30 HertzDynamic Young's
Modulus at 50 HertzTangent Delta at5 Hertz ExcitationTangent Delta at
15 Hertz ExcitationTangent Delta at
30 Hertz ExcitationTangent Delta at
50 Hertz ExcitationBacterial ResistanceFungal Resistance
Heat AgingUltraviolet
OzoneChemical Resistance to
Hydraulic FluidChemical Resistance to
KeroseneChemical Resistance to
DieselChemical Resistance to
Soap Solution
Durometer (Shore 00)50 70
122.61 (0.85)568
25.47 (0.18)
54.86 (0.38)
80.13 (0.55)
12.00 (0.08)
105.00 (0.72)48.73 (8.58)
2.86 (4.15 x 10-5)10.4
2.685.5 (1.37)
1.364-20° to +150°(-29° to +66°)-37.4° (-38.6°)
570° (299°)750° (399°)
V2
11
18256 (10.1)105 (0.72)
150 (1.03)
210 (1.45)
270 (1.86)
.56
.58
.57
.50
Units
Butyl
25
20
15
10
5
0
-5
-100 5 10 15
Time (ms)
SORBOTHANE 50 DURO
Neoprene
Impulse
G-F
orce
Response of Sorbothane and other materials to an Impulse
20 25
0.20.40.60.81
1.2
00 5 10 15 20
Percent Deflection
Nor
mal
ized
Loa
d(lb
.)
Hysteresis Response of Sorbothane and Natural Rubber
25 30 35 40
NR
SORBOTHANE50 DURO
107532
1.00.7
0.50.30.2
0.1
0.07
F/Fn
SORBOTHANE 50 DURO SHORE 00c/cc = 0.4
NEOPRENE 85 DURO SHORE 00c/cc = 0.15
NAT. RUBBER 80 DURO SHORE 00c/cc = 0.05
Transmissibility of Sorbothane and other materialsas a function of the Excitation Frequency/Natural Frequency Ratio
Tran
smis
sibi
lity
0.5 1.0 2 3 5 7 10
www.vibrationmounts.com Phone: 516.328.3662 Fax: 516.328.3365
AD
VAN
CED ANTIVIBRATION
CO M P O N E N TS
Rev: 8-24-10 SS
vibrationmounts.com Phone: 516.328.3662 Fax: 516.328.3365
1-34
www.vibrationmounts.com Phone: 516.328.3662 Fax: 516.328.3365
AD
VANCED ANTIVIBRATIO
N
COMPONENTS
S E
C T
I O
N
1V10Z61MTHBV10Z61MTHAV10Z61MTHCV10Z61MTHTWV10Z61MMN03V10Z61MMN05V10Z61MMN07V10Z61MMN10V10Z61MSF02V10Z61MSF05V10Z61MSF10
0.010 (.022)0.010 (.022)0.026 (.057)0.208 (.459)0.031 (.068)0.052 (.115)0.073 (.161)0.104 (.229)0.031 (.068)0.078 (.172)0.146 (.322)
Technical Information for Silicone Gel Mounts
General Characteristics V10Z61MA1 V10Z61MA2 & V10Z61MB1 V10Z61MB2 & V10Z61MSF10
Specific Gravity 1.05 1.06 1.07
Hardness
Needle*Penetration(1/10 mm)
Asker C**
Specific HeatJ/g x K (Btu/lb. x °F)
ThermalConductivity
W/m x K[Btu/(h x ft. x °F)]
VolumeResistanceOhm x cm(Ohm x in.)
ChemicalResistance
TemperatureRange
TolueneAcetoneMethanol
Distilled H20Fuel
LubricantNaCl (10%)HCL (10%)NaOH (5%)
55
—
1.52(.36)
4.0 x 1014
(1.6 x 1014)
0.2(.12)
++--++---
-40°C to 200°C(-40°F to 392°F)
—
33
1.51(.36)
3.2 x 1014
(1.3 x 1014)
0.2(.12)
++--++---
-40°C to 200°C(-40°F to 392°F)
—
52.5
1.52(.36)
6.6 x 1014
(2.6 x 1014)
0.2(.12)
++--++---
-40°C to 200°C(-40°F to 392°F)
+ = Has a Reaction - = No Reaction
Catalog Number Quantity of Deflection mm (in.) Load at Deflection kgf (lb.)
6.3 ±1 (.248 ±.04)3.3 ±1 (.130 ±.04) 5 ±1 (.197 ±.04)4.4 ±0.5 (.173 ±.02)
3.5 ±1 (.138 ±.04)
4 ±0.5 (.157 ±.02)
*JIS K 2207
**Japan Rubber Association Standard (SRIS 0101)
Metric
New
vibrationmounts.com Phone: 516.328.3662 Fax: 516.328.3365
1-35
www.vibrationmounts.com Phone: 516.328.3662 Fax: 516.328.3365
AD
VANCED ANTIVIBRATIO
N
COMPONENTS
S E
C T
I O
N
1
Proper Application of Silicone Gel Mounts
MetricFEATURES:
• Highest damping effect arises when gel is
compressed 10% up to 30%.
• Low in temperature dependency, this material
offers stable performance from -40°C to 200°C(-40°F to 392°F).
• Excellent chemical resistance.
• Low in compression set.
• Performance stays the same even after
repeated use.
• Contains nothing harmful. Environment-friendly.
RIGHT USE
1. EVEN LOAD
2. HANG IN COMPRESSIVE DIRECTION
INSTALLED SURFACE
WRONG USE
1. UNEVEN LOAD
3. TWIST
4. TENSILE DIRECTION
5. SHEARING DIRECTION
2. BOLT HOLE OUT OF CENTER
New
vibrationmounts.com Phone: 516.328.3662 Fax: 516.328.3365
1-36
www.vibrationmounts.com Phone: 516.328.3662 Fax: 516.328.3365
AD
VANCED ANTIVIBRATIO
N
COMPONENTS
S E
C T
I O
N
1
• DAMPS LOW FREQUENCY VIBRATIONS• FOR SMALL TO INTERMEDIATE LOAD APPLICATIONS
• TO BE USED IN COMPRESSION ONLY
• MATERIAL: Studs – Fig.1 & 2: Brass, Nickel Plated; Fig. 3: Iron, Unichro Plated
Body – Silicone Gel
17
16
16
16
˜˜˜˜
12 to 10
11 to 10
11 to 10
11 to 10
2 to 3.5 (4.4 to 7.7)
3.5 to 5.5 (7.7 to 12.1)
5.5 to 8.5 (12.1 to 18.7)
8.5 to 12.5 (18.7 to 27.6)
V10Z61MTHB
V10Z61MTHA
V10Z61MTHC
V10Z61MTHTW
1
2
3
20 (.79)
h
h
15 (.59)
M4
M6
h
17 (.67)
M6
Ø12 (.47)
Ø18(.71)
Ø20(.79)
Ø28(1.1)
Ø25(.98)
Ø35(1.38)
Double-Studded Silicone Gel Vibration Mounts
MetricFig. 1 Fig. 2 Fig. 3
Catalog Number
0.4 to 0.6 (.9 to 1.3)
0.5 to 0.8 (1.1 to 1.8)
0.8 to 2 (1.8 to 4.4)
12.5 to 25 (27.6 to 55.1)
Optimum Loadkgf/ leg (lb./leg)
13 to 11
16 to 15
14 to 12
10 to 8
ResonancePoint
Hz
13 to 12
12
13 to 12
20 to 19
ResonanceMagnification
dB
RecommendedFrequency
Hz
Fig.Number
18 (.71)
12 (.47)
18 (.71)
25 (.98)
hmm (in.)
18
23
20
from 14
18 (.71)
22 (.87)
M6
Ø24(.94)Ø30
(1.18)
• MATERIAL: Studs– Iron, Unichro Plated Body – Silicone Gel
Catalog Number* Optimum Loadkgf/ leg (lb./leg)
ResonancePoint
Hz
ResonanceMagnification
dB
RecommendedFrequency
Hz
12
14 to 13
16 to 15
20 to 18
V10Z61MMN03
V10Z61MMN05
V10Z61MMN07
V10Z61MMN10
See application page for proper usage. **See page 2-3 for Transmissibility Chart.* This type is slotted on the stud for fixing a bolt.
**
Note: Dimensions in ( ) are inch.
˜˜˜
Note: Dimensions in ( ) are inch.
New
TEMPERATURE RANGE: -40°C to +200°C (-40°F to +392°F)
TEMPERATURE RANGE: -40°C to +200°C (-40°F to +392°F)
New
Buy Product Visit WebsiteRequest QuoteSee Section 1
vibrationmounts.com Phone: 516.328.3662 Fax: 516.328.3365
1-37
www.vibrationmounts.com Phone: 516.328.3662 Fax: 516.328.3365
AD
VANCED ANTIVIBRATIO
N
COMPONENTS
S E
C T
I O
N
1
112 111 122121
CURVE 1
LOAD PER MOUNT (lb.)
NA
TU
RA
L F
RE
QU
EN
CY
(C
PS
)
0 1 2 3 410
15
20
25
30
35
40
NA
TU
RA
L F
RE
QU
EN
CY
(C
PS
)N
AT
UR
AL
FR
EQ
UE
NC
Y (
CP
S)
5
10
15
20
25
30
35
LOAD PER MOUNT (lb.)
40 1 2 3 5 6 7 8
CURVE 2
LOAD PER MOUNT (lb.)
CURVE 3
5
10
15
20
25
30
35
0 5 10 15 20
132
131
141
142
1.56 (39.6)
1.93(49)
2.54 (64.5)
3.00 (76.2)
.53(13.5)
.68(17.3)
1.00(25.4)
1.62(41.1)
.56(14.2)
.68(17.3)
.93(23.6)
1.75(44.5)
.51(13)
.58 (14.7)
.81 (20.6)
1.45 (36.8)
Ring Mounts – To 20 lbs.
• FOR LOADS OF 1 TO 20 POUNDS (0.45 TO 9.07 kgf)• MATERIAL: Fasteners – Steel, Cadmium Plated Isolator – Natural Rubber
LOAD
L
A
B
H
D
W
V10Z 8-112
V10Z 8-111
V10Z 8-122
V10Z 8-121
V10Z 8-132
V10Z 8-131
V10Z 8-142
V10Z 8-141
B H(Load)
LD WH
(NoLoad)
A
#6-32
#10-32
1/4 - 20
5/16-18
.50(12.7)
.62(15.7)
.75(19.1)
.62(36.8)
.31 (7.9)
.34 (8.6)
.53(13.5)
.75(19.1)
90(1.6)
155 (2.77)
63 (1.13)
77 (1.38)
137 (2.45)
210 (3.75)
122 (2.18)
172 (3.07)
.193
.376
.025
.058
.027
.174
.136
.262
Static "K" is approximately 1/2 to 1/3 Dynamic Rate.NOTE: Dimensions in ( ) are mm.
1.0(0.45)
2.0(0.91)
2.5(1.13)
3.0(1.36)
5.0(2.27)
8.0(3.63)
13.0(5.9)
20.0(9.07)
Catalog NumberRated Load
lb.(kgf)
Dimensions "C"DampingConstant
"K"Dynamic
Spring Ratelb. / in.
(kgf / mm)
Curve
1
2
3
Buy Product Visit WebsiteRequest QuoteSee Section 1
vibrationmounts.com Phone: 516.328.3662 Fax: 516.328.3365
1-38
www.vibrationmounts.com Phone: 516.328.3662 Fax: 516.328.3365
AD
VANCED ANTIVIBRATIO
N
COMPONENTS
S E
C T
I O
N
1
.43 .59 .55 .79 .791.181.061.611.502.24
11151420203027413857
0602060308020803120212031602160323022303
• FOR STANDARD LOADS OF 75 TO 1200 kgf(165 TO 2645 lb.)
Ring Mounts
• MATERIAL: Mounting Plates – Steel, plated Isolators – Natural Rubber
MetricFEATURES:• Low natural frequency• Constant natural frequency in a wide range of load• Excellent stability• Multiple layers are possible• Very easy to install
APPLICATIONS• COMPRESSORS • LIGHTWEIGHT MACHINES• PUMPS • OFFICE EQUIPMENT• BLOWERS • MEASURING INSTRUMENTS• TRANSFORMERS • SCALES
2323232323
Rin
gs
165
331
661
1322
2645
kgf lb. kgf
55...220
110...441
220...882
440...1763
882...3526
lb. mm450370380320310260270220230190
2.36
3.15
4.72
6.30
9.06
mm in. mm mm1.382.001.812.642.603.823.394.964.496.61
.43
.51
.59
.75
.75
1.18
1.38
2.17
2.17
StandardLoad
Lower Limit…Upper Limit
Load RangeLoadCodeNo.
(cpm)
Defl. withStd. Load
*Nat.Freq. D H d1 d2 L
Thread
M8
M10
M12
M16
M16
*The natural frequency of 1 layer is 2 layers natural frequency x 2
CATALOG NUMBER DESIGNATION
Load Code
Mounting Style:(see drawings at left)
HH, BB, NN, HN, HB or BN
V 1 0 Z 4 7 M R M
75
150
300
600
1200
25...100
50...200
100...400
200...800
400...1600
in. in.
60
80
120
160
230
mm 35 51 46 67 66 97 86126114168
in.
11
13
15
19
19
in.
30
35
55
55
THREE RING MOUNTS
TWO RING MOUNTS
Style 2HH Style 2BB Style 2NN
Ød2
Ød1 Ød
1
ØD
Style 3HH Style 3BB Style 3NN
Ød2 Ød
2Ød
1
NOTE: These combination mounts shownabove are also available with three rings.
COMBINATION MOUNTS
L
H H
L
L
L
H
H H H
Style HN Style HB Style BN
Buy Product Visit WebsiteRequest QuoteSee Section 1
vibrationmounts.com Phone: 516.328.3662 Fax: 516.328.3365
SECTION 2
AdmissibleTemporaryOverload
%
V10Z77MAGB-30B
V10Z77MAGB-D30B
700
600
500
400
300
200
100
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
V10Z77MAGB-D30
V10Z77MAGB-30
• EXCELLENT TEAR RESISTANCE• STUD IS REMOVABLE FOR FEMALE THREAD ATTACHMENT
Metric
24 (.94)
38(1.50)
Catalog Number Fig.No.
V10Z77MAGB-30B
V10Z77MAGB-30
V10Z77MAGB-D30B
V10Z77MAGB-D30
1
2
Amm(in.)
Dmm(in.)
30(1.18)
Emm(in.)
48(1.89)
Lmm(in.)
88(3.46)
Imm(in.)
63.6(2.50)
C
M8
d1mm(in.)
8(.315) 30
4(.16)
7(.28)
LoadN
(lb.)
Deflectionmm(in.)
50(11.2)
100(22.5)
150
(33.7)
LoadN
(lb.)
1(.039)
2(.079)
Deflectionmm(in.)
PERFORMANCE GRAPH
• MATERIAL: Isolator – Ozone-Resistant Natural Rubber (55 Shore A) Bolt – DIN 976 Nut – DIN 934 Washer – DIN 9021 Base – Carbon Steel
A
E
LI
d1d2
C
A
D
D
LI
FIG. 2
FIG. 1
C
13.52(.532)
The projections shown are per ISO convention.
300 (67.4)
450(101.2)
500(112.4)
700(157.4)
...That Advanced Antivibration Components is well-equipped to handle an entire project from the design and manufacturing of individual components to the assembly of final products? We are dedicated to quality products and on time delivery.
Did You Know?
Maximum Minimum
2-2
www.vibrationmounts.com Phone: 516.328.3662 Fax: 516.328.3365
AD
VANCED ANTIVIBRATIO
N
COMPO NENTS
Base Mounts – Flange Type
New
d2mm(in.)
4(.157)
Rev: 8-24-10 SS
Buy Product Visit WebsiteRequest QuoteSee Section 2
vibrationmounts.com Phone: 516.328.3662 Fax: 516.328.3365
TRA
NSM
ISSI
BIL
ITY
100
31.7
10
3.17
1
0.315
0.1
0.0315
0.01 0 20 40 60 80 100
FREQUENCY (Hz)
Damping Rubber
Silicone Dampers
• DAMPS LOW FREQUENCY VIBRATIONS• FOR SMALL TO INTERMEDIATE LOAD APPLICATIONS
• CAN BE USED WHEN SPACE IS LIMITED• TO BE USED IN COMPRESSION ONLY
V10Z61MSF02
V10Z61MSF05
V10Z61MSF10
Base Mounts – Silicone Gel Type
2-3
• MATERIAL: Stud – Steel, Trivalent Chromate Plated Body – Silicone Gel Flange Plate – Stainless Steel
Catalog Number
Metric
1.25 to 3.25 (2.8 to 7.2)
3.25 to 7.5 (7.2 to 16.5)
7.5 to 12.5 (16.5 to 27.6)
Optimum Load kgf/ leg (lb./leg)
SiliconeDampers
RubberDampers
Resonance PointResonance Magnification
9.5 Hz6.5
19.8 Hz 8.8
Load: 20 kgf/4 Legs(44.1 lb./4 Legs)
Vibration Level: 0.2G
TYPICAL CHARACTERISTICS OF THE SILICONE GEL TYPE MOUNTS(Example Shown: V10Z61MMN05)
NOTE: Dimensions in ( ) are inch.
TEMPERATURE RANGE: -40°C to +200°C (-40°F to +392°F)
www.vibrationmounts.com Phone: 516.328.3662 Fax: 516.328.3365
AD
VAN
CED ANTIVIBRATION
CO M P O N E N TS
18 (.71)
2-R6(.24)
60(2.36)
46(1.81)
2-4.2x6(.17 x .24)LONG HOLE
SLOTTEDM6
22 (.87)
Ø36(1.42)
60°
Ø24(.94)
Ø30(1.18)
Rev: 8-24-10 SS
Buy Product Visit WebsiteRequest QuoteSee Section 2
vibrationmounts.com Phone: 516.328.3662 Fax: 516.328.3365
1 (0.5)2 (0.9)3 (1.4)5 (2.3)
1.5 (0.7)3.0 (1.4)5.0 (2.3)8.0 (3.6)
V10Z40-1210B1V10Z40-1210C1V10Z40-1210D1
ABCD
4 (1.8) 8 (3.6)12 (5.4)20 (9.1)
Platemounts – To 20 lbs.
• FOR LOADS OF 4 TO 20 POUNDS (1.8 TO 9.1 kgf) • MATERIAL: Isolator – Natural Rubber Base – Steel or Aluminum
LoadRating
Maximum Load lb. (kgf)
Forcing Frequency in Cycles per Minute
Minimum Load for 81% Isolation lb. (kgf)
NOTE: The above platemounts are available in Neoprene as a special order (200 pc. minimum).
1900
1.25(31.8)
1.0(25.4)
Ø.165(4.2)
.17(4.3)
Ø.17(4.3)
.75(19.1)
Ø1.0(25.4)
.035(0.89)
.46(11.7)
1.414(35.9)
Ø.165(4.2)
Ø1.25(31.8) 1.68
(42.7)
SECTION X-X
XX
—V10Z40-1210C3
—
Base TypeSquare Aluminum
CatalogNumber
Steel
—V10Z40-1210B4V10Z40-1210C4V10Z40-1210D4
V10Z40-1210A2V10Z40-1210B2V10Z40-1210C2V10Z40-1210D2
2500 3000 4000
4 (1.8) 8 (3.6)12 (5.4)20 (9.1)
2 (0.9) 4 (1.8) 7 (3.2)11 (5)
2-4
Base TypeDiamond Aluminum
CatalogNumber
Steel
NOTE: Dimensions in ( ) are mm.
www.vibrationmounts.com Phone: 516.328.3662 Fax: 516.328.3365
AD
VANCED ANTIVIBRATIO
N
COMPO NENTS
LOAD/DEFLECTION GRAPHMaximum Recommended
Static Load/Deflection
DEFLECTION (in.)
LOA
D (l
b.) D
C
BA
40
30
20
10
0.05 .10
Rev: 8-24-10 SS
Buy Product Visit WebsiteRequest QuoteSee Section 2
vibrationmounts.com Phone: 516.328.3662 Fax: 516.328.3365
2-5
www.vibrationmounts.com Phone: 516.328.3662 Fax: 516.328.3365
AD
VANCED ANTIVIBRATIO
N
COMPONENTS
S E
C T
I O
N
2
.8 (0.4)
1.6 (0.7)
2.4 (1.1)
3.0 (1.4)
4.0 (1.8)
5.0 (2.3)
5.5 (2.5)
7.0 (3.2)
.6 (0.3)
1.2 (0.5)
1.7 (0.8)
2.2 (1)
2.8 (1.3)
3.4 (1.5)
4.0 (1.8)
5.0 (2.3)
3 (1.4)
6 (2.7)
9 (4.1)
12 (5.4)
14 (6.4)
17 (7.7)
20 (9.1)
26 (11.8)
2 (0.9)
5 (2.3)
7 (3.2)
9 (4.1)
11 (5)
13 (5.9)
16 (7.3)
20 (9.1)
AA
BB
BK
CC
CK
DD
DK
DL
2000
Platemounts – To 26 lbs.
• FOR LOADS OF 3 TO 26 POUNDS (1.4 TO 11.8 kgf)• MATERIAL: Isolator – Natural Rubber Base – Steel or Aluminum
LoadRating
MaximumLoad lb. (kgf)
Forcing Frequency in Cycles per Minute
Minimum Load for 81% Isolation lb. (kgf)
1600 1750 2500
NOTE: 1. The above platemounts are available in Neoprene as a special order (200 pc. minimum). 2. The above platemounts may be discontinued but are still available in large quantities.
3 (1.4)
6 (2.7)
9 (4.1)
12 (5.4)
14 (6.4)
17 (7.7)
20 (9.1)
26 (11.8)
.4 (0.2)
.8 (0.4)
1.3 (0.6)
1.7 (0.8)
2.2 (1)
2.6 (1.2)
3.0 (1.4)
4.0 (1.8)
3000
—V10Z40-1215BB3
—V10Z40-1215CC3V10Z40-1215CK3
——
V10Z40-1215DL3
—V10Z40-1215BB1V10Z40-1215BK1V10Z40-1215CC1V10Z40-1215CK1V10Z40-1215DD1V10Z40-1215DK1V10Z40-1215DL1
Base TypeSquare Aluminum
CatalogNumber
Steel
Base TypeDiamond Aluminum
CatalogNumber
Steel
V10Z40-1215AA2V10Z40-1215BB2V10Z40-1215BK2V10Z40-1215CC2
—V10Z40-1215DD2
——
V10Z40-1215AA4V10Z40-1215BB4
—V10Z40-1215CC4V10Z40-1215CK4V10Z40-1215DD4V10Z40-1215DK4
—
3500 4000
1.7 (0.8)
3.5 (1.6)
5.0 (2.3)
7.0 (3.2)
9.0 (4.1)
11.0 (5)
12.0 (5.4)
16.0 (7.3)
1.0 (0.5)
2.0 (0.9)
3.0 (1.4)
4.5 (2)
5.5 (2.5)
6.5 (2.9)
8.0 (3.6)
10.0 (4.5)
LOAD/DEFLECTION GRAPHMaximum Recommended Static Load/Deflection
DEFLECTION (in.)
LO
AD
(lb
.)
.05 .10
30
25
20
15
10
5
0
DL
DK
DD
CK
CC
BK
BB
AA
.63 (16)
1.78 (45.2)
.16 DIA.(4)
1.38(35)X X
.26(6.6)
.20 (5.1)
.39 (9.9)
.050(1.3)
1.50(38.1)
2.34(59.4)
1.78(45.2)
1.95(5)
.16 DIA.(4)
NOTE: Dimensions in ( ) are mm.
SECTION X-X
Buy Product Visit WebsiteRequest QuoteSee Section 2
vibrationmounts.com Phone: 516.328.3662 Fax: 516.328.3365
2-6
www.vibrationmounts.com Phone: 516.328.3662 Fax: 516.328.3365
AD
VANCED ANTIVIBRATIO
N
COMPONENTS
S E
C T
I O
N
2
3000 3500250020001500 17501100 1250
V10Z40-1260AA4V10Z40-1260BB4V10Z40-1260CC4V10Z40-1260DD4V10Z40-1260DK4
Platemounts – To 60 lbs.
• FOR LOADS OF 12 TO 60 POUNDS (5.4 TO 27.2 kgf)• MATERIAL: Isolator – Natural Rubber Base – Steel or Aluminum
12 (5.4)
20 (9.1)
30 (13.6)
45 (20.4)
60 (27.2)
12 (5.4)
20 (9.1)
30 (13.6)
45 (20.4)
60 (27.2)
10 (4.5)
16 (7.3)
23 (10.4)
35 (15.9)
47 (21.3)
7 (3.2)
11 (5)
15 (6.8)
23 (10.4)
31 (14.1)
5 (2.3)
7 (3.2)
11 (5)
17 (7.7)
22 (10)
3 (1.4)
6 (2.7)
9 (4.1)
13 (5.9)
17 (7.7)
2 (0.9)
4 (1.8)
5 (2.3)
8 (3.6)
11 (5)
2 (0.9)
3 (1.4)
4 (1.8)
6 (2.7)
7 (3.2)
1 (0.5)
2 (0.9)
3 (1.4)
4 (1.8)
6 (2.7)
2.25(57.2)
1.75(44.5)
.19 DIA.(4.8)
XX
.391(9.9)
.56(14.2)
.062(1.57)
2.00(50.8)
.34(8.6)
1.0(25.4)
2.25(57.2) 2.98
(75.7)
.19 DIA.(4.8)
2.475(62.9)
SECTION X-X
V10Z40-1260AA2—
V10Z40-1260CC2V10Z40-1260DD2V10Z40-1260DK2
Base TypeDiamond Aluminum
CatalogNumber
Steel
AA
BB
CC
DD
DK
LoadRating
MaximumLoad lb. (kgf)
Forcing Frequency in Cycles per Minute
Minimum Load for 81% Isolation lb. (kgf)
——
V10Z40-1260CC3V10Z40-1260DD3V10Z40-1260DK3
Base TypeSquare
Steel
CatalogNumber
90
807060
5040
3020
100 .05 .10 .15 .20 .25
DK
DD
CC
BBAA
LOAD/DEFLECTION GRAPHMaximum Recommended
Static Load/Deflection
DEFLECTION (in.)
LO
AD
(lb
.)
NOTE: Dimensions in ( ) are mm.
NOTE: 1. The above platemounts are available in Neoprene as a special order (200 pc. minimum). 2. The above platemounts may be discontinued but are still available in large quantities.
Buy Product Visit WebsiteRequest QuoteSee Section 2
vibrationmounts.com Phone: 516.328.3662 Fax: 516.328.3365
2-7
www.vibrationmounts.com Phone: 516.328.3662 Fax: 516.328.3365
AD
VANCED ANTIVIBRATIO
N
COMPONENTS
S E
C T
I O
N
2
4.3 (2)
5.7 (2.6)
7.2 (3.3)
10.0 (4.5)
13.0 (5.9)
Platemounts – To 90 lbs.
• FOR LOADS OF 30 TO 90 POUNDS (13.6 TO 40.8 kgf)• MATERIAL: Isolator – Natural Rubber Base – Steel or Aluminum
1.75(44.5)
.19 DIA. (4.8)
XX
.22 (5.6) .59
(15)
.062(1.6)
2.00(50.8)
1.000(25.4)
2.475(62.9)
2.25(57.2)
2.98(75.7)
.19 DIA.(4.8)
2.25 (57.2)
.399 10.1
.386 9.8 ( )
SECTION X-X
3500
30 (13.6)
40 (18.1)
50 (22.7)
70 (31.8)
90 (40.8)
30 (13.6)
40 (18.1)
50 (22.7)
70 (31.8)
90 (40.8)
17 (7.7)
23 (10.4)
29 (13.2)
40 (18.1)
52 (23.6)
13 (5.9)
18 (8.2)
22 (10)
31 (14.1)
40 (18.1)
8.4 (3.8)
11.0 (5)
14.0 (6.4)
20.0 (9.1)
25.0 (11.3)
6.0 (2.7)
7.8 (3.5)
10.0 (4.5)
14.0 (6.4)
18.0 (8.2)
3.3 (1.5)
4.4 (2)
5.5 (2.5)
7.0 (3.2)
10.0 (4.5)
BB
BK
CC
CK
DD
2000Load
RatingMaximum
Load lb. (kgf)
Forcing Frequency in Cycles per Minute
Minimum Load for 81% Isolation lb. (kgf)
1325 1750 2500 3000 4000
—V10Z40-1220BK1
——
V10Z40-1220DD1
Base TypeSquare
Aluminum
CatalogNumber
Steel
V10Z40-1220BB3—
V10Z40-1220CC3—
V10Z40-1220DD3
Base TypeDiamond
Aluminum
CatalogNumber
Steel
————
V10Z40-1220DD2
V10Z40-1220BB4V10Z40-1220BK4
—V10Z40-1220CK4V10Z40-1220DD4
NOTE: Dimensions in ( ) are mm.
NOTE: 1. The above platemounts are available in Neoprene as a special order (200 pc. minimum). 2. The above platemounts may be discontinued but are still available in large quantities.
LOAD/DEFLECTION GRAPHMaximum Recommended
Static Load/Deflection
DEFLECTION (in.)
LO
AD
(lb
.)90
DD
CK
CC
BK
BB
80
70
60
50
40
30
20
10
0.02 .04 .06 .08 .10 .12 .14
Buy Product Visit WebsiteRequest QuoteSee Section 2
vibrationmounts.com Phone: 516.328.3662 Fax: 516.328.3365
2-8
www.vibrationmounts.com Phone: 516.328.3662 Fax: 516.328.3365
AD
VANCED ANTIVIBRATIO
N
COMPONENTS
S E
C T
I O
N
2
50(22.7)
60(27.2)
90(40.8)
70(31.8)
90(40.8)
120(54.4)
100(45.4)
120(54.4)
170(77.1)
160 (72.6)
200 (90.7)
270(122.5)
300(136)
380(172.4)
520(235.9)
440(200)
560(254)
760(344.7)
Platemounts – To 760 lbs.
• FOR LOADS OF 440 TO 760 POUNDS (200 TO 344.7 kgf)• MATERIAL: Isolator – Natural Rubber Base – Steel
35002000Catalog NumberMaximum
Loadlb. (kgf)
Forcing Frequency in Cycles per Minute
Minimum Load for 81% Isolation lb. (kgf)
1300 1500 2500 3000 4000
.687 DIA.(17.4)
3.25 (82.6)
2.90 (73.7) DIA. MAX.
2.26 (57.4) DIA.
2.75 (69.9) DIA.
.135(3.4)
2.25 (57.2)
1.14(29)
4.25 (108)
5.25 (133.4)
.406 DIA.(10.3)
NOTE: Dimensions in ( ) are mm.
40(18.1)
50(22.7)
70(31.8)
V10Z40-1280B
A10Z40-1280C
A10Z40-1280D
NOTE: The above platemounts are available in Neoprene as a special order (200 pc. minimum).
B
C
D
.05 .10 .15
1000
800
600
400
200
0
LOAD/DEFLECTION GRAPHMaximum Recommended
Static Load/Deflection
DEFLECTION (in.)
LO
AD
(lb
.)
440(200)
560(254)
760(344.7)
Buy Product Visit WebsiteRequest QuoteSee Section 2
vibrationmounts.com Phone: 516.328.3662 Fax: 516.328.3365
2-9
www.vibrationmounts.com Phone: 516.328.3662 Fax: 516.328.3365
AD
VANCED ANTIVIBRATIO
N
COMPONENTS
S E
C T
I O
N
2DEFLECTION (in.)
LO
AD
(lb
.)
V10Z 4-1550A
40
30
20
10
0.02 .04 .06 .08 .10
NATURAL FREQUENCY (Hz)
LO
AD
(lb
.) 40
30
20
10
05 10 15 20 25
V10Z 4-1550A
V10Z 4-1550D V10Z 4-1550D
2-3/8(60.3)
13/64(5.2)
1-15/16(49.2)
1-15/16(49.2)
2-3/8(60.3)
17/64 DIA. HOLE(6.7)
1-1/8(28.6)
23/32(18.3)
3/64(1.2)
V10R 4-1505
V10R 4-1504
Finger-Flex Assemblies
• FOR LOADS OF 6 TO 37 POUNDS (2.7 TO 16.8 kgf)• MATERIAL: Housing – Zinc Plated Steel withClear Dichromate Sealer
Isolator – Rubber
Assembled style V10Z 4- mounts are supplied with rubberbushings and rings permanently installed within a convenientcadmium plated metal mounting cup. Load is supported by thetop surface of the assembly which has a 17/64 (6.7 mm) diameterclearance hole to accommodate a screw fastener from the loadmember. The cup base dimensions and mounting hole patternconform to MIL size 2 specifications. The rubber isolationmembers are similiar to the FINGER-FLEX V10R 4-1504and V10R 5-1505 series.
Catalog Number
V10Z 4-1550A
Load Type Compression,lb. (kgf) per mountmin.
Approximate HardnessDurometer
30
60
max.
6 (2.7)
15 (16.8)
20 (9.1)
37 (16.8)
NATURAL FREQUENCY: 6–30 Hz
NOTE: Dimensions in ( ) are mm.
V10Z 4-1550D
Buy Product Visit WebsiteRequest QuoteSee Section 2
vibrationmounts.com Phone: 516.328.3662 Fax: 516.328.3365
V10Z 4-1552A
V10Z 4-1552D
Finger-Flex Assemblies
2-10
• FOR LOADS UP TO 50 POUNDS (110.2 kgf)• MATERIAL: Fasteners – Steel, Zinc Chromate Isolator – Rubber
1-15/32(37.3)
1-1/16(27)
V10R 4-1505
V10R 4-1504
V10R 4-1505
ApproximateHardness Durometer
30
60
Catalog Number
• FIG 1
30
60
V10Z 4-1553A
V10Z 4-1553D
1-13/32(35.7)1-13/16
(46)
V10R 4-1505
V10R 4-1504
V10R 4-1505
V10R 4-1504
NATURAL FREQUENCY: 6–30 Hz
Fig. 1
NOTE: Dimensions in ( ) are mm.
NOTE: Dimensions in ( ) are mm.
Fig. 2
www.vibrationmounts.com Phone: 516.328.3662 Fax: 516.328.3365
AD
VANCED ANTIVIBRATIO
N
COMPO NENTS
NATURAL FREQUENCY-Hz
LOA
D (l
b.)
DEFLECTION (in.)
LOA
D (l
b.)
V10Z 4-1552D
V10Z 4-1552A
0
40
10
20
30
.04 .08 .12 .16 .20 .240
40
102030
50
5 10 15 20 25
V10Z 4-1552D
V10Z 4-1552A
• FIG 2
LOA
D (l
b.)
NATURAL FREQUENCY-Hz
NATURAL FREQUENCY: 6-30 Hz
40302010
05 6 7 8 9 10
50
11 12
V10Z 4-1553A
V10Z 4-1553D
40
LOA
D (l
b.)
DEFLECTION (in.)
3020
100
.04 .08 .12 .16 .20 .24
V10Z 4-1553D
V10Z 4-1553A
Rev: 8-24-10 SS
Buy Product Visit WebsiteRequest QuoteSee Section 2
vibrationmounts.com Phone: 516.328.3662 Fax: 516.328.3365
33 (15) 42 (19.1) 62 (28.1) 90 (40.8) 135 (61.2)
Cup Mounts – To 135 lbs.
• FOR LOADS OF 33 TO 135 POUNDS (15 TO 61 kgf)
2-11
DK
DD
CC
BBAA
0
50
100
150
.05 .10
LOA
D (l
b.)
DEFLECTION (in.)
LOAD/DEFLECTION GRAPHDeflections below the line x---x are considered safe practice for static loads; data above that line are useful for calculating deflectionsunder dynamic loads.
x
x
• MATERIAL: Isolator – Natural Rubber Base – Steel, Zinc Plated
SECTION X-X
Catalog NumberMaximum
Ratinglb. (kgf)
27 (12.2) 34 (15.4) 51 (23.1) 74 (33.6) 114 (51.7)
V10Z40-1240AA
V10Z40-1240BB
V10Z40-1240CC
V10Z40-1240DD
V10Z40-1240DK
33 (15) 42 (19.1) 62 (28.1) 90 (40.8) 135 (61.2)
1600 1750Forcing Frequency in Cycles per Minute
Maximum Load for 81% Isolation lb. (kgf)
NOTE: Dimensions in ( ) are mm.
22 (10) 28 (12.7) 42 (19.1) 60 (27.2) 93 (42.2)
14 (6.4)
18 (8.2)
27 (12.2)
39 (17.7)
60 (27.2)
10 (4.5)
13 (5.9)
19 (8.6)
28 (12.7)
43 (19.5)
7 (3.2)
9 (4.1)
14 (6.4)
20 (9.1)
30 (13.6)
6 (2.7) 7 (3.2) 11 (5) 16 (7.3) 24 (10.9)
2000 2500 3000 40003500
X X
1-15/16(49.2)
2-3/8(60.3)
1/4 - 20 UNC TAP
5/8 DP(15.9)
13/64 DIA.(5.2)
.67(17)
1.44(36.6)
1.13(28.7)
.035(0.89)
.19(4.8) 1.50 DIA.
(38.1)
www.vibrationmounts.com Phone: 516.328.3662 Fax: 516.328.3365
AD
VANCED ANTIVIBRATIO
N
COMPO NENTS
Rev: 8-24-10 SS
Buy Product Visit WebsiteRequest QuoteSee Section 2
vibrationmounts.com Phone: 516.328.3662 Fax: 516.328.3365
10000
7500
5000
2500
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
V10Z74MMG124-7
V10Z74MMG124-4
3000
2000
1800
1500
1200
900
600
300
0 1 2 3 4 5
V10Z74MMG092-6
V10Z74MMG092-4
1800
1500
1200
900
600
300
0 1 2 3 4 5
V10Z74MMG074-7
V10Z74MMG074-6
V10Z74MMG074-4
700 (157)1200
(270)1750
(393)1400
(315)2000
(450) 3600
(809)8000
(1798)
3 (.12) 2.5
(.10)2
(.08)4
(.16)3
(.12)5
(.20)4
(.16)
• LATERAL STIFFNESS 3 TO 4 TIMES GREATER THAN AXIAL STIFFNESS
32(1.26)
36(1.42)
60(2.36)
90(3.54)
114(4.49)
144(5.67)
9(.35)
11(.43)
13(.51)
72(2.84)
90(3.54)
114(4.49)
Metric
Catalog Number*
V10Z74MMG074-4
V10Z74MMG074-6
V10Z74MMG074-7
V10Z74MMG092-4
V10Z74MMG092-6
V10Z74MMG124-4
V10Z74MMG124-7
DMmm(in.)
Amm(in.)
A1mm(in.)
CI
mm(in.)
Umm(in.)
• MATERIAL: Isolator – Natural Rubber Base – Carbon Steel
74(2.91)
92(3.62)
124(4.88)
53(2.09)
63(2.48)
94(3.70)
42(1.65)
53(2.09)
75(2.95)
M10
M12
M16
Lmm(in.)
Dmm(in.)
Max. Loadin Compression
N (lb.)
Deflectionmm(in.)
PERFORMANCE GRAPHS
HardnessShore A
45
60
75
45
60
45
75
The projections shown are per ISO convention.
2-12
www.vibrationmounts.com Phone: 516.328.3662 Fax: 516.328.3365
AD
VAN
CED ANTIVIBRATION
CO M P O N E N TS
Base Mounts – Cylindrical Type
A1A
Ll
I LXX
ØU
ØDMØDC
*To be discontinued when present stock is depleted.
Rev: 5-9-11 SS
Buy Product Visit WebsiteRequest QuoteSee Section 2
vibrationmounts.com Phone: 516.328.3662 Fax: 516.328.3365
2-13
www.vibrationmounts.com Phone: 516.328.3662 Fax: 516.328.3365
AD
VANCED ANTIVIBRATIO
N
COMPONENTS
S E
C T
I O
N
2
• LIMITED SIDE DEFLECTIONS • EASY LEVELING
• LOW MAINTENANCE
New
Metric
• MATERIAL: Isolator – Natural Rubber Base – Carbon Steel, Zinc Plated
Fig. 1 Fig. 2
Base Mounts – Cylindrical Type
The projections shown are per ISO convention.
900
800
700
600
500
400
300
200
100
1 2 3 4 5 6
DEFLECTION (mm)
LO
AD
(k
gf)
T4115T4115G
T3090T3090G
T2062T2062G
T1048T1048G
20 (.79)
25 (.98)
44(1.73)
60(2.36)
20 (.79)
25 (.98)
44(1.73)
60(2.36)
42(1.65) 55
(2.17) 82
(3.23)105
(4.13) 42
(1.65) 55
(2.17) 82
(3.23)105
(4.13)
6.2(.24) 8.2(.32)10.2(.40)16.2(.64) 6.2(.24) 8.2(.32)10.2(.40)16.2(.64)
—
M8
M10
M14
M16
8.2(.32)10.2(.40)16.2(.64)24.2(.95)
—
—
—
—
Catalog Number
1
2
V10Z55MT1048
V10Z55MT2062
V10Z55MT3090
V10Z55MT4115
V10Z55MT1048G
V10Z55MT2062G
V10Z55MT3090G
V10Z55MT4115G
Fig.No.
48(1.89) 62
(2.44) 90
(3.54)115
(4.53) 48
(1.89) 62
(2.44) 90
(3.54)115
(4.53)
Amm(in.)
38(1.50)
50(1.97)
73(2.87)
98(3.86)
38(1.50)
50(1.97)
73(2.87)
98(3.86)
Bmm(in.)
Cmm(in.)
GD
mm(in.)
Emm(in.)
2.5(.10)3.6
(.14)4.4
(.17) 6
(.24)2.5
(.10)3.6
(.14)4.4
(.17) 6
(.24)
1.5(.06)
2(.08)
3(.12)
4(.16)1.5
(.06) 2
(.08) 3
(.12) 4
(.16)
23(.91)30
(1.18)45
(1.77)50
(1.97)23
(.91)30
(1.18)45
(1.77)50
(1.97)
Fmm(in.)
80(3.15)100
(3.94)130
(5.12)190
(7.48) 80
(3.15)100
(3.94)130
(5.12)190
(7.48)
Lmm(in.)
68(2.68) 85
(3.35)110
(4.33)160
(6.30) 68
(2.68) 85
(3.35)110
(4.33)160
(6.30)
Kmm(in.)
Hmm(in.)
tmm(in.)
120 (264.6)
270 (595.2)
450 (992.1)
850(1873.9)
120 (264.6)
270 (595.2)
450 (992.1)
850(1873.9)
StaticLoad
kgf(lb.)
Deflectionmm(in.)
D
F
AB
C
Ht
LKE
D
F
AB
G
Ht
LKE
Fig. 1
Fig. 2
Buy Product Visit WebsiteRequest QuoteSee Section 2
vibrationmounts.com Phone: 516.328.3662 Fax: 516.328.3365
137501250011250100008750750062505000375025001250
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
V10Z75MBM200-7
V10Z75MBM200-6
V10Z75MBM200-4
5500500045004000350030002500200015001000500
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
V10Z75MBM150-7V10Z75MBM150-6
V10Z75MBM150-4
27502500225020001756150012501000750500250
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
V10Z75MBM100-7
V10Z75MBM100-6
V10Z75MBM100-6
V10Z75MBM100-7
V10Z75MBM150-4
V10Z75MBM150-6
V10Z75MBM150-7
V10Z75MBM200-4
V10Z75MBM200-6
V10Z75MBM200-7
1600 (359.7) 2200
(494.6) 1300
(292.3) 2500
(562.0) 3500
(786.8) 5000
(1124.0) 8000
(1798.5)12000
(2697.7)
Metric
PERFORMANCE GRAPHS
• CAN BE MOUNTED IN SERIES• MATERIAL: Isolator – Natural Rubber Base – Carbon Steel
Catalog Number*A
mm(in.)
Dmm(in.)
DMmm(in.)
Lmm(in.)
Imm(in.)
128(5.04)
186(7.32)
240(9.45)
C
M10
M14
M16
Umm(in.)
11 x 16(.43 x .63)
Ø12
Ø14.5
HardnessShore A
Max. LoadUnder
CompressionN (lbf)
Max. Deflection
mm(in.)
4(.158)
7(.276)
6(.236)
7(.276)
6(.236)
The projections shown are per ISO convention.
32(1.26)
33 – 36(1.30 – 1.42)
40(1.58)
45(1.77)
82(3.23)
128(5.04)
96(3.78)
144(5.67)
200(7.87)
160 (6.30)
226 (8.90)
280(11.02)
55
75
45
55
75
45
55
75
2-14
www.vibrationmounts.com Phone: 516.328.3662 Fax: 516.328.3365
AD
VAN
CED ANTIVIBRATION
CO M P O N E N TS
Base Mounts – Dome Type
U
ØDML
ØDM
A
CØD
I
SHOWN: Catalog Number V10Z75MBM200-.. with upper metal reinforcement visible.
*To be discontinued when present stock is depleted.
Rev: 5-9-11 SS
Buy Product Visit WebsiteRequest QuoteSee Section 2
vibrationmounts.com Phone: 516.328.3662 Fax: 516.328.3365
1-3/4(44.5)
2-3/8(60.3)
3-3/8(85.7)
To complete the Catalog Number, specify: S for Standard Deflection or D for Double Deflection∆For Load Deflection Graphs see page 2-17
1-1/4(31.8)
1-3/4(44.5)
2-7/8 (73)
• FOR LOADS OF 45 TO 1100 POUNDS (20.4 TO 499 kgf)
Diamond Base Mounts
2-15
• MATERIAL: Plates – Steel Isolator – Oil-Resistant Neoprene or Durulene™
www.vibrationmounts.com Phone: 516.328.3662 Fax: 516.328.3365
AD
VANCED ANTIVIBRATIO
N
COMPO NENTS
B
AE
ØF2–HOLES
G
HCS
CD
TOP INSERT PLATE
BOTTOM INSERTSTEEL PLATE
D
.40(10.16)
.50 (12.7)
.50 (12.7)
1-1/4(31.8)
1-3/4(44.5)
2-1/2(63.5)
1(25.4)
1-1/4(31.8)
1-3/4(44.5)
3-1/8 (79.4)
3-7/8 (98.4)
5-1/2(139.7)
3/16(4.8)
7/32(5.6)
1/4(6.4)
2-3/8 (60.3)
3 (76.2)
4-1/8(104.8)
Max. Load
lb. (kgf) 45 (20.4) 70 (31.8) 120 (54.4) 135 (61.2) 240(108.9) 380(172.4) 550(249.5) 525(238.1) 750(340.2)1100(499)
Height CB Standard
CS
DoubleCD
D FE G H
11/32(8.7)
11/32(8.7)
11/32(8.7)
Standard Double
Max. StaticDeflectionA
.20(5.08)
.25(6.35)
.
.25(6.35)
5/16-18
3/8-16
1/2-13
*
V10Z52-FA0045
V10Z52-FA0070
V10Z52-FA0120
V10Z52-FB0135
V10Z52-FB0240
V10Z52-FB0380
V10Z52-FB0550
V10Z52-FC0525
V10Z52-FC0750
V10Z52-FC1100
V10Z52-FA0045 D
V10Z52-FA0070 D
V10Z52-FA0120 D
V10Z52-FB0135 D
V10Z52-FB0240 D
V10Z52-FB0380 D
V10Z52-FB0550 D
V10Z52-FC0525 D
V10Z52-FC0750 D
V10Z52-FC1100 D
GraphRef.∆
1S 1D 3S 3D 5S 5D 6S 6D 7S 7D 9S 9D10S10D11S11D13S13D14S14D
Additional load ratings available on special order. NOTE: Dimensions in ( ) are mm.
APPLICATIONS• INDUSTRIAL• AIR CONDITIONING• BUSINESS MACHINESCHOOSE DURULENE FOR THE FOLLOWING• ROOFTOP – Extreme heat or cold, direct sunlight• INDOOR/OUTDOOR – Severe weather• OZONE-EMITTING ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT
FEATURES:• Threaded Plate Molded into Mounting• Nonskid Base & Top Surface
Catalog Number*Neoprene Durulene™
TEMPERATURE RANGE: Neoprene – -40°F to +180°F (-40°C to +82.2°C) Durulene™ – -65°F to +250°F (-40°C to +121.1°C)
Buy Product Visit WebsiteRequest QuoteSee Section 2
vibrationmounts.com Phone: 516.328.3662 Fax: 516.328.3365
• FOR LOADS OF 110 TO 3000 POUNDS (49.9 TO 1360.8 kgf)
Rectangular Base Mounts
2-16
• MATERIAL: Plates – Steel Isolator – Oil-Resistant Neoprene or Durulene™
APPLICATIONS• INDUSTRIAL• AIR CONDITIONING• BUSINESS MACHINESCHOOSE DURULENE FOR THE FOLLOWING• ROOFTOP – Extreme heat or cold, direct sunlight• INDOOR/OUTDOOR – Severe weather• OZONE-EMITTING ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT
FEATURES:• Threaded Plate Molded into Mounting• Nonskid Base & Top Surface
www.vibrationmounts.com Phone: 516.328.3662 Fax: 516.328.3365
AD
VANCED ANTIVIBRATIO
N
COMPO NENTS
AE
B F
D
G
HCSCD
TOP INSERT PLATE
BOTTOM INSERTSTEEL PLATE
2-1/8 (54)
1-9/16(39.7)
1-1/8(28.6)
1-7/8(47.6)
1/4(6.4)
3 (76.2)
Catalog Number*Neoprene Durulene™
RatedLoad
lb. (kgf) 110
(49.9) 260
(117.9) 470
(213.2) 500
(226.8) 720
(326.6)1120(508)1500
(680.4)2250
(1020.6)3000
(1360.8)4000
(1814.4)
TEMPERATURE RANGE: Neoprene – -40°F to +180°F (-40°C to +82.2°C) Durulene™ – -65°F to +250°F (-40°C to +121.1°C)
Height CB Standard
CS
DoubleCD
D FE G H
3/8 (9.5)
Standard Double
Max. StaticDeflectionA
.20(5.08)
.25(6.35)
.25(6.35)
.40(10.16)
3/8-16
5 (127)
.50 (12.7)
* To complete the Catalog Number, specify: Additional load ratings available on special order. NOTE: Dimensions in ( ) are mm. S for Standard Deflection or D for Double Deflection∆For Load Deflection Graphs see page 2-17
V10Z53-FB0110
V10Z53-FB0260S
V10Z53-FB0470
V10Z53-FC0500S
V10Z53-FC0720S
V10Z53-FC1120
V10Z53-FD1500
V10Z53-FD2250
V10Z53-FD3000
V10Z53-FD4000
—
—
—
—
—
V10Z53-FC1120 D
V10Z53-FD1500 D
V10Z53-FD2250 D
V10Z53-FD3000 D
V10Z53-FD4000 D
GraphRef.∆
ASADCSDSDDFS
GSHSHDISIDJSJDKSKDLSLD
§
§
§
§
§
§
§ To be discontinued when present stock is depleted.
3-3/4 (95.3)
6-1/4(158.8)
4-5/8(117.5)
3-1/16 (77.8)
1-5/8(41.3)
1-5/8(41.3)
—
2-3/4(69.9)
2-3/4(69.9)
1/2-13
1/2-13 5 (127)
4 (101.6)
9/16 (14.3)
9/16 (14.3)
2-5/16(58.7)
3 (76.2)
3/8(9.5)
3/8(9.5)
.40(10.16)
—
—
.50 (12.7)
Buy Product Visit WebsiteRequest QuoteSee Section 2
vibrationmounts.com Phone: 516.328.3662 Fax: 516.328.3365
0
500
1000
1500
2000
2500
3000
3500
0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6
LOAD VS. DEFLECTION
LOA
D (l
bs.)
DEFLECTION (in.)
KS
JS
IS
KD
JD
ID
HS14S
13S GS11SFS
HD14D
13D10D11D
DS
DD10S
LS LD4000
Load Deflection for Base Mounts
2-17
www.vibrationmounts.com Phone: 516.328.3662 Fax: 516.328.3365
AD
VANCED ANTIVIBRATIO
N
COMPO NENTS
LOAD VS. DEFLECTIONLOAD VS. DEFLECTION
0
50
100
150
200
250
300
350
400
0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6
LOA
D (l
bs.)
LOA
D (l
bs.)
DEFLECTION (in.)DEFLECTION (in.)
9S
CS7S
9D
5S6S
7D
3SAS
5D
3D1D
6D
AD
1S
For Catalog Numbers V10Z52-... and V10Z53-... on pages 2-15 and 2-16.
vibrationmounts.com Phone: 516.328.3662 Fax: 516.328.3365
2-18
www.vibrationmounts.com Phone: 516.328.3662 Fax: 516.328.3365
AD
VANCED ANTIVIBRATIO
N
COMPONENTS
S E
C T
I O
N
2
70(154.3)
100(220.5)
175(385.8)
250(551.2)
12(26.5)
22(48.5)
45(99.2)
45(99.2)
14(30.9)
20(44.1)
35(77.2)
40(88.2)
200(13.4 x 103)
250(16.8 x 103)
290(19.5 x 103)
370(24.9 x 103)
0.17
0.22
0.25
0.19
0.2
0.2
0.2
0.16
15…35(33.1...77.2)
30…50(66.2...110.2)
50…90(110.2...198.4)
80…125(176.4...275.6)
V10Z46MKD040
V10Z46MKD045
V10Z46MKD055
V10Z46MKD065
104(4.1)130(5.1)170(6.7)205(8.1)
30(1.2)35
(1.4)40
(1.6)50
(2.0)
80(3.1)100(3.9)130(5.1)165(6.5)
55(2.2) 70(2.8) 90(3.5)115(4.5)
40(1.6)45
(1.8)55
(2.2)65
(2.6)
25 (.98)
32(1.26)
50(2.00)
50(2.00)
11(.43)14
(.55)17
(.67)20
(.79)
M10
M12
M16
M16
125(4.9)160(6.3)210(8.3)245(9.6)
4.5(.18)4.5
(.18) 6
(.24) 8
(.32)
29(1.14)
34(1.34)
54(2.13)
52(2.05)
V10Z46MKD040
V10Z46MKD045
V10Z46MKD055
V10Z46MKD065
Provided with hex nut and lock washer.
• FOR STANDARD LOADS OF 15 TO 125 kgf (33.1 TO 275.6 lb.)
M-Style Mounts
• MATERIAL: Mounting Plates – Mild Steel, Painted Isolators – Natural Rubber, 60 Durometer
Metric
NOTE: Dimensions in ( ) are inch.
Catalog NumberBolt
ThreadL A l1 l2B S h1 h2h d
DIMENSIONS
Spring Ratein Z dir. Kz
kgf/cm (lb./ft.)
TECHNICAL DATA
Catalog NumberStiffness
RatioKx/Kz
StiffnessRatioKy/Kz
Standard Loadin Z Direction
kgf (lb.)
Allowable Loadkgf (lb.)
X Dir.Z Dir. Y Dir.
APPLICATIONS
• VIBRATION SCREEN
• VIBRATION CONVEYORS
• VIBRATION SIEVES
• INSTRUMENT PANELS
• REFRIGERATORS
• COMPRESSORS
FEATURES:
• Compared with circular rubber mounts, they ensure lower spring rate in vertical direction and higher stability in horizontal direction. Suited for machines which generate considerable vibrations during low- speed operation.
• Excellent in controlling vibrations of 600 cpm or higher.
• Can be installed in very small areas because of its narrow width.
• Used for oscillating motions.
B
L
A
l1
l2
X
Y
Ød
Z
Y
Bolt ThreadSh1
h2
h
S
Buy Product Visit WebsiteRequest QuoteSee Section 2
vibrationmounts.com Phone: 516.328.3662 Fax: 516.328.3365
2-19
www.vibrationmounts.com Phone: 516.328.3662 Fax: 516.328.3365
AD
VANCED ANTIVIBRATIO
N
COMPONENTS
S E
C T
I O
N
2
67
89
10
1214
1618
20
25
30
40
50
6070
8090
100
120
140
160
180
200
250
300
400
500
600
700
800
900
1000
1200
1400
1600
1800
2000
1.2 1.4 1.61.8 2.0 2.5 3.0 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 12 14 161.0
KC035
KC075 (BP)
KC045
KC080 (BP) KC060
KC070KC100BP
KC140BP
KC170BP
• FOR STANDARD LOADS OF 4 TO 900 kgf ( 9 TO 1980 lb.)
V - Style Mounts
• MATERIAL: Mounting Plates – Mild Steel, Painted Isolators – Natural Rubber
Metric
Fig. 1 & Fig. 3Shown
S G
t2 H1
BP2
t2
t3
B
G
H1
G
B
S
S
S
F
A
E
t1
X
Y
X
Z
X
Y
X
Z
X
Y
X
Z
Fig. 1 Without Base Plate
t1
H2 H1
P1
t1
P1
L
AF
L
G
FA
RubberPad
Fig. 2 With Base Plate
Fig. 3 With Base Plate
45°
Ød1
Ød1
Ød22 HOLES
Ød1
45°
Ød22 HOLES
Ød12 PLACES
FEATURES:
• Compared with circular rubber mounts, these have higher
stiffness in horizontal direction "X" and better stability.They are also well-suited for rotating machines whichgenerate vibrating forces in the horizontal direction.
• Easy to install. The spring rate can be changed just
by altering the mounting positions.
• For the base plate attached type (Fig. 2), a rubber pad is fitted
to the base plate so that the machine can be placed on the floor.
APPLICATIONS
• AIR COMPRESSORS • MACHINE TOOLS
• VIBRATION SCREENS • VIBRATION SIEVES
• HORIZONTAL CENTRIFUGAL • HIGH-SPEED DIESEL ENGINES SEPARATORS
LOAD DEFLECTION GRAPH
DEFLECTION (mm)
LO
AD
RA
NG
E N
UM
BE
R
Load (kgf)
Buy Product Visit WebsiteRequest QuoteSee Section 2
vibrationmounts.com Phone: 516.328.3662 Fax: 516.328.3365
2-20
www.vibrationmounts.com Phone: 516.328.3662 Fax: 516.328.3365
AD
VANCED ANTIVIBRATIO
N
COMPONENTS
S E
C T
I O
N
2
6(.24) 8
(.32) 8
(.32)12
(.47)12
(.47)
30(1.2) 50(2.0) 70(2.8) 90(3.5) 70(2.8) 90(3.5) 70(2.8) 90(3.5)110(4.3)240(9.5)180(7.1)
KC035
KC045
KC060
KC070
KC075
KC080
KC075BP
KC080BP
KC100BP
KC140BP
KC170BP
60 (2.4) 82
(3.2)108
(4.3)124
(4.9)135
(5.3)148
(5.8)135
(5.3)148
(5.8)180
(7.1)250
(9.8)288
(11.3)
M10
M16
M12
M16
M12
M16
M20
V - Style Mounts Selection Data
Metric
LoadRange
Number
Standard Load inZ Direction
4...10(9...22)25...45
(55...99)30...95
(66...209)50...150
(110...330)30...90
(66...198)35...135
(77...297)30...90
(66...198)35...135
(77...297)100...300
(220...660)300...650
(660...1430)500...900
(1100...1980)
20 (44) 90
(196) 185
(407) 290
(638) 170
(374) 260
(572) 170
(374) 260
(572) 600
(1320)1300
(2860)1750
(3850)
13 (28) 55
(121) 65
(143) 110
(242) 105
(231) 155
(341) 105
(231) 155
(341) 260
(572) 550
(1210) 650
(1430)
5 (11) 25
(55) 30
(66) 55
(121) 40
(88) 60
(132) 40
(88) 60
(132)120
(264)250
(550)280
(616)
A
1
2
3
LoadRange
NumberB E F
30(1.2)40
(1.6)45
(1.8)55
(2.2)76
(3.0)76
(3.0)
d1
ThreadG S t
1 L P1
P2
H1
H2
d2
25(1.0)32
(1.3)40
(1.6)50
(2.0)40
(1.6)50
(2.0)40
(1.6)50
(2.0)46
(1.8)
46(1.8)
140(5.5)150(5.9)200(7.9)220(8.7)252(9.9)
175(6.9)100(3.9)
t2
t3
6(.24)
M20x2
Fig.No.
26(1.0) 40(1.6) 56(2.2) 65(2.6) 56(2.2) 65(2.6) 56(2.2) 65(2.6)100(3.9)127(5.0)184(7.2)
35(1.4) 45(1.8) 60(2.4) 70(2.8) 73(2.9) 80(3.1) 85(3.3) 94(3.7)114(4.5)140(5.5)170(6.7)
4.5(.18) 4.5(.18) 6(.24) 8(.32) 6(.24) 8(.32) 6(.24) 8(.32) 8(.32)
12(.47)
170 (6.7)180
(7.1)240
(9.5)250
(9.8)300
(11.8)
79(3.1) 88(3.5)108(4.3)
NOTES: "BP" at the end of the Catalog Number stands for base plate attached type.All units are provided with hex nuts and spring washers.
StiffnessRatioKx/Kz
StiffnessRatioKy/Kz
Spring Rate ZDirection
kgf/cmX Direction Y DirectionZ Direction
ALLOWABLE LOAD
NOTE: Rubber material is natural rubber of hardness 45 durometer.
65
235
380
520
190
300
190
300
600
1200
1700
0.75
0.61
0.58
0.54
0.81
0.78
0.81
0.78
0.54
0.56
0.33
0.34
0.27
0.26
0.27
0.3
0.28
0.3
0.28
0.26
0.27
0.23
KC035
KC045
KC060
KC070
KC075
KC080
KC075BP
KC080BP
KC100BP
KC140BP
KC170BP
29(1.1)34
(1.3)44
(1.7)52
(2.0)44
(1.7)52
(2.0)44
(1.7)52
(2.0)57
(2.2)
56(2.2)
TECHNICAL DATA measured in kgf and (lb.)
M12
18(.71)
14(.55)14
(.55)
Base Plate - BP(where applicable)
Load Range NumberUse information in both tables below todetermine appropriate Load Range Number
CATALOG NUMBER DESIGNATION
V 1 0 Z 4 5 M
18x2.71x.0822x2
.87x.08
DIMENSIONS measured in mm and (inches)
M12
Buy Product Visit WebsiteRequest QuoteSee Section 2
vibrationmounts.com Phone: 516.328.3662 Fax: 516.328.3365
2-21
www.vibrationmounts.com Phone: 516.328.3662 Fax: 516.328.3365
AD
VANCED ANTIVIBRATIO
N
COMPONENTS
S E
C T
I O
N
2
102(46.3)
75(34)
195(88.5)
260(118)
360(163.3)
335(152)
Rectangular Mounts – To 900 lbs.
Catalog NumberΔ
V10Z 6-530C
750 850 950 12501100 1500 1750
900 (408) — — — — — —800
(362.9)
MaximumLoad lb. (kgf)
NOTE: 81% vibration absorption (usually satisfactory) will be obtained when the mounting indicated is operating at the minimum load shown for each forced frequency. Better than 81% absorption will be obtained either with a greater load (within the limits shown) for a given forced frequency, or with a higher forced frequency for a given load.
*At these forcing frequencies, lesser loads will yield 81% isolation.ΔTo be discontinued when present stock is depleted.
Catalog NumberΔ
V10Z 6-530C
750 850 950 12501100 1500 1750
360 (163.3)155
(70.3)
MaximumLoad lb. (kgf)
Compression
Shear
Forcing Frequency in Cycles per Minute
Minimum Load for 81% Isolation lb. (kgf)
Forcing Frequency in Cycles per Minute
Minimum Load for 81% Isolation lb. (kgf)
2000 2500 3000
590(267.6)
390(177)
270(122.5)
2000 3000
55(25) * *
2500
NOTE: Dimensions in ( ) are mm.
• FOR COMPRESSION LOADS TO 900 POUNDS (408 kgf)
• FOR SHEAR LOADS TO 360 POUNDS (163.3 kgf)• MATERIAL: Isolator – Natural Rubber
Base – Steel
LOAD DEFLECTION GRAPHDeflection below the line x-x are consideredsafe practice for static loads; data above thatline are useful for calculating deflections underdynamic loads.
COMPRESSION
SHEAR
COMPRESSION
SHEAR
XX
X
X
0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5
1200
1100
1000
900
800
700
600
500
400
300
200
100
LO
AD
(lb
.)
DEFLECTION (in.)
2-1/4(57.2)
3/8(9.5)
3-1/8(79.4)
4-9/16(115.9)
1-7/16(36.5)
3/4-10 NC-2
1/4(6.4)
SECTION X-X
5/8 DIA.(15.9)
3(76.2)
1-1/2(38.1)
3/4(19.1)
1-1/2(38.1)
5(127)
6-1/2(165.1)
3(76.2)
X X
1-3/4(44.5)
Buy Product Visit WebsiteRequest QuoteSee Section 2
vibrationmounts.com Phone: 516.328.3662 Fax: 516.328.3365
2-22
www.vibrationmounts.com Phone: 516.328.3662 Fax: 516.328.3365
AD
VANCED ANTIVIBRATIO
N
COMPONENTS
S E
C T
I O
N
2
COMPRESSION
SHEAR
SHEAR
COMPRESSION
XX
X
X
1400
1300
1200
1100
1000
900
800
700
600
500
400
300
200
100
0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5
Minimum Load for 81% Isolation lb. (kgf)
—
• FOR COMPRESSION LOADS TO 775 POUNDS (351.5 kgf)
• FOR SHEAR LOADS TO 315 POUNDS (142.9 kgf)
Rectangular Mounts – To 775 lbs.
• MATERIAL: Isolator – Natural Rubber Base – Steel
Catalog Number
V10Z 6-500B
750MaximumLoad lb. (kgf)
Forcing Frequency in Cycles per Minute
5-7/8(149.2)
SECTION Y-Y
SECTION X-X
5/16-18 UNC (TYP)
3/8(9.5)
.120(3)
3-13/16(96.8)
5-3/16 (131.8)
4-1/2(114.3)
11/16(17.5)
1-7/16(36.5)
1/2(12.7)
X
7/16(11.1)
5/8(15.9)
7/8(22.2)
Y Y
X
*At these forcing frequencies, lesser loads will yield 81% isolation.
NOTE: 81% vibration absorption (usually satisfactory) will be obtained when the mounting indicated is operating at the minimum load shown for each forced frequency. Better than 81% absorption will be obtained either with a greater load (within the limits shown) for a given forced frequency, or with a higher forced frequency for a given load.
LOAD DEFLECTION GRAPHDeflections below the line x-x are considered safepractice for static loads; data above that line is usefulfor calculating deflections under dynamic loads
LO
AD
(lb
.)
DEFLECTION (in.)
Compression
Minimum Load for 81% Isolation lb. (kgf)
315(142.9)
Catalog Number
V10Z 6-500B
750MaximumLoad lb. (kgf)
Forcing Frequency in Cycles per MinuteShear
775(351.5)
315(142.9)
— — — — —585
(265.4)440
(200)270
(122.5)175
(79.4)
850 950 12501100 1500 1750 2000 2500 3000
260(117.9)
200(90.7)
165(74.8)
125(56.7) * *
850 950 12501100 1500 1750 2000 2500 3000
125(56.7)
585(29.5)
440(24.9)
NOTE: Dimensions in ( ) are mm.
Buy Product Visit WebsiteRequest QuoteSee Section 2
vibrationmounts.com Phone: 516.328.3662 Fax: 516.328.3365
2-23
www.vibrationmounts.com Phone: 516.328.3662 Fax: 516.328.3365
AD
VANCED ANTIVIBRATIO
N
COMPONENTS
S E
C T
I O
N
2
• FOR COMPRESSION LOADS TO 1475 POUNDS (669 kgf)
• FOR SHEAR LOADS TO 440 POUNDS (200 kgf)
Rectangular Mounts – To 1475 lbs.
• MATERIAL: Isolator – Natural Rubber Base – Steel
*At this forcing frequency, lesser loads will yield 81% isolation.
NOTE: 81% vibration absorption (usually satisfactory) will be obtained when the mounting indicated is operating at the minimum load shown for each forced frequency. Better than 81% absorption will be obtained either with a greater load (within the limits shown) for a given forced frequency, or with a higher forced frequency for a given load.
SECTION Y-Y
SECTION X-XLOAD DEFLECTION GRAPHDeflections below the line x-x are considered safepractice for static loads; data above that line is usefulfor calculating deflections under dynamic loads
LO
AD
(lb
.)
DEFLECTION (in.)
NOTE: Dimensions in ( ) are mm.
1475(669)
Catalog Number
V10Z 6-520B
675 850 950 12501100 1500 1750 2000 2500
—1200
(544.3)1040
(471.7)650
(294.8)470
(213.2)320
(145.1)170
(77.1)
MaximumLoad lb. (kgf) Minimum Load for 81% Isolation (lb.)
Forcing Frequency in Cycles per MinuteCompression
250(113.4)
440(200)
Catalog Number
V10Z 6-520B
675 850 950 12501100 1500 1750 2000 2500
190(86.2)
135(61.2)
110(49.9)
70(31.8)
60(27.2)
50(22.7) *
MaximumLoad lb (kgf) Minimum Load for 81% Isolation (kgf)
Forcing Frequency in Cycles per MinuteShear
440(200)
——
2800
2600
2400
2200
2000
1800
1600
1400
1200
1000
800
600
400
200
0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9
xx
x
x
SHEAR
COMPRESSION
COMPRESSION
SHEAR
6-3/4(171.5)
3/8-24 UNF (TYP)
7/16 DIA.(11.1)
3-13/16(96.8)
4-3/4(120.7)
1(25.4)
1-1/4(31.8)
2-1/2(63.5)
3/4(19.1)
3/16(4.8)
1-1/8(28.6)
1-1/2(38.1)
X
X
Y Y
5-7/8(149.2)
Buy Product Visit WebsiteRequest QuoteSee Section 2
vibrationmounts.com Phone: 516.328.3662 Fax: 516.328.3365
2-24
www.vibrationmounts.com Phone: 516.328.3662 Fax: 516.328.3365
AD
VANCED ANTIVIBRATIO
N
COMPONENTS
S E
C T
I O
N
2
?2-24
c/cc
K
Mass (M)
Schematic of simple mounting system
K = Stiffness of spring (mount)c/cc = Critical damping ratioc = System damping coefficientcc = Critical damping coefficientfd = Disturbing frequencyfn = Natural frequency
% TRANSMISSIBILITY = T = 100
TO DETERMINE THE EFFICIENCY OF ISOLATION,SUBTRACT THE % TRANSMISSIBILITY FROM 100%
1
( )2
1fn
fd
Vibration Transmissibility Charts
100
80
60
40
30
20
108
6
4
3
2
1
.8
.6
.4
.3
.2
.1.1
.2 .3 .4 .6 .8 21 3 4 6 8 10
Transmissibility vs. Frequency Ratio and c/cc
Attenuation
Amplification
20%
40%
70%
90%
Tra
ns
mis
sib
ilit
y T
Forcing FrequencyRatio:
Natural Frequency
Pe
rce
nt
Iso
lati
on
.20
.50
.01
.05
.10
c/cc = .10
c/cc = .20
c/cc = .50
c/cc = .01
c/cc = .05
Vibration Transmissibility Chart for C/Cc = 02000
1000900800700600
500
400350300
250
150
200
10090807060
100
200
300
400
500
600
800
1000
2000
3000
NA
TU
RA
L F
RE
QU
EN
CY
(f n
) C
YC
LE
S P
ER
MIN
UT
E
DISTURBING FREQUENCY (fd) CYCLES PER MINUTE
TR
AN
SM
ISS
IBL
ITY
100%
30%
20%
10%
5%3%
2%1%
Ampl
ifica
tion
To B
e Avo
ided
Extre
mel
y Crit
ical
App
licat
ions
RESO
NANCE
.04
.01
.02
.03
.06
.2
.3
.4
.6
.1
1.0
2.0
3.04.0
6.0
10.0
STA
TIC
DE
FL
EC
TIO
N IN
IN
CH
ES
Non
critica
l App
licat
ions
Crit
ical
App
licat
ions
For more extensive discussion of vibrationanalysis and isolation, see the technicalsection starting on page T1-0.
vibrationmounts.com Phone: 516.328.3662 Fax: 516.328.3365
SECTION 3
3-2
www.vibrationmounts.com Phone: 516.328.3662 Fax: 516.328.3365
AD
VANCED ANTIVIBRATIO
N
COMPONENTS
S E
C T
I O
N
3
• FOR LOADS OF 120 TO 2500 POUNDS (54.4 TO 1134 kgf)
Level Mounts – To 2500 lbs.
• MATERIAL: Housing – Cast Iron Isolator – Oil-Resistant Neoprene
1-1/2 MAX.(38.1)
LEG OF EQUIPMENT
D DIA. x E LONG LEVELING BOLT
C
B
A
INSTALLATIONRaise the machine with conventional liftingdevices, place the mounts beneath the machinefeet and attach the leveling bolts to the mounts.Lower the machine and ensure that the totalweight is carried by all of the mounts. Level to adesired height by gradual and sequentialadjustment of the leveling bolts. Tighten thelocknuts.
CHARACTERISTICSThe mounts consist of a high-quality,nonskid, neoprene isolation element yielding1/8 in. (3.2 mm) deflection at rated load,rugged load-bearing top casting and hardwarenecessary for leveling and fastening equipmentto mount. Up to 5/8 in. (15.9 mm) levelingcapability eliminates shimming. Boltingequipment to floor is not required.
Dimensions
BA C D E
Max.Impactlb. (kgf)
Catalog NumberSteadyLoad
lb. (kgf)
MaximumHeight
Adjustment
NOTE: Dimensions in ( ) are mm.
90 (40.8)
150 (68)
337(152.9)
1200(544)
1875(850.5)
7-1/2(190.5)
V10Z12-MA00120
V10Z12-MA00200
V10Z12-MB00450
V10Z12-MB01600
V10Z12-MC025003/4
(19.1)
5/16 (7.9)
1/2(12.7)
2-7/8 (73)
4-15/16(125.4)
2-3/8 (60.3)
3-7/8 (98.4)
1-7/8(47.6)
1-3/4(44.5)
120 (54.4)
200 (90.7)
450 (204.1)
1600 (725.7)
2500(1134)
1/2(12.7)
1/2(12.7)
1/2(12.7)
3-1/2(88.9)
2-3/4(69.9)
3(76.2)
5-7/8(149.2)
2-5/16(58.7)
Buy Product Visit WebsiteRequest QuoteSee Section 3
vibrationmounts.com Phone: 516.328.3662 Fax: 516.328.3365
3-3
www.vibrationmounts.com Phone: 516.328.3662 Fax: 516.328.3365
AD
VANCED ANTIVIBRATIO
N
COMPONENTS
S E
C T
I O
N
3
• FOR COMPRESSION LOADS ONLY • STAINLESS STEEL MESH
• CORROSIVE ENVIRONMENT • FOR LOADS OF 100 TO 10000 POUNDS
Leveling Mounts – To 10000 lbs.
BEFORE LEVELING AFTER LEVELING
D
A
1/2 (12.7)C
B DIA.CHARACTERISTICSThe mounts consist of two ruggedmeehanite castings, a resilient pad of knittedstainless steel mesh and pressed steelbaseplate. The leveling screw seats into thebottom casting thus providing a built-inleveling device. The excellent dampingcharacteristics of this mount are unaffectedby contaminants such as oil, grease orcaustics.
INSTALLATIONRaise the machine with conventional liftingdevices; place the mounts beneath themachine feet and attach the leveling screwsto the mount. Lower the machine and ensurethat the total weight is carried by all of themounts. Level to a desired height by gradualand sequential adjustment of the levelingscrews. Tighten the locknut.
5/8-11 UNC
1-8 UNC
2(50.8)
2-1/8(54)
Catalog NumberLoad Range
A
NOTE: Dimensions in ( ) are mm. To be discontinued when present stock is depleted.
lb. kgf
100–250 250–500 500–10001000–20002000–40001000–100001000–40004000–70007000–10000
45–113 113–227 227–454 454–907 907–1814 454–4536 454–18141814–31753175–4536
V10Z25-0139-1V10Z25-0139-2V10Z25-0139-3V10Z25-0139-4V10Z25-0139-5V10Z25-0339V10Z25-0339-1V10Z25-0339-3V10Z25-0339-5
*
4-1/4(108)
7-45/64(196)
B
3-1/2 (89)
4-9/32(109)
C D
*
Buy Product Visit WebsiteRequest QuoteSee Section 3
vibrationmounts.com Phone: 516.328.3662 Fax: 516.328.3365
3-4
www.vibrationmounts.com Phone: 516.328.3662 Fax: 516.328.3365
AD
VANCED ANTIVIBRATIO
N
COMPONENTS
S E
C T
I O
N
3
INSTALLATIONRaise the machine with conventional lifting devices; place the mounts beneath the machine feet and attach the leveling bolts to themounting. Lower the machine and ensure that the total weight is carried by all of the mounts. Level to a desired height by gradual andsequential adjustment of the leveling bolts. Tighten the locknut.
100 (45.4)
500 (226.8)
1000 (453.6)
4000(1814.4)
V10Z25-LM3
V10Z25-LM5
V10Z25-LM6
V10Z25-LM8
Load lb. (kgf)
• FOR LOADS OF 100 TO 12000 POUNDS (45.4 TO 5443.1 kgf)
Leveling Mounts – To 12000 lbs.
BEFORE LEVELING AFTER LEVELING
D
STATIC H
Locknut is tightened downonto machine foot after ithas been leveled forpermanent positioning.
Turning leveling boltraises height of metalhousing and foot ofmachine as much as1/2 inch (12.7 mm).
High-strength steelhousing carriesload and rides onneoprene base withoutany appreciablemechanical wear orfatigue.
Neopreneelastomer mountingbase controlsdeflections undervibration and shockloads with highisolation efficiency.
Base of mount restssquarely against floorsurface with no creepingor walking. Machineremains readily portablewith no damage to floor.
Catalog NumberMin. Max.
500 (226.8)
1000 (453.6)
4000(1814.4)
12000(5443.1)
3-1/2 (89)
5(127)
6-1/4(159)
8(203)
1-1/8(28.6)
1-3/4(44.5)
1-3/4(44.5)
2(50.8)
1/2-13 x 3-1/2
1/2-13 x 5
3/4-10 x 5
1-14 x 8
DDia.
HStaticHeight
BoltSize &Length
8-12Approximately
Natural Frequencyat Maximum Load
Hz
NOTE: Dimensions in ( ) are mm.
Buy Product Visit WebsiteRequest QuoteSee Section 3
vibrationmounts.com Phone: 516.328.3662 Fax: 516.328.3365
3-5
www.vibrationmounts.com Phone: 516.328.3662 Fax: 516.328.3365
AD
VANCED ANTIVIBRATIO
N
COMPONENTS
S E
C T
I O
N
3V10R12-R22
V10R12-R33
V10R12-R44
V10R12-R66
V10R12-F22
V10R12-F33
V10R12-F44
V10R12-F66
2-3/4 (69.9)
4-3/4(120.7)
2-9/16 (65.1)
1-1/2(38.1)
1-7/8(47.6)
3-13/16 (96.8)3-11/16 (93.7)
200 – 500 (90.7 – 226.8)
500 – 1200 (226.8 – 544.3)
1200 – 2400 (544.3 – 1088.6)
2400 – 4000(1088.6 – 1814.4)
200 – 500 (90.7 – 226.8)
500 – 1200 (226.8 – 544.3)
1200 – 2400 (544.3 – 1088.6)
2400 – 4000(1088.6 – 1814.4)
25.8
58.1
103.2
195.2
25.8
58.1
103.2
195.2
4
9
16
30-1/4
4
9
16
30-1/4
2 x 2 x 5/8(50.8 x 50.8 x 15.9)
3 x 3 x 5/8(76.2 x 76.2 x 15.9)
4 x 4 x 5/8(101.6 x 101.6 x 15.9)
5-1/2 x 5-1/2 x 5/8(139.7 x 139.7 x 15.9)
2 x 2 x 5/8(50.8 x 50.8 x 15.9)
3 x 3 x 5/8(76.2 x 76.2 x 15.9)
4 x 4 x 5/8(101.6 x 101.6 x 15.9)
5-1/2 x 5-1/2 x 5/8(139.7 x 139.7 x 15.9)
• FOR LOADS OF 200 TO 4000 POUNDS(90.7 TO 1814.4 kgf)
Leveling Mounts– Iso-Pad Type – To 4000 lbs.
• MATERIAL: Isolator – Iso-Pad (Standard Load) Refer to characteristics shown on page 8-2
Base – Casting 30000 psi (2109 kgf/cm2) Tensile Strength Bolt – SAE Grade No. 5 Heat-Treated
A
B
A
B C
Fig. 1 (REGULAR MOUNT)
C
*Fig. 2 (FIXED MOUNT)
Catalog Number
*Recommended for use under impact machinery.Additional bolt and mount sizes available on request.
Fig. 1
Fig. 2
PadDimensions
in. (mm)
PadAreasq. in.
BoltDimensions
Dimensions
1/2-20 x 4
3/4-16 x 6
1/2-20 x 4
3/4-16 x 6
5-1/4(133.3)
7-1/2(190.5)
4-3/4(120.7)
6-9/16(166.7)6-3/4
(171.5)
BMaximum
Adjustment
AMinimum
Height
COverallHeight
Load perMountlb. (kgf)
1
2
PadArea
sq. cmFig.
1-3/4(44.5)1-7/8(47.6)
2-7/16(61.9)2-5/8(66.7)
Buy Product Visit WebsiteRequest QuoteSee Section 3
vibrationmounts.com Phone: 516.328.3662 Fax: 516.328.3365
700
650
600
550500
450400
350300
250200
150100
50
0 1 2 3
V10Z76MSG-40
V10Z76MSG-30
2 (.079)
2.5 (.089)
40(1.575)
50(1.979)
M8/M10
M8
30(1.181)
38(1.496)
• ISOLATES IMPACTS & STRUCTURAL NOISE• PREVENTS MACHINE PIVOTING
• MATERIAL: Bolt – DIN 976 Nuts – DIN 934 Washer – DIN 9021 Isolator – Natural Rubber (Ozone-Resistant)
Metric
Catalog Number*
V10Z76MSG-30
V10Z76MSG-40
Amm (in.)
12(.472)
17(.669)
NOTE: Dimensions in ( ) are inch.
Bmm (in.)
18 (.709)
45(1.772)
Dmm (in.)
DMmm (in.)
C
100
50
50(11) 80(18)
1(.039)
250 (56) 450(101)
Catalog Number*
V10Z76MSG-30
V10Z76MSG-40
LoadN
(lbf)
Deflectionmm(in.)
LoadN
(lbf)
Deflectionmm(in.)
AdmissibleTemporaryOverload
%
PERFORMANCE GRAPH
Maximum Minimum
3-6
www.vibrationmounts.com Phone: 516.328.3662 Fax: 516.328.3365
AD
VAN
CED ANTIVIBRATION
CO M P O N E N TS
New
Leveling Mounts – Conical Type
ØD
ØDM
A
BC
With Threaded Leveling Bolt
The projections shown are per ISO convention.
*To be discontinued when present stock is depleted.
Rev: 5-9-11 SS
Buy Product Visit WebsiteRequest QuoteSee Section 3
vibrationmounts.com Phone: 516.328.3662 Fax: 516.328.3365
3-7
www.vibrationmounts.com Phone: 516.328.3662 Fax: 516.328.3365
AD
VANCED ANTIVIBRATIO
N
COMPONENTS
S E
C T
I O
N
3
58(2.3)65
(2.6)
12(.47)14
(.55)
7.5(.3)
100(3.9)140(5.5)
80(3.1)120(4.7)
44(1.7)54
(2.1)
67(2.63)
72(2.83)
M12
M16
200 (441)
600(1323)
70(2.76)
79(3.11)
• BALL TYPE• FOR LOADS OF 200 TO 600 kgf (441 TO 1323 lb.)
Leveling Carry Mounts
• MATERIAL: Handle – Steel, Painted Bolt – Steel, Zinc Plated Housing – Iron, Galvanized Ball – Steel Isolator – Oil-Resistant Rubber
Metric
BOLT THREAD
ØD3L
H2
H1h1
h2
ØD2
ØD1
MOUNT IN ROLLING POSITION
MACHINE LEVELEDRUBBER PAD EXTENDED
DESCRIPTIONCARRY MOUNT is a moveablemount in which the rubber mount isincorporated with a rotating ball.They allow movement of machinesand give excellent vibration-freeinstallations.
FEATURES:• Compact Design• Excellent Stability• Easy Movement & Setting• Lightweight• Low Price
APPLICATIONS• SHOP MACHINES• OFFICE EQUIPMENT• MEDICAL INSTRUMENTS
INSTALLATION
Place the CARRY MOUNT under the bolt hole of the machine.Insert the bolt into the screw hole of the CARRY MOUNT and screwit in until the bolt stops.
Turn the spoked wheel clockwise to lift the rubber mount.The steel ball then allows free movement.
Turn the spoked wheel counterclockwise to lift the steel ball.The rubber mount now supports the machine in place.
Catalog Number
V10Z44MCM200
V10Z44MCM600
h2Bolt
ThreadH2
D1
±2(± .08)
D2 D3 LWorking
Load Max.kgf (lb.)
H1 h1
NOTE: Dimensions in ( ) are inch.
Buy Product Visit WebsiteRequest QuoteSee Section 3
vibrationmounts.com Phone: 516.328.3662 Fax: 516.328.3365
3-8
www.vibrationmounts.com Phone: 516.328.3662 Fax: 516.328.3365
AD
VANCED ANTIVIBRATIO
N
COMPONENTS
S E
C T
I O
N
3
• CASTER TYPE• FOR LOADS OF 60 TO 100 kgf (132 TO 220 lb.)
Leveling Carry Mounts
• MATERIAL: Frame & Bolt – Steel, Galvanized Wheel – Nylon Isolator – Oil-Resistant Rubber
Metric
L
80(3.1)
100(3.9)
CM060 & CM060S CM100 & CM100S
L100(3.9)72
(2.8)
72(2.8)
100(3.9)
MOUNTING HOLES
1
2
D
34
5
D1h2
h1
H2
H1
CASTER INROLLING POSITION
MACHINE LEVELEDRUBBER MOUNT EXTENDED
1. MOUNTING PLATE
2. FRAME
3. WHEEL
4. RUBBER MOUNT
5. LEVELING BOLT &
ADJUSTING NUT
Ød, 4 HOLES
Ø60(2.4)
Ød2 HOLES
LEVEL ADJUSTINGHOLE Ø6.5 mm(.26)
FEATURES:
• Compact Design
• Excellent Stability
• Easy Movement & Setting
• Lightweight
• Low Price
APPLICATIONS
• SHOP MACHINES
• OFFICE EQUIPMENT
• MEDICAL INSTRUMENTS
DESCRIPTIONCARRY MOUNT is a moveable mount in which the rubber mount is incorporated into a caster. They allow movement ofmachines and give excellent vibration-free installations.
INSTALLATIONRaise machine and attach casters with suitable bolts. Insert screwdriver or 1/4 diameter rod into level adjusting hole andturn it to the left (clockwise) to lift the rubber mount. Machine can now be easily moved. Once relocated, level adjustinghole is rotated counterclockwise to lift the wheel. The machine is then positioned in place.
15(.59)16
(.63)17
(.67)15
(.59)
57(2.24)
34(1.34)
76(2.99)
34(1.34)
51(2.00)
50(1.97)
75(2.95)
60(2.36)
80(3.1) 70(2.8)120(4.7) 85(3.3)
60(132)
100(220)
Catalog Number H1
WorkingLoad Max.
kgf (lb.)
H2 D D1
10(.39)
20(.79)15
(.59)
h1 h2 d L
95(3.7)
143(5.6)126(5.0)
V10Z43MCM060
V10Z43MCM060S
V10Z43MCM100
V10Z43MCM100S
30 (1.18) 8.9
(.35)46
(1.81) 8.9
(.35)
8.8 (.35)
11 (.43)
NOTE: Dimensions in ( ) are inch.
Buy Product Visit WebsiteRequest QuoteSee Section 3
vibrationmounts.com Phone: 516.328.3662 Fax: 516.328.3365
SECTION 4
V10Z71MTM015
V10Z71MTM025
V10Z71MTM075
V10Z71MTM100
V10Z71MTM125
V10Z71MTM200
V10Z71MTM250
V10Z71MTM350
V10Z71MTM450
TEMPERATURE RANGE: -90°C TO 200°C (-130°F TO 392°F)
6 (34.3)
10 (57.1)
30 (171.3)
40 (228.4)
50 (285.5) 57.14 (326.3) 71.42 (407.8)
100 (571)
128.57 (734.2)
60 (13.5) 100
(22.5) 300 (67.4) 400
(89.9) 500
(112.4) 860
(193.3) 1070
(240.5) 1050
(236) 1930
(433.9)
150 (33.7)
250 (56.2)
750 (168.6)
1000 (224.8)
1250 (281) 2000
(449.6) 2500(562) 3500
(786.8) 4500
(1011.6)
• SUSPENDS MACHINERY• LATERAL TO AXIAL STIFFNESS RATIO 0.8 TO 1
• MATERIAL: Spring – DIN 17223-C Box – Carbon Steel Isolator – Natural Rubber
PERFORMANCE GRAPHS
Metric
10
25
20
14
11
M8
M12
Catalog Number*A
mm (in.)
CE
mm (in.)
55(2.17)
80(3.15)
Lmm (in.)
60(2.36)
80(3.15)
100(3.94)
25 (.98)
35(1.38)
10(.39)
15(.59)
StiffnessN/mm (lb./in.)
AdmissibleTemporary Overload
%
100(3.94)
150(5.91)
The projections shown are per ISO convention.
260
240
220
200
180
160
140
120
100
80
60
40
20
0 5 10 15 20 25
V10Z71MTM015
V10Z71MTM025 V10Z71MTM125
V10Z71MTM100
V10Z71MTM075
1300
1200
1100
1000
900
800
700
600
500
400
300
200
100
0 5 10 15 20 25 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35
1000
2000
3000
4000
V10Z71MTM450
V10Z71MTM350
V10Z71MTM250
V10Z71MTM200
Assembly
Maximum MinimumLoad
N(lb.)
Deflectionmm(in.)
LoadN
(lb.)
Deflectionmm(in.)
E
L
11
C
A
CYLINDRICALRUBBER
BUSHING
CYLINDRICALMETAL CAP
22
4-2
www.vibrationmounts.com Phone: 516.328.3662 Fax: 516.328.3365
AD
VAN
CED ANTIVIBRATION
CO M P O N E N TS
Suspension Mounts – Spring Type
New
*To be discontinued when present stock is depleted.
Rev: 5-9-11 SS
Buy Product Visit WebsiteRequest QuoteSee Section 4
vibrationmounts.com Phone: 516.328.3662 Fax: 516.328.3365
50
25
12
V10Z72MTG-50R6Load (kgf)
0 1 2 3 4 5 6
50(112)
• FOR SUSPENSION FROM CEILING• STRONG & EASY TO ASSEMBLE
• MATERIAL: Metal Housing – Carbon Steel Isolator – Natural Rubber Bushing – Carbon Steel
Catalog Number*Natural
FrequencyHz.
min - max.
Metric
7-126(.23)
PERFORMANCE GRAPH
The projections shown are per ISO convention.
Ø25
54.5
38.5
M6
M631.6
Ø1551.1
44.7
58.5
MaximumLoad
kgf(lbf)
Maximum Deflection
mm (in.)
4-3
www.vibrationmounts.com Phone: 516.328.3662 Fax: 516.328.3365
AD
VAN
CED ANTIVIBRATION
CO M P O N E N TS
Suspension Mounts – Rubber Type
V10Z72MTG-50R6
*To be discontinued when present stock is depleted.
Rev: 5-9-11 SS
Buy Product Visit WebsiteRequest QuoteSee Section 4
vibrationmounts.com Phone: 516.328.3662 Fax: 516.328.3365
4-4
www.vibrationmounts.com Phone: 516.328.3662 Fax: 516.328.3365
AD
VANCED ANTIVIBRATIO
N
COMPONENTS
S E
C T
I O
N
4
General Characteristics and Uses
Cable Isolators
In Section 5, starting on page 5-23, we offer a large selection of cable isolators.These assemblies are made of aircraft-quality, stranded, stainless steel cable,helically wound into metal retaining bars suitable for surface mounting. Shockand vibration are damped as the result of friction between strands of cableunder load (“flexture hysteresis”). Their superior characteristics include theirability to provide protection in compression, extension, shear and roll in all axessimultaneously.
All stainless steel and aluminum construction gives these units an excellentability to resist corrosion and leads to extremely long maintenance-free life.Below are some of the applications where the cable isolators can be superior toany other type of vibration mounts.
Application Types of EquipmentProtected
Sources of Vibrationand Shock
Other EnvironmentalHazards
Critical Specifications(Limitations)
Needed IsolatorCharacteristics
OtherRequirements
ShipboardElectronics
Navigation Displays,Radar Communication,
Sonar
Nearby Blast, Ship’sInherent Vibration,
Heavy Weather
Salt Water,Temperature Extremes
MIL-S-901DMIL-STD-167
Life of InstalledEquipment, Corrosion
Resistance,Maintenance-Free
Compliant in All Directions
Over-the-Road
Vehicles
Instrumentation,Generators,Electronics
Irregular TerrainPoor Road Condition,
Collision
Temperature Extremes,Ozone, Radioactivity,
UV Radiation
Munson Rough RoadCourse, 10 g’s
Repeated Shock
Altitude Variations,Exposure to Moisture
Long Fatigue Life,Large Displacement
Minimum Space,Maintenance-Free forInaccessible Locations
ShippingContainers
Jet Engines, Missiles,Gyroscopes, Electronics
Transit, Handling Drop,Loading / Unloading
Accidental DropExcellent Shock
MitigationIndefinite Shelf Life,
Repeated Use
GeophysicalEquipment
Data Acquisition, DataProcessing Electronics
Off-the-Road Vehicles,Transit Ship (Un)loading
Misaligned Installation,Rough Use
Severe Road Shock,Careless Handling
Maintenance-Free,No Replacement
Repeated Large DeflectionsDue to Load Shock
ChemicalProcessingEquipment
Centrifuge, Dryers,Pumps
Unbalanced DynamicLoads, Fluid Hammer
Corrosive Environments,Chlorine, Sulfur
High Temperature,Corrosive Environments
Low FrequencyReponse
Maintenance-Free forInaccessible Locations
AvionicsECM, Communications,
Reconnaissance
Rapid Maneuvering,Hard Landings,
Turbulent Air
Temperature andAltitude Extremes
15-g 11ms Hard LandingMIL-STD-810
Long Fatigue Life, NoAging Deterioration,
Lightweight
Low Profile, DynamicResponse Does Not
Change with Temperatureor Altitude
OrdnanceEquipment
Missile Launcher, TankArtillery, Computer
Controls, Electronics
Off-Road Vehicles,Railroad Humping Nearby Blast
—
Munson Rough RoadCourse, Railroad Humping
Excellent ShockMitigation,
Maintenance-FreeUse at Any Altitude
MedicalEquipment
Mechanical EquipmentCritical to Patient Care
Moving Parts,Moving Carts
Minimal VibrationEasy to Maintain,No Outgassing
Can Be Sterilized
vibrationmounts.com Phone: 516.328.3662 Fax: 516.328.3365
SECTION 5
5-2
www.vibrationmounts.com Phone: 516.328.3662 Fax: 516.328.3365
AD
VANCED ANTIVIBRATIO
N
COMPONENTS
S E
C T
I O
N
5
Spring Mounts – Elliptic Leaf Type (Naval " X " Type)
This type of vibration and shock isolator was designed specifi-cally for shipboard or mobile applications. They are particularlysuitable to protect delicate shipboard equipment from shock dueto underwater explosions or sudden stoppage of vehicles forvehicle-mounted equipment.
All materials used are impervious to corrosion and will operateefficiently under a wide range of temperature, making the unitswell-suited for naval or aircraft applications. Their basic designemploys two or more high tensile stainless steel "U" formedleaves, situated at each end, forming an elliptical shape whenjoined together in the center portion with face plates. The spacesbetween the "U" formed leaves are filled with a specially devel-oped polymer or stainless steel mesh.
Nonmetallic collars backed by stainless steel washers aresupplied for load attachment, while providing noise reduction.Inch size or metric bolts may be used for fastening of theequipment to the base or foundation.
Low transmitted shock accelerations are obtained by combin-ing large permitted static deflection in every direction with a highenergy loss within the mount. The high damping efficiency isobtained by the polymer which has a very low static stiffness. Theload-bearing characteristics are determined by the metal con-struction of the mountings. These mounts may be used in tensionas well as compression.
The "X" Mount is one of that rare breed that gives both vibrationisolation and shock protection. Its low frequency ensures effec-tive vibration isolation, except where the resonant frequency ofthe surrounding structure may be sympathetic with the mount'snatural frequency. Similarly, care must be taken during transpor-tation of equipment supported by "X" Mounts.
The main disadvantage of the mount is that transmissibility atresonance is high. In most applications this is not critical as the"X" Mounts are placed in areas that do not coincide with itsresonant frequency. This special applications mount may be ofparticular interest not only for its improved vibration performanceat low temperature, but also its lower natural frequency at roomtemperatures. This may avoid the need of trying to reduce thenatural frequency by means of adding a rubber washer in tandem,as this procedure also increases the transmissibility at resonanceof the system.
Shock protection of the new design has the added benefit ofdurability under repeated shocks at low temperatures.
INSTALLATION OF "X" MOUNTSDue to the sophisticated nature of the "X" Mounts, it is essential
that they be correctly loaded. Incorrect loading will mean inad-equate shock protection (this is true even in underloaded situa-tions).Bad Practice
Due to the shape and size of the "X" Mount, there is a strongtendency to use the space created as storage. Needless to say,
• Heavy Machine Tools
• Air Compressors
• Engine Suspension
• Machine Mounting
• Machine Craft Installations
• Laboratory Equipment
• Electric Motors
• Factory Test Gear
• Seat Suspension in Aircraft andVehicles
• Radar CommunicationsEquipment
• Electronic Control Equipment
• Equipment Mountings in Tanksand Other Military Vehicles
• Bomb and Other Lifting Gear
• Refrigeration Compressors
• Mobile Vehicles
• Fuel Tanks
• Blowers and Fans
• Pumps
any such placement can render the shock protection useless.Preferred Systems
Mounts supporting the system underneath only, with the centerof gravity in the lower third of the unit, is preferred. When this isimpossible, a fully suspended method should be used. Topsteadies can be used where it is difficult to choose mounts tosupport the weight using a fully suspended configuration.
The practice of combining units on one raft is often carried outto ensure that a suitable loading is obtained. This practice isespecially important for operator-controlled equipment; the seatcan be mounted on the raft as well.Orientation
Where possible, the horizontal roll axis should be fore and aft,to minimize equipment movement due to ship roll, but anyorientation is acceptable for shock protection. It is advisable toplace mounts on any one piece of equipment in the samedirection.
TYPICAL APPLICATIONS INCLUDE:
vibrationmounts.com Phone: 516.328.3662 Fax: 516.328.3365
5-3
www.vibrationmounts.com Phone: 516.328.3662 Fax: 516.328.3365
AD
VANCED ANTIVIBRATIO
N
COMPONENTS
S E
C T
I O
N
5 75 (13.39) 150 (26.79) 250 (44.65) 400 (71.43) 650(116.08) 2300(410.74) 3000(535.75) 4800(857.2)
1.5 (0.68)
1.75(0.8)
2.25 (1.02) 2.5 (1.13)
2.75 (1.25)
13(5.9)
14.5 (6.57)
16 (7.25)
5/16 (8)
1/2(12)
3/4(20)
.354 (9)
.512(13)
.827(21)
100 (17.88) 200 (35.72) 330 (58.93) 520 (92.86) 850(151.8) 3070(548.25) 2700(482.17) 4000(714.33)
V10Y15-57170025
V10Y15-57180050
V10Y15-57190100
V10Y15-57200150
V10Y15-57210250
V10Y15-84290400
V10Y15-84280700
V10Y15-84271000
V10Y15-57170025
V10Y15-57180050
V10Y15-57190100
V10Y15-57200150
V10Y15-57210250
V10Y15-84290400
V10Y15-84280700
V10Y15-84271000
7.5
7.5
10.5
7.5
4.17(106)
4.85(123)
4.88(124)
7.3(185) 7.25(184)7.3
(185)
4.5
4.5
4.5
4.0
40 (7.14)
80 (14.29)
135 (24.11)
220 (39.29)
350(62.5) 620
(110.72) 760
(135.72)1100
(196.44)
TEMPERATURE RANGE: +50°F to +86°F +10°C to +30°C
1.25(31.75)
1.25(31.75)
2.5(63.5)
4.5(114)
5.25(133)
7.5(190)
2 (50.8)
2 (50.8)
4(101.6)
25 (11.3) 50 (22.7) 100 (45.4) 150 (68) 250(113.5) 400(181.4) 700(317.5) 1000(453.6)
Shown as mounted (bolts and washers are not supplied).
WWidth
in.(mm)
HHeight Unloaded
with Washersin. (mm)
hHeight Loadedwith Washers
in. (mm)
DDiameterWashersin. (mm)
dBolt Hole
in.(mm)
NominalLoad
lb.(kgf)
LoadRange
lb.(kgf)
LLength
in.(mm)
20–40(9–18)40–75
(18–34)75–120(34–54)120-200(54-91)200-300(91–136)300–550
(136–250)550–850
(250–386)850–1200(386–545)
8(203)
8.5(216)
11.7(297)
Catalog Number
Catalog Number
Weightlb. (kg)
Static Stiffness
Verticallb./in.
(kg/cm)
Horizontal 1 lb./in.
(kg/cm)
Horizontal 2lb./in.
(kg/cm)
Natural Frequencies - Hz
Bolt SizeUNF
in.(nearestmetric)
Vertical
5.5
5.5
5.5
5.0
Horizontal 1 Horizontal 2
Available only if final use is forgovernmental installation
• NATO APPROVED NAVAL "X" MOUNTS• MATERIAL: Leaves – 304 Stainless Steel* Washers – Nylon and Stainless Steel Damping Compound – Polymer
Spring Mounts – Elliptic Leaf Type
*NOTE: Available in natural finish or painted black (at a higher price on special order).
HORIZONTAL 2:
HORIZONTAL 1:
VERTICAL:
VIBRATION MODES:
W
L
DHEIGHT UNDERNOMINAL LOAD
Hh
UNLOADED HEIGHTd
MOUNTINGHARDWARE DETAIL
Buy Product Visit WebsiteRequest QuoteSee Section 5
vibrationmounts.com Phone: 516.328.3662 Fax: 516.328.3365
5-4
www.vibrationmounts.com Phone: 516.328.3662 Fax: 516.328.3365
AD
VANCED ANTIVIBRATIO
N
COMPONENTS
S E
C T
I O
N
5
43(7.68)
18(3.25)
V10Y15-39210013
TEMPERATURE RANGE: +50°F to +86°F +10°C to +30°C
13.2(6)
NominalLoad
lb.(kgf)
LoadRange
lb.(kgf)
10.6–15.9(4.8–7.2)
Catalog Number
WeightExcluding
Boltlb.
(kg)
Static Stiffness
Verticallb./in.
(kg/cm)
Horizontal 1lb./in.
(kg/cm)
Horizontal 2lb./in.
(kg/cm)
Available only if final use is forgovernmental installation
• NATO APPROVED NAVAL "X" MOUNTS• LIGHTWEIGHT
• MATERIAL: Leaves – 304 Stainless Steel Washers – Nylon and Stainless Steel Damping Compound – Polymer
Spring Mounts – Elliptic Leaf Type
1/4(6)
Bolt SizeUNF
in.(nearestmetric)
33(5.91)
FEATURES:The 6 kg Mount is designed to isolate lightweight equipment(i.e. computers, printers, electronics panels etc.) from shock andvibration and has similar properties to the present range of 'X' mountswith some reduction in the available deflection under shock conditions.
5.4–6.68.3–10.1
Natural Frequencies - Hz
Vertical Horizontal 1 Horizontal 2
7.2–8.9
NOTE: Dimensions in ( ) are mm.
HORIZONTAL 2:
HORIZONTAL 1:
VERTICAL:
VIBRATION MODES:
.31(0.14)
NewM8 BOLT
5.26(133.5)
3.23 (82)
1(25)
HEIGHT UNDERNOMINAL LOAD
UNLOADED HEIGHT
2.99(76)
.79 (20).33 (8.5)
Buy Product Visit WebsiteRequest QuoteSee Section 5
vibrationmounts.com Phone: 516.328.3662 Fax: 516.328.3365
5-5
www.vibrationmounts.com Phone: 516.328.3662 Fax: 516.328.3365
AD
VANCED ANTIVIBRATIO
N
COMPONENTS
S E
C T
I O
N
5
5/16 (8)
1/2(12)
3/4(20)
.354 (9)
.512(13)
.827(21)
Available only if final use is forgovernmental installation
• NATO APPROVED NAVAL "XM" MOUNTS• FOR EXTREME ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS
• MATERIAL: Leaves – 304 Stainless Steel Washers – Nylon and Stainless Steel Damping Compound – Stainless Steel Mesh
Spring Mounts – Elliptic Leaf Type
NewSPRINGASSY.
WASHER
hH
L
BUSH
W
V10Y15-5717M0025
V10Y15-5718M0050
V10Y15-5719M0100
V10Y15-5720M0150
V10Y15-5721M0250
V10Y15-8429M0400
V10Y15-8428M0700
V10Y15-8427M1000
4.17(106)
4.85(123)
4.88(124)
7.3(185) 7.25(184)7.3
(185)
TEMPERATURE RANGE: -238°F to +752°F -150°C to +400°C
1.25(31.75)
1.25(31.75)
2.5(63.5)
4.5 (114)
5.25 (133)
7.5 (190)
2 (50.8)
2 (50.8)
4(101.6)
25 (11.3) 50 (22.7) 100 (45.4) 150 (68) 250(113.5) 400(181.4) 700(317.5) 1000(453.6)
WWidth
in.(mm)
HHeight Unloaded
with Washersin. (mm)
hHeight Loadedwith Washers
in. (mm)
DDiameterWashersin. (mm)
dBolt Hole
in.(mm)
NominalLoad
lb.(kgf)
LoadRange
lb.(kgf)
LLength
in.(mm)
20–40(9–18)40–75
(18–34)75–120(34–54)120-200(54-91)200-300(91–136)300–550
(136–250)550–850
(250–386)850–1200(386–545)
8(203)
8.5(216)
11.7(297)
Catalog Number
1.5(0.68) 1.75(0.8) 2.25(1.02) 2.5(1.13) 2.75(1.25)13(5.9)14.5(6.57)16(7.25)
Weightlb.
(kg)
Bolt SizeUNF
in.(nearestmetric)
Buy Product Visit WebsiteRequest QuoteSee Section 5
vibrationmounts.com Phone: 516.328.3662 Fax: 516.328.3365
5-6
www.vibrationmounts.com Phone: 516.328.3662 Fax: 516.328.3365
AD
VANCED ANTIVIBRATIO
N
COMPONENTS
S E
C T
I O
N
5
Impressed frequency Hz
30
20
10
0
-10
-20
10.0
3.0
1.0Q
0.3
0.1
-30
-40
5 6 7 10 20 30 50 100
a
b
c
def
dB
TRANSMISSIBILITY / TEMPERATURE / RESONANCE
Spring Mounts – Elliptic Leaf Type
"Q" / TEMPERATURE
NATURAL FREQUENCY / TEMPERATURE
"Q" Factor
fn=Natural Frequency
Temperature °C
Temperature °C
20
10
-40 -30 -20 -10 0 10 20 30 40
-40 -30 -20 -10 0 10 20 30 40
30
20
10
Real stiffness"Q" = ––––––––––––––––
Complex stiffness
10.2 6.1 2.8 2.2 4.022.7
6.2 6.6 7.613.022.029.6
Temp °C (°F) fn Hz Qabcdef
41.6 (106.9) 29.9 (85.8) 19.7 (67.5) 10.2 (50.4) 0.5 (32.9)–16.1 (3.0)
vibrationmounts.com Phone: 516.328.3662 Fax: 516.328.3365
NEW SIZES
2624222018
16
14
12
10
8
6
4
2
0 5 10 15 20 25 0 5 10 15 20 25
13012011010090
80
70
60
50
40
30
20
10
V10Z73MAM025 V10Z73MAM125
V10Z73MAM100
V10Z73MAM075
V10Z73MAM050
www.vibrationmounts.com Phone: 516.328.3662 Fax: 516.328.3365
AD
VAN
CED ANTIVIBRATION
CO M P O N E N TS • WORKING TEMPERATURE RANGE
-90°C TO +200°C (-130°F TO +392°F)• LATERAL TO AXIAL STIFFNESS RATIO 0.8 TO 1
Spring Mounts – Foam Type – To 1250 N
PERFORMANCE GRAPHS
M Style Base Mounting
shown106 (4.2)
63(2.5)
11 (.43)
80 (3.2)
A
51 (2.0)
M8
M816 (.63)
46 (1.81)
49 (1.93)
52 (2.05)
71 (2.80)
74 (2.91)
77 (3.03)
Description
No bases
Lower base attached
Upper and Lower bases attached
AFree Height
mm (in.)
MountingStyle
C
M
R
• MATERIAL: Spring – Steel (Black Cataphoresis or Blue Epoxy) Base – Carbon Steel Bushing – Carbon Steel Isolator – Polyethylene Base Pad – Foam Rubber
Metric
Height at25 mm (.98 in.)
Deflectionmm (in.)
5-7
New
The projections shown are per ISO convention.
Catalog Number*
To complete the part number please specify mounting style. Continued on the next page*To be discontinued when present stock is depleted.
Rev: 5-7-11 SS
LoadN
(lb.)
Deflectionmm(in.)
LoadN
(lb.)
Deflectionmm(in.)
StiffnessN/mm(lb./in.)
AdmissibleTemporaryOverload
%
Maximum Minimum
10 (57.1)
20(114.2)
30(171.3)
40(228.4)
50(285.5)
100 (22.5)
200 (45.0)
300 (67.4)
400 (89.9)
500(112.4)
250 (56.2) 500
(112.4) 750
(168.6) 1000
(224.8) 1250
(281.0)
V10Z73MAM025
V10Z73MAM050
V10Z73MAM075
V10Z73MAM100
V10Z73MAM125
1010(.39)
25(.98)
Buy Product Visit WebsiteRequest QuoteSee Section 5
vibrationmounts.com Phone: 516.328.3662 Fax: 516.328.3365
V10Z73MAM150
V10Z73MAM250
V10Z73MAM350
V10Z73MAM4504500
4000
3500
3000
2500
2000
1500
1000
500
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35
V10Z73MAM200
www.vibrationmounts.com Phone: 516.328.3662 Fax: 516.328.3365
AD
VANCED ANTIVIBRATIO
N
COMPO NENTS
43(245.5)
57(325.5)
71(405.4)
100(571.0)
129(736.6)
• WORKING TEMPERATURE RANGE -90°C TO +200°C (-130°F TO +392°F)
• LATERAL TO AXIAL STIFFNESS RATIO 0.8 TO 1
Spring Mounts – Foam Type – To 4500 N
• MATERIAL: Spring – Steel (Black Cataphoresis or Blue Epoxy) Base – Carbon Steel Bushing – Carbon Steel Isolator – Polyethylene Base Pad – Foam Rubber
Catalog Number*
V10Z73MAM150
V10Z73MAM200
V10Z73MAM250
V10Z73MAM350
V10Z73MAM450
To complete the part number please specify mounting style.*To be discontinued when present stock is depleted.
M Style Base Mounting
shown
30
25
20
14
11
15(.59)
Maximum MinimumLoad
N (lb.)
Deflectionmm(in.)
1500 (337.2)
2000 (449.6)
2500 (562.0)
3500 (786.8)
4500(1011.6)
35(1.38)
LoadN
(lb.)
Deflectionmm(in.)
640(143.9) 860
(193.3)1070
(240.5)1500
(337.2)1930
(433.9)
StiffnessN/mm(lb./in.)
AdmissibleTemporaryOverload
%
PERFORMANCE GRAPH
96 (3.8)
A
69 (2.7)
M12
128(5.04)
96(3.8)
22(.87)
M83 (.12)
8 (.32)
86 (3.4)
12 (.47)
76 (2.99)
79 (3.11)
82 (3.23)
111 (4.37)
114 (4.49)
117 (4.61)
Description
No bases
Lower base attached
Upper and Lower bases attached
AFree Height
mm (in.)
Height at35 mm (1.38 in.)
Deflectionmm (in.)
MountingStyle
C
M
R
Metric
5-8
New
Rev: 5-8-11 SS
Buy Product Visit WebsiteRequest QuoteSee Section 5
vibrationmounts.com Phone: 516.328.3662 Fax: 516.328.3365
5-9
www.vibrationmounts.com Phone: 516.328.3662 Fax: 516.328.3365
AD
VANCED ANTIVIBRATIO
N
COMPONENTS
S E
C T
I O
N
527 – 40
40 – 61
61 – 90
V10Z30-2273
V10Z30-2274
V10Z30-2275
• CORROSIVE ENVIRONMENT• STAINLESS STEEL MESH
• FOR LOADS OF 60 TO 200 POUNDS (27 TO 90 kgf)
• MATERIAL: Base Plate – Mild Steel Springs – High-Tensile Steel - Phosphated & Dyed Black Isolator – Knitted Stainless Steel Mesh End Caps – Light Alloy
CHARACTERISTICSLateral to vertical stiffness ratio approximately 1:1.Elastic Limit corresponds to a maximum load incompression of .042 oz. (1.2 g) and radially.007 oz. (0.2 g). Damping factor c/co .10 to .15.
APPLICATIONS• MEDIUM-HEAVY INDUSTRIAL EQUIPMENT• OPTICAL EQUIPMENT• LABORATORY EQUIPMENT
MOUNTINGMust be loaded vertically through its axis.
Catalog Number
TEMPERATURE RANGE: -94°F to +347°F (-70°C to +175°C)
Static Load NaturalFrequency
Hzmm
H - Height
Max.LoadFree
mm
2 – 2-1/2 76.2144 3.05.7
In.in.kgflb.
60 – 90
90 – 135
135 – 200
NOTE: Dimensions in ( ) are mm.
Spring Mounts – Damped Type – To 200 lbs.
4.0 (101.6)
3.25 (82.6)
3.0 (76.2)
2 HOLES.386 (9.8) DIA.
3/8-16 UNC-2B x 1/2 DEEP
2.50 (63.5)
H
Buy Product Visit WebsiteRequest QuoteSee Section 5
vibrationmounts.com Phone: 516.328.3662 Fax: 516.328.3365
5-10
www.vibrationmounts.com Phone: 516.328.3662 Fax: 516.328.3365
AD
VANCED ANTIVIBRATIO
N
COMPONENTS
S E
C T
I O
N
5 68 – 118
113 – 205
200 – 340
V10Z31-2461
V10Z31-2462
V10Z31-2463
• CORROSIVE ENVIRONMENT• STAINLESS STEEL MESH
• FOR LOADS OF 150 TO 750 POUNDS (68 TO 340 kgf)
• MATERIAL: Mounting Plates – Mild Steel, Painted Springs – High-Tensile Steel; Phosphated, Dyed Black Isolators – Knitted Stainless Steel Mesh
CHARACTERISTICSLateral to vertical stiffness approximately 1:1.Elastic Limit corresponds to a maximum load incompression of .042 oz. (1.2 g) and radially.007 oz. (0.2 g). Damping factor c/c .15 to .20.
APPLICATIONS• HEAVY LOADS• COMPRESSORS• PUMPS• GRAIN VIBRATORS
MOUNTINGMust be loaded vertically through its axis.
H
X
X
SECTION X-X
3-3/4 (95.3)
4-1/2 (114.3)
H
1/2-20 UNF.563 (14.3) DIA.
.260 (6.6) DIA.
NOTE: Dimensions in ( ) are mm.
Static Load NaturalFrequency
Hz mm
H - Height
Max. LoadFree
mm
150 – 260
250 – 450
440 – 750
4 – 4-1/2 3.0 76.2 2.378 60.4
in. in.lb. kgf
Catalog Number
TEMPERATURE RANGE: -94°F to +347°F (-70°C to +175°C)
o
Spring Mounts – Damped Type – To 750 lbs.
Buy Product Visit WebsiteRequest QuoteSee Section 5
vibrationmounts.com Phone: 516.328.3662 Fax: 516.328.3365
5-11
www.vibrationmounts.com Phone: 516.328.3662 Fax: 516.328.3365
AD
VANCED ANTIVIBRATIO
N
COMPONENTS
S E
C T
I O
N
5V10Z32-1006 & 1004
V10Z32-1008
INDUSTRIAL AND MARINE APPLICATIONSThe following table gives recommended isolation efficiency in relation to site configuration and driving motor power. If site configuration isnot known, assume for basement condition. Transfer the recommended efficiency to the transmissibility curves on the graph.
EXAMPLEProject a line from the efficiency required on the right -hand side to intersect the performance lines 1008, 1006and 1004. Project those intersections down to obtain thetwo dimensionless ratios (R) for the three mountings.Divide the lowest running speed (Hz) of the completemachine by R to give the natural frequency f 'n required.Compare f 'n with the actual natural frequency (fn) of themounting concerned . If f 'n fits into the fn band of themounting, select that mounting. If two mountings meet theabove conditions, select the one with higher fn; it will bemore stable.
A fan turning at 980 rpm (16.3 Hz) driven by a 7 kw motorrunning at 1470 rpm, which is to be installed on an upperfloor of light construction:
Recommended efficiency = 93%first projection gives R = 5.5 for 1008
and from fn = , fn = = 2.96 Hz
discard 1008 as it has fn = 9 to 7 Hz
second projection gives R = 4 for 1006 & 1004
again fn = = 4.08 Hz
which fits 1004, fn = 5 to 3 Hz
Now, all that remains is to place sufficient 1004series mountings under the machine to supportits weight evenly.
16.3____5.5
f____R
16.3____4
Basementor Ground
Floor
50%75%90%95%97%
90%93%95%97.5%98.5%
—50%80%90%95%
Up to 4 4 – 1010 – 3030 – 7575 – 225
Recommended Isolation Efficiency:Driving
Motor, kWUpper Floor
HeavyConstruction
Upper FloorLight
Construction
10
1
0.1
0.01
0.0010.5 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 100
20%40%
70%80%
90%93%
97%
98.5%99%
99.5%
99.9%
TR
AN
SM
ISS
IBIL
ITY
(T
)
ISO
LA
TIO
N
f ROTATION SPEED OF MACHINERY (Hz)(R) FREQUENCY RATIO = ––– = –––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––
fn MOUNTING NATURAL FREQUENCY (Hz)
Selection Criteria – V10Z32 Mounts
vibrationmounts.com Phone: 516.328.3662 Fax: 516.328.3365
5-12
www.vibrationmounts.com Phone: 516.328.3662 Fax: 516.328.3365
AD
VANCED ANTIVIBRATIO
N
COMPONENTS
S E
C T
I O
N
5
75 – 110
95 – 130
125 – 160
160 – 230
210 – 310
300 – 420
30 – 50
50 – 80
80 – 125
125 – 195
195 – 310
310 – 420
40 – 85
65 – 125
110 – 190
175 – 270
250 – 400
360 – 560
165 – 243
209 – 287
276 – 353
353 – 507
463 – 683
661 – 926
66 – 110
110 – 176
176 – 275
276 – 430
430 – 683
683 – 926
88 – 187
143 – 246
243 – 419
386 – 595
551 – 882
794 – 1235
.394 – 1.181(10 – 30)
.197 – .394(5 – 10)
.118 – .197(3 – 5)
3.07 (78)
H
M12
3-15/16 (100)
4.33 (110)
5-33/64 (140)
2 HOLES.433 (11) DIA.
NOTE: Dimensions in ( ) are mm.
Free Loaded
EquivalentStatic
Deflection
5.04(128)
3.54 (90)
3.54 (90)
3 – 5
5 – 7
7 – 9
5.82(148)
3.94(100)
3.94(100)
V10Z32-100411
V10Z32-100412
V10Z32-100413
V10Z32-100414
V10Z32-100415
V10Z32-100416
V10Z32-100611
V10Z32-100612
V10Z32-100613
V10Z32-100614
V10Z32-100615
V10Z32-100616
V10Z32-100811
V10Z32-100812
V10Z32-100813
V10Z32-100814
V10Z32-100815
V10Z32-100816
NaturalFrequency
Hz
Catalog Number
TEMPERATURE RANGE: -94°F to +347°F (-70°C to +175°C)
H Static Load Range
kgflb.
CHARACTERISTICSLateral to vertical stiffness approximately 1:1.Elastic Limit corresponds to a maximum load incompression of .042 oz. (1.2 g) and radially.007 oz. (0.2 g). Damping factor c/co .15 to .20.
APPLICATIONS• HEAVY LOADS• COMPRESSORS• PUMPS• GRAIN VIBRATORS
MOUNTINGMust be loaded verticallythrough its axis.
• CORROSIVE ENVIRONMENT
• STAINLESS STEEL MESH
• FOR LOADS OF 66 TO 1235 POUNDS (30 TO 560 kgf)
• MATERIAL: Mounting Plates – Mild Steel, Painted Springs – High-Tensile Steel; Phosphated, Dyed Black
Isolator – Knitted Stainless Steel Mesh
Spring Mounts – Damped Type – To 1235 lbs.
Buy Product Visit WebsiteRequest QuoteSee Section 5
vibrationmounts.com Phone: 516.328.3662 Fax: 516.328.3365
5-13
www.vibrationmounts.com Phone: 516.328.3662 Fax: 516.328.3365
AD
VANCED ANTIVIBRATIO
N
COMPONENTS
S E
C T
I O
N
5
390 – 620
600 – 840
390 – 620
620 – 840
500 – 800
720 – 1120
.394 – 1.181(10 – 30)
.197 – .394(5 – 10)
.118 – .197(3 – 5)
3 – 5
5 – 7
7 – 9
5.04(128)
3.54 (90)
3.54 (90)
Free Loaded
EquivalentStatic
Deflection
5.82(148)
3.94(100)
3.94(100)
V10Z32-100425
V10Z32-100426
V10Z32-100625
V10Z32-100626
V10Z32-100825
V10Z32-100826
NaturalFrequency
Hz
Catalog Number
TEMPERATURE RANGE: -94°F to +347°F (-70°C to +175°C)
H Static Load Range
kgflb.
860 – 1367
1323 – 1852
860 – 1367
1367 – 1852
1102 – 1764
1587 – 2469
CHARACTERISTICSLateral to vertical stiffness approximately 1:1.Elastic Limit corresponds to a maximum load incompression of .042 oz. (1.2 g) and radially.007 oz. (0.2 g). Damping factor c/co .15 to .20.
APPLICATIONS• HEAVY LOADS• COMPRESSORS• PUMPS• GRAIN VIBRATORS
MOUNTINGMust be loaded vertically through its axis.
M12
4 HOLES.512 (13) DIA.
3-15/16 (100)
9-27/32 (250)
8.27 (210)
H
NOTE: Dimensions in ( ) are mm.
• CORROSIVE ENVIRONMENT
• STAINLESS STEEL MESH
• FOR LOADS OF 860 TO 2469 POUNDS (390 TO 1120 kgf)
• MATERIAL: Mounting Plates – Mild Steel, Painted Springs – High-Tensile Steel; Phosphated, Dyed Black
Isolator – Knitted Stainless Steel Mesh
Spring Mounts – Damped Type – To 2469 lbs.
Buy Product Visit WebsiteRequest QuoteSee Section 5
vibrationmounts.com Phone: 516.328.3662 Fax: 516.328.3365
5-14
www.vibrationmounts.com Phone: 516.328.3662 Fax: 516.328.3365
AD
VANCED ANTIVIBRATIO
N
COMPONENTS
S E
C T
I O
N
5
10 to 8
Spring Mounts – Silicone Gel Type
• MATERIAL: Studs – Brass Body – Silicone Gel Spring – Piano Wire Type B, Nickel Plated
Metric
23(.906)
12(.472)
SPRING
THREAD
Ø15(.591) Ø28
(1.102)
Catalog NumberOptimum Load
kgf/ leg(lb. / leg)
ResonancePoint
Hz
ResonanceMagnification
dB
RecommendedFrequency
Hz
V10Z61MBG7
V10Z61MBG8
Thread
0.8 to 1.6(1.8 to 3.5)
1.5 to 4(3.3 to 8.8)
16 to 14
18 to 16
from 14
M3
M6
Demonstration of Silicone Gel's outstandingshock-absorbing abilities.
An ordinary fresh raw egg dropped down from 18 meters (59 ft.) high to a2 cm (.787 in.) thick Silcone Gel bed does not break. It is publicly provenmany times.
• DAMPS LOW FREQUENCY VIBRATIONS• VERTICAL VIBRATIONS DAMPED WITHOUT HORIZONTAL DEFLECTION
• TO BE USED IN COMPRESSION ONLY
NOTE: Dimensions in ( ) are inch.
New
TEMPERATURE RANGE: -40°C to +200°C (-40°F to +392°F)
Buy Product Visit WebsiteRequest QuoteSee Section 5
vibrationmounts.com Phone: 516.328.3662 Fax: 516.328.3365
5-15
www.vibrationmounts.com Phone: 516.328.3662 Fax: 516.328.3365
AD
VANCED ANTIVIBRATIO
N
COMPONENTS
S E
C T
I O
N
5
• CORROSIVE ENVIRONMENT • STAINLESS STEEL MESH • FOR LOADS OF .5 TO 10 POUNDS (.25 TO 4.6 kgf)
Steel Spring and Mesh Mounts – To 10 lbs.
• MATERIAL: Housing – Aluminum Alloy, Anodized Eyelets – Brass, Tin Plated
Isolators – Stainless Steel Spring and Mesh
5/32 (4)
.56 (14.2)
ACROSS FLATS
.15 (3.8)RADIAL DEFLECTION
1.58 (40.1) DIA.
1.62 (41.1) DIA.
H
59/64 (23.5)
NOTE: MAX BOLT LENGTH INTO CAP IS 9/32 (7.1)
#8-32 UNC-2B (SUFFIX A)M4 x 0.7 mm (SUFFIX C).27 (7) DEEP
2 HOLES.157 (4) DIA.
TYPE "D"OVAL BASE
TYPICAL PER SIDE FOR SQUARE BASE CONFIGURATION
1.94 (49.4)
2-1/4 (57.1)TYPE "S" SQUARE BASE
4 HOLES.157 (4) DIA.
1.37
(34.9) 1-45/64
(43.4)
DYNAMIC CHARACTERISTICSRatio between transverse and axial stiffness (vertical)approximately 1:2.5Natural frequency = 7 to 11 Hz vertical and 4.5 to 7 Hztransverse depending on load, for a displacement input± .014 (0.35).Maximum displacement input ± .016 (0.4).Transmissibility ≤ 4:1.Conforms to MIL-E-5400
TEMPERATURE RANGE: -94°F to +347°F -70°C to +175°C
NOTE: Dimensions in ( ) are mm.
Δ
Δ Δ
LOADING LIMITATIONSPrior to abutting snubber, load corresponding to acontinuous acceleration of at least 2 G.Loads corresponding to at least 10 G may be acceptedwithout subsequently affecting the mount performance.Maximum displacement of the suspended unit underlimiting loads ± .197 (5).
APPLICATIONS • AIRCRAFT • MOBILE • MARINE • ROTATING MACHINES
V10Z19-7011SA
V10Z19-7012SA
V10Z19-7013SA
V10Z19-7014SA
V10Z19-7015DA
V10Z19-7015DC
V10Z19-7015SA
V10Z19-7015SC
Catalog NumberStatic Load
lb.
1.35
kgf in. mm
38.1
mmin.
1.09 27.68
H - Height
Free Max. Load
Weight(Approx.)
oz. kg
1.4 0.04
.55 – 1.00
.80 – 1.80
1.50 – 3.40
2.20 – 5.60
5.60 – 10.10
0.25 – 1
0.35 – 0.8
0.7 – 1.5
1 – 2.55
2.55 – 4.6
Base Type Thread
Sq
uar
e
Ova
l
#8-3
2U
NC
-2B
M4
x0.
7 m
m
MIN LOAD
MAX LOAD
TYPICAL TRANSMISSIBILITY CURVEas a function of applied load
TR
AN
SM
ISS
IBIL
ITY
FREQUENCY1 2 3 4 5 8 10 20 30 40 50
0
0.5
1
1.5
2
3
4
5
2.5
3.5
4.5
100
Buy Product Visit WebsiteRequest QuoteSee Section 5
vibrationmounts.com Phone: 516.328.3662 Fax: 516.328.3365
5-16
www.vibrationmounts.com Phone: 516.328.3662 Fax: 516.328.3365
AD
VANCED ANTIVIBRATIO
N
COMPONENTS
S E
C T
I O
N
5
V10Z22M7201CV10Z22M7202CV10Z22M7203CV10Z22M7204CV10Z22M7205CV10Z22M7206CV10Z22M7207CV10Z22M7209CV10Z22M7210C
—
V10Z22-7201AV10Z22-7202AV10Z22-7203AV10Z22-7204AV10Z22-7205AV10Z22-7206AV10Z22-7207AV10Z22-7209AV10Z22-7210A
—
V10Z22-7201BV10Z22-7202BV10Z22-7203BV10Z22-7204BV10Z22-7205BV10Z22-7206BV10Z22-7207BV10Z22-7209BV10Z22-7210B
—
V10Z22-7201DV10Z22-7202DV10Z22-7203DV10Z22-7204DV10Z22-7205DV10Z22-7206DV10Z22-7207DV10Z22-7209DV10Z22-7210DV10Z22-7211D
0.7 – 1.25 1.15 – 2.3 2 – 4.5 2.8 – 5.6 4.5 – 9 7 – 14 8 – 1816 – 2220 – 3333 – 60
• CORROSIVE ENVIRONMENT • STAINLESS STEEL MESH • FOR LOADS OF 1.5 TO 132 POUNDS (0.7 TO 60 kgf)
Steel Spring and Mesh Mounts – To 132 lbs.
• MATERIAL: Housing – Aluminum Alloy, Anodized Eyelets – Brass, Tin Plated
Isolators – Stainless Steel Spring and Mesh
1.18 (30) .205 (5.2)RADIAL DISPLACEMENT
2-1/4 (57.27) DIA.
UNLOADED1-27/32 (46.3)
1-3/16 (30)11/64 (4.5)
2-3/8 (60.5)
1.94 (49.2)
4 HOLES.197 (5) DIA.
NOTE:MAX FIXING BOLT LENGTH INTO CAP A, B, & C IS 23/64 (9.14)INTO CAP D IS .580 (14.73)
1/4-20 UNC-2B 1/4-28 UNF-2B M6 x 1 mm 3/8-24 UNF (SUFFIX D)
NOTE: Dimensions in ( ) are mm.
(SUFFIX B)(SUFFIX C)
(SUFFIX A)
LOADING LIMITATIONSJust prior to abutting snubber, load correspondingto a continuous acceleration of at least 2 G.Loads corresponding to at least 10 G may beaccepted without subsequently affecting themount performance.Maximum displacement of the suspended unitunder limiting loads ± .236 (6).
APPLICATIONS • AIRCRAFT • MOBILE • MARINE • ROTATING MACHINES
DYNAMIC CHARACTERISTICSIn accordance with curve 1 of spec MIL-C-172.Ratio between transverse and axial stiffness(vertical): approximately 1:2.5.Natural Frequency = 7 to 10 Hz vertical and 4.5 to 6 Hztransverse depending on load for a displacementinput of ± .030 (0.75).Maximum displacement input ± .031 (0.8)Transmissibility: ≤4:1Conforms to MIL-E-5400C
TEMPERATURE RANGE: -94°F to +347°F (-70°C to +175°C)WEIGHT: 3.53 - 4.41 oz. (100-125 g) approx.
TYPICAL TRANSMISSIBILITY CURVEas a function of applied load
Catalog Number
1/4-20 UNC-2B 1/4-28 UNF-2B 3/8-24 UNF
Static Load
lb. kgf
1.55 – 2.75 2.55 – 5.00 4.40 – 9.90 6.20 – 12.35 9.90 – 19.85 15.40 – 30.85 17.65 – 39.70 35.30 – 48.50 44.10 – 72.75 72.75 – 132.30
M6 x 1 mm
MIN LOAD
MAX LOADT
RA
NS
MIS
SIB
ILIT
Y
5
4.5
4
3.5
3
2.5
2
1.5
1
0.5
01 2 3 4 5 7.5 9.5 20 30 50 100
FREQUENCY
Buy Product Visit WebsiteRequest QuoteSee Section 5
vibrationmounts.com Phone: 516.328.3662 Fax: 516.328.3365
5-17
www.vibrationmounts.com Phone: 516.328.3662 Fax: 516.328.3365
AD
VANCED ANTIVIBRATIO
N
COMPONENTS
S E
C T
I O
N
5V10Z28-1641
V10Z28-1642
V10Z28-1643
V10Z28-1644
V10Z28-1645
V10Z28-1646
• FOR LOADS OF 10 TO 1000 POUNDS (4.6 TO 453.5 kgf)• STAINLESS STEEL MESH
Steel Mesh Mounts – To 1000 lbs.
• MATERIAL: Cap and Base – Aluminum Alloy Center Stud – Aluminum Alloy Isolator – Knitted Stainless Steel Mesh
• FINISH: Alochrome 1200 on all Aluminum components
APPLICATIONS
• LIGHTWEIGHT MACHINE TOOLS
• PRINTING AND TEXTILE MACHINERY
CHARACTERISTICSAlthough normally intended to be used in compres-sion, they will accept accidental tensile loads. Themounts should be fixed to the floor for loads inexcess of 220 lb. (99.8 kgf) or when workingconditions require it. They will accept compressiveloads at least five times the static load.
NOTE: Dimensions in ( ) are mm.
Catalog NumberStatic Load Weight
lb.
10 – 20
20 – 50
50 – 100
100 – 200
200 – 500
500 – 1000
mm
H - Height
Max. Load
36.6
in.
Free
mm
NaturalFrequency
Hz in.kgoz.
6.33 0.18 1.91 48.6 1.44
13 – 17For an
amplitudeof ± .012(0.3)
kgf
4.55 – 9.05
9.05 – 22.5
22.5 – 45.35
45.35 – 90.7
90.7 – 226.8
226.8 – 453.5
1-13/32 (35.7) H
3 (76.2)
2.50 (63.5)
3/8-16 UNC-2B
4 HOLES .295 (7.5) DIA.
Buy Product Visit WebsiteRequest QuoteSee Section 5
vibrationmounts.com Phone: 516.328.3662 Fax: 516.328.3365
5-18
www.vibrationmounts.com Phone: 516.328.3662 Fax: 516.328.3365
AD
VANCED ANTIVIBRATIO
N
COMPONENTS
S E
C T
I O
N
5
32 – 181
136 – 363
273 – 725
V10Z27-3021
V10Z27-3022
V10Z27-3023
• CORROSIVE ENVIRONMENT • STAINLESS STEEL MESH • FOR LOADS OF 70 TO 1600 POUNDS (32 TO 725 kgf)
Steel Mesh Mounts – To 1600 lbs.
• MATERIAL: Housing – Machine CastingCenter, Cup and Washer areCadmium Plated Mild Steel
Isolator – Stainless Steel Mesh
LOADINCREASING
LOADDECREASING
8000
6000
4000
2000
0 0.05 0.1 0.15 0.2
LO
AD
(lb
.)
DEFLECTION (in.)
NOTE: Dimensions in ( ) are mm. APPLICATIONSPrimarily developed for heavy-duty applicationswhere severe shock forces are encountered,these mounts are especially recommended forvehicle and marine installations where there arehigh starting torques or reversals of loads. Theyare capable of withstanding compression loads ashigh as ten times the static loads and are used forisolating marine fans, mobile engines,generators, instrument consoles and generalmachine tools such as lathes, millingmachines, slotters, broachers, etc.
TEMPERATURE RANGE: -94°F to +347°F (-70°C to +175°C)
Catalog NumberStatic Load Natural
FrequencyHz
14 – 22
lb. kgf
70 – 400
300 – 800
600 – 1600
LoadedFree
H - Height
1-61/64(49.68)
1-53/64(46.38)
*A locking device is provided for the removal of rusted mounting bolts.
4 HOLES.323 (8.2) DIA. 3-1/4
(82.55)
2.45(62.3)
H
5/8-11 UNC
*
Buy Product Visit WebsiteRequest QuoteSee Section 5
vibrationmounts.com Phone: 516.328.3662 Fax: 516.328.3365
5-19
www.vibrationmounts.com Phone: 516.328.3662 Fax: 516.328.3365
AD
VANCED ANTIVIBRATIO
N
COMPONENTS
S E
C T
I O
N
5
• MATERIAL: Mounting Plates – Mild Steel, Painted Isolators – Knitted Stainless Steel Mesh
Steel Mesh Mounts – To 20000 lbs.
2.618 (66.5)
6-1/2 (165.1)
5/8-11 UNC
15/16 (23.9) LOADED
1-7/64 (28.4) FREE
SECTION X-X3/4 (20)
MACHINEBASE
SPREADERPLATE
MUST BE FREESTANDINGON FLOOR OR FOUNDATION
XX
NOTE:Dimensions
in ( ) are mm.
• FOR COMPRESSION LOADS OF 1000 TO 20000 POUNDS (450 TO 9070 kgf)
• FREESTANDING • CORROSIVE ENVIRONMENT
EXAMPLE:Total Weight of Machine = 65 TONS
Steel Mesh Mounts – To 16000 lbs.
APPLICATIONSDesigned for heavy machine tools,this low profile mount serves the dualpurpose of effectively isolating machinevibration while preventing movementby holding firmly on its base.
FLOOR MOUNTINGIt is important that the stud is firmlyfixed into the floor before the machineis bolted down. In the illustration, Rawbolt"studding" has been used, but foundationanchoring hardware is not provided with the mount.For use on level surfaces only. Use 1.0(24) maximum diameter fixing studs.
Machine Weight 65 Capacity of Mount
= = 7.22 (use 8 mounts)
450 – 9070 905 – 22654530 – 9070
V10Z33-1133V10Z33-1133-2V10Z33-1133-4
1000 – 20000 2000 – 500010000 – 20000
Catalog Numberlb.
Static Load Range
kgf
360 – 7250V10Z34-1139 800 – 16000
Catalog Number*lb.
Static Load Range
kgf
*To be discontinued when present stock is depleted.
• FOR COMPRESSION LOADS OF 800 TO16000 POUNDS (360 TO 7250 kgf)
• FLOOR MOUNTED • CORROSIVE ENVIRONMENT
• MATERIAL: Mounting Plates – Mild Steel, Painted Isolators – Knitted Stainless Steel Mesh
FLOORLEVEL
MACHINEBASE
APPLICATIONS
• DESIGNED PRINCIPALLY FOR HEAVY-DUTY PUNCH AND PANEL PRESSES
• LARGE MACHINE TOOLS
• ROCK CRUSHERS
FLOOR MOUNTINGTo support heavy loads, the mountsare grouped together on a spreaderplate.The spreader plate should be madethe same size as the floor bearing areaof the base. Fasten the mounts to thespreader plate by the 5/8 tapped holeprovided, then fasten the spreader to themachine base.
9
X
X
6-1/2(165.1)
2.630 (66.8)
5/8-11 UNC
.915 (23.24)
1.281 (32.5)DIA.
2.875 (73)DIA.
1.500 (38) DIA.
1/8 (3)
1.281 (32.5)
DIA.
1.118(28.4) FREE
3/8(10)
SECTION X-X
Buy Product Visit WebsiteRequest QuoteSee Section 5
vibrationmounts.com Phone: 516.328.3662 Fax: 516.328.3365
5-20
www.vibrationmounts.com Phone: 516.328.3662 Fax: 516.328.3365
AD
VANCED ANTIVIBRATIO
N
COMPONENTS
S E
C T
I O
N
5
V10C16-LS197501V10C16-LS197602V10C16-LS197703V10C16-LS203704
V10C16-MS197802V10C16-MS197904V10C16-MS198006V10C16-MS198108V10C16-MS198210V10C16-MS198312V10C16-MS371114
V10C16-HS198410V10C16-HS198515V10C16-HS198620V10C16-HS198725V10C16-HS198830V10C16-HS198935
1 2 3 4
2 4 6 8101214
101520253035
0.45 0.91 1.36 1.81
0.91 1.81 2.72 3.63 4.54 5.44 6.35
4.54 6.80 9.0711.3413.6115.88
.149/325/321/8
.1723/643/163/16
.217/321/43/16
3.56 7.14 3.97 3.18
4.22 9.13 4.76 4.76
4.9813.5
6.35 4.76
22.23 31.75
25.4 4.22
31.75 45.25 34.93 6.53
44.45 54.77 44.45 9.93
7/81-1/4
1.17
1-1/41-25/32
1-3/8.26
1-3/42-5/161-3/4.39
.38
1.14
3.01
0.011
0.033
0.086
ABCD
ABCD
ABCD
EFJK
EFJK
EFJK
• ALL METAL• MATERIAL: Mounting Plates – Steel, Cadmium Plated Springs – Spring Steel Wire
Catalog Number
NOTE: Curves shown for mounts with a nominal load rating of 6 pounds.
Deflection curve for mounts with other load ratings may be drawn by shifting the curve shown topass through a point defined by the intersection of the mounts nominal load (pounds) with astandard deflection of .06 inches.
NominalLoad
kgflb. kg in. mm in. mm
DimensionsWeight
LIGHT-DUTY
oz.
MEDIUM-DUTY
HEAVY-DUTY
TEMPERATURE RANGE: -76°F to +302°F
-60°C to +150°C
Spring Mounts – Suspension Type
B
K MAX.
D
A
F
J MAX.
CE
26
24
22
20
18
16
14
12
10
8
6
4
2
00.02 0.04 0.06 0.08 0.10 0.12 0.14 0.16 0.18 0.20
LO
AD
(lb
.)
DEFLECTION (in.)
STATIC LOAD DEFLECTION CURVE
AXIAL
RADIAL
J Designates vertical displacementK Designates radial displacement
Buy Product Visit WebsiteRequest QuoteSee Section 5
vibrationmounts.com Phone: 516.328.3662 Fax: 516.328.3365
5-21
www.vibrationmounts.com Phone: 516.328.3662 Fax: 516.328.3365
AD
VANCED ANTIVIBRATIO
N
COMPONENTS
S E
C T
I O
N
5
5.9514.2939.67 3.97 3.18
8.3320.6470.64 4.76 4.76
12.3029.3769.85 6.35 4.76
15/649/16
1-9/165/321/8
21/6413/16
2-25/323/163/16
31/641-3/322-3/41/43/16
22.23 42.85 34.93 4.22 3.73
31.75 60.33 49.20 6.53 4.98
44.45 76.20
63.5 9.93 6.53
7/81-11/161-3/8.170.150
1-1/42-3/8
1-15/16.257.196
1-3/43.0
2-1/2.39.26
0.021
0.061
0.138
0.45 0.91 1.36 1.81
0.91 1.81 2.72 3.63 4.54 5.44 6.35
4.54 6.80 9.0711.3413.6115.88
1 2 3 4
2 4 6 8101214
101520253035
.71
2.05
3.01
FGHJK
FGHJK
FGHJK
• ALL METAL• MATERIAL: Mounting Plates – Steel, Cadmium Plated Springs – Spring Steel Wire
Catalog NumberNominal
Load
kgflb. kg in. mm in. mm
DimensionsWeight
LIGHT-DUTY
oz.
V10C17-LP199301V10C17-LP199402V10C17-LP199503V10C17-LP199604
V10C17-MP199702V10C17-MP199804V10C17-MP199906V10C17-MP235008V10C17-MP235110V10C17-MP235212V10C17-MP370914
V10C17-HP235310V10C17-HP235415V10C17-HP235520V10C17-HP235625V10C17-HP235730V10C17-HP371035
MEDIUM-DUTY
ABCDE
ABCDE
ABCDE
HEAVY-DUTY
TEMPERATURE RANGE: -76°F to +302°F
-60°C to +150°C
NOTE: Curves shown for mounts with a nominal load rating of 6 pounds.
Deflection curve for mounts with other load ratings may be drawn by shifting the curve shown topass through a point defined by the intersection of the mounts nominal load (pounds) with astandard deflection of .06 inches.
Spring Mounts – Pedestal Type
B
CE
F
K MAX.
HD
J MAX.
A
G
26
24
22
20
18
16
14
12
10
8
6
4
2
00.02 0.04 0.06 0.08 0.10 0.12 0.14 0.16 0.18 0.20
LO
AD
(lb
.)
DEFLECTION (in.)
STATIC LOAD DEFLECTION CURVE
AXIAL
RADIAL
J Designates vertical displacementK Designates radial displacement
Buy Product Visit WebsiteRequest QuoteSee Section 5
vibrationmounts.com Phone: 516.328.3662 Fax: 516.328.3365
5-22
www.vibrationmounts.com Phone: 516.328.3662 Fax: 516.328.3365
AD
VANCED ANTIVIBRATIO
N
COMPONENTS
S E
C T
I O
N
5
.93
2.71
6.47
27.78 3.97 3.18
33.73 4.76 4.76
45.64 6.35 4.76
1-3/325/321/8
1-21/643/163/16
1-51/641/43/16
9.53 32.94 9.53
4
12.7 47.63
12.7 6
17.46 61.91 21.43
10
3/81-19/64
3/8#4 BA
1/21-7/81/2
#1/4 BSF
11/162-9/1627/32
#3/8 BSF
0.026
0.076
0.182
EFG
EFG
EFG
• ALL METAL• MATERIAL: Mounting Plates – Steel, Cadmium Plated Springs – Spring Steel Wire
Catalog NumberNominal
Load
kgflb. kg in. mm in. mm
DimensionsWeight
LIGHT-DUTY
oz.
HEAVY-DUTY
TEMPERATURE RANGE: -76°F to +302°F
-60°C to +150°C
B
G MAX.
D
A
E
C
D
F MAX.
F Designates vertical displacementG Designates radial displacement
26
24
22
20
18
16
14
12
10
8
6
4
2
00.02 0.04 0.06 0.08 0.10 0.12 0.14 0.16 0.18 0.20
LO
AD
(lb
.)
DEFLECTION (in.)
STATIC LOAD DEFLECTION CURVE
AXIAL
RADIAL
DEFLECTION
MEDIUM-DUTY
1 2 3 4
2 4 6 81012
101520253035
0.45 0.91 1.36 1.81
0.91 1.81 2.72 3.63 4.54 5.44
4.54 6.80 9.0711.3413.6115.88
ABCD
ABCD
ABCD
NOTE: Curves shown for mounts with a nominal load rating of 6 pounds (2.7 kgf).
Deflection curve for mounts with other load ratings may be drawn by shifting the curve shown to pass througha point defined by the intersection of the mounts nominal load (pounds) with a standard deflection of .06 inches (1.5 mm).
Spring Mounts – Single Hole Type
V10C18-LF237001V10C18-LF237102V10C18-LF237203V10C18-LF237304
V10C18-MF237402V10C18-MF237504V10C18-MF237606V10C18-MF237708V10C18-MF237810V10C18-MF237912
V10C18-HF238210V10C18-HF238315V10C18-HF238420V10C18-HF238525V10C18-HF238630V10C18-HF371235
Buy Product Visit WebsiteRequest QuoteSee Section 5
vibrationmounts.com Phone: 516.328.3662 Fax: 516.328.3365
5-23
www.vibrationmounts.com Phone: 516.328.3662 Fax: 516.328.3365
AD
VANCED ANTIVIBRATIO
N
COMPONENTS
S E
C T
I O
N
5
Cable Isolators
Applications Typical Equipment Protection From Operational Advantages
Shipboard
RoughTerrain
Vehicles
Aircraft
ShippingContainers
IndustrialEquipment
OrdnanceEquipment
MedicalEquipment
Chimneys
Electronics, Computers, Machinery
Instrumentation, Generators, Electronics
Optics, Instruments, Missiles, Electronics
Centrifuge, Dryers, Pumps
Missile launchers, Tank artillery, Computercontrols, Electronics
Mechanical equipment necessary forpatient care
Chimneys, Scrubbers, Measuring devices
Electronics, Computers
Explosive blast, Inherent vibration, Storms
Rough terrain, Poor road conditions,Collision
Transit, Handling drop, Loading/Unloading
Unbalanced dynamic loads, Fluid hammer,Inherent vibration, Foundation weakness
Rough terrain, Railroad humping,Transit
Vibration from moving parts, Mobile carts-Transport shock
Wind causing resonant frequencies, Stackgas causing turbulence near scrubber, etc.
High-G maneuvering, Hard landings,Turbulent air
Long life, Maintenance-free, Temperatureextremes, Corrosion resistance, All axesprotection
Long life, Maintenance-free, Temperatureextremes, Ozone, Radioacitvity, UVRadiation
Long life, Maintenance-free, Exposureto moisture, Repeated use
Long life, Maintenance-free, Corrosiveenvironments
Maintenance-free, Temperature extremes,Nearby blast
Maintenance-free, No outgassing, Can besterlized
Maintenance-free, Temperature extremes,Corrosive environments
Temperature and altitude extremes,Lightweight
GENERAL CHARACTERISTICS AND USES
New
LOAD
LOAD
FLOOR OR BASE
WALL
LOAD
WALL
WALL / FLOOR
45°
UNIT BEINGISOLATED
LOAD
COMPRESSION SHEAR
ROLL 45° COMPRESSION & ROLL
vibrationmounts.com Phone: 516.328.3662 Fax: 516.328.3365
Cable Isolators – 1/16" & 3/32" Cable Dia.
5-24
• ISOLATION PROTECTION IN ALL AXES • RESISTS CORROSION • MAINTENANCE–FREE
• MATERIAL: Cable – Stainless Steel (MIL-W-83420) Retaining Bars – Aluminum Alloy 6061-T6; Iridited (MIL-C-5541) Retaining Clips – Stainless Steel
.3 (7.6)
.4(10.2)
.6(15.2)
.7(17.8)
.8(20.3)
.9(22.9)
1.0 (25.4) 1.1
(27.9) 1.2
(30.5) 1.3 (33) 1.4
(35.6) 1.5
(38.1)
O.D.
V10Z70-0625100
V10Z70-0625110
V10Z70-0625120
V10Z70-0625130
V10Z70-0625140
V10Z70-0625150
Catalog Number MountingHoles
1/16 Diameter Cable
H H1 L D A W W1
Compression Shear or Roll 45° Compression& Roll
Spr. Ratelb./ in.
(kgf/mm)
Max. Deflect.
in.
Spr. Ratelb./ in.
(kgf/mm)
Max. Deflect.
in.
Spr. Ratelb./ in.
(kgf/mm)
Max. Deflect.
in.
.7 (17.8) .8
(20.3) 1.0
(25.4) 1.1
(27.9) 1.2
(30.5) 1.3 (33)
.177 (4.3)Hole
Countersink.31 (7.9)
to82 deg.
(4x)
99 (1.77)
65 (1.16)
36 (0.64)
25 (0.45)
18 (0.32)
14 (0.25)
.3 (7.6)
.4(10.2)
.5(12.7)
.6(15.2)
.7(17.8)
.8(20.3)
69(1.23)
54(0.96)
48(0.86)
32(0.57)
24(0.43)
21(0.38)
37(0.66)
23(0.41)
11(0.20)
8(0.14)
5(0.09)
4(0.07)
.6(15.2)
.7(17.8)
.8(20.3)
.9(22.9)
1.0(25.4)
1.1(27.9)
.16(4.1)
3.12(79.2)
2.69(68.3)
.20(5.1)
.40(10.2)
.20(5.1)
.5(12.7) .6(15.2) .7(17.8) 1.1(27.9) 1.2(30.5) 1.3(33)
1.1 (27.9)
1.2 (30.5)
1.3 (33) 1.5
(38.1) 1.6
(40.6) 1.7
(43.2)
O.D.
V10Z70-0938110
V10Z70-0938120
V10Z70-0938130
V10Z70-0938150
V10Z70-0938160
V10Z70-0938170
Catalog Number MountingHoles
3/32 Diameter Cable
H H1 L D A W W1
Compression Shear or Roll 45° Compression& Roll
Spr. Ratelb./ in.
(kgf/mm)
Max. Deflect.
in.
Spr. Ratelb./ in.
(kgf/mm)
Max. Deflect.
in.
Spr. Ratelb./ in.
(kgf/mm)
Max. Deflect.
in.
.9 (22.9)
1.0 (25.4)
1.1 (27.9)
1.3 (33) 1.4
(35.6) 1.5
(38.1)
377 (6.73) 233
(4.16) 146
(2.61) 85
(1.52) 61
(1.09) 48
(0.86)
.2 (5.1)
.3 (7.6)
.4(10.2)
.5(12.7)
.6(15.2)
.7(17.8)
177(3.16)136
(2.43) 84
(1.50) 51
(0.91) 38
(0.68) 32
(0.57)
.3 (7.6)
.4(10.2)
.5(12.7)
.6(15.2)
.7(17.8)
.8(20.3)
82(1.46) 75(1.34) 49(0.88) 24(0.43) 17(0.3) 14(0.25)
.25(6.4)
4.44(112.8)
3.95(100.3)
.24(6.1)
.50(12.7)
.25(6.4)
.196 (5)Hole
Countersink.41 (10.4)
to82 deg.
(4x)
NOTE: Dimensions in ( ) are mm. Special mounting configurations, load ratings, materials and finishes are available on special order. Please contact our Engineering Department for more information.
New
www.vibrationmounts.com Phone: 516.328.3662 Fax: 516.328.3365
AD
VANCED ANTIVIBRATIO
N
COMPO NENTS
A DL
W1
W O.D.
H1H
MOUNTINGHOLES
Rev: 8-24-10 SS
Buy Product Visit WebsiteRequest QuoteSee Section 5
vibrationmounts.com Phone: 516.328.3662 Fax: 516.328.3365
Cable Isolators – 1/8" & 5/32" Cable Dia.
5-25
• ISOLATION PROTECTION IN ALL AXES • RESISTS CORROSION • MAINTENANCE–FREE
• MATERIAL: Cable – Stainless Steel (MIL-W-83420) Retaining Bars – Aluminum Alloy 6061-T6; Iridited (MIL-C-5541) Retaining Clips – Stainless Steel
1.6 (40.6)
1.7 (43.2)
1.9 (48.3)
2.1 (53.3)
2.3 (58.4)
2.5 (63.5)
O.D.
V10Z70-1563160
V10Z70-1563170
V10Z70-1563190
V10Z70-1563210
V10Z70-1563230
V10Z70-1563250
Catalog Number
5/32 Diameter Cable
H H1
1.2 (30.5)
1.3 (33) 1.5
(38.1) 1.8
(45.7) 2.0
(50.8) 2.2
(55.9)
.38(9.7)
1.1 (27.9)
1.2 (30.5)
1.3 (33) 1.4
(35.6) 1.5
(38.1) 1.6
(40.6) 1.8
(45.7) 2.0
(50.8)
V10Z70-1250140
V10Z70-1250150
V10Z70-1250160
V10Z70-1250170
V10Z70-1250180
V10Z70-1250190
V10Z70-1250210
V10Z70-1250230
1.4 (35.6) 1.5
(38.1) 1.6
(40.6) 1.7
(43.2) 1.8
(45.7) 1.9
(48.3) 2.1
(53.3) 2.3
(58.4)
O.D.Catalog Number
1/8 Diameter Cable
H H1
.31(7.9)
MountingHoles
Compression Shear or Roll 45° Compression& Roll
Spr. Ratelb./ in.
(kgf/mm)
Max. Deflect.
in.
Spr. Ratelb./ in.
(kgf/mm)
Max. Deflect.
in.
Spr. Ratelb./ in.
(kgf/mm)
Max. Deflect.
in.
.257 (6.5)Hole
Countersink.52 (13.2)
to82 deg.
(4x)
696(12.43)
450 (8.04)
290 (5.18)
215 (3.84)
170 (3.04)
135 (2.41)
82 (1.46)
61 (1.09)
.2 (5.1)
.4(10.2)
.5(12.7)
.6(15.2)
.7(17.8)
.8(20.3)
1.0(25.4)
1.2(30.5)
335(5.98) 263(4.7) 181(3.23) 146(2.61) 129(2.3) 125(2.23) 75(1.34) 67(1.2)
.4(10.2) .5(12.7) .6(15.2) .7(17.8) .8(20.3) .9(22.9) 1.1(27.9) 1.3(33)
162(2.89) 130(2.32) 98(1.75) 75(1.34) 56(1) 44(0.79) 28(0.5) 20(0.36)
.9(22.9) 1.0(25.4) 1.1(27.9) 1.2(30.5) 1.3(33) 1.5(38.1) 1.7(43.2) 1.9(48.3)
.7(17.8) .8(20.3) 1.1(27.9) 1.4(35.6) 1.6(40.6) 1.8(45.7)
MountingHoles
Compression Shear or Roll 45° Compression& Roll
Spr. Ratelb./ in.
(kgf/mm)
Max. Deflect.
in.
Spr. Ratelb./ in.
(kgf/mm)
Max. Deflect.
in.
Spr. Ratelb./ in.
(kgf/mm)
Max. Deflect.
in.
767 (13.7) 543
(9.7) 329
(5.88) 196
(3.5) 133
(2.38) 97
(1.73)
.4(10.2)
.5(12.7)
.7(17.8)
.9(22.9)
1.0(25.4)
1.2(30.5)
377(6.73)295
(5.27)210
(3.75) 149
(2.66) 131
(2.34) 86
(1.54)
.5(12.7) .6(15.2) .8(20.3) 1.1(27.9) 1.3(33) 1.5(38.1)
.257 (6.5)Hole
Countersink.52 (13.2)
to82 deg.
(4x)
264(4.71) 179(3.2) 114(2.04) 67(1.2) 45(0.8) 30(0.54)
NOTE: Dimensions in ( ) are mm. Special mounting configurations, load ratings, materials and finishes are available on special order. Please contact our Engineering Department for more information.
New
www.vibrationmounts.com Phone: 516.328.3662 Fax: 516.328.3365
AD
VANCED ANTIVIBRATIO
N
COMPO NENTS
.25(6.4)
O.D.
H1H
MOUNTINGHOLES
4.50(114.3)5.00
(127)
.28(7.1)
.56(14.2)
Rev: 8-24-10 SS
Buy Product Visit WebsiteRequest QuoteSee Section 5
vibrationmounts.com Phone: 516.328.3662 Fax: 516.328.3365
1.2 (30.5) 1.3 (33) 1.4 (35.6) 1.5 (38.1) 1.6 (40.6) 1.7 (43.2)
845 (15.09) 537 (9.59) 414 (7.39) 280 (5) 231 (4.13) 204 (3.64)
.3 (7.6)
.3 (7.6)
.4(10.2)
.5(12.7)
.7(17.8)
.8(20.3)
V10Z70-1875140
V10Z70-1875150
V10Z70-1875160
V10Z70-1875170
V10Z70-1875180
V10Z70-1875190
Cable Isolators – 3/16" Cable Dia.
5-26
• ISOLATION PROTECTION IN ALL AXES • RESISTS CORROSION • MAINTENANCE–FREE
• MATERIAL: Cable – Stainless Steel (MIL-W-83420) Retaining Bars – Aluminum Alloy 6061-T6; Iridited (MIL-C-5541) Retaining Clips – Stainless Steel
1.4(35.6)
1.5(38.1)
1.6(40.6)
1.7(43.2)
1.8(45.7)
1.9(48.3)
O.D.Catalog Number
3/16 Diameter Cable - Standard Duty
1891(33.77) 1534(27.39) 1149(20.52) 811(14.48) 612(10.93) 492 (8.79)
H MountingHoles
Compression Shear or Roll
Spr. Ratelb./ in.
(kgf/mm)
Max. Deflect.
in.
Spr. Ratelb./ in.
(kgf/mm)
Max. Deflect.
in.
Spr. Ratelb./ in.
(kgf/mm)
Max. Deflect.
in.
.257 (6.5)Hole
Countersink.52 (13.2)
to82 deg.
(4x)
913(16.3) 710(12.68) 558 (9.96) 433 (7.73) 340 (6.07) 263 (4.7)
.4 (10.2)
.6(15.2)
.7(17.8)
.9(22.9)
.9(22.9)
1.0(25.4)
.4(10.2)
.4(10.2)
.5(12.7)
.5(12.7)
.5(12.7)
.6(15.2)
NOTES: Dimensions in ( ) are mm. Same cable diameter but additional sizes are available on the following page. Special mounting configurations, load ratings, materials and finishes are available on special order. Please contact our Engineering Department for more information.
45° Compression& Roll
New
www.vibrationmounts.com Phone: 516.328.3662 Fax: 516.328.3365
AD
VANCED ANTIVIBRATIO
N
COMPO NENTS
O.D.
H
MOUNTINGHOLES
.28 (7.1)
.56 (14.2)
5.00 (127)
4.50 (114.3)
.25(6.4)
.38 (9.7)
Rev: 8-24-10 SS
Buy Product Visit WebsiteRequest QuoteSee Section 5
vibrationmounts.com Phone: 516.328.3662 Fax: 516.328.3365
5-27
www.vibrationmounts.com Phone: 516.328.3662 Fax: 516.328.3365
AD
VANCED ANTIVIBRATIO
N
COMPONENTS
S E
C T
I O
N
5
2.00(50.8)2.06
(52.3)2.13
(54.1)2.19
(55.6)2.45
(62.2)3.20
(81.3)
94(1.68)
72(1.29)
57(1.02)
54(0.96)
36(0.64)
18(0.32)
1.00(25.4)1.05
(26.7)1.10
(27.9)1.20
(30.5)1.40
(35.6)2.00
(50.8)
V10Z70-1875228
V10Z70-1875250
V10Z70-1875294
V10Z70-1875319
V10Z70-1875345
V10Z70-1875420
Cable Isolators – 3/16" Cable Dia.
• ISOLATION PROTECTION IN ALL AXES • RESISTS CORROSION • MAINTENANCE–FREE
• MATERIAL: Cable – Stainless Steel (MIL-W-83420) Retaining Bars – Aluminum Alloy
6061-T6; Iridited (MIL-C-5541) Retaining Clips – Stainless Steel
2.28 (57.9) 2.50 (63.5) 2.94 (74.7) 3.19 (81) 3.45 (87.6) 4.20(106.7)
O.D.Catalog Number
3/16 Diameter Cable – Light-Duty
279(4.98) 227(4.05) 155(2.77) 129(2.3) 82(1.46) 39(0.7)
H MountingHoles
Compression Shear or Roll 45° Compression& Roll
Spr. Ratelb./ in.
(kgf/mm)
Max.Deflect.
in.
Spr. Ratelb./ in.
(kgf/mm)
Max.Deflect.
in.
Spr. Ratelb./ in.
(kgf/mm)
Max.Deflect.
in.
.28 (7.1)Hole
Countersink.53 (13.5)
to82 deg.
(6x)
159(2.84) 131(2.34) 95(1.7) 77(1.38) 58(1.04) 31(0.55)
1.90(48.3)2.20
(55.9)2.50
(63.5)2.65
(67.3)2.75
(69.9)3.20
(81.3)
.8(20.3) 1.1(27.9) 1.3(33) 1.8(45.7) 1.9(48.3) 2.1(53.3)
NOTES: Dimensions in ( ) are mm. Same cable diameter but additional sizes are available on the previous page. Special mounting configurations, load ratings, materials and finishes are available on special order. Please contact our Engineering Department for more information.
New
.25(6.4)
2.58(65.6)
5.16(131.1)5.66
(143.8)
.28(7.1)
O.D.
.56(14.2)
MOUNTINGHOLES
.38(9.7)
H
Buy Product Visit WebsiteRequest QuoteSee Section 5
vibrationmounts.com Phone: 516.328.3662 Fax: 516.328.3365
5-28
www.vibrationmounts.com Phone: 516.328.3662 Fax: 516.328.3365
AD
VANCED ANTIVIBRATIO
N
COMPONENTS
S E
C T
I O
N
5
300 (5.36) 182 (3.25) 122 (2.18) 96 (1.71) 92 (1.64) 76 (1.36) 75 (1.34) 39 (0.7)
.6(15.2) .8(20.3) 1.0(25.4) 1.1(27.9) 1.3(33) 1.5(38.1) 1.5(38.1) 2.0(50.8)
V10Z70-2500220
V10Z70-2500250
V10Z70-2500280
V10Z70-2500313
V10Z70-2500350
V10Z70-2500375
V10Z70-2500395
V10Z70-2500425
Cable Isolators – 1/4" Cable Dia.
• ISOLATION PROTECTION IN ALL AXES • RESISTS CORROSION • MAINTENANCE–FREE
• MATERIAL: Cable – Stainless Steel (MIL-W-83420) Retaining Bars – Aluminum Alloy
6061-T6; Iridited (MIL-C-5541) Retaining Screws – Stainless Steel
2.20 (55.9) 2.50 (63.5) 2.80 (71.1) 3.13 (79.5) 3.50 (88.9) 3.75 (95.3) 3.95(100.3) 4.25(108)
O.D.Catalog Number
1/4 Diameter Cable
1033(18.45) 623(11.13) 423 (7.55) 304 (5.43) 234 (4.18) 181 (3.23) 159 (2.84) 100 (1.79)
H MountingHoles
Compression Shear or Roll 45° Compression& Roll
Spr. Ratelb./ in.
(kgf/mm)
Max.Deflect.
in.
Spr. Ratelb./ in.
(kgf/mm)
Max.Deflect.
in.
Spr. Ratelb./ in.
(kgf/mm)
Max.Deflect.
in.
.28 (7.1)Hole
Countersink.53 (13.5)
to82 deg.
(4x)
516(9.21) 323(5.77) 277(4.95) 192(3.43) 174(3.11) 124(2.21) 110(1.96) 67(1.2)
1.5(38.1)
1.8(45.7)
2.2(55.9)
2.3(58.4)
2.5(63.5)
2.7(68.6)
2.8(71.1)
3.0(76.2)
.8(20.3) 1.0(25.4) 1.3(33) 1.6(40.6) 1.7(43.2) 1.9(48.3) 2.0(50.8) 2.2(55.9)
1.90 (48.3)
2.13 (54.1)2.31
(58.7)2.50
(63.5)2.50
(63.5)2.63
(66.8)2.63
(66.8)3.25
(82.6)
NOTE: Dimensions in ( ) are mm. Special mounting configurations, load ratings, materials and finishes are available on special order. Please contact our Engineering Department for more information.
New
.29(7.4)
.62(15.7) O.D.
MOUNTINGHOLES
.31(7.9)
.5 (12.7)
H
5.162 (131.1)
5.75(146.1)
Buy Product Visit WebsiteRequest QuoteSee Section 5
vibrationmounts.com Phone: 516.328.3662 Fax: 516.328.3365
5-29
www.vibrationmounts.com Phone: 516.328.3662 Fax: 516.328.3365
AD
VANCED ANTIVIBRATIO
N
COMPONENTS
S E
C T
I O
N
5
Cable Isolators – 3/8" Cable Dia.
• ISOLATION PROTECTION IN ALL AXES • RESISTS CORROSION • MAINTENANCE–FREE
• MATERIAL: Cable – Stainless Steel (MIL-W-83420) Retaining Bars – Aluminum Alloy
6061-T6; Iridited (MIL-C-5541) Retaining Screws – Alloy Steel; Cadmium Plated (QQ-P-416)
V10Z70-3750331
V10Z70-3750350
V10Z70-3750413
V10Z70-3750425
V10Z70-3750450
V10Z70-3750475
V10Z70-3750550
3.31 (84.1) 3.50 (88.9) 4.13 (104.9) 4.25 (108) 4.50 (114.3) 4.75 (120.7) 5.50 (139.7)
O.D.Catalog Number
3/8 Diameter Cable
1099(19.63) 1017(18.16) 734(13.11) 598(10.68) 447 (7.98) 319 (5.7) 228 (4.07)
2.80 (71.1) 2.90 (73.7) 3.00 (76.2) 3.25 (82.6) 3.50 (88.9) 4.13 (104.9) 4.25 (108)
H MountingHoles
Compression Shear or Roll45° Compression
& Roll
Spr. Ratelb./ in.
(kgf/mm)
Max.Deflect.
in.
Spr. Ratelb./ in.
(kgf/mm)
Max.Deflect.
in.
Spr. Ratelb./ in.
(kgf/mm)
Max.Deflect.
in.
.28 (7.1)Hole
Countersink.53 (13.5)
to82 deg.
(8x)
1.0(25.4) 1.1(27.9) 1.3(33) 1.5(38.1) 1.7(43.2) 2.0(50.8) 2.2(55.9)
638(11.39) 454 (8.11) 385 (6.88) 313 (5.59) 236 (4.21) 179 (3.2) 135 (2.41)
1.5 (38.1)
2.0 (50.8)
2.3 (58.4)
2.8 (71.1)
3.5 (88.9)
4.0(101.6)
4.5(114.3)
1.0(25.4)
1.1(27.9)
1.5(38.1)
1.6(40.6)
1.7(43.2)
2.0(50.8)
2.2(55.9)
662(11.82)
442 (7.89)
357 (6.38)
212 (3.79)
167 (2.98)
100 (1.79)
89 (1.59)
NOTE: Dimensions in ( ) are mm. Special mounting configurations, load ratings, materials and finishes are available on special order. Please contact our Engineering Department for more information.
New
1.19(30.2)
1.00 (25.4) O.D.
MOUNTINGHOLES
1.75 (44.5)
4.38 (111.3)
6.13 (155.7)8.50
(215.9)
.50(12.7)
.63 (16)
H
Buy Product Visit WebsiteRequest QuoteSee Section 5
vibrationmounts.com Phone: 516.328.3662 Fax: 516.328.3365
5-30
www.vibrationmounts.com Phone: 516.328.3662 Fax: 516.328.3365
AD
VANCED ANTIVIBRATIO
N
COMPONENTS
S E
C T
I O
N
5
3.25 (82.6) 3.50 (88.9) 3.75 (95.3) 4.25 (108) 4.90 (124.5) 5.40 (137.2) 6.10 (154.9)
Cable Isolators – 1/2" Cable Dia.
• ISOLATION PROTECTION IN ALL AXES • RESISTS CORROSION • MAINTENANCE–FREE
• MATERIAL: Cable – Stainless Steel (RR-W-410 D1) Retaining Bars – Aluminum Alloy
6061-T6; Iridited (MIL-C-5541) Retaining Screws – Alloy Steel; Cadmium Plated (QQ-P-416)
or Stainless Steel
V10Z70-5000400
V10Z70-5000413
V10Z70-5000475
V10Z70-5000525
V10Z70-5000565
V10Z70-5000613
V10Z70-5000710
4.00(101.6)
4.13(104.9)
4.75(120.7)
5.25(133.4)
5.65(143.5)
6.13(155.7)
7.10(180.3)
O.D.Catalog Number
1/2 Diameter Cable
1730(30.89) 1492(26.64) 1159(20.7) 718(12.82) 469 (8.38) 339 (6.05) 229 (4.09)
H MountingHoles
Compression Shear or Roll45° Compression
& Roll
Spr. Ratelb./ in.
(kgf/mm)
Max.Deflect.
in.
Spr. Ratelb./ in.
(kgf/mm)
Max.Deflect.
in.
Spr. Ratelb./ in.
(kgf/mm)
Max.Deflect.
in.
.328 (8.3)Hole
Countersink.66 (16.8)
to82 deg.
(8x)
1.5 (38.1)
1.6 (40.6)
1.7 (43.2)
2.3 (58.4)
2.8 (71.7)
3.5 (88.9)
4.1(104.1)
795(14.2) 674(12.04) 507 (9.05) 357 (6.38) 243 (4.34) 209 (3.73) 120 (2.14)
2.5 (63.5)
2.7 (68.6)
3.2 (81.3)
3.5 (88.9)
4.0(101.6)
4.5(114.3)
5.2(132.1)
1.2(30.5) 1.3(33) 1.5(38.1) 1.8(45.7) 2.3(58.4) 2.6(66) 3.0(76.2)
705(12.59) 604(10.79) 409 (7.3) 280 (5) 180 (3.21) 134 (2.39) 87 (1.55)
NOTE: Dimensions in ( ) are mm. Special mounting configurations, load ratings, materials and finishes are available on special order. Please contact our Engineering Department for more information.
New
1.19(30.2)
1.00 (25.4) O.D.
MOUNTINGHOLES
1.75 (44.5)
4.38 (111.3)
6.13 (155.7)8.50
(215.9)
.50(12.7)
.75 (19.1)
H
Buy Product Visit WebsiteRequest QuoteSee Section 5
vibrationmounts.com Phone: 516.328.3662 Fax: 516.328.3365
NEW
1950(34.82)1533
(27.38) 888
(15.86) 549
(9.80) 462
(8.25)
1.2 (30.48)
1.4 (35.56)
1.8 (45.72)
2.2 (55.88)
2.5(63.5)
V10Z70-6250400
V10Z70-6250440
V10Z70-6250530
V10Z70-6250600
V10Z70-6250650
Cable Isolators – 5/8" Cable Dia.
5-30A
ISOLATION PROTECTION IN ALL AXES • RESISTS CORROSION • • MAINTENANCE–FREE
MATERIAL: Cable – • Stainless Steel (RR-W-410 D-1) Retaining Bars – Aluminum Alloy 6601-T6; Iridited (MIL-C-5541) Retaining Screws – Stainless Steel
4.0(101.6)
4.4(111.8)
5.3(134.6)
6.0(152.4)
6.5(165.1)
O.D.Catalog Number
5/8 Diameter Cable
3721(66.45)2789
(49.81)1774
(31.58)1199
(21.41) 974
(17.39)
H MountingHoles
Compression Shear or Roll 45° Compression& Roll
Spr. Ratelb./ in.
(kgf/mm)
Max. Deflect.
in.
Spr. Ratelb./ in.
(kgf/mm)
Max. Deflect.
in.
Spr. Ratelb./ in.
(kgf/mm)
Max. Deflect.
in.
.41 (10.4)Hole
Countersink.78 (19.8)
to82 deg.
(8x)
1602(28.61)1258
(22.47) 821
(14.66) 641
(11.45) 523
(9.34)
1.8(45.7) 2.3
(58.4) 2.8
(71.1) 3.2
(81.28) 3.6
(91.44)
1.2 (30.48)
1.4 (35.56)
1.8 (45.72)
2.2 (55.88)
2.5(63.5)
3.5(88.9)
3.9(99.06)
4.3(109.2)
4.7(119.4)
5.0(127)
NOTE: Dimensions in ( ) are mm. Special mounting configurations, load ratings, materials and finishes are available on special order. Please contact our Engineering Department for more information.
New
www.vibrationmounts.com Phone: 516.328.3662 Fax: 516.328.3365
AD
VANCED ANTIVIBRATIO
N
COMPO NENTS
1.49(37.85)
1.00(25.4)
2.15(54.61) 5.38
(136.65) 7.53(191.26)10.50
(266.7)
.50(12.7)
1.00(25.4) H
MOUNTINGHOLES
O.D.
Rev: 3-21-09 SS
Buy Product Visit WebsiteRequest QuoteSee Section 5
vibrationmounts.com Phone: 516.328.3662 Fax: 516.328.3365
NEW
2820(50.36)1441
(25.73) 1271(22.70) 770
(13.75) 388
(6.04)
2.0(50.8)
2.6(66.04)
3.0(76.2)
3.6(91.44)
4.2(106.7)
V10Z70-8750550
V10Z70-8750650
V10Z70-8750700
V10Z70-8750825
V10Z70-8750925
Cable Isolators – 7/8" Cable Dia.
5-30B
ISOLATION PROTECTION IN ALL AXES • RESISTS CORROSION • • MAINTENANCE–FREE
MATERIAL: Cable – • Stainless Steel (RR-W-410 D-1) Retaining Bars – Aluminum Alloy 6601-T6; Iridited (MIL-C-5541) Retaining Screws – Stainless Steel
5.5 (139.7)
6.5 (165.1)
7.0 (177.8)
8.25 (209.6)
9.25(235)
O.D.Catalog Number
7/8 Diameter Cable
4375(78.13)2782
(49.68)1956
(34.93)1277(22.8)842
(15.04)
H MountingHoles
Compression Shear or Roll 45° Compression& Roll
Spr. Ratelb./ in.
(kgf/mm)
Max. Deflect.
in.
Spr. Ratelb./ in.
(kgf/mm)
Max. Deflect.
in.
Spr. Ratelb./ in.
(kgf/mm)
Max. Deflect.
in.
.53 (13.46)Hole
Countersink1.0 (15.4)
to82 deg.
(8x)
2865(51.16)1541
(27.52)1419
(25.34)809
(14.45)493
(8.80)
2.5(63.5) 3.2
(81.28) 3.8
(96.52) 4.7
(119.4) 6.4
(162.6)
2.1 (53.34)
2.6 (66.04)
2.9 (73.66)
3.3 (83.82)
4.0(101.6)
5.25 (133.4)
6.0 (152.4) 6.25
(158.8)7.5
(190.5)8.5
(215.9)NOTE: Dimensions in ( ) are mm. Special mounting configurations, load ratings, materials and finishes are available on special order. Please contact our Engineering Department for more information.
Rev: 3-21-09 SS
New
www.vibrationmounts.com Phone: 516.328.3662 Fax: 516.328.3365
AD
VANCED ANTIVIBRATIO
N
COMPO NENTS
2.00(50.8)
1.50(38.1)
3.00(76.2) 7.50
(190.5) 10.50(266.7)14.50
(368.3)
.75(19.5)
1.50(38.1) H
MOUNTINGHOLES
O.D.
Buy Product Visit WebsiteRequest QuoteSee Section 5
vibrationmounts.com Phone: 516.328.3662 Fax: 516.328.3365
SECTION 6
6-2
www.vibrationmounts.com Phone: 516.328.3662 Fax: 516.328.3365
AD
VANCED ANTIVIBRATIO
N
COMPONENTS
S E
C T
I O
N
6
ENERGY ABSORBING PRODUCTS
Within the family of antivibration products, we are introducing a line of ENERGY-ABSORBING PRODUCTS.GENERAL
In order to lend full understanding of the importance and capabilities of this product line, we will deal with the concept of ENERGY as well as present some practicalexamples of several applications. The examples will also include calculations of the forces involved.
Energy-absorbing components are often used as parts of a system or a device itself or, alternatively, they might be used as a safety measure to absorb runaway energy incase of failure of a component or a system. Some numerical examples are addressing both types of these applications.ENERGY
A body is said to possess energy if it has the ability to perform work. This ability can be the result of its position or its condition. The position of the body producesPOTENTIAL ENERGY, whereas if the body is moving with some velocity it possesses energy of motion or KINETIC ENERGY.
The formulas governing energy are as follows:
Kinetic Energy of a body in translation
mV2
where m is mass: m =
V is velocity in in./sec or ft./sec W is weight in lb. g is acceleration of gravity 32.16 ft./sec2 or 386 in./sec2
Kinetic Energy of a body in rotation
E = Io•�2 .....................lb. in. or lb. ft.where Io is the mass moment of inertia about the axis of rotation in lb. in.sec2 or lb. ft.sec2
� is angular velocity in rad/sec or 1/sec
Potential Energy
E = W•h .....................lb. in. or lb. ft.where W is weight in lb. h is height of free fall in in. or ft.
If the velocity at the end of the free fall is needed, it can be found from:
V = 2gh
The total energy is considered the sum total of all energies involved, and this is the amount which is available to perform work.
In the examples which follow, simplified formulas have been developed and used to provide a very close approximation. This enables the application of units which aremost commonly used. The nomenclature used in these examples are as follows:
The actual nature of the application and the availability of space will determine which type of Bumper will be used. In order to facilitate the choice, the following graph is givenwhich compares the Force vs. Travel characteristics of the different types.
Bumper Technical Information
Continued on the next page
2
Wg
.....................lb. sec2/in. or lb. sec2/ft.
.....................lb. in. or lb. ft.
.....................in./sec or ft./sec
E1 Kinetic energy (lb. in.)E2 Work (propelling force) Energy (lb. in.)E3 Total energy (E1 + E2 lb. in.)E4 Total energy (E1 + E2) Per Hour (lb. in.)WE Effective weight (lb.)W Weight of object (lb.)V Velocity (ft./sec)
F Propelling force (lb.)C Cycles per hourHP Motor energy (horsepower)T Torque (lb. in.)g Acceleration due to gravity (ft./sec2)H Falling height including stroke of shock absorber (in.)S Shock absorber stroke (in.)
t Deceleration time (sec)a Decelertaion (ft./sec2)u Friction (coefficient)RS Shock absorber mounting radius (in.)K Distance from pivot to center of gravity (in.)VS Velocity at the shock absorber (ft./sec)q Reaction force (lb.)
This drawing shows size comparison of identical capacitybumpers from each product group. The graph at the right shows
comparable performance characteristics.
V10P80-A01
V10P80-AS102
V10P81-R05
E =
FORCE vs TRAVEL CURVE
TRAVEL (in.)
FO
RC
E (lb
.)
0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1 1.2 1.4 1.6 1.8 2
700
600
500
400
300
200
100
V10P80-A01
V10P80-AS102V10P81-R05
vibrationmounts.com Phone: 516.328.3662 Fax: 516.328.3365
6-3
www.vibrationmounts.com Phone: 516.328.3662 Fax: 516.328.3365
AD
VANCED ANTIVIBRATIO
N
COMPONENTS
S E
C T
I O
N
6
5. Free-falling weight
SH
W
3. Motor driven weight
W
HP
V
S
4. Swinging weight with torque
E1 = (0.2)•(1700)•(42) = 5440 lb. in.E2 = (1375)•(8)•(4)
= 11,000 lb. in.
E3 = 5440 + 11,000 = 16,440 lb. in.E4 = (16,440)•(100) = 1,644,000 lb. in./hourWE = 5440 + 11,000 = 5138 lb.
FormulasE1 = (0.2)•(W)•(V2)E2 = (1375)•(HP)•(S)
E3 = E1 + E2
E4 = (E3)•(C)WE = E1 + E2
ExampleW = 1700 lb.V = 4 fps
HP = 8C = 100/hourS = 4 in.
(0.2)•(V2)
V 4
(0.2)•(42)
FormulasE1 = (0.2)•(W)•(V2)E2 = (T)•(S)
E3 = E1 + E2
E4 = (E3)•(C)VS = (V)•(RS)
WE = E1 + E2
ExampleW = 350 lb.V = 3 fps
T = 1500 lb. in.RS = 20 in.K = 30 in.
C = 250/hourS = 1 in.
E1 = (0.2)•(350)•(32) = 630 lb. in.E2 = (1500)•(1)
= 75 lb. in.
E3 = 630 + 75 = 705 lb. in.E4 = (705)•(250) = 176,250 lb. in./hourVS = (3)•(20)
= 2 fps
WE = 630 + 75 = 881 lb.
RS
K
(0.2)•(VS2)
20
ExampleW = 900 lb.H = 20 in.C = 100/hourS = 4 in.
E1 = (900)•(20-4) = 14,400 lb. in.E2 = (900)•(4) = 3600 lb. in.E3 = (900)•(20) = 18,000 lb. in.E4 = (18,000)•(100) = 1,800,000 lb. in.V = (5)•(20-4) = 8.9 fpsWE = (900)•(20)
= 1125 lb.20-4
FormulasE1 = (W)•(H-S)E2 = (W)•(S)E3 = (W)•(H)E4 = (E3)•(C)V = 5•(H-S)WE = (W)•(H)
30
(0.2)•(22)
H-S
Bumper Technical Information
Continued on the next page
WV
S
FormulasE1 = (0.2)•(W)•(V2)E4 = (E1)•(C)WE = W
ExampleW = 500 lb.V = 6 fpsC = 500/hour
E1 = (0.2)•(500)•(62) = 3600 lb. in.E4 = (3600)•(500) = 1,800,000 lb. in./hour
EXAMPLES
2. Weight with propelling force
WV
S
FormulasE1 = (0.2)•(W)•(V2)E2 = (F)•(S)E3 = E1 + E2
E4 = (E3)•(C)WE = E1 + E2
(0.2)•(V2)
ExampleW = 800 lb.V = 5 fpsF = 300 lb.C = 250/hourS = 3 in.
E1 = (0.2)•(800)•(52) = 4000 lb. in.E2 = (300)•(3) = 900 lb. in.E3 = 4000 + 900 = 4900 lb. in.E4 = (4900)•(250) = 1,225,000 lb. in./hourWE = 4000 + 900
(0.2)•(52)= 980 lb.
S
V
V
KT
W
VS
RS
1. Weight with no propelling force
5.1 Weight without additional propelling force
M 75
Formulas ExampleE1 = (W)•(M)•(sin A) W = 900 lb. E1 = (900)•(75)•(sin A) = 17,470 lb. in.E2 = (W)•(S)•(sin A) M = 75 in. E2 = (900)•(4)•(sin A) = 932 lb. in.E3 = (M+S)•(W)•SIN (A) S = 4 in. E3 = 17,470 + 932 = 18,402 lb. in.E4 = (E3)•(C) C = 100/hour E4 = (18,402)•100 = 1,840,200 lb. in.WE = (W)•(M+S) A = 15° WE = (900)•(75 + 4)
= 948 lb.
WM
S
A°
5.2 (Calculate as in Ex. 5) Free-swinging weight W
H S
vibrationmounts.com Phone: 516.328.3662 Fax: 516.328.3365
6-4
www.vibrationmounts.com Phone: 516.328.3662 Fax: 516.328.3365
AD
VANCED ANTIVIBRATIO
N
COMPONENTS
S E
C T
I O
N
6
T WSS
Bumper Technical Information
Formulas ExampleE1 = (0.1)•(W)•(VT)2 W = 2000 lb. E1 = (0.1)•(2000)•(3.5)2 = 2450 lb. in.E2 = (T)•(S) RT = 50 in. E2 = (15,000)•(2) = 938 lb. in.
E3 = E1 + E2 RS = 32 in. E3 = 2450 + 938 = 3388 lb. in.E4 = (E3)•(C) VT = 3.5 fps E4 = (3388)•(100) = 338,800 lb. in./hourVS = (RS)•(VT) T = 15,000 lb. in. VS = (32)•(3.5)
= 2.24 fps
WE = E1 + E2 C = 100/hour WE = 2450 + 938 = 3376 lb.
S = 2 in.
6. Turntable with propelling force (horizontal or vertical)
TW
S
VT
RSRT
VS
RS
RT
0.2 VS2
32
50
0.2•2.242
EXAMPLES
Formulas ExampleE1 = (W)•(VR)2 W = 700 lb. E1 = (700)•(52)
= 1167 lb. in.
E2 = (T)•(S) RR = 60 in. E2 = (25,000)•(1) = 833 lb. in.
E3 = E1 + E2 RS = 30 in. E3 = 1167 + 833 = 2000 lb. in.E4 = (E3)•(C) VR = 5 fps E4 = (2000)•(700) = 1,400,000 lb. in./hourVS = (RS)•(VR) T = 25,000 lb. in. VS = (30)•(5)
= 2.5 fps
WE = E1 + E2 C = 700/hour WE = 1167 + 833 = 1600 lb.
S = 1 in.
7. Turn over
RR
RS
VS
VR
0.2•(VS2)
15
RR
15
30
60
RS
(0.2)•(2.52)
Formulas ExampleE1 = (W)•(VR)2 W = 90 lb. E1 = (90)•(6.5)2
= 254 lb. in.
E2 = (T)•(S) = (F)•(R)•(S) VR = 6.5 fps E2 = (150)•(24)•(1) = 120 lb. in.
E3 = E1 + E2 F = 150 lb. E3 = 254 + 120 = 374 lb. in.E4 = (E3)•(C) RR = 50 in. E4 = (374)•(1800) = 673,000 lb. in./hourVS = (RS)•(VR) R = 24 in. VS = (30)•(6.5)
= 3.9 fps
WE = E1 + E2 RS = 30 in. WE = 254 + 120 = 123 lb.
C = 1800/hourS = 1 in.
8. Swinging weight with propelling force
15
RR
0.2•(VS2)
15
30
50
RS
(0.2)•(3.92)
RS
FR
S
WRS
RR
VSVR
Formulas ExampleE1 = (0.2)•(W)•(V2) W = 40,000 lb. E1 = (0.2)•(40,000)•(2.52) = 50,000 lb. in.E2 = (W)•(S) V = 2.5 fps E2 = (40,000)•(5) = 200,000 lb. in.E3 = E1 + E2 C = 5 hour E3 = 50,000 + 200,000 = 250,000 lb. in.E4 = (E3)•(C) S = 5 in. E4 = (250,000)•(5) = 1,250,000 lb. in./hourWE = E1 + E2 WE = 50,000 + 200,000
= 200,000 lb.
9. Descending weight at controlled speed
W
S(0.2)•(V2) (0.2)•(2.52)
Reaction force (pounds) qFor all examples
(6)•(VS)
Stopping time (seconds) For all examples Deceleration (feet per second2) For all examples
t = S
a = (6)•(VS)2
Sq =
(1.5)(E3)S
NOTE: VS = Velocity at impact with shock absorber
vibrationmounts.com Phone: 516.328.3662 Fax: 516.328.3365
.75(19.1) .98
(24.9)1.16
(29.5)1.35
(34.3)1.61
(40.9)1.71
(43.4)1.97
(50)2.08
(52.8)2.23
(56.6)2.46
(62.5)
700 (318)1200
(544)2000
(907)2500
(1134)3300
(1497)3800
(1724)5000
(2268)5300
(2404)6100
(2767)7500
(3402)
.40(10.2) .53
(13.5) .63
(16) .73
(18.5) .86
(21.8) .92
(23.4)1.06
(26.9)1.12
(28.4)1.19
(30.2)1.32
(33.5)
.31 (7.9)
.42(10.7)
.55 (14)
.81(20.6)
• OUTDOOR ENVIRONMENTS • HIGH-PERFORMANCE • HIGHLY INERT TO MOST CHEMICALS AND LUBRICANTS
V10P80-A01
V10P80-A02
V10P80-A03
V10P80-A05
V10P80-A07
V10P80-A08
V10P80-A10
V10P80-A11
V10P80-A12
V10P80-A14
Bumpers – Axial Type – High-Load
6-5
• MATERIAL: High-Performance Elastomer-Polyester
Catalog NumberEnergy
Capacitylb. in. (kgf. m.)
OPERATING TEMPERATURE RANGE: -40°F to +120°F (-40°C to +48.9°C)
Max.Forcelb. (kgf)
V10P80-A01
V10P80-A02
V10P80-A03
V10P80-A05
V10P80-A07
V10P80-A08
V10P80-A10
V10P80-A11
V10P80-A12
V10P80-A14
Catalog NumberD
BaseDiameterin. (mm)
.16 (4.5)
.37 (10.5)
.62 (17.6)
1.00 (28.3)
1.70 (48.2)
2.00 (56.7)
3.10 (87.9)
3.70(104.9)
4.60(130.4)
6.10(172.9)
1.07(27.2)1.43
(36.3)1.70
(43.2)2.00
(50.8)2.33
(59.2)2.51
(63.8)2.86
(72.6)3.05
(77.5)3.22
(81.8)3.58
(90.9)
FLoadedHeightin. (mm)
GLoadedBulge
in. (mm).13
(3.3).16
(4.1).19
(4.8).22
(5.6).26
(6.6).28
(7.1).32
(8.1).34
(8.6).36
(9.1).40
(10.2)
HBase
Thicknessin. (mm)
Weightoz. (g)
EMounting
Holein. (mm)
.41(10.4) .56
(14.2) .66
(16.8) .80
(20.3) .93
(23.6)1.02
(25.9)1.16
(29.5)1.23
(31.2)1.30
(33)1.41
(35.8)
.85(21.6)1.11
(28.2)1.35
(34.3)1.55
(39.4)1.83
(46.5)1.96
(49.8)2.25
(57.2)2.43
(61.7)2.54
(64.5) 2.81
(71.4)
AFree
Heightin. (mm)
BFree
Bulgein. (mm)
CWrench
Holein. (mm)
.76(19.3)1.01
(25.7)1.18
(30)1.37
(34.8)1.62
(41.1)1.77
(45)2.02
(51.3)2.11
(53.6)2.26
(57.4)2.54
(64.5)
100 (1.15) 250
(2.88) 400
(4.61) 700
(8.06)1100
(12.67)1400
(16.13)2000
(23.04)2500
(28.8)3000
(34.56)4000
(46.08)
See page 6-2 for technical information.
New
www.vibrationmounts.com Phone: 516.328.3662 Fax: 516.328.3365
AD
VAN
CED ANTIVIBRATION
CO M P O N E N TS
C
FA
E
DBG
H
Rev: 8-24-10 SS
Buy Product Visit WebsiteRequest QuoteSee Section 6
vibrationmounts.com Phone: 516.328.3662 Fax: 516.328.3365
6-6
www.vibrationmounts.com Phone: 516.328.3662 Fax: 516.328.3365
AD
VANCED ANTIVIBRATIO
N
COMPONENTS
S E
C T
I O
N
6
Bumpers – Radial Type
• OUTDOOR ENVIRONMENTS • HIGH-PERFORMANCE
• HIGHLY INERT TO MOST CHEMICALS AND LUBRICANTS• MATERIAL: High-Performance Elastomer-Polyester
.15 (3.8)
.20 (5.1)
.23 (5.8)
.16 (4.1)
.26 (6.6)
.35 (8.9)
.40(10.2)
1.51 (38.4)
1.96 (49.8)
2.27 (57.7)
2.68 (68.1)
3.43 (87.1)
3.47 (88.1)
4.03(102.4)
.52(13.2) .76
(19.3) .79
(20.1)1.36
(34.5)1.70
(43.2)1.82
(46.2)1.80
(45.7)
.38 (9.5)
.44(11.1)
.32 (8.1)
.41(10.4)
.48(12.2)
.37 (9.4)
.47(11.9)
.74(18.8)
.85(21.6)
.22(5.6)
.28(7.1)
V10P81-R01
V10P81-R02
V10P81-R03
V10P81-R04
V10P81-R05
V10P81-R06
V10P81-R07
Catalog NumberD
Widthin. (mm)
FLoadedHeightin. (mm)
GLoadedBulge
in. (mm)
HBase
Thicknessin. (mm)
Weightoz. (g)
EMounting
Holein. (mm)
See page 6-2 for technical information.
.97(24.6)1.25
(31.8)1.47
(37.3)1.72
(43.7)2.17
(55.1)2.31
(58.7)2.65
(67.3)
75 (34)100
(45)150
(68)200
(91)300
(136)475
(215)600
(272)
V10P81-R01
V10P81-R02
V10P81-R03
V10P81-R04
V10P81-R05
V10P81-R06
V10P81-R07
Catalog NumberEnergy
Capacitylb. in. (kgf. m.)
TEMPERATURE RANGE: -40°F to +120°F (-40°C to +48.9°C)
Max.Forcelb. (kgf)
AFree
Heightin. (mm)
BFree
Bulgein. (mm)
CWrench
Holein. (mm)
10(0.12) 20
(0.23) 30
(0.35) 50
(0.58)100
(1.15)200
(2.30)300
(3.46)
1.12(28.4)1.44
(36.6)1.67
(42.4)1.95
(49.5)2.48
(63)2.61
(66.3)3.00
(76.2)
.24 (6.8)
.48 (13.6)
.60 (17)
.90 (25.5)
1.80 (51)
2.80 (79.4)
3.60(102.1)
NewC
A
F
H
E
B
G
D
Buy Product Visit WebsiteRequest QuoteSee Section 6
vibrationmounts.com Phone: 516.328.3662 Fax: 516.328.3365
.73(18.5) .98
(24.9)1.18
(30)1.35
(34.3)1.58
(40.1)1.73
(43.9)1.85
(47)2.09
(53.1)
• OUTDOOR ENVIRONMENTS • HIGH-PERFORMANCE • HIGHLY INERT TO MOST CHEMICALS AND LUBRICANTS
6-7
• MATERIAL: High-Performance Elastomer-Polyester
C
FA
E
DBG
H
.40(10.2) .53
(13.5) .63
(16) .73
(18.5) .86
(21.8) .92
(23.4) .99
(25.1)1.12
(28.4)
.31 (7.9)
.56(14.2)
V10P80-AS101
V10P80-AS102
V10P80-AS103
V10P80-AS105
V10P80-AS107
V10P80-AS108
V10P80-AS109
V10P80-AS111
Catalog NumberD
BaseDiameterin. (mm)
FLoadedHeightin. (mm)
GLoadedBulge
in. (mm)
HBase
Thicknessin. (mm)
Weightoz. (g)
EMounting
Holein. (mm)
See page 6-2 for technical information.
1.08(27.4)1.45
(36.8)1.72
(43.7)1.99
(50.5)2.35
(59.7)2.53
(64.3)2.71
(68.8)3.07
(78)
.12 (3)
.16(4.1).19
(4.8).22
(5.6).26
(6.6).28
(7.1).30
(7.6).35
(8.9)
.14 (4)
.32 (9.1) .56
(15.9)1.00
(28.3)1.50
(42.5)2.10
(59.5)2.50
(70.9)3.50
(99.2)
.81(20.6)1.09
(27.7)1.27
(32.3)1.48
(37.6)1.75
(44.5)1.91
(48.5)2.03
(51.6)2.33
(59.2)
50 (0.58) 100
(1.15) 200(2.3) 300
(3.46) 550
(6.34) 700
(8.06) 800
(9.22)1200
(13.82)
300(136) 400(181) 600(272) 900(408)1300(590)1600(726)1900(862)2200(998)
V10P80-AS101
V10P80-AS102
V10P80-AS103
V10P80-AS105
V10P80-AS107
V10P80-AS108
V10P80-AS109
V10P80-AS111
Catalog NumberEnergy
Capacitylb. in. (kgf. m.)
OPERATING TEMPERATURE RANGE: -40°F to +120°F (-40°C to +48.9°C)
Max.Forcelb. (kgf)
.79(20.1)1.02
(25.9)1.24
(31.5)1.46
(37.1)1.68
(42.7)1.88
(47.8)1.99
(50.5)2.28
(57.9)
AFree
Heightin. (mm)
BFree
Bulgein. (mm)
CWrench
Holein. (mm)
.48(12.2) .63
(16) .77
(19.6) .82
(20.8) .98
(24.9)1.09
(27.7)1.12
(28.4)1.30
(33)
New
Bumpers – Axial Type – Low-Load www.vibrationmounts.com Phone: 516.328.3662 Fax: 516.328.3365
AD
VAN
CED ANTIVIBRATION
CO M P O N E N TS
Rev: 8-24-10 SS
Buy Product Visit WebsiteRequest QuoteSee Section 6
vibrationmounts.com Phone: 516.328.3662 Fax: 516.328.3365
6-8
www.vibrationmounts.com Phone: 516.328.3662 Fax: 516.328.3365
AD
VANCED ANTIVIBRATIO
N
COMPONENTS
S E
C T
I O
N
6
V10Z 7-1020A
V10Z 7-1020B
V10Z 7-1020C
V10Z 7-1020D
44 (20)
49(22.2)
56(25.4)
62(28.1)
Bumpers – Conical
• MATERIAL: Fasteners – Steel, Zinc Plated Isolator – Natural Rubber
• FOR LOADS OF 44 TO 62 POUNDS (20 to 28.1 kgf)
Occasional Dynamiclb. (kgf)
Catalog Number Staticlb. (kgf)
Recommended Maximum Load
NOTE: Dimensions in ( ) are mm.
80(36.3)
100(45.4)
122(55.3)
145(65.8)
3/4(19.1)
5/16 - 24 UNF THREAD
1 DIA.(25.4)
1-1/2 DIA.(38.1)
1-1/4(31.8)
Buy Product Visit WebsiteRequest QuoteSee Section 6
vibrationmounts.com Phone: 516.328.3662 Fax: 516.328.3365
6-9
www.vibrationmounts.com Phone: 516.328.3662 Fax: 516.328.3365
AD
VANCED ANTIVIBRATIO
N
COMPONENTS
S E
C T
I O
N
6
• FOR LOADS OF 20 TO 28 kgf (44 TO 62 lb.)
36.3 (80)
45.4 (100)
55.3 (122)
65.8 (145)
Bumpers – Conical
• MATERIAL: Fasteners – Steel, Zinc Plated Isolator – Natural Rubber
V10Z 7M1020AM
V10Z 7M1020BM
V10Z 7M1020CM
V10Z 7M1020DM
Occasional Dynamickgf (lb.)
Catalog Number Statickgf (lb.)
Recommended Maximum Load
20 (44)
22.2 (49)
25.4 (56)
28.1 (62)
MetricNOTE: Dimensions in ( ) are inch.
New
13.5(.53)
M8
Ø25(.98)
38(1.50)
32(1.26)
...That substantial quantity discounts are available for all products?
Did You Know?
Buy Product Visit WebsiteRequest QuoteSee Section 6
vibrationmounts.com Phone: 516.328.3662 Fax: 516.328.3365
6-10
www.vibrationmounts.com Phone: 516.328.3662 Fax: 516.328.3365
AD
VANCED ANTIVIBRATIO
N
COMPONENTS
S E
C T
I O
N
6
V10Z 5-110C16
(0.29)
Forcing Frequency in Cycles per Minute
20(0.36)
1500 1800
26.5(0.47)
Channel Mounts – To 52 lbs./in.
2-3/32(53.2)
A
B7/64(2.8)
3/4(19.1)
1-7/8(47.6)
1-3/16(30.2)
4-1/4(108)
INSTALLATION INFORMATION
HOLES DRILLED AT ASSEMBLYBY CUSTOMER, AS REQUIRED
MFG. HOLE
30(762)
Style 110 for Suspended Loads
Spacers and Mounting Hardware NOT Provided
DEFLECTION (in.)
LO
AD
(lb
.)
LOAD
SUPPORT x
70
60
50
40
30
20
10
0 0.05 0.10 0.15 0.20 0.25
LOAD DEFLECTION GRAPHDeflections below the line x-x areconsidered safe practice for static loads; data above that line are useful for calculating deflections under dynamic loads.
x
110C(PER INCHLENGTH)
Catalog Number
NOTE: 81% vibration absorption (usually satisfactory) will be obtained when the mount indicated is operating at the minimum load shown for each forced frequency. Betterthan 81% absorption will be obtained either with a greater load (within the limits shown) for a given forced frequency, or with a higher forced frequency for a given load.
52(0.93)
LoadLimit lb. / in.
(kgf/mm)
1200
Min. Load for 81% Isolation lb. / in. (kgf/mm)
2100 2400
NOTE: Dimensions in ( ) are mm.
Dimensionsin. (mm)
1-39/64(40.9)
3/8(9.5)
A B
35(0.63)
52(0.93)
• FOR LOADS UP TO 52 lb. / in. (0.93 kgf / mm) OF LENGTH
• SUPPLIED IN 30 INCH (762 mm) LENGTHS• MATERIAL: Isolator – Natural Rubber
Channels – Steel
Buy Product Visit WebsiteRequest QuoteSee Section 6
vibrationmounts.com Phone: 516.328.3662 Fax: 516.328.3365
6-11
www.vibrationmounts.com Phone: 516.328.3662 Fax: 516.328.3365
AD
VANCED ANTIVIBRATIO
N
COMPONENTS
S E
C T
I O
N
6
11000 (4990)
Bumpers – Rectangular
• MATERIAL: Isolator – Natural Rubber Base – Steel
• FOR LOADS TO 4700 POUNDS (2132 kgf)
Catalog Number*
V10Z 7-1001
*To be discontinued when present stock is depleted.
Recommended Maximum Loads lb. (kgf)
Static Occasional Dynamic
4700 (2132)
• FOR LOADS TO 1200 POUNDS (544 kgf)
Catalog Number*
V10Z 7-1011
*To be discontinued when present stock is depleted.
Recommended Maximum Loads lb. (kgf)
1200 (544) 2150 (975)
Static Occasional Dynamic
• MATERIAL: Isolator – Natural Rubber Base – Steel
NOTE: Dimensions in ( ) are mm.
NOTE: Dimensions in ( ) are mm.
13(330.2)
1/4(6.4)
SECTION Y-Y
9(228.6)
Y Y
X
X
2(50.8)
2(50.8)
4(101.6)
1-3/4 DIA.(44.5)
1-1/2 (38.1)
11/16 DIA.(17.5)
SECTION X-X
7/16 DIA. (11.1)
4-3/4(120.7)
1(25.4)
6-3/4(171.5)
2-1/2(63.5)
SECTION X-X
5-7/8(149.2)
1-1/4(31.8)
1-1/16(27)
1-1/4(31.8)
3/16(4.8)
7/16(11.1)
X X
Buy Product Visit WebsiteRequest QuoteSee Section 6
vibrationmounts.com Phone: 516.328.3662 Fax: 516.328.3365
6-12
www.vibrationmounts.com Phone: 516.328.3662 Fax: 516.328.3365
AD
VANCED ANTIVIBRATIO
N
COMPONENTS
S E
C T
I O
N
6
Metric
Shock Absorber Features
• DOUBLE ENERGY ABSORPTION
• SMOOTH DAMPING
• RESERVE OIL
FEATURES:
1 Metering piston with helical groove
2 Storage chamber / oil reserve storage
3 Guide
4 Housing
5 Spring I
6 Check Valve
7 Seal
8 Spring II
9 Seal
10 Piston Rod
These features are obtained by:• Energy absorption: Up to three times as much as conventional shock absorbers. This is achieved by the size of the piston and the large volume of oil.
• Service life: Substantially longer and more reliable as a result of reserve oil storage.
• Damping action: Constant over the entire stroke due to the spiral groove design.
• Cycle time: Minimal due to the large nominal size of the check valve.
• Adjustability: Fast and simple due to the adjustment by means of rotation of the threaded housing.
• Quality: Made to meet the highest requirements: steel, hardened and ground, nickel-plated. Made in Germany.
New
1
2
3
4
10
8
76
5
9
vibrationmounts.com Phone: 516.328.3662 Fax: 516.328.3365
6-13
www.vibrationmounts.com Phone: 516.328.3662 Fax: 516.328.3365
AD
VANCED ANTIVIBRATIO
N
COMPONENTS
S E
C T
I O
N
6
Stroke Control
Threaded body ofthe machine
Threaded body ofthe machine
Threaded body ofthe machine
Threaded body ofthe machine
STROKE 1
STROKE 2
STOP
The damping amount can easily be adjusted within a very narrowrange due to the new and unique design of our shock absorbers.
Adjustment of damping is possible even to the last mm of the stroke.The shock absorber just has to be retracted slightly. By reducing thestroke, you can decrease the braking action.
• Stroke control
Attention! The shock absorber may not be used as a fixed stop.
vibrationmounts.com Phone: 516.328.3662 Fax: 516.328.3365
6-14
www.vibrationmounts.com Phone: 516.328.3662 Fax: 516.328.3365
AD
VANCED ANTIVIBRATIO
N
COMPONENTS
S E
C T
I O
N
6
62(2.44)
5(.20)SW7
(.28)
M10 x 1 Ø8.8(.35)
2.3(.09)
51(2.00)
11(.43)
8 (.31)STROKE
Ø3(.12)
2 x SW13 (.51)(SUPPLIED)
Ø15 (.59)
8(.31) 16
(.63)
M10 X 1SW13(.51)
Shock Absorbers
• MATERIAL: Housing – Steel, Hardened and Ground, Nickel Plated • DOUBLE ENERGY ABSORPTION • SMOOTH DAMPING • RESERVE OIL
• HELICAL GROOVE TECHNOLOGY
Metric
Stroke: 8 mm (.3 in.)Piston Reset Time: .2 sec.Min. Resetting Force: 6 N (1.35 lbf)Max. Resetting Force: 12 N (2.70 lbf)Weight: 0.02 kg (.71 oz.)
Catalog Number
V20S10M100H
V20S10M100M
V20S10M100S
NewΔΔ
10 (88.5)
Max. EnergyAbsorptionper StrokeJ (lbf • in.)
16000(141600)
Max. EnergyAbsorption
per HourJ (lbf • in./h)
0.2 (.66)
1.2(3.94)
2(6.56)
Min. ImpactSpeed
m/s (ft./s)
Max. ImpactSpeed
m/s (ft./s)
10(22)
4 (8.8)
1 (2.2)
Effective Mass*
Max.kg (lb.)
Min.kg (lb.)
*As comparative figure to conventional shock absorbers. All data measured at 20% safety.
50(110.2)
14 (30.9)
1.4 (4.59)
2.2 (7.22)
4(13.12)
5 (10)
NOTE: Dimensions in ( ) are inch.ΔSW indicates dimension across flats.
Accessories
Head
SteelV21S01MMKS10
Steel with Plastic Insert**V21S01MMKK10
Shaft Support / Dirt Seal
SteelV21S02M16045
Stop Sleeves
Vanadium Steel AlloyV21S04MSS10100
Cooler Nut
AluminumV21S03MCN10100
Fig.withinsert
**
Δ
ΔSW indicates dimension across flats.
Ø8(.31)
2.5(.10)
5(.20)
Ø3 (.12)
Δ
Δ
0.5 (.020)x 45°
0.5 (.020) x 45°
Ø17(.67)
Ø12(.47)
23(.90)
7(.28)30
(1.18)
M10 X 1
SW13(.51)
M10X 1
16(.63)
Ø6(.24)
M16 X 1.5
1 X M5
34 (1.34)
11(.43)
45 (1.77)
A
A
SW 13(.51)
SECTION A-A
Buy Product Visit WebsiteRequest QuoteSee Section 6
vibrationmounts.com Phone: 516.328.3662 Fax: 516.328.3365
6-15
www.vibrationmounts.com Phone: 516.328.3662 Fax: 516.328.3365
AD
VANCED ANTIVIBRATIO
N
COMPONENTS
S E
C T
I O
N
6
2 x SW14 (.55)(SUPPLIED)
69.5(2.74)
6(.24)SW8
(.31)
M12 x 1 Ø10(.39)
2.3(.09)
56(2.20)
13.5(.53)
10 (.39)STROKE
Ø3(.12)
NOTE: Dimensions in ( ) are inch.ΔSW indicates dimension across flats.
Shock Absorbers
• MATERIAL: Housing – Steel, Hardened and Ground, Nickel Plated • DOUBLE ENERGY ABSORPTION • SMOOTH DAMPING • RESERVE OIL
• HELICAL GROOVE TECHNOLOGY
NewΔ Δ
Stroke: 10 mm (.4 in.)Piston Reset Time: .3 sec.Min. Resetting Force: 8 N (1.80 lbf)Max. Resetting Force: 15 N (3.37 lbf)Weight: 0.04 kg (1.41 oz.)
MetricCatalog Number
V20S12M100H
V20S12M100M
V20S12M100S
16 (141.6)
Max. EnergyAbsorptionper StrokeJ (lbf • in.)
30000(265500)
Max. EnergyAbsorption
per HourJ (lbf • in./h)
0.2 (.66)
1.2(3.94)
2(6.56)
Min. ImpactSpeed
m/s (ft./s)
Max. ImpactSpeed
m/s (ft./s)
16 (35.3)
7 (15.4)
1 (2.2)
Effective Mass*
Max.kg (lb.)
Min.kg (lb.)
*As comparative figure to conventional shock absorbers. All data measured at 20% safety.
1.4 (4.59)
2.2 (7.22)
5(11.00)
Accessories
Head
SteelV21S01MMKS12
Steel with Plastic Insert**V21S01MMKK12
Shaft Support / Dirt Seal
SteelV21S02M18054
Stop Sleeves
Vanadium Steel AlloyV21S04MSS12100
Cooler Nut
AluminumV21S03MCN12100
800(1764)
22 (48.5)
8 (17.6)
Ø10(.39)
3.5(.14)
6(.24)
Ø3 (.12)
Fig.withinsert
**
Ø16 (.63)
8(.31) 20
(.79)
M12 X 1SW14(.55)
Δ0.5 (.020)
x 45°0.5 (.020) x 45°
Ø20(.79)
Ø14(.55)
33(1.30)
7(.28)40
(1.57)
M12 X 1
SW17(.67)
Δ
ΔSW indicates dimension across flats.
Δ
20(.79)
Ø6(.24)
M18 X 1.5
1 X M5
40 (1.57)
13.5(.53)
53.5 (2.11)
M12X 1
A
A
SW 15(.59)
SECTION A-A
Buy Product Visit WebsiteRequest QuoteSee Section 6
vibrationmounts.com Phone: 516.328.3662 Fax: 516.328.3365
6-16
www.vibrationmounts.com Phone: 516.328.3662 Fax: 516.328.3365
AD
VANCED ANTIVIBRATIO
N
COMPONENTS
S E
C T
I O
N
6
83(3.27)
8(.31)SW10
(.39)
Ø12(.47)
3.5(.14)
66(2.60)
17(.67)
12 (.47)STROKE
Ø4(.16)
2 x SW17 (.67)(SUPPLIED)
F
Ø18 (.71)
8(.31) 25
(.98)
M14 X 1**M14 X 1.5
SW16(.63)
NOTE: Dimensions in ( ) are inch.ΔSW indicates dimension across flats.
Shock Absorbers
• MATERIAL: Housing – Steel, Hardened and Ground, Nickel Plated • DOUBLE ENERGY ABSORPTION • SMOOTH DAMPING • RESERVE OIL
• HELICAL GROOVE TECHNOLOGY
New
Stroke: 12 mm (.47 in.)Piston Reset Time: .3 sec.Min. Resetting Force: 10 N (2.25 lbf)Max. Resetting Force: 20 N (4.50 lbf)Weight: 0.06 kg (2.17 oz.)
ΔΔ
Metric
31(274.4)
50000(442500)
◊As comparative figure to conventional shock absorbers. All data measured at 20% safety.
Catalog Number
Max. EnergyAbsorptionper StrokeJ (lbf • in.)
Max. EnergyAbsorption
per HourJ (lbf • in./h)
Min. ImpactSpeed
m/s (ft./s)
Max. ImpactSpeed
m/s (ft./s)
Effective Mass◊
Max.kg (lb.)
Min.kg (lb.)
1.4 (4.59)
2.2 (7.22)
5(11.00)
1.4 (4.59)
2.2 (7.22)
5(11.00)
V20S14M100H
V20S14M100M
V20S14M100S
V20S14M150H
V20S14M150M
V20S14M150S
0.2 (.66)
1.2(3.94)
2(6.56)
0.2 (.66)
1.2(3.94)
2(6.56)
1550 (3417)
43 (94.8)
16 (35.3)
1550 (3417)
43 (94.8)
16 (35.3)
32 (70.5)
13 (28.7)
2 (4.4)
32 (70.5)
13 (28.7)
2 (4.4)
M14 X 1
M14 X 1.5
FThread
Size
Accessories
Head
SteelV21S01MMKS14
Steel with Plastic Insert*V21S01MMKK14
Shaft Support / Dirt Seal
SteelV21S02M20063
Stop Sleeves
Vanadium Steel AlloyV21S04MSS14100**V21S04MSS14150
Cooler Nut
AluminumV21S03MCN14100§
V21S03MCN14150
Ø11(.43)
3(.12)
7 (.28)
Ø4 (.16)
Fig.withinsert
*
Δ
Δ
Δ
ΔSW indicates dimension across flats.
M14 X 1
M14 X 1.5
0.5 (.020)x 45°
0.5 (.020) x 45°
Ø23(.91)
Ø16(.63)
42(1.65)
8(.31)50
(1.97)
SW19(.75)
§
23(.91)
Ø8(.32)
M20 X 1.5
1 X M5
46(1.81)
17(.67)
63(2.48)
M14 X 1.5
A
A
SW 17(.67)
SECTION A-A
Buy Product Visit WebsiteRequest QuoteSee Section 6
vibrationmounts.com Phone: 516.328.3662 Fax: 516.328.3365
6-17
www.vibrationmounts.com Phone: 516.328.3662 Fax: 516.328.3365
AD
VANCED ANTIVIBRATIO
N
COMPONENTS
S E
C T
I O
N
6
2 x SW24 (.94)(SUPPLIED)
95(3.74)
10(.39)SW14
(.55)
M20 x 1.5 Ø18(.71)
4(.16)
76(2.99)
19(.75)
15 (.59)STROKE
Ø6(.24)
NOTE: Dimensions in ( ) are inch.ΔSW indicates dimension across flats.
Shock Absorbers
• MATERIAL: Housing – Steel, Hardened and Ground, Nickel Plated • DOUBLE ENERGY ABSORPTION • SMOOTH DAMPING • RESERVE OIL
• HELICAL GROOVE TECHNOLOGY
NewΔ
Δ
Stroke: 15 mm (.59 in.)Piston Reset Time: .5 sec.Min. Resetting Force: 15 N (3.37 lbf)Max. Resetting Force: 25 N (5.62 lbf)Weight: 0.13 kg (4.59 oz.)
Metric
70 (619.5)
*As comparative figure to conventional shock absorbers. All data measured at 20% safety.
Catalog Number
Max. EnergyAbsorptionper StrokeJ (lbf • in.)
Max. EnergyAbsorption
per HourJ (lbf • in./h)
Min. ImpactSpeed
m/s (ft./s)
Max. ImpactSpeed
m/s (ft./s)
Effective Mass*
Max.kg (lb.)
Min.kg (lb.)
1.2 (3.94)
2 (6.56)
4.5(14.76)
1.2 (3.94)
2 (6.56)
4.5(14.76)
V20S20M150H
V20S20M150M
V20S20M150S
V20S20M150HN
V20S20M150MN
V20S20M150SN
Stop
PowerStop
0.2 (.66)
1(3.28)
1.8(5.91)
0.2 (.66)
1(3.28)
1.8(5.91)
3500 (7716)
140 (308.6)
43 (94.8)
7500(16534)
300 (661)
93 (205)
97 (213.8)
35 (77.2)
7 (15.4)
208 (458.6)
75 (165.3)
15 (33)
EmergencyStop
150(1327.5)
63000 (557550)
—
Accessories
Head
SteelV21S01MMKS20
Steel with Plastic Insert**V21S01MMKK20
Shaft Support / Dirt Seal
SteelV21S02M25077
Stop Sleeves
Vanadium Steel AlloyV21S04MSS20150
Cooler Nut
AluminumV21S03MCN20150
Ø17(.67)
3.5(.14)
8 (.31)
Ø6 (.24)
Fig.withinsert
**
Δ
Ø25 (.98)
10 (.39) 25
(.98)
M20 X 1.5 SW22(.87)
Δ
Δ
ΔSW indicates dimension across flats.
M20 X 1.50.5 (.020)
x 45°0.5 (.020) x 45°
Ø30(1.18)
Ø23(.91)
51(2.00)
9(.35)60
(2.36)
SW24(.94)
M20 X 1.5
Ø10(.39)
M25 X 1.5
1 X M5
58 (2.28)
19(.75)
77(3.03)
A
A
SW 22 (.87)
20(.79)
SECTION A-A
Buy Product Visit WebsiteRequest QuoteSee Section 6
vibrationmounts.com Phone: 516.328.3662 Fax: 516.328.3365
6-18
www.vibrationmounts.com Phone: 516.328.3662 Fax: 516.328.3365
AD
VANCED ANTIVIBRATIO
N
COMPONENTS
S E
C T
I O
N
6
136(5.35)
12(.47)SW19
(.75)
M25 x 1.5 Ø23(.91)
4(.16)
105(4.13)
31(1.22)
25 (.98)STROKE
Ø8(.31)
2 x SW30 (1.18)(SUPPLIED)
Shock Absorbers
• MATERIAL: Housing – Steel, Hardened and Ground, Nickel Plated • DOUBLE ENERGY ABSORPTION • SMOOTH DAMPING • RESERVE OIL
• HELICAL GROOVE TECHNOLOGY
NewStroke: 25 mm (.98 in.)Piston Reset Time: .6 sec.Min. Resetting Force: 20 N (4.50 lbf)Max. Resetting Force: 40 N (9.00 lbf)Weight: 0.27 kg (9.52 oz.)
ΔΔ
NOTE: Dimensions in ( ) are inch.ΔSW indicates dimension across flats.
Metric
V20S25M150H
V20S25M150M
V20S25M150S
V20S25M150HN
V20S25M150MN
V20S25M150SN
Catalog Number
*As comparative figure to conventional shock absorbers. All data measured at 20% safety.
210(1858.5)
550(4867.5)
95000(840750)
—
PowerStop
EmergencyStop
0.2 (.66)
0.6(1.97)
1.4(4.59)
0.2 (.66)
0.6(1.97)
1.4(4.59)
Max. EnergyAbsorptionper StrokeJ (lbf • in.)
Max. EnergyAbsorption
per HourJ (lbf • in./h)
Min. ImpactSpeed
m/s (ft./s)
Max. ImpactSpeed
m/s (ft./s)
Effective Mass*
Max.kg (lb.)
Min.kg (lb.)
Stop
0.8 (2.62)
1.8 (5.91)
4 (13.1)
0.8 (2.62)
1.8 (5.91)
4 (13.1)
10500(23148)
1167 (2573)
214 (471.8)
27500(60627)
3056 (6737)
561 (1237)
656(1446)
130 (286.6)
26 (57.3)
1719(3790)
340 (749.6)
69 (152)
Accessories
Head
SteelV21S01MMKS25
Steel with Plastic Insert**V21S01MMKK25
Shaft Support / Dirt Seal
SteelV21S02M33103
Stop Sleeves
Vanadium Steel AlloyV21S04MSS25150
Cooler Nut
AluminumV21S03MCN25150
M25 X 1.50.5 (.020)
x 45°0.5 (.020) x 45°
Ø36(1.42)
Ø27(1.06)
69.5(2.74)
10.5(.41)80
(3.15)
SW27(1.06)
Ø22(.87)
5(.20)
10.5 (.41)
Ø8 (.31)
Fig.withinsert
**
Δ
Ø32 (1.26)
10 (.39) 35
(1.38)
M25 X 1.5 SW27(1.06)
Δ
Δ
ΔSW indicates dimension across flats.
M25 X 1.5
Ø12(.47)
M33 X 1.5
1 X M5
72(2.83)
31 (1.22)
130(4.05)
A
A
SW 30 (1.18)
22 (.87)
SECTION A-A
Buy Product Visit WebsiteRequest QuoteSee Section 6
vibrationmounts.com Phone: 516.328.3662 Fax: 516.328.3365
6-19
www.vibrationmounts.com Phone: 516.328.3662 Fax: 516.328.3365
AD
VANCED ANTIVIBRATIO
N
COMPONENTS
S E
C T
I O
N
6
2 x NUT Ø41 (1.61)(SUPPLIED)
M33 x 1.5
Ø28(1.10) 5
(.20)125
(4.92)41
(1.61)
Ø10(.39)
165(6.50)
SW24 (.94)
30 (1.18)STROKE
10(.39)
Shock Absorbers
• MATERIAL: Housing – Steel, Hardened and Ground, Nickel Plated • DOUBLE ENERGY ABSORPTION • SMOOTH DAMPING • RESERVE OIL
• HELICAL GROOVE TECHNOLOGY
NewΔ
NOTE: Dimensions in ( ) are inch.ΔSW indicates dimension across flats.
Stroke: 30 mm (1.18 in.)Piston Reset Time: .6 sec.Min. Resetting Force: 35 N (7.87 lbf)Max. Resetting Force: 75 N (16.86 lbf)Weight: 0.48 kg (16.93 oz.)
Metric
V20S33M150H
V20S33M150M
V20S33M150S
V20S33M150HN
V20S33M150MN
V20S33M150SN
Catalog Number
*As comparative figure to conventional shock absorbers. All data measured at 20% safety.
320(2832)
900(7965)
120000(1062000)
—
PowerStop
EmergencyStop
0.2 (.66)
0.6(1.97)
1.4(4.59)
0.2 (.66)
0.6(1.97)
1.4(4.59)
Max. EnergyAbsorptionper StrokeJ (lbf • in.)
Max. EnergyAbsorption
per HourJ (lbf • in./h)
Min. ImpactSpeed
m/s (ft./s)
Max. ImpactSpeed
m/s (ft./s)
Effective Mass*
Max.kg (lb.)
Min.kg (lb.)
Stop
0.8 (2.62)
2 (6.56)
3.5(11.48)
0.8 (2.62)
2 (6.56)
3.5(11.48)
16000 (35273)
1778 (3920)
327 (720.9)
45000 (99207)
5000 (11023)
918 (2024)
1000(2204.6)
160 (352.7)
52 (114.64)
2813(6202)
450 (992)
147 (324.1)
Accessories
Head
SteelV21S01MMKS33
Steel with Plastic Insert**V21S01MMKK33
Shaft Support / Dirt Seal
SteelV21S02M45130
Stop Sleeves
Vanadium Steel AlloyV21S04MSS33150
Ø38 (1.50)
15(.59) 40
(1.57)
M33 X 1.5SW36(1.42)
Cooler Nut
AluminumV21S03MCN33150
M33 X 1.50.5 (.020)
x 45°0.5 (.020) x 45°
Ø44 (1.73)
Ø36(1.42)
91.5(3.60)
12(.47)103.5
(4.07)
SW36(1.42)
Fig.withinsert
**
Ø28(1.10)
5(.20)
11.5 (.45)
Ø10 (.39)
Δ
Δ
Δ
ΔSW indicates dimension across flats.
M33 X 1.5
Ø14(.55)
M45 X 1.5
1 X M5
90(3.54)
40 (1.57)
130(5.12)
A
A
SW 41 (1.61)
28 (1.10)
SECTION A-A
Buy Product Visit WebsiteRequest QuoteSee Section 6
vibrationmounts.com Phone: 516.328.3662 Fax: 516.328.3365
6-20
www.vibrationmounts.com Phone: 516.328.3662 Fax: 516.328.3365
AD
VANCED ANTIVIBRATIO
N
COMPONENTS
S E
C T
I O
N
6
Ø58 (2.28)
15(.59) 50
(1.97)
M45 X 1.5SW55 (2.17)
Shock Absorbers
• MATERIAL: Housing – Steel, Hardened and Ground, Nickel Plated • DOUBLE ENERGY ABSORPTION • SMOOTH DAMPING • RESERVE OIL
• HELICAL GROOVE TECHNOLOGY
New
Stroke: 25 mm (.98 in.)Piston Reset Time: .6 sec.Min. Resetting Force: 40 N (8.99 lbf)Max. Resetting Force: 80 N (17.98 lbf)Weight: 1.25 kg (44.1 oz.)
Δ
Metric
V20S45M150H
V20S45M150M
V20S45M150S
V20S45M150HN
V20S45M150MN
V20S45M150SN
Catalog Number
*As comparative figure to conventional shock absorbers. All data measured at 20% safety.
650 (5753)
1500(13275)
150000(1327500)
—
PowerStop
EmergencyStop
0.2 (.66)
0.6(1.97)
1.4(4.59)
0.2 (.66)
0.6(1.97)
1.4(4.59)
0.7 (2.30)
1.6 (5.25)
3.5(11.48)
0.7 (2.30)
1.6 (5.25)
3.5(11.48)
32500 (71650)
3611 (7961)
663 (1462)
75000(165345)
8333 (18371)
1531 (3375)
Max. EnergyAbsorptionper StrokeJ (lbf • in.)
Max. EnergyAbsorption
per HourJ (lbf • in./h)
Min. ImpactSpeed
m/s (ft./s)
Max. ImpactSpeed
m/s (ft./s)
Effective Mass*
Max.kg (lb.)
Min.kg (lb.)
Stop
2653 (5849)
508 (1120)
106 (233.7)
6122(13497)
1172 (2584)
245 (540.1)
Accessories
Stop Sleeves
Vanadium Steel AlloyV21S04MSS45150
Cooler Nut
AluminumV21S03MCN45150V21S03MCN45150L◊ (Longer Length)
NOTE: Dimensions in ( ) are inch.ΔSW indicates dimension across flats.
Head
SteelV21S01MMKS45
Steel with Plastic Insert**V21S01MMKK45
Fig.withinsert
**
Ø38(1.50)
5(.20)
15 (.59)
Ø12 (.47)
2 x NUT Ø60 (2.36)(SUPPLIED)
M45 x 1.5
Ø43(1.69) 6
(.24)140
(5.51)30
(1.18)
Ø12(.47)
170(6.69)
SW36(1.42)
25 (.98)STROKE
10(.39)
Δ
Δ
ΔSW indicates dimension across flats.
M45 X 1.50.5 (.020)
x 45°0.5 (.020) x 45°
Ø60 (2.36)
Ø52 (2.05)
92(3.62)
132(5.20)
18(.71)
150(5.91)
110 (4.33)
SW55(2.17)or
or
Buy Product Visit WebsiteRequest QuoteSee Section 6
vibrationmounts.com Phone: 516.328.3662 Fax: 516.328.3365
6-21
www.vibrationmounts.com Phone: 516.328.3662 Fax: 516.328.3365
AD
VANCED ANTIVIBRATIO
N
COMPONENTS
S E
C T
I O
N
6
2 x NUT Ø60 (2.36)(SUPPLIED)
M45 x 1.5
Ø43(1.69) 6
(.24)195
(7.68)55
(2.17)
Ø12(.47)
250(9.84)SW36
(1.42)
50 (1.97)STROKE
10(.39)
Shock Absorbers
• MATERIAL: Housing – Steel, Hardened and Ground, Nickel Plated • DOUBLE ENERGY ABSORPTION • SMOOTH DAMPING • RESERVE OIL
• HELICAL GROOVE TECHNOLOGY
Metric
New
Catalog Number
NOTE: Dimensions in ( ) are inch.ΔSW indicates dimension across flats.
Stroke: 50 mm (1.97 in.)Piston Reset Time: 1 sec.Min. Resetting Force: 60 N (13.49 lbf)Max. Resetting Force: 90 N (20.23 lbf)Weight: 2 kg (70.5 oz.)
1300 (11505)
3000 (26550)
V20S45M150LH
V20S45M150LM
V20S45M150LS
V20S45M150LHN
V20S45M150LMN
V20S45M150LSN
190000(1681500)
—
65000(143299)
7222 (15922)
1327 (2926)
150000(330690)
16667 (36744)
3061 (6748)
PowerStop
EmergencyStop
0.2 (.66)
0.6(1.97)
1.4(4.59)
0.2 (.66)
0.6(1.97)
1.4(4.59)
0.7 (2.30)
1.6 (5.25)
3.5(11.48)
0.7 (2.30)
1.6 (5.25)
3.5(11.48)
*As comparative figure to conventional shock absorbers. All data measured at 20% safety.
Max. EnergyAbsorptionper StrokeJ (lbf • in.)
Max. EnergyAbsorption
per HourJ (lbf • in./h)
Min. ImpactSpeed
m/s (ft./s)
Max. ImpactSpeed
m/s (ft./s)
Effective Mass*
Max.kg (lb.)
Min.kg (lb.)
Stop
5306(11698)
1016 (2240)
212 (467.4)
12245(26995)
2344 (5168)
490 (1080)
Accessories
Δ
Ø58 (2.28)
15(.59) 50
(1.97)
M45 X 1.5SW55 (2.17)
Stop Sleeves
Vanadium Steel AlloyV21S04MSS45150
Cooler Nut
AluminumV21S03MCN45150V21S03MCN45150L◊ (Longer Length)
Head
SteelV21S01MMKS45
Steel with Plastic Insert**V21S01MMKK45
Fig.withinsert
**
Ø38(1.50)
5(.20)
15 (.59)
Ø12 (.47) Δ
Δ
ΔSW indicates dimension across flats.
M45 X 1.50.5 (.020)
x 45°0.5 (.020) x 45°
Ø60 (2.36)
Ø52 (2.05)
92(3.62)
132(5.20)
18(.71)
150(5.91)
110 (4.33)
SW55(2.17)or
or
Buy Product Visit WebsiteRequest QuoteSee Section 6
vibrationmounts.com Phone: 516.328.3662 Fax: 516.328.3365
6-22
www.vibrationmounts.com Phone: 516.328.3662 Fax: 516.328.3365
AD
VANCED ANTIVIBRATIO
N
COMPONENTS
S E
C T
I O
N
6
s h
F
ß
m
mP
s
s
m
s
m
m
h
s
Shock Absorbers Technical Information
SHOCK ABSORBERS - FORMULAS AND CALCULATION EXAMPLESW1 Kinetic energy per stroke; mass load only in NmW2 Energy/work of propelling force per stroke in NmW3 Total energy per stroke (W1 + W2) in NmW4 Total energy per hour (W3 x n) in Nm/hme Effective mass in kgm Mass to be braked in kgv Final velocity of mass in m/svD Shock absorber impact velocity in m/sw Angular velocity in 1/sF Additional propelling force in Nn Number of strokes per hour in 1/hP Motor drive in kW
HM Holding moment factor (normal 2.5) 1 to 2.5M Torque in NmJ Mass inertia moment in kgm2
g Gravity constant = 9.81 in m/s2
h Falling height without shock absorber stroke in ms Stroke of shock absorber in mL/R/r Radius in mQ Countervailing force/supporting force in Nμ Friction coefficientt Braking time in sß Angle in °
m•g
Metric
Free Falling MassFormula:W1 = m x g x hW2 = m x g x sW3 = W1 + W2
W4 = W3 x nvD = 2 x g x hme = 2 x W3 / vD
2
Example:m = 10 kgh = 0.3 mn = 120 1/hs = 0.02 m
W1 = 10 x 0.3 x 9.81 = 29.43 NmW2 = 10 x 9.81 x 0.02 = 1.962 NmW3 = 29.43 + 1.962 = 31.392 NmW4 = 31.392 x 120 = 3767.04 Nm/hvD = 2 x 9.81 x 0.3 = 2.426 m/sme = 2 x 31.392 / 2.426 = 25.88 kg
Free Falling Mass without Propelling ForceFormula:W1 = m x v2 x 0.5W2 = m x g x sW3 = W1 + W2
W4 = W3 x nvD = vme = 2 x W3 / vD
2
Example:m = 13000 kgv = 2 m/ss = 0.22 mn = 30 1/h
W1 = 13000 x 22 x 0.5 = 26000 NmW2 = 13000 x 9.81 x 0.22 = 28056.6 NmW3 = 26000 + 28056.6 = 54056.6 NmW4 = 54056.6 x 30 = 1621698 Nm/hme = 2 x 54056.6 / 22 = 27028.3 kg
Mass on a Conveyor BeltFormula:W1 = m x v2 x 0.5W2 = m x μ x g x sW3 = W1 + W2
W4 = W3 x nvD = vme = 2 x W3 / vD
2
Example:m = 190 kgv = 1.8 m/sn = 170 1/hμ = 0.2 (Stahl/Guß)s = 0.04 m
W1 = 190 x 1.82 x 0.5 = 307.8 NmW2 = 190 x 0.2 x 9.81 x 0.04 = 14.91 NmW3 = 307.8 + 14.91 = 322.71 NmW4 = 322.71 x 170 = 54860 Nmme = 2 x 322.71 / 1.82 = 199.2 kg
Mass with Motor DriveFormula:W1 = m x v2 x 0.5W2 = 1000 x P x HM x s / vW3 = W1 + W2
W4 = W3 x nvD = vme = 2 x W3 / vD
2
Example:m = 980 kgv = 1.7 m/sHM = 2.7P = 6 kWn = 80 1/hs = 0.11 m
W1 = 980 x 1.72 x 0.5 = 1416.1 NmW2 = 1000 x 6 x 2.7 x 0.11 / 1.7 = 1048.24 NmW3 = 1416,1 + 104824 = 2464.34 NmW4 = 2464.34 x 80 = 197146.8 Nmme = 2 x 2464.34 / 1.72 = 1705.43 kg
Mass on an InclineFormula:W1 = m x g x h = m x vD
2 x 0.5W2 = m x g x sinß x sW3 = W1 + W2
W4 = W3 x nvD = 2 x g x hme = 2 x W3 / vD
2
a. with Propelling Force Downward:W2 = (F - m x g x sinß) x s
b. with Propelling Force Upward:W2 = (F + m x g x sinß) x s
Note: Add rotational energies of motor, coupling and gear, if not negligible, to W1.
Continued on the next page
vibrationmounts.com Phone: 516.328.3662 Fax: 516.328.3365
6-23
www.vibrationmounts.com Phone: 516.328.3662 Fax: 516.328.3365
AD
VANCED ANTIVIBRATIO
N
COMPONENTS
S E
C T
I O
N
6
s
v
MR
m
F s
m
m
s
Shock Absorbers Technical Information
Metric
r
R
s
A
L
Fm
L
Rs s
m
m s
R
LM
vD
vD
vD
vD
2.1 with vertical motion upward:2.2 with vertical motion downward
Counterv. force/supporting force Q (N) Applies for all examples: Q = 1.2 x W3 / sBraking Time t (s) Applies for all examples: t = 2.6 x s / vD
Retardation a (m/s2) Applies for all examples: a = 0.6 x vD2 / s
Note: If used in a damp environment, please consult our engineering department.
Mass with Propelling ForceFormula:W1 = m x v2 x 0.5W2 = F x sW3 = W1 + W2
W4 = W3 x nvD = vme = 2 x W3 / vD
2
W2 = (F - m x g) x sW2 = (F + m x g) x s
Example:m = 30 kgv = 1.9 m/sF = 300 Nn = 800 1/hs = 0.03 m
W1 = 30 x 1.92 x 0.5 = 54.15 NmW2 = 300 x 0.03 = 9 NmW3 = 54.15 + 9 = 63.15 NmW4 = 63.15 x 800 = 50520 Nm/hme = 2 x 63.15 / 1.92 = 34.97 kg
Rotary Table with Horizontal or Vertical Propelling MomentFormula:W1 = m x v2 x 0.25 = 0.5 x J x w2
W2 = m x s / RW3 = W1 + W2
W4 = W3 x nvD = v x R / L = w x Rme = 2 x W3 / vD
2
Example:m = 1200 kgv = 1.3 m/sM = 1200 Nms = 0.04 mL = 1.35 mR = 0.9 mn = 90 1/h
Swinging Mass with Propelling ForceFormula:W1 = m x v2 x 0.18 = 0.5 x J x w2
W2 = F x r x s / R = M x s / RW3 = W1 + W2
W4 = W3 x nvD = v x R / L = w x Rme = 2 x W3 / vD
2
Example:m = 1500 kgv = 3 m/sF = 6000 Ns = 0.05 mr = 0.7 mR = 0.9 mL = 1.5 mn = 700 1/h
W1 = 1500 x 32 x 0.18 = 2430 NmW2 = 6000 x 0.7 x 0.05 / 0.9 = 233.33 NmW3 = 2430 + 233.33 = 2633.33 NmW4 = 2633.33 x 700 = 1864333 Nm/hvD = 3 x 0.9 / 1.5 = 1.8 m/sme = 2 x 2633.33 / 1.82 = 1625.51 kg
Swinging Mass with Propelling Moment (e.g. Turning Device)Formula:W1 = m x v2 x 0.18 = 0.5 x J x w2
W2 = F x r x s / R = M x s / RW3 = W1 + W2
W4 = W3 x nvD = v x R / L = w x Rme = 2 x W3 / vD
2
Example:J = 41 kgm2
w = 2 1/sM = 400 Nms = 0.025 mL = 1.8 mR = 0.9 mn = 1300 1/h
W1 = 0.5 x 41 x 22 = 82 NmW2 = 400 x 0.025 / 0.9 = 11.1 NmW3 = 82 + 11.1 = 93.1 NmW4 = 93.1 x 1,300 = 121044 Nm/hvD = 2 x 0.9 = 1.8 m/sme = 2 x 93.1 / 1.82 = 57.47 kg
Note: Please check impact angle long = s/R (see example 6.2)
Swinging Mass with Propelling MomentFormula:W1 = m x v2 x 0.5 = 0.5 x J x w2
W2 = M x s / RW3 = W1 + W2
W4 = W3 x nvD = v x R / L = w x Rme = 2 x W3 / vD
2
Example:m = 30 kgv = 1.5 m/sM = 60 NmR = 0.6 mL = 0.9 mn = 1600 1/hs = 0.02 m
W1 = 30 x 1.52 x 0.5 = 33.75 NmW2 = 60 x 0.02 / 0.6 = 2 NmW3 = 33.75 + 2 = 35.75 NmW4 = 35.75 x 1600 = 57200 NmvD = 1.5 x 0.6 / 0.9 = 1 m/sme = 2 x 33.75 / 12 = 71.5 kg
Mass without Propelling ForceFormula:W1 = m x v2 x 0.5W2 = 0W3 = W1 + W2
W4 = W3 x nvD = vme = m
Example:m = 200 kgv = 3 m/sn = 1000 1/hs = 0.01 m
W1 = 200 x 32 x 0.5 = 900 NmW2 = 0W3 = 900 + 0 = 900 NmW4 = 900 x 1000 = 900000 Nm/h
W1 = 1200 x 1.32 x 0.25 = 507 NmW2 = 1200 x 0.04 / 0.9 = 53.3 NmW3 = 507 + 53.3 = 560.33 NmW4 = 560.33 x 90 = 50429.7 Nm/hvD = 1.3 x 0.9 / 1.35 = 0.86 m/sme = 2 x 560.33 / 0.862 = 1515.22 kg
vibrationmounts.com Phone: 516.328.3662 Fax: 516.328.3365
6-24
www.vibrationmounts.com Phone: 516.328.3662 Fax: 516.328.3365
AD
VANCED ANTIVIBRATIO
N
COMPONENTS
S E
C T
I O
N
6
Equipment Description:
Equipment Weight (lbs. or kg.):
Excitation Source:
Excitation Frequency (rpm, cpm, cps or Hz):
Allowable Static Deflection of Isolators (inch or mm):
% Vibration Isolation Efficiency Desired:
Space Limitation if any:
Shock / Vibration Isolation Application Sheet
The following data willhelp us to determine yourneeds to meet yourshock and vibration re-quirements. If a drawingcannot be included,please include a sketchwith this form.
Completed By: Date:
Technical Requirements
Prototype/Production Requirements
Prototype Quantity: Timing:
Production Forecast: Timing:
Company Name:
Address:
Contact Name/Position:
Telephone: FAX:
e-mail:
Temperature Range (°F or °C): Low: High:
Preferred Damping Material (Circle One):
Natural Rubber, Neoprene, Urethane,Sorbothane®, Vinyl Chloride Elastomeric Resin,Silicone Gel,Wire Mesh, Cable,others:
Examples of how to choose vibration isolators for various operating situations are given in the Vibration Mount Technical Sectionstarting on page T1-27.
vibrationmounts.com Phone: 516.328.3662 Fax: 516.328.3365
SECTION 7
7-2
www.vibrationmounts.com Phone: 516.328.3662 Fax: 516.328.3365
AD
VANCED ANTIVIBRATIO
N
COMPONENTS
S E
C T
I O
N
7
Finger-Flex Mounts
TYPICAL INSTALLATION ARRANGEMENTS
Any number of Finger-Flex mounts can be installed in parallel to achieve greater load-carrying capacity. These mounts may also be stacked in series to meet greater deflection requirements. Separators between mounts, if used, must be designed to meet the specific requirements of the installation.
Multiple Installations Finger-Flex mounts are used for office machines, electronic equipment, motors, air conditioning equipment, heating equipment, fans, blowers, pumps and scientific equipment.
Typical Installations
Rubber parts used are similiar totype V10R 4-1504 & V10R 4-1505combination. The difference is that theflange of the rubber bushing within thisassembled mounting has fingers ononly one of its surfaces. The ringmember absorbs both vibration andshock.
A.If the load support is1/2 inch (12.7 mm)or more thick, twoFinger-Flex bushings aregenerally used.
B.When the loadsupporting member is1/8 inch (3.18 mm) to1/2 inch (12.7 mm) thick,the standard bushingand ring combination ismost suitable.
C.If the load supportingmember is less than1/8 inch (3.18 mm) thick,the metal surrounding themounting hole should beturned up. This providesadditional mounting areafor the bushing.
Shoulder bolt
Mounting base
Finger-Flex bushing
Mounting support
Rebound plate
Finger-Flex bushing
Shoulder bolt
Mounting base
Finger-Flex bushing
Mounting support
Rebound plate
Finger-Flex bushing
Shoulder bolt
Mounting baseFinger-Flex bushing
Mounting support
Rebound plate
Finger-Flex bushing
vibrationmounts.com Phone: 516.328.3662 Fax: 516.328.3365
7-3
www.vibrationmounts.com Phone: 516.328.3662 Fax: 516.328.3365
AD
VANCED ANTIVIBRATIO
N
COMPONENTS
S E
C T
I O
N
7—
—
3(1.4)
5(2.3)
—
—
3(1.4)
5(2.3)
3(1.4)
4(1.8)
6(2.7)
9(4.1)
3(1.4)
4(1.8)
6(2.7)
9(4.1)
Finger-Flex Mounts – To 12 lbs.
• FOR LOADS UP OF 4 TO 12 POUNDS (1.8 TO 5.4 kgf)• MATERIAL: Natural Rubber
LOAD
SUPPORT
DEFLECTION (in.)
LO
AD
(lb
.)
A
D
C
B
0
60
50
40
30
20
10
0.040 0.02 0.06 0.08 0.10 0.12 0.14 0.16
Deflection below the X are considered safe practice for static loads; data above the X are useful for calculating deflections under dynamic loads.
A
D
C
B
8
12
10
6
4
2
01816 20 22 24 26 28
LO
AD
(lb
.)
NATURAL FREQUENCY (CPS)
5/64(2)
1/4(6.4)
5/64(2)
13/16(20.6) 29/64
(11.5)8 FINGERSEACH SIDEOUT OF PHASE
8 FINGERSEACH SIDEOUT OF PHASE
8 FINGERSEACH SIDEOUT OFPHASE
5/64(2)
3/16(4.8)
1/4(6.4)
9/16(14.3)
13/16(20.6)
15/32(11.9)
1/4(6.4)
Fig. 1 RING STYLE
Fig. 2 BUSHING STYLE
5/64(2)
NOTE: Dimensions in ( ) are mm.
Catalog Number
V10R 4-1500A
V10R 4-1500B
V10R 4-1500C
V10R 4-1500D
V10R 4-1501A
V10R 4-1501B
V10R 4-1501C
V10R 4-1501D
Fig.No.
30
40
50
60
30
40
50
60
MaximumLoad lb. (kgf)
2(0.9)
3(1.4)
4(1.8)
7(3.2)
2(0.9)
3(1.4)
4(1.8)
7(3.2)
4(1.8)
6(2.7)
9(4.1)
12(5.4)
4(1.8)
6(2.7)
9(4.1)
12(5.4)
2700
Forcing Frequency in Cycles per Minute
Minimum Load for 81% Isolation lb. (kgf)
330030002400HardnessDurometer
Compression
1
2
4(1.8)
6(2.7)
9(4.1)
12(5.4)
4(1.8)
6(2.7)
9(4.1)
12(5.4)
Buy Product Visit WebsiteRequest QuoteSee Section 7
vibrationmounts.com Phone: 516.328.3662 Fax: 516.328.3365
7-4
www.vibrationmounts.com Phone: 516.328.3662 Fax: 516.328.3365
AD
VANCED ANTIVIBRATIO
N
COMPONENTS
S E
C T
I O
N
7V10R 4-1502A
V10R 4-1502B
V10R 4-1502C
V10R 4-1502D
V10R 4-1503A
V10R 4-1503B
V10R 4-1503C
V10R 4-1503D
4(1.8)
5(2.3)
8(3.6)
10(4.5)
4(1.8)
5(2.3)
8(3.6)
10(4.5)
7(3.2)
9(4.1)
14(6.4)
20(9.1)
7(3.2)
9(4.1)
14(6.4)
20(9.1)
10 (4.5)
13 (5.9)
18 (8.2)
25(11.3)
10 (4.5)
13 (5.9)
18 (8.2)
25(11.3)
10 (4.5)
13 (5.9)
18 (8.2)
25(11.3)
10 (4.5)
13 (5.9)
18 (8.2)
25(11.3)
Finger-Flex Mounts – To 25 lbs.
• FOR LOADS UP OF 10 TO 25 POUNDS (4.5 TO 11.3 kgf)• MATERIAL: Natural Rubber
LOAD
SUPPORT
DEFLECTION (in.)
NATURAL FREQUENCY (CPS)
LO
AD
(lb
.)L
OA
D (
lb.)
Deflections below the X are considered safe practice for static loads; data above the X are useful for calculating deflections under dynamic loads.
D
D
C
C
B
B
A
A
12 14 16 18 20 22 24
24
20
16
12
8
4
0
0
10
20
30
50
40
60
70
80
0 0.04 0.08 0.12 0.16 0.20
1/16(1.6)
51/64(20.2)
1-11/64(29.8)
7/64(2.8)
7/64(2.8)5/16
(7.9)
Fig. 1 RING STYLE
10 FINGERSEACH SIDE OUT OF PHASE
Fig. 2 BUSHING STYLE
12 FINGERSEACH SIDE OUT OF PHASE
.193(4.9)
11/16(17.5)
1-11/64(29.8)
35/64(13.9)
3/8(9.5)
17/32(13.5)
10 FINGERS(12 on 1503B)
NOTE: Dimensions in ( ) are mm.
Catalog NumberFig.No.
30
40
50
60
30
40
50
60
MaximumLoad lb. (kgf)
2000
Forcing Frequency in Cycles per Minute
Minimum Load for 81% Isolation lb. (kgf)
250022501750HardnessDurometer
Compression
1
2
5(2.3)
7(3.2)
10(4.5)
13(5.9)
5(2.3)
7(3.2)
10(4.5)
13(5.9)
2750
3(1.4)
4(1.8)
6(2.7)
8(3.6)
3(1.4)
4(1.8)
6(2.7)
8(3.6)
Buy Product Visit WebsiteRequest QuoteSee Section 7
vibrationmounts.com Phone: 516.328.3662 Fax: 516.328.3365
7-5
www.vibrationmounts.com Phone: 516.328.3662 Fax: 516.328.3365
AD
VANCED ANTIVIBRATIO
N
COMPONENTS
S E
C T
I O
N
7V10R 4-1504A
V10R 4-1504B
V10R 4-1504C
V10R 4-1504D
V10R 4-1505A
V10R 4-1505B
V10R 4-1505C
V10R 4-1505D
30
40
50
60
30
40
50
60
LOAD
SUPPORT
DEFLECTION (in.)
NATURAL FREQUENCY (CPS)
LO
AD
(lb
.)L
OA
D (
lb.)
Deflections below the X are considered safe practice for static loads; data above the X are useful for calculating deflections under dynamic loads.
D
D
C
C
B
B
A
A
12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26
35
30
25
20
15
10
5
0
0
25
50
75
125
100
150
175
200
0 0.04 0.08 0.12 0.16 0.20 0.24
Finger-Flex Mounts – To 37 lbs.
• FOR LOADS OF 14 TO 37 POUNDS (6.4 TO 16.9 kgf)• MATERIAL: Natural Rubber
3/32(2.4)
3/32(2.4)
21/64(8.3)
1-3/8(34.9)
3/4(19.1)
12 FINGERSEACH SIDEOUT OF PHASE
Fig. 1 RING STYLE
3/32(2.4)
3/32(2.4)
5/16(7.9)
21/64(8.3)
21/32(16.7)
1-3/8(34.9)
12 FINGERSEACH SIDEOUT OF PHASE
3/8(9.5)
11/16(17.5)
12 FINGERSEACH SIDEOUT OF PHASE
Fig. 2 BUSHING STYLE
NOTE: Dimensions in ( ) are mm.
7 (3.2)
8 (3.6)
16 (7.3)
25(11.3)
7 (3.2)
8 (3.6)
16 (7.3)
25(11.3)
Catalog NumberFig.No.
HardnessDurometer
Compression
14 (6.4)
19 (8.6)
27(12.2)
37(16.8)
14 (6.4)
19 (8.6)
27(12.2)
37(16.8)
—
19(8.6)
—
—
—
19(8.6)
—
—
2000
Minimum Load for 81% Isolation lb. (kgf)
Forcing Frequency in Cycles per Minute
MaximumLoad lb. (kgf)
1
2
9 (4.1)
10 (4.5)
19 (8.6)
32(14.5)
9 (4.1)
10 (4.5)
19 (8.6)
32(14.5)
5(2.3)
6(2.7)
13(5.9)
21(9.5)
5(2.3)
6(2.7)
13(5.9)
21(9.5)
2250 2500 2750 3000
12 (5.4)
14 (6.4)
25(11.3)
—
12 (5.4)
14 (6.4)
25(11.3)
—
Buy Product Visit WebsiteRequest QuoteSee Section 7
vibrationmounts.com Phone: 516.328.3662 Fax: 516.328.3365
7-6
www.vibrationmounts.com Phone: 516.328.3662 Fax: 516.328.3365
AD
VANCED ANTIVIBRATIO
N
COMPONENTS
S E
C T
I O
N
7
Finger-Flex Mounts – To 80 lbs.
• FOR LOADS OF 35 TO 80 POUNDS (15.9 TO 36.3 kgf)• MATERIAL: Natural Rubber
3/8(9.5)
3/32(2.4)
7/8(22.2)
1-29/32(48.4) 1-5/32
(29.4)
12 FINGERSEACH SIDE
OUT OF PHASE
9/16 (14.3)
35/64 (13.9)
12 FINGERS
Fig. 2 BUSHING STYLE
Fig. 1 RING STYLE
1/2(12.7)
5/32(4)
5/32(4)
1-29/32(48.4)
1-1/4(31.8)
12 FINGERSEACH SIDE
OUT OF PHASE
B
D
C
A
DEFLECTION (in.)
LO
AD
(lb
.)
Deflections below the X are considered safe practice for static loads; data above the X are useful for calculating deflections under dynamic loads.
LOAD
SUPPORT
300
250
200
150
100
50
00 0.05 0.10 0.15 0.20 0.25 0.30 0.35
B
D
C
A
LO
AD
(lb
.)
NATURAL FREQUENCY (CPS)8 10 12 14 16 18
80
70
60
50
40
30
20
10
0
Catalog NumberFig.No.
HardnessDurometer
Compression
MaximumLoad lb. (kgf)
1500
Minimum Load for 81% Isolation lb. (kgf)
Forcing Frequency in Cycles per Minute
1750 2000 2250 2500
V10R 4-1506A
V10R 4-1506B
V10R 4-1506C
V10R 4-1506D
V10R 4-1507A
V10R 4-1507B
V10R 4-1507C
V10R 4-1507D
8 (3.6) 12 (5.4) 20 (9.1) 33(15) 8 (3.6) 12 (5.4) 20 (9.1) 33(15)
30
40
50
60
30
40
50
60
35(15.9)
50(22.7)
65(29.5)
80(36.3)
35(15.9)
50(22.7)
65(29.5)
80(36.3)
30(13.6)
50(22.7)
30(13.6)
50(22.7)
1
2
17 (7.7)
24(10.9)
40(18.1)
76(34.5)
17 (7.7)
24(10.9)
40(18.1)
76(34.5)
13 (5.9)
18 (8.2)
31(14.1)
56(25.4)
13 (5.9)
18 (8.2)
31(14.1)
56(25.4)
10 (4.5)
14 (6.4)
24(10.9)
43(19.5)
10 (4.5)
14 (6.4)
24(10.9)
43(19.5)
—
—
—
—
NOTE: Dimensions in ( ) are mm.
Buy Product Visit WebsiteRequest QuoteSee Section 7
vibrationmounts.com Phone: 516.328.3662 Fax: 516.328.3365
7-7
www.vibrationmounts.com Phone: 516.328.3662 Fax: 516.328.3365
AD
VANCED ANTIVIBRATIO
N
COMPONENTS
S E
C T
I O
N
7
Finger-Flex Mounts – To 350 lbs.
• FOR LOADS OF 120 TO 350 POUNDS (54.4 TO 158.8 kgf)• MATERIAL: Natural Rubber
Fig. 2 BUSHING STYLE
Fig. 1 RING STYLE
5/8(15.9)
1/8(3.2)13/16
(20.6)
2-3/16(55.6)
1-1/4(31.8)
5 FINGERSON OUTSIDEOF SHAFT
7/32(5.6)
13/32(10.3)
7/8(22.2) 2-1/8
(54)
11/16(17.5)
1-25/32(45.2)
15/32(11.9)
3(76.2) 5/8
(15.9) 1-1/16(27)
32° 30'
LOAD
SUPPORTX
X
X
X
D C
B
A
DEFLECTION (in.)
LO
AD
(lb
.)
800
700
600
500
400
300
200
100
00 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8
Deflections below the X are considered safe practicefor static loads; data above the X are useful for calculating deflections under dynamic loads.
D
C
B
A
350
300
250
200
150
100
50
06 7 8 9 10 11
NATURAL FREQUENCY (CPS)
LO
AD
(lb
.)
Catalog NumberFig.No.
HardnessDurometer
Compression
MaximumLoad lb. (kgf)
Forcing Frequency in Cycles per Minute
900
Minimum Load for 81% Isolation lb. (kgf)
1000 1250 1500 1750
NOTE: Dimensions in ( ) are mm.
250(113.4)
350(158.8)
120 (54.4)
160 (72.6)
250(113.4)
350(158.8)
V10R 4-1508C
V10R 4-1508D
V10R 4-1509A
V10R 4-1509B
V10R 4-1509C
V10R 4-1509D
1
2
65(29.5)
93(42.2)
30 (13.6)
46 (20.9)
65 (29.5)
93 (42.2)
250(113.4) 324(147)
—
160 (72.6) 250(113.4) 324(147)
48(21.8) 66(29.9) 22(10) 34(15.4) 48(21.8) 66(29.9)
178 (80.7) 242(109.8) 98 (44.5) 104 (47.2) 178 (80.7) 242(109.8)
105(47.6) 141(64) 46(20.9) 67(30.4) 105(47.6) 141(64)
50
60
30
40
50
60
Buy Product Visit WebsiteRequest QuoteSee Section 7
vibrationmounts.com Phone: 516.328.3662 Fax: 516.328.3365
7-8
www.vibrationmounts.com Phone: 516.328.3662 Fax: 516.328.3365
AD
VANCED ANTIVIBRATIO
N
COMPONENTS
S E
C T
I O
N
7
V10Z42-1010
V10Z42-2000
V10Z42-4000
V10Z42-4040
V10Z42-4050
V10Z42-5000
V10Z42-6000
V10Z42-6020
V10Z42-7000
V10Z42-8020
NominalLoad
RatingAxial
lb. (kgf)
.77(19.6)
.78(19.8)
1.31(33.3)
1.32(33.5)
1.25(31.8)
1.52(38.6)
1.81(46)
2.06(52.3)
2.75(69.9)
.44(11.2)
.69(17.5)
1.38(35.1)
1.00(25.4)
1.00(25.4)
1.71(43.4)
2.00(50.8)
1.56(39.6)
2.12(53.8)
3.37(85.6)
.010(0.25)
.018(0.46)
.015(0.38)
.035(0.89)
.030(0.76)
.020(0.51)
.030(0.76)
.075(1.91)
.030(0.76)
Bolt Mounts – Solo Unitized
• SOLO TYPE • FOR LOADS OF 60 TO 1300 POUNDS (27.2 TO 590 kgf)
• MATERIAL: Outer Body – Natural Rubber Load-Carrying Member Spacer – Steel, Tubular Rolled
CINCH WASHERRECOMMENDED DIMENSIONS
A
KE
J
G
H
A
PREASSEMBLY DIMENSIONS
SOLO MOUNTING
C
E
B
D
ISOLATEDUNIT
CINCH WASHER
SUPPORTPLATE
ASSEMBLY BOLT
F
F
M
L N
J BEVEL
SELECTION GUIDE AND SPECIFICATIONS
.75(19.1)
.75(19.1)
1.25(31.8)
1.50(38.1)
1.81(46)
2.00(50.8)
2.75(69.9)
NominalDeflection
RatingAxial
in. (mm)
60 (27.2)
125 (56.7)
200 (90.7)
425(192.8)
500(226.8)
900(408.2)
1300(590)
1.00 (25.4)
1.09 (27.7)
2.00 (50.8)
2.01 (51.1)
3.00 (76.2)
3.75 (95.3)
4.53(115.1)
.13 (3.3)
.31 (7.9)
.62(15.7)
.25 (6.4)
.25 (6.4)
.75(19.1)
.93(23.6)
.50(12.7)
.75(19.1)
1.75(44.5)
.17 (4.3)
.19 (4.8)
.48(12.2)
.46(11.7)
.46(11.7)
.56(14.2)
.71(18)
.76(19.3)
.94(23.9)
1.12(28.4)
.38 (9.7)
.38 (9.7)
.52(13.2)
.39 (9.9)
.64(16.3)
.64(16.3)
.64(16.3)
.77(19.6)
1.06(26.9)
.18 (4.6)
.21 (5.3)
.52(13.2)
.62(15.7)
.81(20.6)
1.16(29.5)
1.22(31)
.03(0.8)
.03(0.8)
.06(1.5)
.06(1.5)
.12(3)
.09(2.3)
.12(3)
.55 (14)
.96 (24.4)
2.18 (55.4)
1.30 (33)
1.30 (33)
2.12 (53.8)
2.42 (61.5)
1.97 (50)
2.66 (67.6)
4.34(110.2)
.38 (9.7)
.38 (9.7)
.52(13.2)
.38 (9.7)
.64(16.3)
.64(16.3)
.64(16.3)
.77(19.6)
1.06(26.9)
1.00 (25.4)
1.12 (28.4)
2.00 (50.8)
2.50 (63.5)
3.00 (76.2)
3.70 (94)
4.50(114.3)
.09(2.3)
.09(2.3)
.12(3)
.15(3.8)
.19(4.8)
.25(6.4)
.25(6.4)
SELECTION CRITERIA:Calculate static load.Select a mount of equalor greater capacity. Fordynamic loads greaterthan 3X static load,select next larger size.
INSTALLATION:1.
2.
3.
Lubricate mount andsocket with wateror rubber lubricant.Insert into socket, handrotate with axial force.If necessary, use drivingbolt. Care must be takenthat the driving bolt doesnot overhang the steelsleeve O.D.
NOTE: Dimensions in ( ) are mm.
A B C D E F G H J K L MN
(min)Catalog Number
Buy Product Visit WebsiteRequest QuoteSee Section 7
vibrationmounts.com Phone: 516.328.3662 Fax: 516.328.3365
7-9
www.vibrationmounts.com Phone: 516.328.3662 Fax: 516.328.3365
AD
VANCED ANTIVIBRATIO
N
COMPONENTS
S E
C T
I O
N
7
.03(0.8)
.06(1.5)
.12(3)
.12(3)
1.16(29.5)
1.62(41.1)
1.85(47)
2.28(57.9)
.43(10.9)
.92(23.4)
.40(10.2)
1.12(28.4)
.010(0.25)
.015(0.38)
.018(0.46)
.080(2.03)
150 (68)
425(192.8)
500(226.8)
900(408.2)
V10Z42-A3010
V10Z42-A5020
V10Z42-A6010
V10Z42-A7010
Bolt Mounts – Tandem Unitized
• TANDEM TYPE • FOR LOADS OF 150 TO 900 POUNDS (68 TO 408.2 kgf)
• MATERIAL: Outer Body – Natural Rubber Load-Carrying Member Spacer – Steel, Tubular Rolled
SELECTION GUIDE AND SPECIFICATIONS
1.12(28.4)
1.50(38.1)
1.81(46)
2.25(57.2)
NominalLoad
RatingAxial
lb. (kgf)
Catalog Number
NominalDeflection
RatingAxial
in. (mm)
1.78(45.2)
2.58(65.5)
3.00(76.2)
3.75(95.3)
.38 (9.7)
.50(12.7)
.75(19.1)
.75(19.1)
.38 (9.7)
.87(22.1)
.75(19.1)
.74(18.8)
.52(13.2)
.64(16.3)
.64(16.3)
.77(19.6)
.62(15.7)
1.17(23.7)
1.19(30.2)
1.50(38.1)
.52(13.2)
.64(16.3)
.64(16.3)
.77(19.6)
1.75 (44.5)
2.50 (63.5)
3.00 (76.2)
4.00(101.6)
.10(2.5)
.15(3.8)
.19(4.8)
.25(6.4)
A
KE
J
G
H
A
PREASSEMBLY DIMENSIONS
TANDEM MOUNTING
C
B
D 2 x E
ISOLATED UNIT
CINCH WASHER
SUPPORT PLATE
MOUNT
MOUNT
ASSEMBLY BOLT
F
M
L N
CINCH WASHERRECOMMENDED DIMENSIONS
F
SHOWN FORMOUNTING ORIENTATION
INSTALLATION:1.
2.
3.
Lubricate mount andsocket with water orrubber lubricant.Insert into socket, handrotate with axial force.If necessary, use drivingbolt. Care must be takenthat the driving bolt doesnot overhang the steelsleeve O.D.
SELECTION CRITERIA:Calculate static load.Select a mount of equalor greater capacity. Fordynamic loads greaterthan 3X static load,select next larger size.
A B C D E F G H J K L MN
(min)
NOTE: Dimensions in ( ) are mm.
.59(15)
1.05 (26.7)
1.16 (29.5)
1.13 (28.7)
Buy Product Visit WebsiteRequest QuoteSee Section 7
vibrationmounts.com Phone: 516.328.3662 Fax: 516.328.3365
7-10
www.vibrationmounts.com Phone: 516.328.3662 Fax: 516.328.3365
AD
VANCED ANTIVIBRATIO
N
COMPONENTS
S E
C T
I O
N
7
Bolt Mounts – Ring and Bushing Type
• WEAR PLATE DESIGN IMPROVES FATIGUE LIFEAND WEAR RESISTANCE
• RESISTS OILS, OZONE AND MOST SOLVENTS• FAIL-SAFE DESIGN WITH SNUBBING WASHER
New
150 (667)
260 (1156)
500 (2224)
V10Z82-RX3031150
V10Z82-RX3031260
V10Z82-RX3031500
Catalog NumberThick Mounting Plate
Inch (mm).563 (14.3)
Max. Load lb. (N)
Axial Radial
75 (333)
130 (578)
250 (1112)
80 (355)
160 (711)
300 (1334)
Thin Mounting PlateInch (mm).50 (12.7)
Axial Radial
40 (177)
80 (355)
150 (667)
TEMPERATURE RANGE: -20°F to +180°F (-28.9°C to +82.2°C)
TYPICAL INSTALLATION CONFIGURATION
NOTE: Install so bushing supports static load.
.06 (1.5) CHAMFERREQUIRED
ISOLATED EQUIPMENT
SNUBBINGWASHER
1.25 (31.75) MIN.MOUNTING HOLEDIAMETER
.563 (14.3)or .50 (12.7)
SUPPORTSTRUCTURE
1.94 (49.3)INSTALLED
SNUBBING WASHER V 9C20-051(Zinc Plated Carbon Steel)
DIA..51 (13)
THICKNESS.13 (3.3)DIA.
2.00 (50.8)
• MATERIAL: Isolator – Neoprene Wear Plate & Sleeve – Carbon Steel, Rust-Resistant Coating
.53(13.5)
.78(19.8)
.45(11.4)
Ø1.23(31.2)
Ø1.88(47.8)
.77(19.6)
.78(19.8)
R 06(1.5)
WEARPLATE
1.94(49.3)
NOTE: Dimensions in ( ) are mm.
APPLICATIONS• SMALL ENGINES• GENERATORS• PUMPS• RADIATORS• OPERATOR CABS IN SEVERE ENVIRONMENTS
AXIAL LOAD vs. DEFLECTION.563 (14.3) Thick Mounting Plate
LO
AD
(lb
.)DEFLECTION (in.)
1400
1200
1000
800
600
400
200
00 .025 .05 .075 .10 .125 .15 .175 .20 .225
-RX3031500
-RX3031260
-RX3031150
AXIAL LOAD vs. DEFLECTION.50 (12.7) Thick Mounting Plate
LO
AD
(lb
.)
DEFLECTION (in.)
1400
1200
1000
800
600
400
200
00 .025 .05 .075 .10 .125 .15 .175 .20 .225
-RX3031500
-RX3031260
-RX3031150
Buy Product Visit WebsiteRequest QuoteSee Section 7
vibrationmounts.com Phone: 516.328.3662 Fax: 516.328.3365
7-11
www.vibrationmounts.com Phone: 516.328.3662 Fax: 516.328.3365
AD
VANCED ANTIVIBRATIO
N
COMPONENTS
S E
C T
I O
N
71.31
(33.3)
1.88(47.8)
2.55(64.8)
V10Z82-R21200060
V10Z82-R21200120
V10Z82-R21200200
V10Z82-R30310150
V10Z82-R30310300
V10Z82-R30310500
V10Z82-R41390350
V10Z82-R41390700
V10Z82-R41391300
40
56
70
48
64
68
40
56
70
.38 (9.7)
.56(14.2)
.88(22.4)
30 (133)
40 (177)
50 (222)
60 (266)
120 (533)
200 (889)
140 (622)
300(1334)
650(2891)
Catalog Number
TEMPERATURE RANGE: -20°F to +180°F (-28.9°C to +82.2°C)
Ain.
(mm)
Axial StaticLoad, Max.
lb. (N)
60 (266) 120
(533) 200
(889) 150
(667) 300
(1334) 500
(2224) 350
(1556) 700
(3113)1300
(5782)
Radial StaticLoad, Max.
lb. (N)
MountingPlate
Thicknessin. (mm)
15
12
NaturalFrequency(Max. Load)
Hz (ref)
DurometerFin.
(mm)
.39 (9.9)
.53(13.5)
.65(16.5)
Gin.
(mm)
.48(12.2)
.78(19.8)
.9(22.9)
Hin.
(mm)
.79(20.1)
1.3 (33)
1.58(40.1)
Kin.
(mm)
1.25(31.8)
1.94(49.3)
2.43(61.7)
Jin.
(mm)
.04 (1)
.06(1.5)
.09(2.3)
Bin.
(mm)
.59(15)
.77(19.6)
1.03(26.2)
Bolt Mounts – Ring and Bushing Type
• FULL REBOUND PROTECTION • STRUCTURE-BORNE NOISE ATTENUATION• RESISTS OILS, OZONE AND MOST SOLVENTS• FAIL-SAFE DESIGN WITH SNUBBING WASHER
• MATERIAL: Isolator – Neoprene Sleeve – Carbon Steel Rust-Resistant Coating
NewK
H
G
A
B
G
F
JRAD.
AXIAL LOAD vs. DEFLECTION(.38 Thick Mounting Plate)
LO
AD
(lb
.)
DEFLECTION (in.)
600
500
400
300
200
100
0.02 .04 .08.06 .10 .12
-R21200200
-R21200120
-R21200060
AXIAL LOAD vs. DEFLECTION(.56 Thick Mounting Plate)
LO
AD
(lb
.)
DEFLECTION (in.)
1400
1200
1000
800
600
400
200
0
.0250 .05 .075 .10 .125 .15 .175 .20 .225
-R30310500
-R30310300
-R30310150
AXIAL LOAD vs. DEFLECTION(.88 Thick Mounting Plate)
LO
AD
(lb
.)
DEFLECTION (in.)
2500
2000
1500
1000
500
.02 .04 .08.06 .10 .12 .14 .16 .18
-R41390350
-R41391300
-R41390700
NOTE: For Snubbing Washers and Installation Configurations see page 7-13
APPLICATIONS• HIGHWAY AND OFF-HIGHWAY VEHICLES: ISOLATE ENGINES, CABS, RADIATORS, BATTERY BOXES, FUEL TANKS AND ACCESSORIES• MOTOR GENERATORS AND COMPRESSORS• PUMPS AND CENTRIFUGES• MARINE EQUIPMENT AND POWER PLANTS• HVAC EQUIPMENT• PORTABLE EQUIPMENT AND MACHINERY• OFFICE EQUIPMENT/COMPUTERS
Buy Product Visit WebsiteRequest QuoteSee Section 7
vibrationmounts.com Phone: 516.328.3662 Fax: 516.328.3365
7-12
www.vibrationmounts.com Phone: 516.328.3662 Fax: 516.328.3365
AD
VANCED ANTIVIBRATIO
N
COMPONENTS
S E
C T
I O
N
7
Bolt Mounts – Ring and Bushing Type
• FULL REBOUND PROTECTION • STRUCTURE-BORNE NOISE ATTENUATION• RESISTS OILS, OZONE AND MOST SOLVENTS• FAIL-SAFE DESIGN WITH SNUBBING WASHER
• MATERIAL: Isolator – Neoprene Sleeve – Carbon Steel, Rust-Resistant Coating
New
K
H
G
A
B
G
F
JRAD.
2.88(73.2)
3.38(85.9)
V10Z82-R56460500
V10Z82-R56461000
V10Z82-R56462100
V10Z82-R78542600
V10Z82-R78543600
V10Z82-R78544600
40
60
70
60
68
74
1.12(28.4)
1.25(31.8)
200 (889) 400
(1779) 900
(4003)1000
(4448)1450
(6449)1900
(8451)
Catalog Number
TEMPERATURE RANGE: -20°F to +180°F (-28.9°C to +82.2°C)
Ain.
(mm)
3.5 (88.9)
4.88(124)
Axial StaticLoad, Max.
lb. (N)
500(2224)1000
(4448)2100
(9341)2600
(11565)3600
(16013)4600
(20461)
Radial StaticLoad, Max.
lb. (N)
MountingPlate
Thicknessin. (mm)
10
NaturalFrequency(Max. Load)
Hz (ref)
DurometerFin.
(mm)
.93(23.6)
1.063 (27)
Gin.
(mm)
1(25.4)
1.25(31.8)
Hin.
(mm)
2.3(58.4)
2.55(64.8)
Kin.
(mm)
Jin.
(mm)
.12(3)
Bin.
(mm)
1.41(35.8)
1.86(47.2)
NOTE: For Snubbing Washers and Installation Configurations see next page.
AXIAL LOAD vs. DEFLECTION1.25 Thick Mounting Plate
LO
AD
(lb
.)
DEFLECTION (in.)
8000
7000
6000
5000
4000
3000
2000
1000
00 0.05 0.1 0.15 0.2 0.25
-R78544600
-R78543600
-R78542600
1000
2000
3000
4000
5000
0 .05 0.10 0.15 0.20 0.25
AXIAL LOAD vs. DEFLECTION(1.12 Thick Mounting Plate)
LO
AD
(lb
.)
DEFLECTION (in.)
-R56462100
-R56461000
-R56460500
APPLICATIONS• HIGHWAY AND OFF-HIGHWAY VEHICLES: ISOLATE ENGINES, CABS, RADIATORS, BATTERY BOXES, FUEL TANKS AND ACCESSORIES• MOTOR GENERATORS AND COMPRESSORS• PUMPS AND CENTRIFUGES• MARINE EQUIPMENT AND POWER PLANTS• HVAC EQUIPMENT• PORTABLE EQUIPMENT AND MACHINERY• OFFICE EQUIPMENT/COMPUTERS
Buy Product Visit WebsiteRequest QuoteSee Section 7
vibrationmounts.com Phone: 516.328.3662 Fax: 516.328.3365
7-13
www.vibrationmounts.com Phone: 516.328.3662 Fax: 516.328.3365
AD
VANCED ANTIVIBRATIO
N
COMPONENTS
S E
C T
I O
N
7
Bolt Mounts – Washers and Installation
New
.09(2.3).13
(3.3).19
(4.8).25
(6.4).38
(9.7)
.40(10.2) .51
(13) .66
(16.8) .94
(23.9)1.06
(26.9)
V 9C20-040
V 9C20-051
V 9C20-066
V 9C20-094
V 9C20-106
Catalog NumberFor
SeriesV10Z82-
R21
R30 & RX30
R41
R56
R78
1.56 (39.6)
2.00 (50.8)
2.81 (71.4)
3.88 (98.6)
5.25(133.4)
Dia. Xin.
(mm)
Dia. Yin.
(mm)
Thickness Zin.
(mm)
B RADIUSREQUIRED
ISOLATED EQUIPMENT
SNUBBINGWASHER
EMOUNTINGHOLE DIAMETER
D
SUPPORTSTRUCTURE
CINSTALLED
B RADIUSREQUIRED
ISOLATEDSTRUCTURE
CINSTALLED
E MOUNTING
HOLE DIAMETER
D
SNUBBINGWASHER
INSTALLATION CONFIGURATIONS
Installation Dimensions
Mount Series
V10Z82-R21V10Z82-R30V10Z82-R41V10Z82-R56V10Z82-R78
Bin. (mm)
.04 (1.02)
.06 (1.52)
.09 (2.29)
.12 (3.05)
.12 (3.05)
Cin. (mm)
1.25 (31.8)1.94 (49.3)2.43 (61.7)2.88 (73.2)3.38 (85.9)
Din. (mm)
.38 (9.7) .56 (14.2) .88 (22.4)1.12 (28.4)1.25 (31.8)
Ein. (mm)
.75 (19.1)1.25 (31.8)1.50 (38.1)2.25 (57.2)2.50 (63.5)
• MATERIAL: Carbon Steel - Zinc Plated
DIA. X
THICKNESSZ
DIA. Y
Snubbing Washers
For Bolt Mounts,see previous pages.
Buy Product Visit WebsiteRequest QuoteSee Section 7
vibrationmounts.com Phone: 516.328.3662 Fax: 516.328.3365
.813 (20.65)
1.000 (25.40)
.250 (6.35)
.563 (14.30)
.520 (13.21)
1.060 (26.92)
6 (26.7)
3 (13.3)
6 (26.7)
3 (13.3)
6 (26.7)
.063 (1.60)
.050 (1.27)
.063 (1.60)
.050 (1.27)
.063 (1.60)
.063 (1.60)
.040 (1.02)
.063 (1.60)
.040 (1.02)
.063 (1.60)
.125 (3.18)
.050 (1.27)
.130 (3.30)
.050 (1.27)
.130 (3.30)
.224 (5.69)
.226 (5.74)
.276 (7.01)
.281 (7.14)
.158 (4.01)
.188 (4.78)
.158 (4.01)
.188 (4.78)
.063 (1.60)
.125 (3.18)
.063 (1.60)
.125 (3.18)
.057 (1.45)
.063 (1.60)
.031 (0.79)
.043 (1.09)
V10R14-G401-1
V10R14-G402-1
V10R14-G403-1
V10R14-G404-1
V10R14-G410-1
V10R14-G411-1
V10R14-G412-1
V10R14-G414-1
Vinyl Elastomer Grommets
7-14
• MATERIAL: Highly-Damped Blue Vinyl Elastomer
1
2
Catalog Number
PEAK PERFORMANCE TEMPERATURE RANGE: 55°F TO 105°F (13°C TO 41°C)
www.vibrationmounts.com Phone: 516.328.3662 Fax: 516.328.3365
AD
VAN
CED ANTIVIBRATION
CO M P O N E N TS • VIBRATION & SHOCK CONTROL • SMALL SIZES
• NOISE CONTROL • EXCELLENT PHYSICAL INTEGRITY
H
CD
E
G C
B E
A
DH
FG
H
C
G F
B
AD
E
Fig. 1 Fig. 2
H
E C
DG
H
B E
FA
DG
C
Fig. 3 Fig. 4
Fig. 5 Fig. 6
Fig.No.
APlate
Thicknessin. (mm)
.375 (9.53)
.250 (6.35)
.375 (9.53)
.250 (6.35)
.375 (9.53)
BHole
Diameterin. (mm)
CInside
Diameterin. (mm)
.313 (7.95)
.375 (9.53)
.313 (7.95)
.375 (9.53)
.230 (5.84)
.323 (8.20)
.230 (5.84)
.323 (8.20)
DOverallHeightin. (mm)
.563 (14.30)
.625 (15.88)
.379 (9.63)
.563 (14.30)
.379 (9.63)
.563 (14.30)
EOutside
Diameterin. (mm)
FEdge
Radiusin. (mm)
GRib
Heightin. (mm)
HRib
Widthin. (mm)
Loadlb. (N)
10 (44.5)
25 (111.2)
.085 (2.16)
.125 (3.18)
.135 (3.43)
.078 (1.98)
.132 (3.35)
—
.250 (6.35)
—
.516 (13.11)
.460 (11.68)
.260 (6.60)
.457 (11.61)
.260 (6.60)
—
.313 (7.95)
—
.544 (13.82)
V10R82-F10-1
V10R82-M10-1
V10R82-F25-1
V10R82-M25-1
3
4
5
6
Catalog Number Fig.No.
AShankHeightin. (mm)
—
.469 (11.91)
—
.473 (12.01)
BShank
Diameterin. (mm)
CInside
Diameterin. (mm)
DOverallHeightin. (mm)
EFlange
Diameterin. (mm)
FFlangeHeightin. (mm)
GRib
Heightin. (mm)
HRib
Widthin. (mm)
Loadlb. (N)
New
H
E C
GF
B
AD
APPLICATIONS • COMPUTER DISK DRIVES• COMPUTER PRINTERS AND PERIPHERALS• PRECISION EQUIPMENT – MEDICAL, OFFICE AND LABORATORY
Fig. 2Fig. 1
Fig. 4
Fig. 3
Fig. 6
Fig. 5
Rev: 8-24-10 SS
vibrationmounts.com Phone: 516.328.3662 Fax: 516.328.3365
7-15
www.vibrationmounts.com Phone: 516.328.3662 Fax: 516.328.3365
AD
VANCED ANTIVIBRATIO
N
COMPONENTS
S E
C T
I O
N
7V10Z61MS
V10Z61MA1
V10Z61MA2
V10Z61MB1
V10Z61MB2
• PROTECTS FRAGILE SUBJECTS FROM MICROVIBRATIONSAND LIGHT SHOCKS
Bolt Mounts – Silicone Gel Type
• MATERIAL: Collar – Brass Bushing – Silicone Gel
Metric
BOLT (NOT SUPPLIED)
WASHER (NOT SUPPLIED)
GEL BUSHING
GEL BUSHING
OBJECT TO ISOLATE
MOUNTING BASE
COLLAR
INSTALLATION DIAGRAM
Fig. 1
Fig. 2
Fig. 3
Catalog Number
Note: Dimensions in ( ) are inch.
NOTE: More technical data is given on pages 1-34, 1-35 & 2-3.
1
2
3
6(.24)
7(.28)
11(.43)
ResonanceMagnification
dB
RecommendedFrequency
Hz
0.05 to 0.188 (.11 to .41)
0.125 to 0.625 (.28 to 1.38)
0.625 to 1 (1.38 to 2.2)
1 to 3.75 (2.2 to 8.27)
3.75 to 8 (8.27 to 17.64)
Optimum Loadkgf/ leg(lb./leg)
64 to 42
67 to 35
49 to 37
49 to 23
20 to 15
ResonancePoint
Hz
7 to 9
9 to 10
15 to 16
15 to 17
19 to 23
dCollar
ID
3(.12)
3(.12)
4(.16)
LCollarLength
CollarThickness
0.5 (.02)
1 (.04)
1 (.04)
Fig.No.
90 @ 0.05 kg (.11 lb.)60 @ 0.188 kg (.41 lb.)95 @ 0.125 kg (.28 lb.)50 @ 0.625 kg (1.38 lb.)70 @ 0.625 kg (1.38 lb.)55 @ 1 kg (2.2 lb.)70 @ 1 kg (2.2 lb.)35 @ 3.75 kg (8.27 lb.)30 @ 3.75 kg (8.27 lb.)25 @ 8 kg (17.64 lb.)
New
TEMPERATURE RANGE: -40°C to +200°C (-40°F to +392°F)
Ø5(.20)
L
L
3 (.12)
d
6.5(.26)
5 (.20)
5 (.20)
4 (.16) 4 (.16)
4 (.16)
d
3.5 (1.4)
3 (.12)L
d
Ø4(.16)
Ø7(2.8)
Ø11(.43)
Ø7(.28)
Ø11(.43)
Ø9(.35)Ø14
(.55)
Ø9(.35)Ø14
(.55)
Ø6(2.4)Ø14
(.55) Ø25(.98)
Ø14(.55)
Ø25(.98)
Buy Product Visit WebsiteRequest QuoteSee Section 7
vibrationmounts.com Phone: 516.328.3662 Fax: 516.328.3365
#6
#8
#10
V10Z14-04050
V10Z14-04100
V10Z14-04150
V10Z14-05050
V10Z14-05100
V10Z14-05150
V10Z14-06050
V10Z14-06100
V10Z14-06150
• CAN BE USED AS SEALING WASHER• ONE-PIECE CONSTRUCTION • SELF-SEALING
Bolt Mounts – Washer Type
7-16
• MATERIAL: Washer – Stainless Steel Seal – Silicone Rubber
Catalog Number ThreadSize
1/2
1
1-1/2
1/2
1
1-1/2
1/2
1
1-1/2
WasherO.D.
TEMPERATURE RANGE: -160°F to +500°F (-106.7°C to +260°C)PRESSURE RANGE: 100 psi (0.69 N/mm2) Internal & External
New
INSTALLATION: Bolt Mounts – Washer Type are installed onbolts or screws in the same manner as regular washers. Therubber section should always face the panel.
1
1-1/2
1
1-1/2
1
1-1/2
1
1-1/2
1
1-1/2
1/4
5/16
3/8
7/16
1/2
V10Z14-08100
V10Z14-08150
V10Z14-10100
V10Z14-10150
V10Z14-12100
V10Z14-12150
V10Z14-14100
V10Z14-14150
V10Z14-16100
V10Z14-16150
Catalog Number ThreadSize
WasherO.D.
SECTION X-X
Top View
Bottom View
www.vibrationmounts.com Phone: 516.328.3662 Fax: 516.328.3365
AD
VAN
CED ANTIVIBRATION
CO M P O N E N TS
XX
METALRUBBER
5/64
O.D.
ThreadSize
Rev: 8-24-10 SS
Buy Product Visit WebsiteRequest QuoteSee Section 7
vibrationmounts.com Phone: 516.328.3662 Fax: 516.328.3365
7-17
www.vibrationmounts.com Phone: 516.328.3662 Fax: 516.328.3365
AD
VANCED ANTIVIBRATIO
N
COMPONENTS
S E
C T
I O
N
7
Silicone vs. Rubber
Metric
New
50
60
70
40
30
20
10
0-100 -50 0 50 100 150
RE
BO
UN
D R
ES
ILE
NC
E (
%)
TEMPERATURE (°C)
REBOUND RESILIENCE
No matter what the temperature could be, Silicone Gel performs more stably than other materials.
V10Z61 and V10Z62 Series Silicone
Urethane High Damping Rubber
NBR (Rubber)
Natural Rubber
V10Z61and
V10Z62Series
Silicone
UrethaneHigh
DampingRubber
NBR(Rubber)
NaturalRubber
EPDMRubber
50
60
70
40
30
20
10
0
CO
MP
RE
SS
ION
SE
T (
%)
COMPRESSION SETOutstanding restoration is available even when Silicone Gel stays compressed.
1. Compress above materials by 25% and leave
compressed for 22 hours in 70°C (158° F).
2. Release compression and leave in normal
temperature for 30 minutes.
vibrationmounts.com Phone: 516.328.3662 Fax: 516.328.3365
7-18
www.vibrationmounts.com Phone: 516.328.3662 Fax: 516.328.3365
AD
VANCED ANTIVIBRATIO
N
COMPONENTS
S E
C T
I O
N
7
Unique Properties of Silicone Gel
Silicone gel has many properties that are superior to many other vibration damping materials such as rubber and urethane.
• Stable performance over wide temperature range: -40°C (-40°F) to 100 ~ 200°C (212 ~ 392°F) depending on the composition.
• Good thermal conductivity.
• Excellent in light-load and high-frequency vibration applications.
• High ozone, UV and chemical resistance.
Many Forms of Silicone Gel Products Are Offered in This Catalog
Shock Absorbent Test
Impact of dropping a fresh egg froma height of 18 m (59 feet) onto a2 cm (.79 in.) thick silicone gel padis gently absorbed without break-ing the egg.
Stud Type Mounts p. 1-34 thru 1-36
Base Mounts p. 2-3
Spring Mounts p. 5-14
Bolt Mounts p. 7-15
Silicone Foam Pads p. 8-8
Silicone Gel Pads p. 8-9
Silicone Gel Tape & Chips p. 8-10
vibrationmounts.com Phone: 516.328.3662 Fax: 516.328.3365
SECTION 8
8-2
www.vibrationmounts.com Phone: 516.328.3662 Fax: 516.328.3365
AD
VANCED ANTIVIBRATIO
N
COMPONENTS
S E
C T
I O
N
3S
E C
T I
O N
8
• FOR STANDARD LOADS OF 50 TO 100 PSI (3.5 TO 7 kgf/cm2)
Iso-Pads
• MATERIAL: A compound of two layers of tough vinyl chloride elastomeric resin bonded to both sides of a strong reinforcing core of monofilament fiberglass and fused in a special process.
L
W
T
PATTERNED
NATURAL FREQUENCY vs. LOAD (PSI) (STATIC)
FR
EQ
UE
NC
Y IN
HZ
STATIC LOAD IN PSI
60
50
40
30
20
10
0 15 30 45 60 75 90 105 120
DEFLECTION IN INCHES
STA
TIC
LO
AD
IN
PS
I
LOAD vs. DEFLECTION
0
2400
2000
1600
1200
800
400
.020 .040 .060 .080 .100 .120 .140 .160 .180
LOADING
UNLOADIN
G
LOAD DEFLECTION vs. RECOVERY
AP
PL
IED
LO
AD
IN
PS
I
180
150
120
90
60
30
0 1.6 3.2 4.8 6.4 8.0 9.6 11.2 12.8
DEFLECTION IN PERCENT OF ORIGINAL THICKNESS
TRANSMISSIBILITY
TR
AN
SM
ISS
IBIL
TY GAIN
LOSS
SC
ALE
IN
DB
RATIO OFfo (Applied Frequency)
fn (Natural Frequency)
8.0
4.0
2.0
1.0
.50
.250
.125
.062
.031.10 1.0 10
20
1510
50510
15202530
COLOR: Orange
COEFFICIENT OF FRICTION: .8
TEMPERATURE RANGE: -50°F to +230°F (-45.6°C to 110°C)
NATURAL FREQUENCY vs TEMP AT 100 PSI (7 kgf/cm2):
-50°F (-45.6°C) fn = 24 HzRoom Temperature fn = 27 Hz+230°F (110°C) fn = 19 Hz
*Priced per box of 12 pieces.
V10R10-00
V10R10-33
V10R10-44
V10R10-36
V10R10-48
Catalog Number
22
3
4
3
4
558
76.2
101.6
76.2
101.6
W Pad Area
506
9
16
18
32
in. mm
23
3
4
6
8
584
76.2
101.6
152.4
203.2
L
in. mm
5/8 15.9
T
in. mm sq. in.
3265
58.1
103.2
116.1
206.5
sq. cm
*
*
*
*
Buy Product Visit WebsiteRequest QuoteSee Section 8
vibrationmounts.com Phone: 516.328.3662 Fax: 516.328.3365
8-3
www.vibrationmounts.com Phone: 516.328.3662 Fax: 516.328.3365
AD
VANCED ANTIVIBRATIO
N
COMPONENTS
S E
C T
I O
N
3S
E C
T I
O N
8
• UNPATTERNED • PATTERNED
Iso-Pad Sheets
ISO-PADSHIM
STANDARDMETAL SHIM STOCK(.001 TO .062 as required)
ISO-PAD
FLOOR
TYPICAL INSTALLATIONS:
ISO-PAD
METAL WASHERMACHINEMACHINE(3/16 thick)
ISO-PAD
ISO-PAD BOLTINSULATOR
For Bolt Isolation:
Occasionally, machinery must be bolted down because of unbalanced structure, upward pull, safety requirements or local ordinances.Shimming instructions would apply for bolted machinery.
The bolt head should be isolated from the machine base or feet by using a metal washer over a piece of ISO-PAD. The body of the bolt mustalso be isolated. This can be achieved with Bolt Insulator material cut to size, rolled into a cylinder, and slipped over the bolt.
For Machine Leveling:
SHIM increases ISO-PAD height in 3/32 in. (2.4 mm) increments. If metal shims are required, use ISO-PAD SHIM to isolate them from themachine base and eliminate metal-to-metal contact. It is especially useful in assuring level machine installations on unlevel floors.
ISO-PAD SHIM has a composition similiar to ISO-PAD Standard. (See previous page for ISO-PAD Standard)
• FIG. 1
ISO-PAD FOR BOLT INSULATOR (UNPATTERNED)
Coefficient of Friction: .8 Color: Orange
• FIG. 2
ISO-PAD FOR SHIM (PATTERNED)
Coefficient of Friction: .8 Color: Orange
Fig. 1 Fig. 2
11
Catalog Number
V10R11-B11
Sheet Dimensions
W
11
in.
279.4
mmL
in.
279.4
mm
3/32
Tin.
2.4
mm
22
Catalog Number
V10R11-A00
Sheet Dimensions
W
22
in.
558
mmL
in.
558
mm
3/32
Tin.
2.4
mm
Buy Product Visit WebsiteRequest QuoteSee Section 8
vibrationmounts.com Phone: 516.328.3662 Fax: 516.328.3365
• FOR LIGHT LOADS OF 20 TO 120 PSI (1.4 TO 8.4 kgf/cm2)
Iso-Pads
8-4
• MATERIAL: Vinyl Chloride Elastomeric Resin
NATURAL FREQUENCY vs. TEMP. AT 80 PSI (5.6 kgf/cm2)
-50 °F (-45.6°C) fn = 24 HzRoom Temperature fn = 40 Hz+230°F (110°C) fn = 24 Hz
COEFFICIENT OF FRICTION: .8
T
L
W
UNPATTERNED
www.vibrationmounts.com Phone: 516.328.3662 Fax: 516.328.3365
AD
VAN
CED ANTIVIBRATION
CO M P O N E N TS
L TCatalog Number
COLOR: Orange TEMPERATURE RANGE: -50°F to +230°F (-45.6°C to 110°C)
Rev: 11-1-11 SS
Pad DimensionsW
.25+.062 -.000
Pad Area
in. mm in. mm in. mm
6.4+1.58
0
sq. in. sq. cm
23 1 2 3 4
V10R 9-00V10R 9-11V10R 9-22V10R 9-33V10R 9-44
22 1 2 3 4
506 1 4 9 16
558 25.4 50.8 76.2 101.6
584 25.4 50.8 76.2 101.6
3265 6.5 25.8 58.1 103.2
120
100
80
60
40
20
0 .4 .8 1.6 2.4 3.2 4.0 4.8 5.6 6.4 7.2
8.04.02.01.0.50.250.125.062.031
.10 1.0 10
201510
505
1015202530
DEFLECTION IN PERCENT OF ORIGINAL THICKNESS
LOAD DEFLECTION VS. RECOVERYA
PPLI
ED L
OA
D IN
PSI
TRANSMISSIBILITY VS. FREQUENCY RATIO
TRA
NSM
ISSI
BIL
ITY
SCAL
E IN
dB
UNLOAD
INGLOAD
ING
RATIO OF fo(Applied Frequency)fn(Natural Frequency)
NATURAL FREQUENCY VS. LOAD (PSI) (STATIC)
120
100
80
60
40
20
1201059075604530150STATIC LOAD IN PSI
FREQ
UEN
CY
IN H
z
1200
1000
800
600
400
200
0 .025 .050 .075 .100
DEFLECTION IN INCHES
LOAD VS. DEFLECTION
STAT
IC L
OA
D IN
PSI
GAIN
LOSS
Buy Product Visit WebsiteRequest QuoteSee Section 8
vibrationmounts.com Phone: 516.328.3662 Fax: 516.328.3365
V10R79MPA08035
V10R79MPA1006016000
1400
1200
1000
800
600
400
200
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
V10R79MPA10030
Load (kgf)350
300
250
200
150
100
50
0 1 2 3 4 5 6
V10R79MPA07025
V10R79MPA07030
Load (kgf)
V10R79MPA05020
V10R79MPA07035
V10R79MPA05020
V10R79MPA07025
V10R79MPA07030
V10R79MPA07035
V10R79MPA08035
V10R79MPA10030
V10R79MPA10060
Metric
• MATERIAL: Natural Rubber (55-60 Shore A Black)
PERFORMANCE GRAPHS
• 100% RUBBER • HOLE FOR EASY INSTALLATION• GREAT FOR IMPACT LOADS
50(1.97)
70(2.76)
80(3.15)
100(3.94)
Rev: 5-12-11 SS
150 (331) 200
(441) 300
(661) 400
(882) 600
(1323) 900
(1984) 1500
(3307)
Catalog NumberE
mm(in.)
Lmm(in.)
tmm(in.)
t1mm(in.)
Dmm(in.)
Max. Loadkgf(lbf)
50(1.97)
70(2.76)
80(3.15)
100(3.94)
20(1.79)
25 (.98)
30(1.18)
35(1.38)
35(1.38)
30(1.18)
60(2.36)
—
21(.83)
—25
(.98)—
11(1.43)
29(1.14)
35(1.38) 38(1.50)
40(1.57)
8-5
www.vibrationmounts.com Phone: 516.328.3662 Fax: 516.328.3365
AD
VAN
CED ANTIVIBRATION
CO M P O N E N TS
Square Rubber Mounts
E
L
ØD
tt1
Buy Product Visit WebsiteRequest QuoteSee Section 8
vibrationmounts.com Phone: 516.328.3662 Fax: 516.328.3365
• VERSATILE• SMALL FOOTPRINT
• MATERIAL: Natural Black Rubber (Ozone-Resistant Rubber)
Metric
Catalog Number** FigureNumber
1
2
tThickness
mm (in.)
10 (.39)
12 (.47)
CompressionLoad
N/cm2 (lb./in.2)
26 (38)
30 (44)
AdmissibleTemporary Overload
%
30
Fig. 1
Fig. 2V10R78MS400-12N
*The material for this item is Neoprene.**To be discontinued when present stock is depleted.
Rev: 5-9-11 SS
V10R78MS300-10..
Dimensions in ( ) are in.
V10R78MS300-10N
V10R78MS300-10CR
V10R78MS400-12N
*
ASSEMBLY EXAMPLES
GLUED MOUNTING:Attachment using glue.
METAL BASEPLATE MOUNTING
SPLIT MOUNTING:One single pad can be used by
splitting it, to insulate the different legs of a machine.
DIRECT MOUNTING:Free installation of the
machine on the pad simply by resting it there.
METALPADSMETAL
280(11.02)
280(11.02)
t
380(14.96)
380(14.96)
t
8-6
www.vibrationmounts.com Phone: 516.328.3662 Fax: 516.328.3365
AD
VAN
CED ANTIVIBRATION
CO M P O N E N TS
New
Pads – Single Ribbed
Buy Product Visit WebsiteRequest QuoteSee Section 8
vibrationmounts.com Phone: 516.328.3662 Fax: 516.328.3365
35 (51)
• VERSATILE• SMALL FOOTPRINT
• MATERIAL: Natural Black Rubber (Ozone-Resistant Rubber)
Metric
Catalog Number*
V10R78MD400-16
The serrated sides of the pads enable the pads to fit together so that they generate greater continuity to help insulate vibrations better. PADS (matched antivibratory pads), compress simultaneously, whether or not they are of the same hardness.
16 (.63)380 (14.96)380 (14.96)
tThickness
mm (in.)
CompressionLoad
N/cm2 (lb./in.2)
AdmissibleTemporary Overload
%
30
HHeightmm (in.)
WWidth
mm (in.)Made up of
(2x) V10R78MS400-12N
t
H
W
8-7
www.vibrationmounts.com Phone: 516.328.3662 Fax: 516.328.3365
AD
VAN
CED ANTIVIBRATION
CO M P O N E N TS
Pads – Paired Ribbed
*To be discontinued when present stock is depleted.
Rev: 5-9-11 SS
Buy Product Visit WebsiteRequest QuoteSee Section 8
vibrationmounts.com Phone: 516.328.3662 Fax: 516.328.3365
Silicone Foam Pads
8-8
• OUTSTANDING DURABILITY • LOW COMPRESSION SET • DURABLE IN ANY WEATHER• FOR OUTSIDE USE • SHOCK ABSORBER • LOW FLAMMABILITY
• MATERIAL: Silicone Foam
W
LT
Rev: 1-22-08 SS
50
40
30
20
10
1
0.2
CO
MPR
ESSI
ON
(%)
COMPRESSION SET
SiliconeFoam
Chloro-prene
Poly-ethyleneFoam
UrethaneFoam
1. Compress the materials by 50% and leave compressed for 22 hours in 70°C (158°F).2. Release compression and leave subject in normal temperature for 30 minutes.
Metric
New
www.vibrationmounts.com Phone: 516.328.3662 Fax: 516.328.3365
AD
VAN
CED ANTIVIBRATION
CO M P O N E N TS
LLength
500 (19.69)
2000 (78.7)
500 (19.69)
1000 (39.4)
Green
White
V10Z62MNPGRN0500
V10Z62MNPGRN2000
V10Z62MNPWTE0500
V10Z62MNPWTE1000
TEMPERATURE RANGE: -40°C to 200°C (-40°F to 392°F)
Catalog Number WWidth
450 (17.72)
300 (11.81)
ColorTThickness
3 (.118)
6 (.236)
0.260.3273
269.51.150.06
3.8x1014
3.8XX
OOXXOOO
CHARACTERISTICS:Specific GravityTensile Strength (Mega Pascal)Elongation (%)Young's Modulus (Kilo Pascal)Specific Heat (Joule/g •°K)Thermal Conductivity (Watt/m •°K)Specific Volume Resistance Ratio (Ω •cm)Dielectric Breakdown Strength (kV/mm)
TolueneAcetoneMethanolDistilled H20FuelLubricantNaCI (10%)HCI (10%)NaOH (5%)
ChemicalResistance
X = Has a reactionO = No reaction
Buy Product Visit WebsiteRequest QuoteSee Section 8
vibrationmounts.com Phone: 516.328.3662 Fax: 516.328.3365
8-9
www.vibrationmounts.com Phone: 516.328.3662 Fax: 516.328.3365
AD
VANCED ANTIVIBRATIO
N
COMPONENTS
S E
C T
I O
N
3S
E C
T I
O N
8
Silicone Gel Pads
• LOW RESONANCE MAGNIFICATION • OZONE, UV AND CHEMICAL RESISTANT• ABSORBS SHOCKS • REDUCES NOISE
• MATERIAL: Silicone Gel
100(3.94)
100(3.94)
5(.197)
2 (.08)
Ø9(.354)
Ø10(.394)
• Divide for light load. Add for heavy load.
• Make sure of total object load and then select optimum gel pad.
(Example) • For 0.3 kgf (.66 lb.) load, add a board for extra weight or divide V10Z62MSN02 to reduce projections.
• For 10 kgf (22.1 lb.) load, divide V10Z62MSN15 into pieces.
• For 80 kgf (176.4 lb.) load, use two of V10Z62MSN50 and divide if needed.
INSTALLATION
NOTE: Dimensions in ( ) are inch
V10Z62MSN02
V10Z62MSN05
V10Z62MSN15
V10Z62MSN50
Catalog NumberOptimum
Loadkgf/pad(lb./pad)
ResonancePoint
Hz
27 to 21
29 to 23
26 to 18
22 to 15
ResonanceMagnification
dB
6
8
13
20 to 18
RecommendedFrequency
Hz
from 38
from 40
from 37
from 30
Deflectionmm (in.)
Color
Yellow
Green
Orange
Blue
0.5 to 2 (1.1 to 4.4)
2 to 5 (4.4 to 11.0)
5 to 15 (11.0 to 33.1)
15 to 50 (33.1 to 110.2)
Metric
New
TEMPERATURE RANGE: -40°C to +200°C (-40°F to +392°F)
1.4 to 3(.06 to .12)
1.5 to 2.5(.06 to .10)
1.1 to 2.2(.04 to .09)
0.7 to 2(.03 to .08)
OBJECT BOARD
GEL PAD
Buy Product Visit WebsiteRequest QuoteSee Section 8
vibrationmounts.com Phone: 516.328.3662 Fax: 516.328.3365
8-10
www.vibrationmounts.com Phone: 516.328.3662 Fax: 516.328.3365
AD
VANCED ANTIVIBRATIO
N
COMPONENTS
S E
C T
I O
N
3S
E C
T I
O N
8
TAPE
1 (.039)
2 (.079)
3 (.118)
V10Z62MGT1
V10Z62MGT2
V10Z62MGT3
V10Z62MGT4
V10Z62MGT5
V10Z62MGT6
Silicone Gel Tape & Chips
• LOW COMPRESSION SET • HIGH CHEMICAL RESISTANCE• HIGH WEATHER RESISTANCE • EFFECTIVE IN NARROW SPACE
• MATERIAL: Silicone Gel
Fig. 2
Fig. 1
10 (.394)
20 (.787)
10 (.394)
20 (.787)
10 (.394)
20 (.787)
TEMPERATURE RANGE: -40°C to 100°C (-40°F to 212°F)
1000(39.4)
Catalog NumberW
WidthL
LengthT
Thickness
• Fig. 1
*Priced per sheet (25 chips per sheet)NOTE: Dimensions in ( ) are inch.
10 (.394)
15 (.591)
20 (.787)
10 (.394)
15 (.591)
20 (.787)
V10Z62MGC1
V10Z62MGC2
V10Z62MGC3
V10Z62MGC4
V10Z62MGC5
V10Z62MGC6
V10Z62MGC7
V10Z62MGC8
CHIPS*• Fig. 2
3 (.118)
5 (.197)
3 (.118)
5 (.197)
10 (.394)
3 (.118)
5 (.197)
10 (.394)
Metric
New
W T
L
ADHESIVE AGENT ON ONE SIDE
W
T L
ADHESIVE AGENT ON ONE SIDE
Buy Product Visit WebsiteRequest QuoteSee Section 8
vibrationmounts.com Phone: 516.328.3662 Fax: 516.328.3365
SECTION 9
9-2
www.vibrationmounts.com Phone: 516.328.3662 Fax: 516.328.3365
AD
VANCED ANTIVIBRATIO
N
COMPONENTS
S E
C T
I O
N
9
#2-56
#2-56#2-56 / #4-40#2-56 / #6-32
#4-40#4-40 / #6-32
#6-32
#2-56
#2-56#2-56
#2-56 / #4-40#2-56
#2-56 / #4-40#4-40
.1200 (3.048)
.1248 (3.17)
.1248 (3.17)
.1873 (4.757)
.2498 (6.345)
.1873 (4.757)
.2498 (6.345)
.2498 (6.345)
.1200 (3.048)
.1248 (3.17)
.1873 (4.757)
.2498 (6.345)
5/16 (7.94)
5/16 (7.94)
3/8 (9.53)
1/2 (12.7)
5/16 (7.94)
5/16 (7.94)3/8 (9.53)1/2 (12.7)3/8 (9.53)1/2 (12.7)1/2 (12.7)
V50PSS-0303V50PSS-0304V50PSS-0404V50PSS-0406V50PSS-0408V50PSS-0606V50PSS-0608V50PSS-0808
V50PSR-0303V50PSR-0304V50PSR-0404V50PSR-0406V50PSR-0408V50PSR-0606V50PSR-0608V50PSR-0808
A1
Bore+.0005
(+0.013)
A2
Bore+.0005
(+0.013)
.1200 (3.048)
.1250 (3.175)
.1250 (3.175)
.1875 (4.763)
.2500 (6.35)
.1875 (4.763)
.2500 (6.35)
.2500 (6.35)
V50FSS-0303V50FSS-0304V50FSS-0404V50FSS-0406V50FSS-0408V50FSS-0606V50FSS-0608V50FSS-0808
V50FSR-0303V50FSR-0304V50FSR-0404V50FSR-0406V50FSR-0408V50FSR-0606V50FSR-0608V50FSR-0808
Couplings – Neo-Flex – Short
• MATERIAL: Hubs – 303 Stainless Steel Center – Molded Neoprene, Durometer 73
• MOLDED NEOPRENE CENTER • SHAFT-TO SHAFT INSULATION• FAIRLOC® AND PIN TYPE HUBS
• TORSIONAL VIBRATION ISOLATION
D2D1
LL 1 L 2
13/16(20.6)O.D.
A1
D1 A1
A2
11/16(17.5)O.D.
D2
LL 1 L 2
13/16(20.6)O.D.
A211/16(17.5)O.D.
Fig 1. FairLoc® Type Hub
Other bore sizes and combinations available on special order.
A2
Bore+.001
(+0.025)
Catalog Number D1
HubDia.
CapScrew
A1
Bore+.001
(+0.025)
D2
HubDia.
Smooth StyleRibbed Style
L1
HubLength
L2
HubLength
LOverallLength± 1/64(± 0.4)
Fig. 1 Fairloc® Type Hub
Catalog Number D1
HubDia.
SetScrew
D2
HubDia.Smooth StyleRibbed Style
Fig. 2 Pin Type Hub
D2
13/16(20.6)O.D.
A211/16(17.5)O.D.
1/4(6.4)
SET SCREWSPOT DRILL
1-1/4(31.8)
D1 A1
1/4(6.4)
D1 A1
SET SCREWSPOT DRILL
1-1/4(31.8)
D2
13/16(20.6)O.D.
A2
11/16(17.5)O.D.
Fig 2. Pin Type Hub
.1200 (3.048)
.1250 (3.175)
.1875 (4.763)
.2500 (6.35)
.440 (11.18)
.440 (11.18)
.495 (12.57)
.610 (15.49)
.440 (11.18)
.440 (11.18)
.495 (12.57)
.610 (15.49)
.495 (12.57)
.610 (15.49)
.610 (15.49)
.257 (6.53)
.257 (6.53)
.257 (6.53)
.295 (7.49)
.257 (6.53)
.257 (6.53)
.257 (6.53)
.328 (8.33)
.257 (6.53)
.295 (7.49)
.295 (7.49)
1.264 (32.1)
1.264 (32.1)1.264 (32.1)1.335 (33.9)1.264 (32.1)1.302 (33.1)1.330 (33.8)
NOTE: Dimensions in ( ) are mm.
100 (0.71)
120 (0.85)
150 (1.06)
180 (1.27)
Max.Torque
oz. in. (N ••••• m)
SmoothStyle
RibbedStyle
5°.010 (0.25)
MISALIGNMENT COMPENSATION
Max. Angular Offset
Max. Lateral Offset
1°.005 (0.13)
100 (0.71)
120 (0.85)
150 (1.06)
180 (1.27)
Max.Torque
oz. in. (N ••••• m)
Buy Product Visit WebsiteRequest QuoteSee Section 9
vibrationmounts.com Phone: 516.328.3662 Fax: 516.328.3365
9-3
www.vibrationmounts.com Phone: 516.328.3662 Fax: 516.328.3365
AD
VANCED ANTIVIBRATIO
N
COMPONENTS
S E
C T
I O
N
9
M2
M2
M3
M2M2
M2/M2.5M2/M2.5
M2.5
M2.5
M2.5
Couplings – Neo-Flex – Short
Metric
• MATERIAL: Hubs – 303 Stainless Steel Center – Molded Neoprene, Durometer 73
• MOLDED NEOPRENE CENTER • SHAFT-TO-SHAFT INSULATION• TORSIONAL VIBRATION ISOLATION
• FAIRLOC® AND PIN TYPE HUBS
Ll2l1
Ø20.6(.81)
Ø17.5(9.69)
L
D1 d1 d2 D2
d2 D2D1 d1
l1 l2
Ø20.6(.81)
Ø17.5(.69)
Ribbed Style
Smooth Style
Other bore sizes and combinations available on special order.
Ø20.6(.81)
6.3(.25)
6.3(.25)
6.3(.25)
SET SCREW
SPOT DRILL31.8
(1.25)
SPOT DRILL
Ø17.5(.69)
6.3(.25)
SETSCREW
31.8(1.25)
d1 d2D1
d1D1
D2
d2 D2 Ø20.6(.81)
Ø17.5(.69)
Ribbed Style
Smooth Style
V50FSRM0303V50FSRM0304V50FSRM0305V50FSRM0306V50FSRM0404V50FSRM0405V50FSRM0406V50FSRM0505V50FSRM0506V50FSRM0606
11 (.43)11 (.43)11 (.43)12.5 (.49)12.5 (.49)12.5 (.49)16 (.63)
16 (.63)
16 (.63)
11 (.43)12.5 (.49)16 (.63)12.5 (.49)
16 (.63)
16 (.63)
16 (.63)
3 (.12)4 (.16)5 (.20)6 (.24)4 (.16)5 (.20)6 (.24)5 (.20)6 (.24)6 (.24)
d2
Bore+0.025
(+.0010)
Catalog Number D1
HubDia.
CapScrew
d1
Bore+.0.025(+.0010)
D2
HubDia.Smooth StyleRibbed Style
V50FSSM0303V50FSSM0304V50FSSM0305V50FSSM0306V50FSSM0404V50FSSM0405V50FSSM0406V50FSSM0505V50FSSM0506V50FSSM0606
7 (.28)
7 (.28)
7.5 (.30)
7.5 (.30)
7 (.28)7 (.28)7.5 (.30)7.5 (.30)7 (.28)7.5 (.30)7.5 (.30)
7.5 (.30)
7.5 (.30)
l1
HubLength
l2
HubLength
LOverallLength
± 0.4(± .016)
33.1 (1.30)33.1 (1.30)33.6 (1.32)33.6 (1.32)33.1 (1.30)33.6 (1.32)33.6 (1.32)
34.1 (1.34)
34.1 (1.34)
3 (.12)
4 (.16)
5 (.20)
6 (.24)
NOTE: Fairloc® hubs require controlled shaft tolerances. Suggested tolerance according to g6, h6 or h7.
Fig. 1 Fairloc® Hub Type
V50PSRM0303V50PSRM0304V50PSRM0306V50PSRM0404V50PSRM0406V50PSRM0606
7.9 (.31)
9.5 (.37)
12.7 (.50)
3 (.12)4 (.16)6 (.24)4 (.16)6 (.24)6 (.24)
Catalog Number D1
HubDia.
SetScrew
D2
HubDia.
Smooth StyleRibbed StyleV50PSSM0303V50PSSM0304V50PSSM0306V50PSSM0404V50PSSM0406V50PSSM0606
3 (.12)
4 (.16)
6 (.24)
Fig. 2 Pin Type Hub
Fig. 1 Fairloc Type Hub Fig. 2 Pin Type HubNOTE: Dimensions in ( ) are inch. MISALIGNMENT COMPENSATION
Max. Angular Offset
Max. Lateral Offset
5°0.25 (.010)
1°0.13 (.005)
d2
Bore+0.013(.0005)
d1
Bore+.0.013(+.0005)
7.9 (.31) 9.5 (.37)12.7 (.50) 9.5 (.37)12.7 (.50) 7.9 (.31)
SmoothStyle
RibbedStyle
Max.Torque
N • m (oz. in.)
0.71 (100)
0.85 (120)
1.06 (150)
1.27 (180)
Max.Torque
N • m (oz. in.)
0.71 (100)
0.85 (120)
1.27 (180)
Buy Product Visit WebsiteRequest QuoteSee Section 9
vibrationmounts.com Phone: 516.328.3662 Fax: 516.328.3365
9-4
www.vibrationmounts.com Phone: 516.328.3662 Fax: 516.328.3365
AD
VANCED ANTIVIBRATIO
N
COMPONENTS
S E
C T
I O
N
9
#2-56
#2-56#2-56 / #4-40#2-56 / #6-32
#4-40#4-40 / #6-32
#6-32
#2-56
#2-56#2-56
#2-56 / #4-40#2-56
#2-56 / #4-40#4-40
.1200 (3.048)
.1248 (3.17)
.1248 (3.17)
.1873 (4.757)
.2498 (6.345)
.1873 (4.757)
.2498 (6.345)
.2498 (6.345)
.1200 (3.048)
.1248 (3.17)
.1873 (4.757)
.2498 (6.345)
5/16 (7.94)
5/16 (7.94)
3/8 (9.53)
1/2 (12.7)
5/16 (7.94)
5/16 (7.94)3/8 (9.53)1/2 (12.7)3/8 (9.53)1/2 (12.7)1/2 (12.7)
V50PLS-0303V50PLS-0304V50PLS-0404V50PLS-0406V50PLS-0408V50PLS-0606V50PLS-0608V50PLS-0808
V50PLR-0303V50PLR-0304V50PLR-0404V50PLR-0406V50PLR-0408V50PLR-0606V50PLR-0608V50PLR-0808
A1
Bore+.0005
(+0.013)
A2
Bore+.0005
(+0.013)
.1200 (3.048)
.1250 (3.175)
.1250 (3.175)
.1875 (4.763)
.2500 (6.35)
.1875 (4.763)
.2500 (6.35)
.2500 (6.35)
V50FLS-0303V50FLS-0304V50FLS-0404V50FLS-0406V50FLS-0408V50FLS-0606V50FLS-0608V50FLS-0808
V50FLR-0303V50FLR-0304V50FLR-0404V50FLR-0406V50FLR-0408V50FLR-0606V50FLR-0608V50FLR-0808
Couplings – Neo-Flex – Long
• MATERIAL: Hubs – 303 Stainless Steel Center – Molded Neoprene, Durometer 73
• MOLDED NEOPRENE CENTER • SHAFT-TO SHAFT INSULATION• FAIRLOC® AND PIN TYPE HUBS
• TORSIONAL VIBRATION ISOLATION
Fig 1. FairLoc® Type Hub
Other bore sizes and combinations available on special order.
A2
Bore+.001
(+0.025)
Catalog Number D1
HubDia.
CapScrew
A1
Bore+.001
(+0.025)
D2
HubDia.Smooth StyleRibbed Style
L1
HubLength
L2
HubLength
LOverallLength± 1/64(0.4)
Fig. 1 Fairloc® Type Hub
Catalog Number D1
HubDia.
SetScrew
D2
HubDia.Smooth StyleRibbed Style
Fig. 2 Pin Type Hub
Fig 2. Pin Type Hub
.1200 (3.048)
.1250 (3.175)
.1875 (4.763)
.2500 (6.35)
.440 (11.18)
.440 (11.18)
.495 (12.57)
.610 (15.49)
.440 (11.18)
.440 (11.18)
.495 (12.57)
.610 (15.49)
.495 (12.57)
.610 (15.49)
.610 (15.49)
.257 (6.53)
.257 (6.53)
.257 (6.53)
.295 (7.49)
.257 (6.53)
.257 (6.53)
.257 (6.53)
.328 (8.33)
.257 (6.53)
.295 (7.49)
.295 (7.49)
2.514 (63.9)
2.514 (63.9)2.514 (63.9)2.585 (65.7)2.514 (63.9)2.552 (64.8)2.590 (65.8)
11/16(17.5)O.D.
13/16(20.6)O.D.
11/16(17.5)O.D.
2-1/2 (63.5)9/16
(14.3)SET
SCREWSPOT DRILL
SETSCREW
SPOT DRILL
D1 A1
1/4 (6.4)
D2A2
1/4(6.4)
2-1/2(63.5)9/16
(14.3)
D1 A1
1/4(6.4)
D2d2
1/4(6.4)
13/16(20.6)O.D.
Fig 1. FairLoc® Type Hub Fig 2. Pin Type Hub
11/16(17.5)O.D.
13/16(20.6)O.D.
9/16(14.3)
L9/16
(14.3)
L
A2D1 A1D2
11/16 (17.5)O.D.
13/16(20.6)O.D.
A2D2D1 A1
L1 L2
L1 L2
NOTE: Dimensions in ( ) are mm.
100 (0.71)
120 (0.85)
150 (1.06)
180 (1.27)
Max.Torque
oz. in. (N ••••• m)
100 (0.71)
120 (0.85)
150 (1.06)
180 (1.27)
Max.Torque
oz. in. (N ••••• m)
SmoothStyle
RibbedStyle
MISALIGNMENT COMPENSATION
Max. Angular Offset
Max. Lateral Offset
15°.015 (0.38)
8°.010 (0.25)
Buy Product Visit WebsiteRequest QuoteSee Section 9
vibrationmounts.com Phone: 516.328.3662 Fax: 516.328.3365
9-5
www.vibrationmounts.com Phone: 516.328.3662 Fax: 516.328.3365
AD
VANCED ANTIVIBRATIO
N
COMPONENTS
S E
C T
I O
N
9
M2
M2
M3
M2M2
M2/M2.5M2/M2.5
M2.5
M2.5
M2.5
Ø20.6(.81)Ø17.5
(.69)
63.5(2.50)14.3(.56)
SETSCREW
SPOT DRILL
SETSCREW
SPOT DRILL
D1 d1
6.3(.25)
D2d2
6.3(.25)
Ø20.6(.81)Ø17.5
(.69)
63.5(2.50)14.3(.56)
D1 d1
6.3(.25)
D2d2
6.3(.25)
Couplings – Neo-Flex – Long
Metric
• MATERIAL: Hubs – 303 Stainless Steel Center – Molded Neoprene, Durometer 73
• MOLDED NEOPRENE CENTER • SHAFT-TO-SHAFT INSULATION• TORSIONAL VIBRATION ISOLATION
• FAIRLOC® AND PIN TYPE HUBS
Ribbed Style
Smooth Style
Ribbed Style
Smooth Style
V50FLRM0303V50FLRM0304V50FLRM0305V50FLRM0306V50FLRM0404V50FLRM0405V50FLRM0406V50FLRM0505V50FLRM0506V50FLRM0606
11 (.43)11 (.43)11 (.43)12.5 (.49)12.5 (.49)12.5 (.49)16 (.63)
16 (.63)
16 (.63)
11 (.43)12.5 (.49)16 (.63)12.5 (.49)
16 (.63)
16 (.63)
16 (.63)
3 (.12)4 (.16)5 (.20)6 (.24)4 (.16)5 (.20)6 (.24)5 (.20)6 (.24)6 (.24)
Catalog Number CapScrew
Smooth StyleRibbed StyleV50FLSM0303V50FLSM0304V50FLSM0305V50FLSM0306V50FLSM0404V50FLSM0405V50FLSM0406V50FLSM0505V50FLSM0506V50FLSM0606
7 (.28)
7 (.28)
7.5 (.30)
7.5 (.30)
7 (.28)7 (.28)7.5 (.30)7.5 (.30)7 (.28)7.5 (.30)7.5 (.30)
7.5 (.30)
7.5 (.30)
64.8 (2.55)64.8 (2.55)65.3 (2.57)65.3 (2.57)64.8 (2.55)65.3 (2.57)65.3 (2.57)
65.8 (2.59)
65.8 (2.59)
3 (.12)
4 (.16)
5 (.20)
6 (.24)
Other bore sizes and combinations available on special order.
NOTE: Fairloc® hubs require controlled shaft tolerances. Suggested tolerance according to g6, h6 or h7.
Fig. 1 Fairloc® Type Hub
D1
HubDia.
D2
HubDia.
l1
HubLength
l2
HubLength
V50PLRM0303V50PLRM0304V50PLRM0306V50PLRM0404V50PLRM0406V50PLRM0606
7.9 (.31)
9.5 (.37)
12.7 (.50)
7.9 (.31) 9.5 (.37)12.7 (.50) 9.5 (.37)12.7 (.50)12.7 (.50)
3 (.12)4 (.16)6 (.24)4 (.16)6 (.24)6 (.24)
Catalog Number SetScrewSmooth StyleRibbed Style
V50PLSM0303V50PLSM0304V50PLSM0306V50PLSM0404V50PLSM0406V50PLSM0606
Fig. 2 Pin Type Hub
D1HubDia.
D2HubDia.
MISALIGNMENT COMPENSATION
Max. Angular Offset
Max. Lateral Offset
RibbedStyle
RibbedStyle
SmoothStyle
Fairloc Type Hub Pin Type Hub
5°0.38 (.015)
15°0.38 (.015)
8°0.25 (.010)
SmoothStyle
1°0.25 (.010)
Fig. 1 Fairloc Type Hub
Fig. 2 Pin Type Hub
NOTE: Dimensions in ( ) are inch.
LOverallLength
± 0.4 (± .016)
d1Bore
+.0.025 (+.0010)
d2Bore
+.0.025 (+.0010)
d1Bore
+.0.013 (+.0005)
3 (.12)
4 (.16)
6 (.24)
d2Bore
+.0.013 (+.0005)
Ø20.6(.81)
14.3(.56)
L14.3(.56)
L
l2l1
d2D1 d1D2Ø17.5
(.69)
Ø17.5(.69)
Ø20.6(.81)
l2
d2D2
l1
D1 d1
Max.Torque
N • m (oz. in.)
0.71 (100)
0.85 (120)
1.06 (150)
1.27 (180)
Max.Torque
N • m (oz. in.)
0.71 (100)
0.85 (120)
1.27 (180)
Buy Product Visit WebsiteRequest QuoteSee Section 9
vibrationmounts.com Phone: 516.328.3662 Fax: 516.328.3365
9-6
www.vibrationmounts.com Phone: 516.328.3662 Fax: 516.328.3365
AD
VANCED ANTIVIBRATIO
N
COMPONENTS
S E
C T
I O
N
9
.250 (6.35)
.250 (6.35)
.375 (9.53)
.250 (6.35)
.375 (9.53)
.375 (9.53)
.500(12.7)
15/64 (6)
5/16 (7.9)
25/64 (9.9)
15/32(11.9)
Couplings – Flexible – Spline Type
FEATURES:
• High rpm
• Electrically Isolated
• Dampens Shock & Vibration
• No Lubrication
• MATERIAL: Spline – Hytrel or Polyurethane Hub – Zinc Alloy Die Casting (Sizes 16, 20, 25)
– Sintered Metal (Size 32)
Catalog NumberΔ
V 5D28-1608
V 5D28-2008
V 5D28-2012
V 5D28-2508
V 5D28-2512
V 5D28-3212
V 5D28-3216
MISALIGNMENT COMPENSATIONMax. Angular Offset – 2°Max. Lateral Offset – .008 (0.2)
1-1/16 (27)
1-11/32(34.1)
1-39/64(40.9)
1-57/64 (48)
15/32(11.9)
19/32(15.1)
45/64(17.9)
53/64 (21)
5/16 (7.9)
25/64 (9.9)
15/32(11.9)
9/16(14.3)
7/16(11.1)
35/64(13.9)
21/32(16.7)
25/32(19.8)
1/8(3.2)
5/32 (4)
13/64(5.2)
15/64 (6)
.315 (8)
.394(10)
.472(12)
.591(15)
V 5Z2�-1608
V 5Z2�-2008
V 5Z2�-2012
V 5Z2�-2508
V 5Z2�-2512
V 5Z2�-3212
V 5Z2�-3216
V 5R2�-16
V 5R2�-20
V 5R2�-25
V 5R2�-32
Rated Torquelb. in. (N ••••• m)Coupling
Size
16202532
6.6 (0.75)13.3 (1.5)20.4 (2.3)39.8 (4.5)
Max.rpm
24000190001500012000
Hytrel Polyurethane
4.4 (0.5) 8.8 (1)13.3 (1.5)26.6 (3)
• HYTREL SPLINE FOR HEAVY-DUTY
NOTE: Dimensions in ( ) are mm.
**Other bore diameter combinations and bore sizes not exceeding the maximum listed above are available on special order.ΔTo complete the Catalog Number, specify:
8 for a Polyurethane Spline9 for a Hytrel Spline
Example: For a Complete Coupling with a Polyurethane Spline, specify Catalog Number V 5Z28-2008.
��
#4-40
#6-32
5/8(15.9)
25/32(19.8)
1(25.4)
1-1/4(31.8)
HubOnly
CompleteCoupling
SplineOnly
O.D. D K MLLength
SplineBore
ESplineLength
TSet
Screw
Max.Bore
**
BBore+.001 -.000+0.025( )
TEMPERATURE RANGE: Hytrel -22°F to +212°F (-30°C to +100°C) Polyurethane -4°F to +140°F (-20°C to +60°C)
T (2 at 90°)
B
K E K2
O.D.
D(TYP)
M
L
0
Buy Product Visit WebsiteRequest QuoteSee Section 9
vibrationmounts.com Phone: 516.328.3662 Fax: 516.328.3365
9-7
www.vibrationmounts.com Phone: 516.328.3662 Fax: 516.328.3365
AD
VANCED ANTIVIBRATIO
N
COMPONENTS
S E
C T
I O
N
9
V 5D28M1603V 5D28M1604V 5D28M1605V 5D28M1606V 5D28M1608V 5D28M2005V 5D28M2006V 5D28M2008V 5D28M2010V 5D28M2506V 5D28M2508V 5D28M2510V 5D28M2512V 5D28M3208V 5D28M3210V 5D28M3212V 5D28M3214
ΔTo complete the Catalog Number, specify:8 for a Polyurethane Spline9 for a Hytrel Spline
Example: For a Complete Coupling with a Hytrel Spline, specify Catalog Number V 5Z29M1604
8(.31)
10(.39)
12(.47)
15(.59)
3 (.12) 4 (.16) 5 (.20) 6 (.24) 8 (.31) 5 (.20) 6 (.24) 8 (.31)10 (.39) 6 (.24) 8 (.31)10 (.39)12 (.47) 8 (.31)10 (.39)12 (.47)14 (.55)
Couplings – Flexible – Spline Type
MetricThe projections are shown per ISO convention.
FEATURES:
• High rpm
• Electrically Isolated
• Dampens Shock & Vibration
• Blind Assembly
• No Lubrication
Rated TorqueN • m ( lb. in.)Coupling
Size
16202532
0.75 (6.6)1.5 (13.3)2.3 (20.4)4.5 (39.8)
Max.rpm
24000190001500012000
Catalog NumberΔ
HubOnly
CompleteCoupling
SplineOnly
D L S l1
SplineBore
MISALIGNMENT COMPENSATIONMax. Angular Offset – 2°Max. Lateral Offset – 0.2 (.008)
d*BoreH8
27(1.06)
34(1.34)
41(1.61)
48(1.89)
TSet
Screw
Max.Bore
**
**Other bore diameter combinations and bore sizes not exceedingthe maximum listed above are available on special order.
16 (.63)
20 (.79)
25 (.98)
32(1.26)
12(.47)
15(.59)
18(.71)
21(.83)
l2
8(.31)
10(.39)
12(.47)
14(.55)
11(.43)
14(.55)
17(.67)
20(.79)
w
3(.12)
4(.16)
5(.20)
6(.24)
M3
M4
*Bore Tolerance: 3 mm +0.014 (.12 +.0006)4, 5 & 6 mm +0.018 (.16, .20 & .24 +.0007) 8 & 10 mm +0.022 (.31 & .39 +.0009) 12 & 14 mm +0.027 (.47 & .55 +.001)
• HYTREL SPLINE FOR HIGH-TORQUE ANDHIGH-TEMPERATURE APPLICATIONS
Hytrel Polyurethane
0.5 (4.4)1 (8.8)1.5 (13.3)3 (26.6)
V 5Z2�M1603V 5Z2�M1604V 5Z2�M1605V 5Z2�M1606V 5Z2�M1608V 5Z2�M2005V 5Z2�M2006V 5Z2�M2008V 5Z2�M2010V 5Z2�M2506V 5Z2�M2508V 5Z2�M2510V 5Z2�M2512V 5Z2�M3208V 5Z2�M3210V 5Z2�M3212V 5Z2�M3214
V 5R2�M16
V 5R2�M20
V 5R2�M25
V 5R2�M32
��
6(.24)
8(.31)
10(.39)
12(.47)14
(.55)
NOTE: Dimensions in ( ) are inch.
TEMPERATURE RANGE: Hytrel -30°C to +100°C (-22°F to +212°F)
Polyurethane -20°C to +60°C (-4°F to +140°F)
D
l2
L
wS(TYP)
d
l1 l112
T (2 at 90°)
• MATERIAL: Spline – Hytrel or Polyurethane Hub – Zinc Alloy Die Casting (Sizes 16, 20, 25)
– Sintered Metal (Size 32)
Buy Product Visit WebsiteRequest QuoteSee Section 9
vibrationmounts.com Phone: 516.328.3662 Fax: 516.328.3365
9-8
www.vibrationmounts.com Phone: 516.328.3662 Fax: 516.328.3365
AD
VANCED ANTIVIBRATIO
N
COMPONENTS
S E
C T
I O
N
9
.007 (0.178)
.005 (0.127)
.003 (0.076)
.008 (0.203)
.006 (0.152)
.004 (0.102)
.006 (0.152)
.004 (0.102)
.002 (0.051)
TanBlackRustTan
BlackRustTan
BlackRust
869298869298869298
.250 (6.35)
.3125 (7.94)
.250 (6.35)
.3125 (7.94)
.375 (9.53)
.375 (9.53)
.500 (12.7)
.625 (15.88)
• HUB ONLY
V 5Z27-20…V 5Z27-30…V 5Z27-40…
25/32 (19.8)1-3/16 (30.2)1-37/64 (40.1)
Couplings – Flexible – Spider Type
• MATERIAL: Hubs – Aluminum Spider – NBR Rubber – 86, 92 or 98 Durometer
• SPLIT HUB• PRELOADED RUBBER SPIDER
LHUB
S
D C SPIDER
B O.D.
CAP SCREWSSUPPLIED
Coupling Size Code
Spider Durometer Code
V 5R27-2086V 5R27-2092V 5R27-2098V 5R27-3086V 5R27-3092V 5R27-3098V 5R27-4086V 5R27-4092V 5R27-4098
Temp. RangeO.D.Catalog Number Color
Operating MaximumNonoperating
DurometerCode
-58°F to +175°F(-50°C to +79°C)
-40°F to +194°F(-40°C t0 +90°C)
-22°F to +194°F(-30°C to +90°C)
25/32 (19.8)
1-3/16 (30.2)
1-37/64 (40.1)
• SPIDER ONLY
25/64 (9.9)15/32 (11.9)19/32 (15.1)
7/16 (11.1)19/32 (15.1)15/16 (23.8)
SeeSpiderData
D RatedTorque
DLength
ThroughBore
CDistanceBetweenFlanges
EXAMPLE: V 5Z27-201092 is a 25/32 (19.8) O.D. coupling with a .3125 (7.9) bore & a 92 durometer spider.
1-3/16 (30.2)1-37/64 (40.1)2-23/64 (59.9)
V 5A27-2008V 5A27-2010V 5A27-3008V 5A27-3010V 5A27-3012V 5A27-4012V 5A27-4016V 5A27-4020
CouplingSize CodeCatalog Number O.D.
25/32 (19.8)
1-3/16 (30.2)
1-37/64 (40.1)
.20 (5.1)
.27 (6.9)
.43 (10.9)
#4-40
#6-40
#10-32
CapScrew
SB Bore
CouplingSeries
(Ref. only)
LOverallLength
V 5 Z 2 7 –
COMPLETE COUPLINGCATALOG NUMBER DESIGNATION:
(Consists of two hubs and a spider)
FEATURES: Precision machined hub with integral fasteners & prestressed spiders which eliminate backlash. Allows limited axial motion.
MISALIGNMENT COMPENSATIONMax. Angular Offset – 1°
Max.LateralOffset
19 (2.1) 26 (2.9) 44 (5) 48 (5.4) 66 (7.5)110 (12.4) 62 (7) 88 (9.9)150 (16.9)
-76°F to +248°F(-60°C to +120°C)
-58°F to +248°F(-50°C to +120°C)
-48°F to +248°F(-44°C to +120°C)
NOTE: Dimensions in ( ) are mm.
20082010300830103012401240164020
RatedTorque
lb. in. (N ••••• m)
+.001 (+0.025) -.000 (+0.025)
Max.Axial
Motion
.030 (0.76)
.040 (1.02)
.050 (1.27)
Buy Product Visit WebsiteRequest QuoteSee Section 9
vibrationmounts.com Phone: 516.328.3662 Fax: 516.328.3365
9-9
www.vibrationmounts.com Phone: 516.328.3662 Fax: 516.328.3365
AD
VANCED ANTIVIBRATIO
N
COMPONENTS
S E
C T
I O
N
9
Couplings – Flexible – Spider Type
Metric
• MATERIAL: Hubs – Aluminum Spider – NBR Rubber - 86, 92 or 98 Durometer
• SPLIT TYPE HUB• PRELOADED RUBBER SPIDER
Coupling Size Code
Durometer Code
V 5R27M2086V 5R27M2092V 5R27M2098V 5R27M3086V 5R27M3092V 5R27M3098V 5R27M4086V 5R27M4092V 5R27M4098
869298869298869298
TanBlackRustTan
BlackRustTan
BlackRust
0.18 (.007)0.13 (.005)0.08 (.003)0.21 (.008)0.15 (.006)0.09 (.004)0.14 (.006)0.1 (.004)0.06 (.002)
Temp. RangeD
Max.LateralOffset
Catalog Number ColorOperating Maximum
Nonoperating
DurometerCode
-50°C to +80°C(-58°F to +176°F)
-40°C to +90°C(-40°F to +194°F)
-30°C to +90°C(-22°F to +194°F)
20 (.79)
30(1.18)
40(1.57)
• SPIDER ONLY
V 5Z27M20…V 5Z27M30…V 5Z27M40…
20 (.79)30 (1.18)40 (1.57)
10 (.39)12 (.47)15 (.59)
11 (.43)15 (.59)24 (.94)
SeeSpiderData
DRated
Torque
L1Length
ThroughBore
CDistanceBetweenFlanges
EXAMPLE: V 5Z27M200692 is a 20mm O.D.coupling with a 6mm bore & a 92 durometer spider.
30 (1.18)40 (1.57)60 (2.36)
5 (.2) 6 (.24) 8 (.31) 6 (.24) 8 (.31)10 (.39)10 (.39)12 (.47)16 (.63)
V 5A27M2005V 5A27M2006V 5A27M2008V 5A27M3006V 5A27M3008V 5A27M3010V 5A27M4010V 5A27M4012V 5A27M4016
200520062008300630083010401040124016
CouplingSize Code
Catalog Number D
20 (.79)
30(1.18)
40(1.57)
5 (.2)
7(.28)
11(.43)
M3
M3
M4
CapScrew
l1d
+0.025
• HUB ONLY
CouplingSeries
(Ref. only)
LOverallLength
V 5 Z 2 7 M
COMPLETE COUPLINGCATALOG NUMBER DESIGNATION:
(Consists of two hubs and a spider)
FEATURES: Precision machined hub with integral fasteners & prestressed spiders which eliminate backlash. Allows limited axial motion.
MISALIGNMENT COMPENSATIONMax. Angular Offset – 1°
-60°C to +120°C(-76°F to +248°F)
-50°C to +120°C(-58°F to +248°F)
-40°C to +120°C(-40°F to +248°F)
0.8 (.03)1 (.04)1.2 (.05)
Max.Axial
Motion
LHUB
l1L1 C SPIDER
d D
CAP SCREWSSUPPLIED
2.2 (19.47) 3 (26.55) 5 (44.25) 5.5 (48.68) 7.5 (66.38)12.5 (110.63) 7 (61.96)10 (88.51)17 (150.47)
RatedTorque
N ••••• m (lb. in.)
NOTE: Dimensions in ( ) are inch.
Buy Product Visit WebsiteRequest QuoteSee Section 9
vibrationmounts.com Phone: 516.328.3662 Fax: 516.328.3365
9-10
www.vibrationmounts.com Phone: 516.328.3662 Fax: 516.328.3365
AD
VANCED ANTIVIBRATIO
N
COMPONENTS
S E
C T
I O
N
9
5.0
4.5
3.5
4.7
3.2
V 5Z 3-03504V 5Z 3-03506V 5Z 3-03508V 5Z 3-03510V 5Z 3-03512V 5Z 3-05008V 5Z 3-05010V 5Z 3-05012V 5Z 3-05014V 5Z 3-05016V 5Z 3-07012V 5Z 3-07014V 5Z 3-07016V 5Z 3-07508V 5Z 3-07510V 5Z 3-07512V 5Z 3-07514V 5Z 3-07516V 5Z 3-09008V 5Z 3-09010V 5Z 3-09012V 5Z 3-09014V 5Z 3-09016
V 5R 3-035
V 5R 3-050
V 5R 3-070
V 5R 3-075
V 5R 3-090
9/32 (7.1)15/32 (11.9)1/2 (12.7)1/2 (12.7)1/2 (12.7)
Couplings – Flexible – Jaw Type
• MATERIAL: Body – Sintered Iron Spider – NBR Rubber – 80 Durometer
O.D.
CouplingSeries
(Reference Only)
V 5Z 3-035..V 5Z 3-050..V 5Z 3-070..V 5Z 3-075..V 5Z 3-090..
5/8 (15.9)1-5/64 (27.4)1-23/64 (34.5)1-3/4 (44.5)2-7/64 (53.6)
LOverallLength
13/16 (20.6)1-23/32 (43.4)2 (50.8)2-1/8 (54)2-1/8 (54)
CDistanceBetweenFlanges
17/64 (6.7)5/8 (15.9)3/4 (19.1)13/16 (20.6)13/16 (20.6)
SetScrew
Catalog Number
BodyOnly
CompleteCoupling
SpiderOnly
BBoreSize
ApproximateWeight @ Max.
Borelb. (kg)
1/8 (3.18)3/16 (4.76)1/4 (6.35)5/16 (7.94)3/8 (9.53)1/4 (6.35)5/16 (7.94)3/8 (9.53)7/16 (11.11)1/2 (12.7)3/8 (9.53)7/16 (11.11)1/2 (12.7)1/4 (6.35)5/16 (7.94)3/8 (9.53)7/16 (11.11)1/2 (12.7)1/4 (6.35)5/16 (7.94)3/8 (9.53)7/16 (11.11)1/2 (12.7)
• RUBBER SPIDER
O.D.
L
D SETSCREW
BODY
B
SPIDERC
S
MISALIGNMENT COMPENSATIONMax. Angular Offset – 1°Max. Lateral Offset – .015 (0.38)
DLength
ThroughBore
#6 - 321/4 - 201/4 - 201/4 - 201/4 - 20
S
.13 (3.3)
.31 (7.9)
.38 (9.7)
.31 (7.9)
.44 (11.2)
RatedTorque
lb. in. (N ••••• m)
3.5 (0.4) 26.3 (3) 43.2 (4.9) 90.0 (10.2)144.0 (16.3)
H.P.@ 1800 rpm
.10 .75 1.20 2.504.00
V 5D 3-03504V 5D 3-03506V 5D 3-03508V 5D 3-03510V 5D 3-03512V 5D 3-05008V 5D 3-05010V 5D 3-05012V 5D 3-05014V 5D 3-05016V 5D 3-07012V 5D 3-07014V 5D 3-07016V 5D 3-07508V 5D 3-07510V 5D 3-07512V 5D 3-07514V 5D 3-07516V 5D 3-09008V 5D 3-09010V 5D 3-09012V 5D 3-09014V 5D 3-09016
NOTE: Complete coupling consists of two bodies plus spider.
* These spiders have four legs only.
NOTE: If couplings are run at 3600 rpm, H.P. values shown in table can be doubled.
Windup@ Maximum
Torquedeg.
.1 (0.05)
.2 (0.09)
.4 (0.18)
.8 (0.36)
1.2 (0.54)
NOTE: Dimensions in ( ) are mm.
*
*
Buy Product Visit WebsiteRequest QuoteSee Section 9
vibrationmounts.com Phone: 516.328.3662 Fax: 516.328.3365
9-11
www.vibrationmounts.com Phone: 516.328.3662 Fax: 516.328.3365
AD
VANCED ANTIVIBRATIO
N
COMPONENTS
S E
C T
I O
N
9
Max. LateralOffset
Max. AngularOffset
1/8(3.2)
5/32 (4)
5/32 (4)
3/16(4.8)
#6-32
#8-32
1/4-20
1/4-20
1/4-20
V 5R 1-11
V 5R 1-18
V 5R 1-21
V 5R 1-31
.015 (0.38)
.015 (0.38)
.020 (0.51)
.025 (0.64)
Couplings – Flexible – Geargrip
FEATURES:
• No Lubrication
• Electrically Isolated
• Dampens Shock & Vibration
• MATERIAL: Sleeve – Neoprene with Ground O.D. Hub – Zinc Alloy Die Casting
NominalTorque
lb. in. (N ••••• m)
CouplingSize
11182131
S M
SET SCREW
C
K
L
B
O.D.
D
6 (0.7) 12 (1.4) 18 (2) 60 (6.8)
H.P. @1750 rpm
.17 .33 .501.66
1°1°
1°30'2°
Max.Speed
3500 rpm
OperatingTemperature
-20°F to +160°F(-29°C to +71°C)
Catalog Number
HubOnly
CompleteCoupling
SleeveOnly
V 5Z 1-1104V 5Z 1-1106V 5Z 1-1108V 5Z 1-1110V 5Z 1-1112V 5Z 1-1810V 5Z 1-1812V 5Z 1-1814V 5Z 1-1816V 5Z 1-2110V 5Z 1-2112V 5Z 1-2114V 5Z 1-2116V 5Z 1-3112V 5Z 1-3114
V 5D 1-1104V 5D 1-1106V 5D 1-1108V 5D 1-1110V 5D 1-1112V 5D 1-1810V 5D 1-1812V 5D 1-1814V 5D 1-1816V 5D 1-2110V 5D 1-2112V 5D 1-2114V 5D 1-2116V 5D 1-3112V 5D 1-3114
O.D.±1/16(±1.6)
L±1/16(±1.6)
C DK
±1/16(±1.6)
M SSet
Screw
.125 (3.18)
.188 (4.78)
.250 (6.35)
.3125 (7.94)
.375 (9.53)
.3125 (7.94)
.375 (9.53)
.438 (11.13)
.500 (12.7)
.3125 (7.94)
.375 (9.53)
.438 (11.13)
.500 (12.7)
.375 (9.53)
.438 (11.13)
.78(19.8)
1.17(29.7)
1.17(29.7)
1.43(36.3)
1(25.4)
1-1/2(38.1)
2-1/4(57.2)
2-3/8(60.3)
.70(17.8)
1.15(29.2)
1.15(29.2)
1.45(36.8)
7/32(5.6)
5/16(7.9)
5/16(7.9)
3/8(9.5)
.56(14.2)
.90(22.9)
1-19/32(40.5)
1-19/32(40.5)
1/32(0.8)
3/64(1.2)
1/16(1.6)
1/16(1.6)
NOTE: Dimensions in ( ) are mm.
BBore
+.002 (0.050) -.001 (0.025)
Buy Product Visit WebsiteRequest QuoteSee Section 9
vibrationmounts.com Phone: 516.328.3662 Fax: 516.328.3365
9-12
www.vibrationmounts.com Phone: 516.328.3662 Fax: 516.328.3365
AD
VANCED ANTIVIBRATIO
N
COMPONENTS
S E
C T
I O
N
9A*
Couplings – Flexible "K" Type
UNIQUE, DURABLE ELEMENT• Speeds up to 3600 rpm• Tough polyurethane material is strong, flexible, cut- and tear- resistant• Unique configuration gives maximum flexibility• Generous radius for added strength• Ozone-proof• Full wraparound design stays securely in hub
OUTSTANDING HUB FEATURES• Annealed steel for maximum strength• Zinc plating to resist corrosion• Inside hub to decrease overall length• Rounded corners to prevent cutting• Precision swaged mechanical crimp• Accommodates standard size set screws
• MATERIAL: Hubs – Steel, Zinc Plated Body – Polyurethane
V 5Z 7-10606
V 5Z 7-10808
V 5Z 7-11010
V 5Z 7-11212
V 5Z 7-20808
V 5Z 7-21010
V 5Z 7-21212
V 5Z 7-21414
V 5Z 7-21616
V 5Z 7-31212
V 5Z 7-31414
V 5Z 7-31616
V 5Z 7-41616
TEMPERATURE RANGE : -4°F to +140°F-20°C to +60°C
Fig.No.
Catalog Number
Dimensions
Flats Points
SetScrew
Max.AngularOffset
Max.LateralOffset
1
2
55/64(21.8)
1-5/8(41.3)
1-53/64(46.4)
1-1/8(28.6)
1-7/8(47.6)
2-1/8 (54)
11/16(17.5)
1(25.4)
1-1/8(28.6)
1/16 (1.6)
3/8 (9.5)
7/16(11.1)
1-3/16(30.16)
1-7/8 (47.6)
2-1/4 (57.2)
#6-32
#10-24
1/4-20
3(0.3)
12(1.4)
28(3.2)
10°
15°
3/32(2.4)
1/8(3.2)
B
ESET SCREW
D
C
A* Flats
Fig. 1 STANDARD HUB
Fig. 2 INVERTED HUB
NOTE: Dimensions in ( ) are mm.
A* Points
Fig. 1
A* Points
Fig. 2
1-55/64(47.2)
2-9/64(54.4)
1-1/8(28.6)
3/8 (9.5)
2-7/16 (61.9)
1/4-2040
(4.5)
15°
15°
3/16(4.8)
1/8(3.2)
A* Flats
B
E
D
C
SET SCREW
BBore+.002 -.000+.051
0( )C D E
Max.Torque
Capacitylb.in.(N•m)
.1875 (4.76) .250 (6.35) .312 (7.92) .375 (9.53) .250 (6.35) .312 (7.92) .375 (9.53) .438(11.13) .500(12.7) .375 (9.53) .438(11.13) .500(12.7) .500(12.7)
Buy Product Visit WebsiteRequest QuoteSee Section 9
vibrationmounts.com Phone: 516.328.3662 Fax: 516.328.3365
9-13
www.vibrationmounts.com Phone: 516.328.3662 Fax: 516.328.3365
AD
VANCED ANTIVIBRATIO
N
COMPONENTS
S E
C T
I O
N
9
S* Flats
d
L
H
D
SET SCREW
S*
Couplings – Flexible "K" Type
Metric
• MATERIAL: Hubs – Steel, Zinc Plated Body – Polyurethane
V 5Z 7M10606
V 5Z 7M10808
V 5Z 7M11010
V 5Z 7M21010
V 5Z 7M21414
V 5Z 7M41414
V 5Z 7M41616
TEMPERATURE RANGE: -20°C to +60°C-4°F to +140°F
Fig.No.Catalog Number
Dimensions
Flats Points
dBore+0.05
(+.002)
D H LSet
Screw
Max.Torque
CapacityN•m
(lb.in.)
Max.AngularOffset
Max.LateralOffset
1
2
24 (.94)
43(1.69)
50(1.97)
28(1.10)
47(1.85)
54(2.13)
17.5 (.69)
25.4(1.00)
28.5(1.12)
0.8(.03)
8.5(.33)
9.8(.39)
30(1.18)
48(1.89)
59(2.32)
M3
M5
M6
0.4 (3.54)
1.4(12.39)
3.2(28.32)
10°
15°
2.4(.09)
3.2(.13)
d
LSET SCREW
H
D
S* Flats
Fig. 1 STANDARD HUB
Fig. 2 INVERTED HUB
NOTE: Dimensions in ( ) are inch.
S* Points
Fig. 1
S* Points
Fig. 2
6(.24) 8
(.31)10
(.39)10
(.39)14
(.55)14
(.55)16
(.63)
UNIQUE, DURABLE ELEMENT• Speeds up to 3600 rpm• Tough polyurethane material is strong, flexible, cut- and tear- resistant• Unique configuration gives maximum flexibility• Generous radius for added strength• Ozone-proof• Full wraparound design stays securely in hub
OUTSTANDING HUB FEATURES• Annealed steel for maximum strength• Zinc plating to resist corrosion• Inside hub to decrease overall length• Rounded corners to prevent cutting• Precision swaged mechanical crimp• Accommodates standard size set screws
Buy Product Visit WebsiteRequest QuoteSee Section 9
vibrationmounts.com Phone: 516.328.3662 Fax: 516.328.3365
9-14
www.vibrationmounts.com Phone: 516.328.3662 Fax: 516.328.3365
AD
VANCED ANTIVIBRATIO
N
COMPONENTS
S E
C T
I O
N
9
Couplings – Flexible – Bantam
• MATERIAL: Hubs – Zinc Alloy Die Cast, Chromated Sleeve – Natsyn™ Polyisoprene Rubber
V 5Z25-104V 5Z25-106V 5Z25-108V 5Z25-110
Catalog NumberBore
+.0015 (+0.038) -.0000 (+0.038)Hub Only
CompleteCoupling
Couplings – Flexible – One-Piece
V 5R 5-2516V 5R 5-3016V 5R 5-3516
Catalog Number
• ONE-PIECE CONSTRUCTION• MATERIAL: Hubs – Steel Sleeves – Buna Nitrile Rubber
1.30 DIA.
BL
11/32 7/8
1/4-20SET SCREW
FEATURES:Isolates vibration up to 85%Sleeve provides electrical insulation
CAPACITY RATING:1/20 hp @ 1725 rpm or 30 oz. in. (0.21 N •m)
MISALIGNMENT COMPENSATIONMax. Angular Offset – 1-1/2°Max. Lateral Offset – .010 (0.25)
Sleeve Only
V 5D25-104V 5D25-106V 5D25-108V 5D25-110
V 5R25-1
1/8 (3.2)3/16 (4.8)1/4 (6.4)5/16 (7.9)
MISALIGNMENT COMPENSATIONMax. Angular Offset – 7°Max. Lateral Offset – 1/8 (3.2)
BBore
1/2(12.7)
LLength
2-1/2 (63.5)3 (76.2)3-1/2 (88.9)
NOTE: Dimensions in ( ) are mm.
NOTE: Dimensions in ( ) are mm.
CAPACITY RATING:Rated 1/2 hp @ 1725 rpm
13/16(20.6)DIA.
3/8(9.5)
5/32(4)
13/16(20.6)
BORE
#10-24 X 1/4SET SCREWTWO EACH END
Buy Product Visit WebsiteRequest QuoteSee Section 9
vibrationmounts.com Phone: 516.328.3662 Fax: 516.328.3365
T1-1
T1
T e c
h n
i c a
l S
e c t
i o
n
www.vibrationmounts.com Phone: 516.328.3662 Fax: 516.328.3365
AD
VANCED ANTIVIBRATIO
N
COMPONENTSTable of Contents
1.0 FUNDAMENTALS OF VIBRATION AND SHOCK1.1 What Is Vibration? ...................................................................................................................................... T1-2
1.1.1 Damping ........................................................................................................................................ T1-21.2 What is Shock? ........................................................................................................................................... T1-31.3 What is Noise? ........................................................................................................................................... T1-31.4 Principles of Vibration Isolation................................................................................................................... T1-41.5 Principles of Noise Reduction ..................................................................................................................... T1-5
2.0 BASIC DEFINITIONS AND CONCEPTS IN VIBRATION AND SHOCK ANALYSIS2.1 Kinematic Characteristics ........................................................................................................................... T1-52.2 Rigid-Body Characteristics ......................................................................................................................... T1-62.3 Spring and Compliance Characteristics ..................................................................................................... T1-62.4 Damping, Friction and Energy-Dissipation Characteristics ........................................................................ T1-72.5 Vibration Characteristics of Mechanical Systems ....................................................................................... T1-7
2.5.1 Amplitude-Frequency Characteristics of Forced Vibrations ........................................................... T1-8
3.0 VIBRATION ISOLATION ...................................................................................................................................... T1-93.1 Vibration Isolation of Vibration-Producing Products ................................................................................... T1-103.2 Vibration Isolation of Vibration-Sensitive Objects ....................................................................................... T1-123.3 Shock Isolation ........................................................................................................................................... T1-14
3.3.1 Shock Motion of Base (Base Suddenly Stops or Accelerates) ......................................................... T1-163.3.2 Sudden Impact on Equipment ........................................................................................................... T1-17
4.0 NONLINEARITIES ................................................................................................................................................ T1-17
5.0 MULTIDEGREE OF FREEDOM SYSTEMS, COUPLED MODES ....................................................................... T1-19
6.0 STATIC LOAD DISTRIBUTION CALCULATION ................................................................................................. T1-206.1 Advantages of CNF Vibration Isolators ....................................................................................................... T1-21
7.0 CONNECTIONS OF SPRING ELEMENTS .......................................................................................................... T1-227.1 Springs in Parallel ....................................................................................................................................... T1-227.2 Springs in Series ........................................................................................................................................ T1-227.3 Spring Connected Partly in Parallel and Partly in Series ............................................................................ T1-22
8.0 3-D OBJECT DRIVEN BY VIBRATORY FORCE AND TORQUES ...................................................................... T1-238.1 Displacement of the Object ........................................................................................................................ T1-238.2 Undamped Natural Frequencies ................................................................................................................. T1-248.3 Mount Deflections ....................................................................................................................................... T1-24
9.0 COMPLEX DRIVING FORCES ............................................................................................................................T1-25
10.0 DESIGN PROBLEM EXAMPLES .........................................................................................................................T1-26
REFERENCES .................................................................................................................................................... T1-34
APPENDIX1 Useful Formulas in Vibration Analysis ........................................................................................................ T1-352 Properties of Rubber and Plastic Materials ................................................................................................ T1-373 Hardness Conversion Charts ..................................................................................................................... T1-38
Technical Section: Vibration and Shock Isolation
vibrationmounts.com Phone: 516.328.3662 Fax: 516.328.3365
T1-2
T1
T e c
h n
i c a
l S
e c t
i o
n
1.0 FUNDAMENTALS OF VIBRATION AND SHOCK
1.1 What Is Vibration?Mechanical vibration is a form of oscillatory motion. It occurs in all forms of machinery and equipment. It is what you feel
when you put your hand on the hood of a car, the engine of which is running, or on the base of an electric motor when themotor is running. Perhaps the simplest illustration of a mechanical vibration is a vertical spring loaded with weight (W), asshown in Figure 1. In this position, the deflection of the spring from its free state is just sufficient to counterbalance the weightW. This deflection is called the STATIC DEFLECTION of the spring. The position in which the spring is at rest is No. 1. Thespring is then slowly extended to position No. 2 and released. The elastic force moves the block W upward, accelerating upto the mean position and then decelerating moving further up. The uppermost position of the weight (position No. 3) is at thesame distance from position No. 1 as position No. 2, but in the opposite direction. The subsequent motion of the weight as afunction of time, if there is only negligible resistance to the motion, is repetitive and wavy if plotted on a time scale as shownby line 1 in the graph. This simple model exhibits many of the basic characteristics of mechanical vibrations. The maximumdisplacement from the rest or mean position is called the AMPLITUDE of the vibration. The vibratory motion repeats itself atregular intervals (A1, A2, A3). The interval of time within which the motion sequence repeats itself is called a CYCLE orPERIOD. The number of cycles executed in a unit time (for example, during one second or during one minute), is known asthe FREQUENCY. The UNITS OF FREQUENCY are 1 cycle/sec or 1 Hertz (Hz) which is standard. However, "cycles perminute" (cpm) are also used, especially for isolation of objects with rotating components (rotors) which often produce oneexcitation cycle per revolution which can be conveniently measured in cpm. When, as in Figure 1, the spring-weight systemis not driven by an outside source, the vibration is a FREE VIBRATION and the frequency is called the NATURAL FRE-QUENCY of the system, since it is determined only by its parameters (stiffness of the spring and weight of the block).
In general, vibratory motion may or may not be repetitive and its outline as a function of time may be simple or complex.Typical vibrations, which are repetitive and continuous, are those of the base or housing of an electric motor, a householdfan, a vacuum cleaner, and a sewing machine, for example. Vibrations of short duration and variable intensity are frequentlyinitiated by a sudden impulsive (shock) load; for example, rocket upon takeoff, equipment subject to impact and drop tests,a package falling from a height, or bouncing of a freight car. In many machines, the vibration is not part of its regular orintended operation and function, but rather it cannot be avoided. Vibration isolation is one of the ways to control this un-wanted vibration so that its adverse effects are kept within acceptable limits.
1.1.1 DampingThe vibratory motion as a function of time as shown in Figure 1 (line 1) does
not change or fade. The elastic (potential) energy of the spring transforms intomotion (kinetic) energy of the massive block and back into potential energy ofthe spring, and so on. In reality, there are always some losses of the energy(usually, into thermal energy) due to friction, imperfections of the spring mate-rial, etc. As a result, the total energy supporting the vibratory motion in the sys-tem is gradually decreasing (dissipated), thus diminishing the intensity (ampli-tude) of the spring excursions, as shown by line 2 in Figure 1 ("decaying vibra-tion"). This phenomenon is called DAMPING, and energy-dissipating compo-nents are called DAMPERS, Figure 2. The rate of decay of amplitude in a sys-tem with damping is often characterized by LOGARITHMIC (or LOG) DECRE-MENT � defined as
� = log (An/An-1), (1)
W
W
W
x
W = Weight
Position No. 1;spring at rest(mean position)
Weight, W inposition No. 2spring extended
Position No. 3spring contracted
Position of weight (x) Amplitude Line 1
Line 2
1 CycleA0
A1 A2
Ad1 Ad2Ad3
A3
Figure 1 Free Vibrations of a Simple Vibratory System
Figure 2 Simple Vibratory System with
Damping
Wx
ck
Object
Spring
Base
DampingElement
T1-3
T1
T e c
h n
i c a
l S
e c t
i o
n
where An and An-1 are two sequential amplitudes of the vibratory process. In many cases � can be assumed constant duringthe decaying vibratory process. Although the cycles of the damped motion as shown by line 2 in Figure 1 are not fullyrepetitive, the number of cycles in a unit of time is still called FREQUENCY.
1.2 What Is Shock?Shock is defined as a TRANSIENT condition whereby kinetic energy is transferred to a system in a period of time which
is short, relative to the natural period of oscillation of the system. Shock usually contains a single impulse of energy of shortduration and large intensity which results in a sudden change in velocity of the system undergoing shock. The principlesinvolved in both vibration and shock isolation are similar. However, differences exist due to the steady-state nature of vibra-tion and the transient nature of shock. Shock may occur in an infinite variety of ways and can be very complex. The simplestform is a single impulse of extremely short duration and large magnitude. Figure 3 [5] shows the most commonly employedpulse shapes used in test specifications.
The reduction in shock severity, which may be obtained by the use of isolators, results from the storage of the shockenergy within the isolators and its subsequent release into a "smoother" vibratory process, over a longer period of time (atthe natural frequency of the spring-mass system) and/or from dissipation of the shock energy (its transformation into thermalenergy). However, the energy storage can only take place by a generally large deflection of the isolator.
Inasmuch as a shock pulse may contain frequency components ranging from very low to very high, it is not possible toavoid excitation of vibratory process of the isolator/mass system with its natural frequency. On the other hand, if the durationof the shock pulse is short, the response of the system may not have serious consequences. Figure 4 [5] demonstrates thecomparative response of a spring mass system to a rectangular pulse whose duration is greater than the natural period of thevibratory system (I) and to a relatively short impulsive-type shock (II).
1.3 What Is Noise?Sound is a vibration of air. The air in this case is an elastic member. The vibrations of the air have a frequency and an
intensity (loudness). The frequency can be expressed in cycles per second or cycles per minute. The audible frequenciesrange from about 20 Hz to about 18,000 Hz, although some human ears are more sensitive and may have a somewhatbroader range. Some sounds are desirable and pleasant for some people, such as music. Unwanted/objectionable soundsrepresent NOISE. Intensity or loudness of noise is measured in decibels (dB). The decibel is a measure of the soundpressure in relation to a standard or reference sound (.0002 microbars, which is the threshold of hearing for sounds for manypeople). The sound/noise loudness in dB is equal to 20 times the common logarithm of this ratio. Typical values of soundpressure level in dB are shown in Tables 1a and 1b.
Motion of mass
(I) Motion of base
t
Motion of base
(b)
(II)Motion of mass
t
(a)
DamperSpring
Mass
Base
Figure 4 Response of System in Figure 2 to Rectangular Pulses of Varying Duration
Figure 3 Basic Pulse Shapes
0Half sine wave Square wave Sawtooth
0 0
T1-4
T1
T e c
h n
i c a
l S
e c t
i o
n
1.4 Principles of Vibration IsolationIn discussing vibration isolation, it is useful to identify the three basic elements of all vibrating systems: the object to be
isolated (equipment unit, machine, motor, instrument, etc.); the isolation system (resilient isolation mounts or isolators); andthe base (floor, base plate, concrete foundation, etc). The isolators (rubber pads, springs, etc.), are interposed between theobject and the base. They are usually much smaller than the object and the base.
If the object is the source of vibration, the purpose of vibration isolation is to reduce the force transmitted from the objectto the base.
If the base is the source of vibration, the purpose of isolation is to reduce the vibratory motion transmitted from the baseto the object, so that vibratory displacements in the work zone (between the tool and the part in a precision machine tool, themeasuring stylus and the measured part in a coordinate measuring machine, the object and the lens in a microscope, etc.)do not exceed the allowable amounts. That is, probably, the most common case (protecting delicate measuring instrumentsand precision production equipment from floor vibrations, transportation of vibration-sensitive equipment, etc.).
In both cases, the principle of vibration isolation is the same. The isolators are resilient elements. They act as a timedelay and as a source of temporary energy storage, which evens out the force or motion disturbance on one side of thevibration mounts and transmits, if properly selected, a lesser disturbance to the other end (to the base in case of forceisolation, to the object in case of motion isolation).
A judicious design of the vibration isolation system insures that this effect is achieved. Conversely, a poorly designedisolation system, not having proper frequency characteristics, can be worse than no isolation at all.
In addition to its function as a time delay and source of temporary energy storage, vibration mounts can also function asenergy dissipators or absorbers. This effect is usually produced by the damping characteristics of materials, viscous fluids,sliding friction, and dashpots, although in general these may or may not be part of the isolator. The damping, or energy-dissipating effect of an isolator may be negligible or substantial depending on the application. The main purpose of isolatordamping is to reduce or to attenuate the vibrations as rapidly as possible. Damping is particularly important at certainfrequencies which cause RESONANCE. This occurs when the natural frequency of the object on isolators comes close tothe vibration frequency of the source. For example, if an electric motor runs at 3600 rpm, then the object-isolator naturalfrequency of 3600 cycles per minute (60 Hz) corresponds to the resonance condition. If a machine operates near resonance,or has to pass through a resonant speed in order to attain the operating speed, damping is important in alleviation of thevibration buildup.
In summary, a good vibration mount functions as a time delay, temporary energy absorber and to some extent as anenergy dissipator, or damper. The engineering design of a vibration mount consists in identifying the characteristics of thesource of the vibration, the mechanical characteristics of the equipment and the determination of the mount characteristics,in order to achieve a specified degree of vibration reduction.
Various industrial operations and related noise levelsrecorded at distances of from one to three feetfrom machine. **
Machine
Table 1b: VALUES OF SOUNDAND NOISE INTENSITY
Grinder (portable)Drop hammerLathesPunch pressRiveting gunsSander (portable)Screw machineSewing machinesWood saw
Overall Sound Pressure Level
90-100 decibels 100-105 decibels
80-90 decibels 95-105 decibels 95-105 decibels
80-95 decibels 90-100 decibels 90-100 decibels 95-100 decibels
** From: "Acoustical Enclosures Muffle Plant Noise" by S. Wasserman and A. Oppenheim, Plant Engineering, January 1965
From: Marks' Standard Handbook for Mechanical Engineers, Sixth Edition, McGraw Hill BookCo. Inc. New York, 1958, Section 12, p. 153; and "How to Specify Audible Noise" byE.A. Harris and W.E. Levine, Machine Design Nov. 9, 1961, p. 168.
Table 1a: SOUND PRESSURE LEVELS (SPL) FROM TYPICAL NOISE SOURCES
SPLdB180160140120110
100
90
80
70
60
50
40
30
20 10 0
Impairs HearingImpairs HearingPainThreshold of pain
Deafening
Very Loud
Loud
Moderate
Faint
Very Faint
Effect Source
Rocket enginesJet aircraft enginesJet aircraft engineThunder, artilleryNearby riveter,elevated trainBoiler factory, loudstreet noiseNoisy factory,unmuffled truckPolice whistle,noisy officeAverage street noise,average radioAverage factory,noisy homeAverage coversation,average officeQuiet radio, quiethome or private officeAverage auditorium,quiet conversationRustle of leaves,whisperSoundproof roomThreshold of hearing
T1-5
T1
T e c
h n
i c a
l S
e c t
i o
n
1.5 Principles of Noise ReductionA good vibration isolation system is reducing vibration transmission through structures and thus, radiation of these
vibration into air, thereby reducing noise.There are many ways to reduce noise. One of the most practical and effective may be the use of vibration mounts. As a
general rule, a well-designed vibration isolator will also help reduce noise. In the case of panel flutter, for example, a well-designed vibration mount could reduce or eliminate the noise. This can be achieved by eliminating the flutter of the panelitself, or by preventing its transmission to ground, or by a combination of the two. The range of audible frequencies is so highthat the natural frequencies of a vibration mount can usually be designed to be well below the noise-producing frequency.
In order to reduce noise, try to identify its sources; e.g., transformer hum, panel flutter, gear tooth engagement, rotorunbalance, etc. Next, identify the noise frequencies. Vibration isolators for these sources designed in accordance with theguidelines for vibration and shock control may then act as barriers either in not conducting the sound, or in attenuating thevibration which is the source of the noise.
2.0 BASIC DEFINITIONS AND CONCEPTS IN VIBRATION AND SHOCK ANALYSIS
2.1 Kinematic CharacteristicsCOORDINATE — A quantity, such as a length or an angle, which defines the position of a moving part. In Figure 1, x is
a coordinate, which defines the position of the weight, W.DISPLACEMENT — A change in position. It is a vector measured relative to a specified position, or frame of reference.
The change in x (Figure 1) measured upward, say, from the bottom position, is a displacement. A displacement can bepositive or negative, depending on the sign convention, translational or rotational. For example, an upward displacementmay be positive, and a downward displacement negative. Similarly, a clockwise rotation may be positive and a counterclock-wise rotation negative. Units: inches, feet, meters (m), millimeters (mm), or, in the case of rotations: degrees, radians, etc.
VELOCITY — The rate of change of displacement. Units: in/sec, mph., m/sec, etc. Velocity is a vector whose magnitudeis the SPEED. Angular velocity might be measured in radians/sec or deg/sec, clockwise or counterclockwise.
ACCELERATION — The rate of change of velocity. Units: in/sec2, m/sec2, etc. It is a vector and has a magnitude anddirection. Angular acceleration might be measured in rad/sec2 or deg/sec2, clockwise or counterclockwise.
VIBRATORY MOTION — An oscillating motion; such as, that of the weight W, in Figure 1.SIMPLE VIBRATORY MOTION — A form of vibratory motion, which as a function of the time is of the form x = a sin �t,
where a and � are constants. The maximum displacement, a, from the mean position (x = 0) is the AMPLITUDE; theFREQUENCY (rate at which the motion repeats itself) is f = �/2� cycles/sec, where ANGULAR FREQUENCY � has thedimensions of rad/sec, and frequency f has the dimensions of reciprocal time; e.g. reciprocal seconds 1/sec. Such motion isalso called harmonic or sinusoidal motion.
PERIOD, CYCLE — The interval of time within which the motion repeats itself. In Figure 5, this is T seconds. The termcycle tends to refer also to the sequence of events within one period.
AMPLITUDE — Figure 5 shows time history of a vibratory motion, which repeats itself every T seconds. The maximumvalues of the displacement, x, from the reference position (x = 0) are called PEAKS. These are (a1, a2...). The largest of theseis called the PEAK AMPLITUDE.
STEADY-STATE MOTION — A periodic motion of a mechanical system; e.g., a continuously swinging pendulum ofconstant amplitude.
STOCHASTIC or RANDOM MOTION — A motion which changes with time in a nonperiodic, possibly very complex,manner.
Figure 5 Periodic Motion
0
x
T 2T 3TTime, t, secs
a1
a2a5
a6
a3
a4
T1-6
T1
T e c
h n
i c a
l S
e c t
i o
n
HARMONICS — Any motion can be considered as made up of a sum (often an infinite number) of simple harmonicmotions of different frequencies and amplitudes. The lowest-frequency component is usually called the FUNDAMENTALFREQUENCY; higher frequency components are called HARMONICS. Their frequencies are multiples of the fundamentalfrequency. Sometimes, components with frequencies which are fractions of the fundamental frequency (subharmonics) aresignificant (e.g., the "half-frequency" whirl of rotating shafts, etc.).
PULSE — Usually a displacement-time or force-time function describing a transient input into a dynamical system.PULSE SHAPE — The shape of the time-displacement or force-displacement curve of a pulse. Typically, this might be a
square wave, a rectangular pulse, or a half sine-wave pulse. In general, however, the shape can be an arbitrary function ofthe time.
SHOCK MOTION — A motion in which there is a sharp, nearly sudden change in velocity; e.g., a hammer blow on a nail,a package falling to the ground from a height, etc. Its mathematical idealization is that of a motion in which the velocitychanges suddenly. This idealization often represents a good approximation to the real dynamic behavior of the system.
2.2 Rigid-Body CharacteristicsMASS — Inertia of the body equal to its weight in lbs. or in Newtons (N) divided by the gravitational constant (g = 32.2 ft/
sec2 = 386 in/sec2 = 9.81 m/sec2). Unit of mass, if the weight is expressed in N, is a kilogram (kg).CENTER OF GRAVITY (CENTER OF MASS, C.G.) — Point of support at which a body would be in balance.MOMENT OF INERTIA — The moment of inertia of a rigid body about a given axis in the body is the sum of the products
of the mass of each volume element and the square of its distance from the axis. Units are in-lb-sec2, or in kg-m2 forexample. Moments of inertia of the standard shapes are tabulated in handbooks. If instead of mass of the element its volumeis used, the result is also called a moment of inertia. Depending on the application, mass-, volume-, or area moments ofinertia can be used.
PRODUCT OF INERTIA — The product of inertia of a rigid body about two intersecting, perpendicular axes in the bodyis the sum of the product of the mass (volumes, areas) of constituent elements and the distances of the element from the twoperpendicular axes. Units are the same as for the moment of inertia. Tabulations are available in handbooks and textbooks.
PRINCIPAL AXES OF INERTIA — At any point of a rigid body, there is a set of mutually perpendicular (orthogonal) axesintersecting in the C.G. such that the products of inertia about these axes vanish. These axes are called the principal axes ofinertia. In a body having axes of symmetry, the principle axes coincide with them. (An axis of symmetry is a line in the body,such that the body can be rotated a fraction of a turn about the line without changing its outline in space).
2.3 Spring and Compliance CharacteristicsTENSION — When a body is stretched from its free configuration, its particles are said to be in tension (e.g., a stretched
bar). The tensile force per unit area is called the tensile stress (Units: lbs/in2 (psi) or Pascals, 1Pa = 1N/m2, 1 Mega Pascal(MPa) = 106 N/m2).
COMPRESSION — When a body is compressed from its free configuration (e.g., a column in axial loading), the com-pressive force unit per area is called the compressive stress (Units: lbs/in2 or Pa).
SHEAR — When a body is subjected to equal and opposite forces, which are not collinear, the forces tend to "shear" thebody; e.g., a rubber pad under parallel forces in the planes of its upper and lower faces. The shear force per unit area iscalled the shear stress (Units: lbs/in2 or Pa). A body can be in a state of tension, compression and shear simultaneously;e.g., a beam in bending.
SPRING CONSTANT — When a helical cylindrical spring is stretched or compressed by x, the displacement x is propor-tional to the applied force, F (Hook's law). The proportionality constant (k) (Units: lbs/in, N/m) is called the SPRING CON-STANT or STIFFNESS, F = kx. If the spring deflects in torsion, the units of k are in-lb/rad, lb/deg, N-m/rad. Such springs arecalled LINEAR SPRINGS. More generally, the load and the displacement are not proportional (a NONLINEAR SPRING). Insuch cases stiffness is changing with the changing load and displacement, and k is the ratio of a force increment ΔF to thecorresponding displacement increment Δx in the loading process. An important issue for spring materials most often used invibration isolators, such as elastomeric (rubber) materials, wiremesh materials, etc., is influence of rate of loading on theirstiffness. The stiffness constant measured at low rate of loading (frequency of load application < ~0.1 Hz) is called STATICSTIFFNESS, kst and the stiffness constant measured at higher frequencies of load application is called DYNAMIC STIFF-NESS, kdyn. The DYNAMIC STIFFNESS COEFFICIENT is defined as Kdyn = kdyn / kst.
FORCE-DEFLECTION CHARACTERISTIC — This refers to the shape of the force-deflection curve. For the linearspring, it is a straight line through the origin of coordinates (constant k). If, for a nonlinear spring, its stiffness increases withincreasing force or displacement (as in many rubber springs loaded in compression), the characteristic is called "hardeningnonlinear". If it decreases with force or displacement (e.g., as in a Belleville spring), the characteristic is called "softeningnonlinear".
T1-7
T1
T e c
h n
i c a
l S
e c t
i o
n
ENERGY STORAGE — This is the area under the force-deflection curve of the spring. It represents the strain energystored in the spring (Units: lb. in., lb. ft., N•m).
PRELOAD — A spring or other elastic element used in an isolator or in a coupling may or may not be assembled in acondition in which it has its natural, free, or unstretched length. If its assembled length is not its free length, the spring is intension or compression even before the isolator is loaded by the object weight or the coupling is loaded by the transmittedtorque. The amount of this tension or compression is called the preload. When measured in force units, it is a preload force;when measured in deflection from the free position, it is a preload deflection.
ELASTIC (YOUNG'S) MODULUS (E) AND SHEAR MODULUS (G) — These are material properties, which characterizeresistance of the material to deformation in tension or in compression (E) and in shear (G). They are defined as the ratio ofstress to strain, where strain is the change in length (or deformation) per unit length. E involves tensile or compressive stress/strain and G involves shear stress/strain. Units: lb/in2, Pa. In many practical applications, especially for metals, E and G areconstants within a limit of material stress known as the proportionality limit. Rubber and plastics often do not have a well-defined proportionality limit.
2.4 Damping, Friction and Energy-Dissipation CharacteristicsSTATIC FRICTION, SLIDING FRICTION, COULOMB FRICTION — These are all terms used for the frictional resistance
for sliding of one body relative to another; e.g., a weight dragged along the floor. The frictional force is approximately propor-tional to the contact force between the two bodies and is opposed to the direction of relative motion. The proportionalityconstant f is known as the friction coefficient. If a 10 lb. weight is dragged along a horizontal floor with a friction coefficientf = 0.2, the frictional resistance is 0.2 x 10 = 2 lb. Sometimes a distinction is made between the value of the coefficient offriction when motion is just starting after a stationary condition (STATIC FRICTION) and its value during motion (SLIDING orDYNAMIC FRICTION). The coefficient of friction in the latter case is generally lower and changes with the motion velocity,unless it is DRY or COULOMB FRICTION, wherein the sliding friction coefficient does not depend on velocity. The motion(kinetic) energy is decreasing due to energy dissipation during a sliding process with friction. Thus, frictional connections canbe used as dampers.
VISCOUS DAMPING — If, in a damper, the body moves relative to a second body, VISCOUS DAMPING refers to aresisting (friction) force which is proportional and opposite to the relative velocity between the two bodies. The proportionalityconstant is the coefficient of viscous damping, c. Units: force per unit velocity; i.e., lb/(in/sec) or N/(m/sec). Viscous dampingis encountered, for example, in hydraulic dashpots and devices which squeeze a liquid through an orifice. The more viscousthe fluid, the greater the damping. If c = 0.5 lb/(in/sec) and the body moves at 10 in/sec, the viscous damping force is0.5 x 10 = 5 lb. Typical example: hydraulic door closers.
MATERIAL or HYSTERETIC DAMPING — such as damping in rubber isolators, wire mesh isolators, etc., depends onvibration amplitudes rather than on vibratory velocity. While both viscous and hysteretic damping reduce resonance ampli-tudes, the viscous damping spoils vibration isolation efficiency at high frequencies (when vibration amplitudes are decreas-ing) while the intensity of hysteretic damping automatically decreases with the decreasing amplitudes and it results in abetter isolation efficiency.
CRITICAL DAMPING ccr — Value of damping constant in mass-spring-damping system just sufficiently high so as toprevent vibration.
DAMPING RATIO c/ccr — The ratio of the damping constant to the critical damping constant for that system. Thedamping ratio is related to log decrement � as
� = 2� (c/ccr). (2)
2.5 Vibration Characteristics of Mechanical SystemsMATHEMATICAL MODEL — An idealized representation of the real mechanical system, simplified so that it can be
analyzed. The representation often consists of rigid masses, springs and dampers (dashpots). The model should be suffi-ciently realistic so that results of the analysis of the model correspond reasonably closely to the behavior of the physicalsystem from which it was derived.
LUMPED- AND DISTRIBUTED-PARAMETER SYSTEMS — In a lumped-parameter system, the mass, elastic springand damping properties are separated or lumped into distinct components, each having only mass, only elasticity or onlydamping, but not more than one of these properties per component. In a distributed-parameter system, a component maypossess combined mass, elasticity and damping, distributed continuously through the component. The latter systems repre-sent more realistic models, but are more difficult to analyze.
DEGREES OF FREEDOM — This is the number of independent quantities (dimensions or coordinates), which must beknown in order to be able to draw the mechanical system in any one position, if the fixed dimensions of the system areknown. The simple mass-spring system of Figure 1 has one degree of freedom; a mechanical differential, for example, hastwo degrees of freedom; a rigid body moving freely in space has six degrees of freedom (three translational and threeangular coordinates should be known in order to fully describe the position of the body in space).
T1-8
T1
T e c
h n
i c a
l S
e c t
i o
n
FORCE AND MOTION EXCITATION — If a force varying in time is applied to a dynamical system, it usually is a sourceof vibration (e.g., centrifugal force due to an unbalanced rotor). The vibrations are then said to be due to force excitation. If,on the other hand, the foundation (or other part) of a machine is subject to a forced motion (vibration or shock), the resultingmachine vibration is said to be due to motion excitation; e.g., an earthquake actuating a seismograph.
FREE VIBRATION — If the massive block in Figure 1 is moved out of its equilibrium position, and released, the systemwill vibrate without the action of any external forces. Such an oscillation is called a free vibration.
FORCED VIBRATION — If an external force is applied to the weight in Figure 1, which causes it to vibrate (e.g., a forcevarying harmonically with time), the resulting motion of the spring-mass system is called a forced vibration. If the base whichsupports the spring, undergoes a forced motion which in turn causes the weight to vibrate, the vibration is also forced.
RANDOM VIBRATION — Equipment may be caused to vibrate by applied forces or motions in which frequencies andamplitudes of harmonics vary in a random manner with time (e.g., wind gusts on a missile). The resulting vibration is calledrandom.
NATURAL FREQUENCY — Whether the system is without damping or with damping, the frequency of free vibration iscalled the free-undamped natural frequency or the free-damped natural frequency. The natural frequency is a function of themass and stiffness distribution in the system. For a simple-mass spring system, which is a reasonable approximation tomany real mechanical systems, the natural frequency, fn, is
fn = = Hz. (3)
Here, k is spring constant (dynamic stiffness constant kdyn should be used, see Section 2.3); W is the weight; g is thegravitational constant, 386 in/sec2 or 9.8 m/sec2; and xst is the static deflection of the spring. The reciprocal to the naturalfrequency is the NATURAL PERIOD T = 1/fn, sec. If xst is expressed in cm (1 cm = 0.01 m), then the natural frequency canbe conveniently found as
fn � Hz. (4)
The angular natural frequency �n in radians per second is
�n = (5)
Thus, flexible systems tend to have low natural frequencies and rigid systems tend to have high natural frequencies. At thesame time, the natural frequency can be changed by altering the stiffness and mass distribution of the system. A system mayhave more than one natural frequency, in which case the lowest of these is often the most significant one. The number ofnatural frequencies is equal to the number of degrees of freedom of the system. Presense of damping is slightly reducing thenatural frequency; The DAMPED NATURAL FREQUENCY is
fdn = fn 1 – = fn (3a)
where � = 2� (c/ccr)c = damping constantccr = critical damping constant
FORCING FREQUENCY — The frequency of an external force or mo-tion excitation applied to a vibrating system.
2.5.1 Amplitude-Frequency Characteristics of Forced VibrationsIf a sinusoidal force F(t) = Fo sin2�ft is acting on massive block W
connected with the base by spring having stiffness k and viscous damperwith resistance coefficient c, Figure 6, then sinusoidal vibration of blockW is excited. If frequency f is changing but amplitude Fo is constant ina broad frequency range, then amplitude of the vibratory displacementof block W changes with frequency along an AMPLITUDE-FREQUENCYCHARACTERISTIC, Figure 7. Figure 7 shows plots of the displace-ment amplitudes vs. FREQUENCY RATIO f/fn for various degrees of damping (LOG DECREMENT �) in the vibratory sys-tem. The plots in Figure 7 are described by the following expression for the response amplitude A of the massive block W tothe force excitation:
( )
1____2�
1____2�
kg____W
g____xst
5____xst
kg____W
2c____ccr
1 – �2______4�2
Figure 6 Simple Vibratory System Under Forced
Excitation
W = mgx
ck
Object
SpringConstant
VibrationIsolator
Base
DampingCoefficient
F = Fo • Sin (2 ft)
T1-9
T1
T e c
h n
i c a
l S
e c t
i o
n
4.0
0.31
� = 0
0.47
0.63
0.94
1.3
1.6
0.63
0.470.310
3.0
2.0
1.0
00.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 f/fn
AFo/k
( )( )( )( )k 1 – + 2f2____fn2
c___ccr
f___fn
21 – +
2Fo__________________________
f2____fn2
f___fn
�___�
2 2
Fo / k________________________
( ) f___fn
c___ccr
2( )4�2Mf2e___________________________
k 1 – + 2f2____fn2
2
k 1 – +f2____fn2( )
4�2Mf2e__________________________f___fn
�___�( )2 2
A = = (6)
RESONANCE — It is seen in Figure 7that displacement and stress levels tend tobuild up greatly when the forcing frequencycoincides with the natural frequency, the build-up being restrained only by damping. Thiscondition is known as RESONANCE.
In many cases, the forced vibration iscaused by an unbalanced rotating mass, suchas the rotor of an electrical motor. The de-gree of unbalance can be expressed as dis-tance e between the C.G. of the rotor and itsaxis of rotation. The vertical component of thecentrifugal force generated by the unbalancedrotor (mass M) is
Fc.f. = M�2e sin �t = 4�2Mf2 e sin 2�t, (7)
where � is angular speed of rotation in rad/sec and f is the number of revolutions persecond. In case of vibration excitation by theunbalanced rotor, combining of (6) and (7) re-sults in
A =
= = , (6a)
where m is the total mass of the object. Expression (6a) is plotted in Figure 8 for several values of damping (�).
3.0 Vibration IsolationAlthough VIBRATION ISOLATION is a very large area of vibration control, there are two most widely used techniques of
vibration isolation:
– Reduction of transmission of vibratory or shock forces from the object, in which these forces are generated, to thebase; and
– Reduction of transmission of vibratory motions of the base to the work area of vibration-sensitive objects.
These techniques are similar, but also quite different. They both deal with TRANSMISSIBILITY or TRANSMISSIONRATIO. There are several transmission ratios. Usually these refer to the ratios of the maximum values of the transmittedforce or displacement to the maximum values of the applied force or the forced motion. The important direction of transmis-sion is from the object to the base for the force isolation, or from the base to the object for the motion isolation.
( ) ( )
Figure 7 Amplitude-Frequency Characteristics of Massive Block Motion in Figure 6
f2____fn2
f___fn
�___�
2 1 – +
2
f2 / fn2__________________________Me___m
T1-10
T1
T e c
h n
i c a
l S
e c t
i o
n
3.1 Vibration Isolation of Vibration-Producing ProductsFigure 9 shows a simplified single-degree-of-freedom model of a vibration isolation
system. While in models in Figure 1 and Figure 2, the base (foundation) is shown ashaving infinite mass, in Figure 9 model the foundation has a finite mass mf. If the forceF(t) = Fo sin2�ft is generated in the object (mass m), the force transmissibility �F from theobject to the foundation is equal to the motion transmissibility �x from the foundation tothe object and is expressed as
This expression (for mf = �) is plotted in Figure 10 which shows that "isolation" of theforce source or the condition of �F < 1 develops at frequencies greater than f = 1.41fn andfast improving with further increasing of the frequency ratio f/fn. The maximum transmis-sibility occurs at the resonance when the frequency ratio f/fn = 1. At resonance (f = fn), thetransmissibility at not very high damping is expressed as
(�F)max = (�x)max � . (9)
While increasing of damping is beneficial at and around the resonance, the isolation at high frequencies deteriorates withincreasing damping �. This effect must be considered in designing the isolation system for a given application. Still, areasonable increase of damping is important since it makes the system more robust if subjected to inevitable spuriousexcitations. Also, the higher damping improves behavior of the system if the object generates forces in a broad frequencyrange; e.g., as unbalanced motor(s) generating continuously changing excitation frequency during its acceleration phase. Itshould be considered that the transmissibility curves in Figure 10 are plotted for viscous damping in the isolators. Dampingin elastomeric and wire-mesh (or cable) elements is different, so-called hysteretic damping. This latter type of damping doesnot affect the preresonance and the resonance behavior of the system, but demonstrate only a minimum deterioration of theisolation at high frequencies even for highly-damped isolators (more in [1]).
10
7
5
3
2
1.0
0.7
0.5
0.3
0.2
0.10.1 0.2 0.5 1.0 2 3 5 7 10
Frequency Ratio, f/fn
A Me
m
0.31�
0.63
1.26
3.14
4.4
= 1.0cccr
F (t)
k c
mf
x1
x2
m
Figure 9 Dynamic Model ofa Basic VibrationIsolation System
mf______m + mf
�__�
Figure 8 Amplitude-Frequency Characteristics of Massive Block Motion in Figure 6 Excited by an Unbalanced Rotor
�F = �x = = = . (8)mf______
m + mf
Ff___Fo
x1___x2
( )( )1 – +
f2___fn2
�__�
f__fn( )22
1 +�__�
f__fn
2
____________________
T1-11
T1
T e c
h n
i c a
l S
e c t
i o
n
10
7
5
3
2
1.0
0.7
0.5
0.3
0.2
0.1
0.07
0.05
0.03
0.02
0.010.1 0.2 0.5 1.0 2 3 5 7 10
Frequency Ratio, f/fn
Abso
lute
Tra
nsm
issi
bilit
y, �
0
0.31
0.63�
� = 1.26
= 0.5cccr
= 0.1cccr
3.14
1.26
0.630.31� = 0
= 1.0cccr
10
7
5
3
2
1.0
0.7
0.5
0.3
0.2
0.10.1 0.2 0.5 1.0 2 3 5 7 10
� = 0
0.31
0.63
1.26
Frequency Ratio, f/fn
Rel
ativ
e Tr
ansm
issi
bilit
y, �
rel
= 0.5cccr
= 0.7
= 1.0cccr
cccr
Figure 10 Force/Motion Transmissibility in Figure 9 System
Figure 11 Transmissibility of Vibratory Base Motion to Relative Vibratory Motion in the Work Zone
As mentioned before, the goal of vibration isola-tion of vibration-sensitive objects from the base vibra-tion is to reduce relative vibratory displacements inthe work zone. Transmissibility of the base motion intothe relative vibrations θ = x1 – x2 is (for any value ofmf):
�rel = = . (10)
Expression (10) is plotted in Figure 11. It is clear thattransmissibility of low frequency (as compared withthe natural frequency) foundation vibrations into therelative vibrations is very small (since at low frequen-cies the motions are very slow and the object is mov-ing following the vibrating foundation).
ISOLATION EFFICIENCY — Isolation is the per-cent of vibration force that is not transmitted throughthe vibration mounts and which improves with increas-ing frequency ratio. Isolation efficiency of 81.1% cor-responding to a frequency ratio of 2.5, is generallyadequate as shown in Table 2. Figure 12, the basicvibration chart, gives static deflection vs. frequencyand % of vibration isolation (1 - �F). It is useful forselection of vibration isolators/mounts and for calcu-lations (see Section 11).
A more complete treatment of this case of vibra-tion isolation, considering more complex and more re-alistic (several degrees of freedom) models is givenin [1].
FrequencyRatio
Table 2: VIBRATION ABSORPTION
10.0 4.0 3.0 2.5 2.0 1.5 1.4 1.0
Vibration Absorption,Percent
98.993.387.581.166.720.0
0(resonance)
ResultsAttainedexcellentexcellentvery good
goodfair
poornone
worse than withno mountings
θ___x2
f2___fn2_____________________
�__�
f__fn
f2___fn2( )1 – + ( )22
T1-12
T1
T e c
h n
i c a
l S
e c t
i o
n
REGIONOF
AMPLIFICATION
RESONANCENATURALFREQUENCY
ISOLATIONEFFICIENCY %
93
95
85
8060 90 99
70 97
10.0 2.5 3.3 5.0 6.7 8.3 1011.7
13.315
16.7 25 33 50 672523201815
12.7
10
7.6
5.1
3.8
2.52.32.01.81.5
1.27
1.0
0.76
0.5
0.38
0.250.230.20.18
0.15
0.13
0.1
0.076
0.05
0.038
0.025
VIBRATION FREQUENCY (CYCLES PER MINUTE)
VIBRATION FREQUENCY (Hz)
10.09.08.07.06.0
5.0
4.0
3.0
2.0
1.5
1.0.9.8.7.6
.5
.4
.3
.2
.15
.10
.09
.08
.07
.06
.05
STAT
IC D
EFLE
CTI
ON
(IN
CH
ES)
STAT
IC D
EFLE
CTI
ON
(CM
)
.04
.03
.02
.015
.01
100
150
200
300
400
500
600
700
800
900
1000
1500
2000
3000
4000
3.2 Vibration Isolation of Vibration-Sensitive ObjectsSince, for this group of objects, the relative vibrations in the work zone are determined by dynamic characteristics of the
object itself, a model in Figure 13 should be considered. Floor (foundation) vibration x1 = x10 sin2�ft is transmitted throughvibration isolators (stiffness kv, damping coefficient cv) to frame/bed of the object (mass MB) causing its vibrationsxB = xB0 sin2�ft. The work zone of the object is between the frame/bed and its "upper unit", mass Mu (e.g., tool head of amachine tool or illumination unit of a photo-lithography tool). Stiffness km and damping coefficient cm describe structuraldynamic characteristics of the object, whose structural natural frequency is
fm = . (11)
Figure 12 Vibration Frequency vs Static Deflection of Isolators vs Isolation Efficiency
1___2�
km (Mu + MB)_____________MuMB
T1-13
T1
T e c
h n
i c a
l S
e c t
i o
nΔof2______
�Xf�f
Accordingly, transmissibility of the vibratory motion of the foundation intothe work zone can be expressed as a product of (transmissibility �x of thefoundation motion X1 to the frame motion from expression (7) where x2 =X1, x1 = XB; and m = MB) and (transmissibility of the frame motion XB tothe relative motion Xrel in the work zone �rel from expression (8) where x2= XB, θ = Xrel, and fn = fm from expression (11)). This operation is illus-trated in Figure 14.
In Figure 14, the plot (a) is maximum intensity ao of floor vibration(displacements amplitudes compounded from numerous on-site measure-ments). It is shown in [1] that for a majority of manufacturing plants ao �2.5�m in the 4-30 Hz range and is much smaller outside of this range forvertical floor vibrations, and ao � 2.0 �m in the 4-20 Hz range and muchsmaller outside of this range for horizontal floor vibrations. For high preci-sion facilities, the levels of allowable floor vibrations are recommended byBBN plots in Figure 15. The next plot (b) in Figure 14 illustrates transmis-sibility from the floor to the object frame for three cases: a - the objectinstalled on rigid mounts (e.g., jack mounts or rigid isolator mounts); b -the object installed on softer, isolating mounts (lower fn) with the samedegree of damping (height of the resonance peak) as the mounts in a; c -the same fn as in b, but greater damping. The third plot (c) illustratestransmissibility from the frame of the object into its work zone; fm is thestructural natural frequency of the object. The bottom plot shows the prod-uct of the previous three plots. An installation is considered successful ifthe vibration amplitude in the work zone does not exceed the allowableamplitude Δo.
It can be seen that a rigid installation results in two peaks of the rela-tive vibration amplitude, which often exceed the tolerance. Both peaksare reduced by using soft isolator mounts: the second one due to reducedtransmissibility at high frequencies per expression (6), and the first onedue to lower sensitivity of the object structure to lower resonance fre-quency of the object on softer isolating mounts. It is clear, that increasingdamping also results in reduced relative vibrations. Accordingly, the re-quirement for an adequate vibration isolation of a vibration-sensitive ob-ject is formulated not as a required upper limit of the natural frequency fn,but as a required upper limit of the "Isolation Criterion" Φ,
Φ = . (12a)
The magnitude of this criterion can be calculated if vibration sensitivity ofthe object in the frequency range of interest is measured and its toleranceis assigned, see [1]. The object is properly isolated if
Φ < , (12b)
where Δo is the maximum tolerated vibratory displacement in the workzone of the object, Xf is the maximum amplitude of floor vibration withfrequency f; �f is the transmissibility into the work zone at frequency f(ratio of relative vibration amplitude in the work zone to amplitude of theobject frame vibration at frequency f). According to this criterion widelyvalidated by practical applications, stiffness of isolators for a given instal-lation can be increased (usually, a very desirable feature) if the isolatorshave higher damping.
fn___ �
Mu
Km
Kv, Cv
Floor
XrelCm
Xf
MB
XB
Xf
ao
f(a) Maximum Intensity ao of Floor Vibrating
a
cb
o
fv2
(d) Resultant Transmissibility (Product of (a), (b) & (c))fv1 fm
f
fm(c) Transmissibility From Object Frame to Work Zone
f
fn2 fn1
(b) Transmissibility from Floor to Object Frame
f
a
cb
Figure 13 Two-Mass Dynamic Model for Vibration Sensitivity of Precison Object
Figure 14 Model of Vibration Transmission from Floor to Work Zone
Δ
T1-14
T1
T e c
h n
i c a
l S
e c t
i o
n
y
zmz
my
ky
kz
sSupport
t
Figure 16 Schematic Representation of Equipment, Comprised of Chassis my and Element mzkz, Mounted Upon Isolator ky.
Figure 17 Displacement-Time Curves for Support, Chassis, and Element of Equipment (Inelastic Impact)
0.2 �m
0.1 �m
VC - E (125 micro-inches/sec)
VC - D (250 micro-inches/sec)
VC - C (500 micr-inches/sec)
VC - B (1000 micro-inches/sec)
VC - A (2000 micro-inches/sec)
Operating theatre (ISO)
Residential day (ISO)
Office (ISO)
Workshop (ISO)
100
90
80
70
60
50
404 5 6.3 8 10 12.5 16 20 25 31.5 40 50 63 80
100
One-third Octave Band Center Frequency (Hz)
Rm
s Ve
loci
ty, m
icro
-inch
/sec
Velo
city
Lev
el (d
B re
1 m
icro
-inch
/sec
)300
1000
3000
10000
30000
100000
4 �m
2 �m 1 �m
0.5 �m
0.063 �m0.25 �m 0.012 �m
Thus, while vibration isolationof the force-producing objectsrequires reducing natural fre-quency in accordance with no-mogram in Figure 12, isolationof a vibration-sensitive objectcan be successful even whensome part of the system is atresonance, provided that thenatural frequency of the isola-tion system and its dampingare properly selected. Vibrationisolation in the latter case isgreatly simplified if structuralstiffness and structural naturalfrequency of the vibration-sen-sitive object are enhanced.
3.3 Shock IsolationThe information in this section has been taken from [2] with
permission of the publisher.It is often necessary to determine the effectiveness of a shock
isolator as well as the magnitude of the acceleration experiencedby elements of the protected equipment. Figure 16, similar toFigure 13, describes the system experiencing a velocity shockas illustrated by the displacement-time curves of Figure 17.
The displacement of equipment (y) supported by isolatorsand subjected to a velocity shock (V) is expressed by the follow-ing equation:
y = V 1 – sin 2�fyt (13)
where fy = is the natural frequency, Hz, of the elasticsystem
consisting of chassis (my) and isolator (ky). Double differentiationof equation (13) yields the acceleration experienced by the equip-ment chassis during shock. This is designated the transmittedacceleration and is expressed as:
y0 = 2�fyV (14)
The units of acceleration y0, are linear distance (inches, m, etc)per second per second. This equation can be expressed anotherway, using more convenient engineering units, as:
Transmitted Shock = = = , (15)
where: V = shock velocity change, in/sec.fy = natural frequency of isolator, Hz.g = maximum acceleration experienced by chassis, ex-
pressed as a dimensionless multiple of the accel-eration due to gravity.
Thus, the maximum acceleration of the chassis during shock, isdirectly proportional to the magnitude of the velocity change andto the natural frequency of the isolator. Figure 18 is a graphicrepresentation of the maximum transmitted acceleration computedfrom Equation (15).
( )
Figure 15 BBN Vibration Criteria (VC) for Installation of Precision Equipment
1____2�fy
ky___my
1___2�
¨
y0___g¨ 2πfyV______
386fyV____
61.4
¨
y0/¨
T1-15
T1
T e c
h n
i c a
l S
e c t
i o
n
10
3040
7510
0
200 i
n/sec
200 in/sec150100
75504030
0.11 2 3 4 5 6 8 10 20 30 40 60 80 100
10080
605040
30
20
108
654
3
2
1
0.3
0.3
0.40.50.6
0.81.0
5
10
20
150
50
20
5
2
3
456
810
Natural frequency of isolator, Hz
Max
imum
def
lect
ion
of is
olat
or (
sy) 0
, in.
, (do
tted
lines
)
Figure 18 Maximum Acceleration of Chassis my and Maximum Deflection of Linear Isolator ky Shown in Figure 16, When Support Experiences Velocity Shock as Illustrated in Figure 17.
Max
imum
tran
smitt
ed a
ccel
erat
ion
(y0/g
), (s
olid
line
s)M
axim
um T
rans
mitt
ed S
hock
¨
Figure 19 Shock Transmissibility for System Shown in Figure 13, When Subjected to Velocity Shock as illustrated in Figure 17 [3].
1008060
4030
20
1086
43
2
1.00.80.6
0.40.3
0.10 1 2 3 4 5 6
Damping ratiofor isolator
0.01
0.10
1.00 0.50
1.000.50
0.005
0.05
Damping ratio forelement mzkz = 0.01
Shoc
k tra
nsm
issi
bilit
y (T
s)
Ratio Natural frequency of elementNatural frequency of isolator
fzfy( )
The maximum acceleration expe-rienced by the chassis of the mountedequipment, as indicated in Figure 18,should not be confused with the maxi-mum acceleration experienced by vari-ous elements of the equipment. Thelatter is equal to the product of themaximum chassis acceleration y0 andthe amplification factor A0, which is de-fined as the ratio of the maximum ac-celeration of the element (z0) to themaximum acceleration of the chassis(y0) and is given by:
A0 = (16)
In the absence of damping, A0 is a func-tion only of the element's natural fre-quency (fz) and the isolator's naturalfrequency (fy). For an undamped sys-tem, shock transmissibility (Ts) is re-lated to the amplification factor (A0) asfollows:
Ts = A0 (17)
where shock transmissibility (Ts) is theratio of the maximum acceleration ofthe mass element, mz, to the maximumacceleration of the same elementwhich would occur if the isolator'sspring constant, ky, were infinitely rigid.
Using values for the amplificationfactor A0 as determined in [3], and plot-ted for a range of values of dampingratio, shock transmissibility can be de-termined for a damped system asshown in Figure 19. The damping be-tween mz and my is assumed to beconstant at one percent critical damp-ing (� = 0.063). However, wide varia-tions in the degree of damping havelittle effect on the results. Figure 20gives the amplification factor A0 for thesystem shown in Figure 16 when thesupport experiences velocity shock asillustrated in Figure 17. The factor A0is the ratio of the maximum accelera-tion of mass mz to the maximum ac-celeration of mass my.
¨
¨
( )fy____fz
z0___y0¨¨
T1-16
T1
T e c
h n
i c a
l S
e c t
i o
n
3.3.1 Shock Motion of Base (Base Suddenly Stops or Accelerates)The time history of the sudden acceleration process of the base in Figure. 21(a) is shown in Figure 21(b). The analytical
results taken from [3] are also applicable to the object (equipment unit) dropping from a height onto a hard surface.
If: V = sudden velocity change of base, in/sec or m/secc/ccr = �/2� = damping ratio where � is log decrementfn = undamped natural frequency of system, Hzg = gravitational constant, 386 in/sec2 = 9.81 m/sec2dmax = max. isolator deflection, measured from equilibrium position, in. or mdst = static isolator deflection = W/k, in. or mamax = maximum acceleration of object, in/sec2 or m/sec2
then, for 0 � c/ccr � 0.2 or 0 � � � 1.25,
= = (18)
1008060
4030
20
1086
43
2
1.00.80.6
0.40.3
0.2
0.10 1 2 3 4 5 6
Damping ratiofor isolator
0.0050.01
0.05
0.10 1.00
0.50
0.50
1.00
Damping ratio forelement mzkz = 0.01
Ampl
ifica
tion
fact
or (A
0)
Ratio Natural frequency of elementNatural frequency of isolator
fzfy( )
Wx
y
Object
VibrationIsolator
kc
Dampingconstant
(a) System
Figure 21 Vibration Isolation System for Object W (a) Subjectedto Shock Motion of Base with Time History (b)
(b) Motion of Base
Base
t 0 y = 0t 0 y = V • t
Velocity change of baseV
0 0 Time
dmax_____dst
amax_____g
2�fn(1 – c/ccr)____________g
Figure 20 Amplification Factor for System Shown in Figure 16 When Subjected to Velocity Shock as Illustrated in Figure 17
T1-17
T1
T e c
h n
i c a
l S
e c t
i o
n
Figure 22 Shock Effect at Different Damping Values
5
4
3
2
ξ = 0.2� = 1.26
ξ = 0.1� = 0.63
ξ = 0� = 0
1
1 2 3 4=
5dmaxdst
amaxg
V�
g
Figure 22 illustrates Equation (18). When the damp-ing is small, maximum force transmitted to equipmentis very nearly kdmax.
3.3.2 Sudden Impact on Equipment [3]
Sudden impact, or a sharp blow is characterized by a large force (Fo) acting for a short period of time (to) as shown inFigure 23(a). For practical purposes, suddenness is taken to mean that to is small in comparison with the natural period ofvibration of the system in Figure 23(b). The impulse, I, is defined as the area under the force-time curve; i.e.,
I = Fo to lb-sec or kg m/sec (19)
Application of impulse I results in a sudden downward velocity V of the object,
V = Ig/W. (20)
The maximum isolator deflection and the maximum acceleration of the object can be obtained by substituting V into Equation(18).
4.0 NONLINEARITIESThe equations previously given for transmissibilty (Section 3.1) make certain assumptions which may not always be
valid. For example, it is assumed that the damping is viscous or linear (resistance to relative motion is proportional to therelative velocity). The assumption greatly simplifies the analysis. However, the damping provided by wire mesh is a combina-tion of localized frictional losses by individual wires and hysteresis in the cushion itself. Damping in elastomeric materials hassimilar characteristics. In practical terms, this means that the damping is a function of displacement in addition to velocity,and the terms describing the damping in the equations of motion are nonlinear. At resonance, where the displacement islarge, the damping is high. In the isolation band, where displacement is small, the damping is negligible. This condition givesthe best of both worlds as damping is only desirable under resonance conditions. Thus, the idealized curves in Figure 10 areon the conservative side since they show deterioration of isolation in the high frequency (after resonance) range.
Figure 23 Vibration Isolation System of Object W (b) Subjectedto Sudden Impact on the Object with Time History (a)
Wx
I
Object
VibrationIsolator
kc Damping
constant
Sudden impulse (large force Fo actingover very short time (to): I = Foto).
Base
(b) SYSTEM(a) FORCE TIME CURVE OF AN IMPULSE
Impulse
toTime
T1-18
T1
T e c
h n
i c a
l S
e c t
i o
n
A second assumption is that the flexible members or mounts behave as linear springs. This again is not strictly true asmany mounts behave as hardening springs to a lesser or greater extent, depending on material of their flexible elements(e.g., proportion of mesh cushion in the wire-mesh mounts) and/or on design features of rubber flexible elements. As theterm suggests, the stiffness increases with load/displacement. This property has the useful effect of increasing the dynamicload-carrying capability of the mounts. Consider the Equation (3) for the natural frequency of a simple spring-mass system.As can be seen, increasing the weight load (mass) of the isolated object reduces the natural frequency. But if the stiffness isincreasing as well (as in the case of a hardening spring) then the ratio k/m is less dependent on the mass of the object andthe mount can be used in a wider load range. Some vibration isolators are designed with their stiffness proportional to theweight load,
k = AW = Amg, (21)
where A is a proportionality constant. For such mounts the natural frequency is
fn = = = Ag = const. (22)
Accordingly, such vibration isolators are called CONSTANT NATURAL FREQUENCY (or CNF) ISOLATORS. This meansthat a mount will give the same degree of isolation for a broad load range, with the ratio of upper load limit and lower load limitup to and exceeding 20:1 [1]. An example of a CNF isolator is Ring Mount V10Z47M in this catalog.
Besides the convenience of using the same isolators for widely different objects, CNF isolators have many other advan-tages. The tolerance on stiffness of constant stiffness (linear) isolators with rubber flexible elements is usually about ±17%.Such wide tolerance leads to a need for greater safety factors in order to achieve the required degree of isolation, and thusto softer isolators. The soft isolators are undesirable since they may result in a shaky installation. CNF isolators, on the otherhand, are very robust and variation of rubber hardness due to production tolerances do not influence the natural frequencysignificantly [1]. Other advantages of CNF isolators are addressed below in Section 6.0.
The other way in which a stiffening spring affects the dy-namic performance of a system is to make the natural frequency"input sensitive". As the amplitude increases, so does the dis-placement. Consequently, that stiffness increases as well. Thenatural frequency (fn) increases also. Figure 24 [5] shows acomparison between the way frequency fn changes with ampli-tude for a linear spring (a) and a hardening spring (b). As canbe seen, with a hardening spring, fn increases with amplitude.Without going into the mathematical treatment, it should beappreciated that the actual responses for various inputs will beas shown in Figure 25 [5]. It can be seen that the resonant pointactually changes with different inputs. A softening spring is addedfor comparison.
1___2�
kg___W
1___2�
AWg_____W
1___2�
Figure 25 Typical Resonance Curves for Various Levels of Excitation
Figure 24 Amplitude of Linear (a) and Hardening (Nonlinear) (b) Springs as a Function of fn
a
0(a)
fn fn
a
0(b)
A
(a) Hardening Springfn fn fn
� � �
A
(b) Linear Spring
A
(c) Softening Spring
T1-19
T1
T e c
h n
i c a
l S
e c t
i o
n
Another property of mesh mounts is demonstrated by Figure 26 [5]. As can be seen, in practice there is a sudden sharpdrop from the resonant point, ensuring that isolation is achieved almost immediately. However, it is again safer to assumethat isolation does not begin until 2 fn is achieved.
5.0 MULTIDEGREE OF FREEDOM SYSTEMS, COUPLED MODES
Figure 27 demonstrates that there are six independent ways in which a body can move; i.e., it has SIX DEGREES OFFREEDOM. The reader must be aware from this that there is a potential of six independent natural frequencies, as well aspossible coupled modes of vibration.
Figure 27 Degrees of Freedom of a Solid Body
Lateral
Roll
Yaw
Vertical
Vertical
Pitch
Fore and Aft orLongitudinal
Figure 26 Theoretical Frequency Response Curve for a Hardening Spring Type Resonant System
The hatched areas indicatethe region of instability.
a
1
2
3
4
f
Free vibration"backbone"
T1-20
T1
T e c
h n
i c a
l S
e c t
i o
nyC.G.
xC.G.
y1
x1
LC1
y
LC2y2x
y3
LC3
C.G.
x3
x2
Figure 29 Setup for Experimental Finding of the C.G. Location
The coupling concept can be illustrated on the example of a simpler "pla-nar" system shown in Figure 28, which shows a mass supported by springs andconstrained so that it can move only in the plane of the drawing [5]. Such asystem has three coordinates which fully describe its configuration: translationalcoordinates x and y, and angular coordinate . If the system is symmetricalabout axis y, then when excited by a sinusoidal force Fy, in the vertical directionalong the axis of symmetry, the object will behave as previously shown (Figure1), namely by vibrating in the vertical (y) direction. However, if the force vectordoes not coincide with the axis of symmetry, then the vertical force would excitevibratory motions not only in the y-direction, but also in x and directions. Whenthe mass is excited by a horizontal force Fx, both horizontal (y) or longitudinalmode and pitching () vibratory motions are excited. These modes are said tobe coupled when vibrations of one mode can be stimulated by a vibratory forceor displacement in another. Coupling modes are in most cases undesirable. Forexample, many vibration-sensitive objects have the highest vibration sensitivityin a horizontal direction, while the floor vibrations are often more intense in thevertical direction. Coupling between the vertical and horizontal directions canbe avoided by using vibration isolating mounts at each mounting point whosestiffness is proportional to the weight load acting on this mount (CNF mount) [1].
6.0 STATIC LOAD DISTRIBUTION CALCULATIONIn order to calculate the weight distribution between the mounting points, the position of the CENTER OF GRAVITY
(C.G.) has to be determined first. It is a simple task only for an axisymmetrical object. Position of the C.G. can be obtained bycomputation or experiment. The computational approach is feasible in most cases to the manufacturer who has all relevantdrawings containing the data on mass distribution inside the object. The experiment is suggested by the definition of the C.G.as the point of support at which the body will be in equilibrium. For example, a small object can be supported on a peg; whenin equilibrium, a vertical line drawn through the peg will pass through the C.G. Unfortunately, this method is applicable onlyto small objects. For large objects, such as machine tools, the object is mounted, for the C.G. location purposes, onto threeload cells LC1, LC2, LC3, as shown is the plane view in Figure 29. If the weight loads as sensed by these load cells are W1,W2, W3, respectively, then coordinates of the C.G. are as follows:
xC.G. = ;
(23)
yC.G. = .
After the C.G. position is known, weight distribution between themounting points should be calculated. Such a calculation can berigorously performed only for the case of an object with three mount-ing points (a statically-determinate problem). Unfortunately, only arelatively small percentage of objects requiring vibration isolationare designed with the "three point" mounting arrangement. If thenumber of the mounting points is greater than three, the accuracyof weight distribution calculations is suffering, unless the mountingsurface of the floor is flat and horizontal and the mounting surfaceof the object is also flat. The tolerance on the "flatness" requirementshould be a small fraction of the projected static deformations xst ofthe selected vibration isolators.
For example, if the vertical natural frequency of the isolatedobject is fn = 20 Hz, then, from Equation (4), xst = 0.0625 cm or0.625 mm.
Similarly, for fn = 10 Hz, xst = 2.5 mm, andfor fn = 5 Hz, xst = 10 mm.
¨
X1W1 + X2W2 + X3W3_________________W1 + W2 + W3
y1W1 + y2W2 + y3W3__________________W1 + W2 + W3
Fx
Fy
T
m, I
kxky kxky
x
y
Figure 28 Planar (Three-Degrees- of-Freedom) Vibration
Isolation System
T1-22
T1
T e c
h n
i c a
l S
e c t
i o
n
Hz. When the machine is installed on five linear isolators with rubber flexible elements selected in accordance with themanufacturer's recommendations, different for different mounting points (line 2, fn = 15 Hz), the maximum amplitude of therelative vibrations (resulting in waviness of the ground surface) was 0.35 �m. However, when the grinder was installed onfive indentical CNF isolators with rubber flexible elements (line 1, fn = 20 Hz, or about two times stiffer than the linearisolators), the maximum relative vibration amplitudes was 0.25 �m, about 30% lower.
7.0 CONNECTIONS OF SPRING ELEMENTS
7.1 Springs in ParallelThese combine like electrical resistance in series. This is the case when several springs
support a single load, as shown in Figure 34. The springs are equivalent to a single spring,the spring constant of which is equal to the sum of the spring constants of the constituentsprings. The spring constant k of the single equivalent spring is given by:
k = k1 + k1 + k1. (27)
7.2 Springs in SeriesThe series connected springs in Figure 35 combine like electrical resistances in parallel.
The equivalent single spring is softer than any of the component springs. The spring con-stant k of the equivalent single spring is given by:
= + . (28)
If n springs are in series, this formula is readily extended to:
= + + + ..... + . (29)
7.3 Spring Connected Partly in Parallel and Partly in SeriesObtain equivalent spring constants for each set of parallel or series springs separately
and then combine. For example, in Figure 36, the springs k1 and k2 are equivalent to a singlespring, the spring constant of which, ke1, is given by:
= + = or ke1 = (30a)
The three springs, k3, k4, k5 in parallel, are equivalent to a single spring, the spring constantof which, ke2, is given by:
ke2 = k3 + k4 + k5 (30b)
Now equivalent springs ke1 and ke2 are in series. Hence, the spring constant k of the equiva-lent spring for the entire system is:
= + or k = (30c)
0.5
0.20.250.35
0.1
0.05
10 15Frequency (Hz)
Rel
ativ
e M
otio
n in
Wor
k Zo
neD
oubl
e Am
plitu
de μ
m
20 25 30
1
2
35
Figure 33 Amplitude of Relative Motion in Work Zone with: 1 - Regular (Linear) Isolators; 2 - CNF Isolators
1__k
1__k1
1__k2
1__k
1__k1
1__k2
1__k3
1__kn
1___ke1
1__k1
1__k2
k1 + k2_______k1k2
k1k2______k1 + k2
1__k
1___ke1
1___ke2
(k1k2)(k3 + k4 + k5)______________________k1k2 + (k1 + k2)(k3 + k4+ k5)
k1
k2
k1 k2 k3
Figure 34 Parallel Connection of Springs
Figure 35 Series Connection of Springs
k1
k2
k3 k4 k5
Figure 36 Mixed Connection of Springs
T1-23
T1
T e c
h n
i c a
l S
e c t
i o
n
8.0 3-D OBJECT DRIVEN BY VIBRATORY FORCE AND TORQUES
Figure 37 shows an object with its C.G. at C, mounted on 4 flexible mounts and acted upon by a disturbing harmonicforce Fy in the y-direction (vertical) and/or by torques, Tx, Ty and Tz acting singly or in combination about the x, y and z axes,which are principal inertia axes passing through the C.G. (point C).
The four mounts are symmetrically disposed relative to the C.G., their location defined by distances bx, by and bz fromthe axes, as shown. The mass moments of inertia about the principal inertia axes are Ix, Iy and Iz, respectively. As a result ofthe external force and torques, the object motion is (a) a displacement of C.G., maximum values of which are denoted bytranslational motions of the C.G. (x, y, z) and (b) rotations of the object (from equilibrium) about the coordinate axes (θx, θy,θz). These displacements are generally small relative to the major dimensions of the object.
Let: M = mass of object (W/g where W is weight of the object, g = 386 in/sec2 = 9.8 m/sec2);ky = total vertical stiffness of the four supports in lb./in. or N/m; i.e., 4 times the stiffness of each support
if all four supports are identicalks = total horizontal or shear stiffness of the four supports; i.e., 4 times the horizontal stiffness of each
support, if all supports are identical and for each support kx = kz = ks, lb./in. or N/m;� = angular frequency of sinusoidally applied force and torques (rad/sec)
Damping is assumed to be negligible.
8.1 Displacement of the Object
Due to Fy only: y = (31)
Due to Tz only: x = (32)
θz = (33)
Cx
yFy
Tx Tz
bz
by
bx
θz
θx
ky/4 ky/4 ky/4 ky/4
Ty
C
(x, y, z)
y
z
C
z
x
θy
Fy________ky – M�2
Tzbyks_____________________________________IzM�4 – �2 (Izks + kybx2 M + ksby2 M) + kyksbx2
Tz(ks – M�2)_____________________________________IzM�4 – �2 (Izks + kybx2 M + ksby2 M) + kyksbx2
Figure 37 Solid Body on Vibration Isolators
T1-24
T1
T e c
h n
i c a
l S
e c t
i o
n
Due to Tx only: z = (34)
θx = (35)
Due to Ty only: θy = (36)
In these equations Fy, Tx, Ty and Tz represent peak values of the corresponding applied force or torques.
8.2 Undamped Natural Frequencies
Source Mode Equation
Fy Translation �1 = (37)along y-axis
Tz Rotation about �2 = A – A2 – (38)axes parallel toz-axis
�3 = A + A2 – (39)
where A = + (40)
Tx Rotation about �4 = B – B2 – (41)axes parallel tox-axis
�5 = B + B2 – (42)
where B = + (43)
Ty Rotation about �6 = (44)y-axis
8.3 Mount DeflectionsIf the object motions in all coordinates are as expressed in 8.1 (x, y, z, θx, θy, θz,) and if the coordinates of the mounting
point (vibration isolators) are (X, Y, Z) in the equilibrium position, then their deflections (ΔX, ΔY, ΔZ) from equilibrium due tothe applied force/torques are:
ΔX = x – θzY + θyZΔY = y – θxZ + θzX (45)ΔZ = z – θyX + θxY
provided the deflections are small relative to the object dimensions.However, if the effects of more than one disturbing force/torque are to be combined, the corresponding deflections of
each mount must be combined vectorially, not be added algebraically, as in Equation (45).
General Comments1. It is desirable to make sure that the disturbing forces and torques operate at frequencies sufficiently far removed
from the computed natural frequencies, so that resonance conditions are avoided.2. The compliance of the vibration mounts in compression and shear should be such that their combined compliance
yields natural frequencies which are sufficiently lower than the frequencies of the disturbing forces and torques (hopefully at least by a factor of 2.5).
Txbyks_____________________________________IxM�4 – �2 (Ixks + Mkybz2 + Mby2ks) + kyksbz2
Ty_________________ks (bx2 + bz2) – Iy�2
Tx(ks – M�2)_____________________________________IxM�4 – �2 (Ixks + Mkybz2 + Mby2ks) + kyksbz2
ky___M
kyksbx2______IzM
kyksbx2______IzM
ks___2M
kybx2 + ksby2__________2Iz
kyksbz2______IxM
kyksbz2______IxM
ks___2M
kybz2 + by2ks__________2Ix
ks(bx2 + bz2)__________Iy
T1-25
T1
T e c
h n
i c a
l S
e c t
i o
n
3. The displacements (max. deflections) of the mounts can be calculated from Equation (45) for any given singledisturbing force or torque. If several force/torques act simultaneously, vector addition of forces in different directionsis required, and Equation (45) cannot be used.
4. The case of a horizontal disturbing force has not been considered in this presentation.5. Other things being equal, the best arrangement for the mounts is to arrange them so that their resultant force
passes through the center of gravity of the equipment and that its line of action is a principal axis. If there is aresultant torque about the center of gravity, its direction should be about a principal axis through the center ofgravity. However, if this arrangement is impractical, it need not be adhered to.
9.0 COMPLEX DRIVING FORCES
When the disturbing forces are neither sinusoidal nor suddenly applied, the vibration analysis becomes more compli-cated. While it is more difficult to give general guidelines or methods of analysis, one can consider every force-time variationas composed of components of different frequencies, each being a multiple of the basic (usually driving) frequency. Math-ematically, this is known as expanding an arbitrary function into a Fourier series. Once these frequency components (har-monics) are determined, each one being sinusoidal at a different frequency, any component can be analyzed like a sinusoi-dal force. This can provide at least some understanding of the vibration phenomenon. Often the lowest-frequency (funda-mental) component predominates and is the most important component to analyze. It is possible, however, that the design ofthe vibration isolation system will appear unfeasible on the basis of an analysis of only the fundamental component, whereasthe exact analysis would show that a vibration isolation mounting can be useful; i.e., sometimes an analysis of componentsof several frequencies may be required [1]. This, however, may be quite difficult. In such cases, resolving an arbitrary force-time variation into several harmonics can provide some insight.
The following represents data in the Fourier series (decomposition into several harmonics) of some representative force-time variations in Figure 38, which are neither sinusoidal nor sudden. Each force is assumed to be a periodic function of thetime;
λ = τ/T, where τ is pulse width, T is the process period;� = fundamental frequency.
The Fourier expansions for these forcing functions are given in Table 2.
Figure 38 Typical Periodic Nonsinusoidal Vibratory Processes
τ
y
h2hSquare wave
ht
τ
2τ
τ
T
y
h2hSaw tooth
ht
y
2hRepeated step
t
T1-25
T1
T e c
h n
i c a
l S
e c t
i o
n
3. The displacements (max. deflections) of the mounts can be calculated from Equation (45) for any given singledisturbing force or torque. If several force/torques act simultaneously, vector addition of forces in different directionsis required, and Equation (45) cannot be used.
4. The case of a horizontal disturbing force has not been considered in this presentation.5. Other things being equal, the best arrangement for the mounts is to arrange them so that their resultant force
passes through the center of gravity of the equipment and that its line of action is a principal axis. If there is aresultant torque about the center of gravity, its direction should be about a principal axis through the center ofgravity. However, if this arrangement is impractical, it need not be adhered to.
9.0 COMPLEX DRIVING FORCES
When the disturbing forces are neither sinusoidal nor suddenly applied, the vibration analysis becomes more compli-cated. While it is more difficult to give general guidelines or methods of analysis, one can consider every force-time variationas composed of components of different frequencies, each being a multiple of the basic (usually driving) frequency. Math-ematically, this is known as expanding an arbitrary function into a Fourier series. Once these frequency components (har-monics) are determined, each one being sinusoidal at a different frequency, any component can be analyzed like a sinusoi-dal force. This can provide at least some understanding of the vibration phenomenon. Often the lowest-frequency (funda-mental) component predominates and is the most important component to analyze. It is possible, however, that the design ofthe vibration isolation system will appear unfeasible on the basis of an analysis of only the fundamental component, whereasthe exact analysis would show that a vibration isolation mounting can be useful; i.e., sometimes an analysis of componentsof several frequencies may be required [1]. This, however, may be quite difficult. In such cases, resolving an arbitrary force-time variation into several harmonics can provide some insight.
The following represents data in the Fourier series (decomposition into several harmonics) of some representative force-time variations in Figure 38, which are neither sinusoidal nor sudden. Each force is assumed to be a periodic function of thetime;
λ = τ/T, where τ is pulse width, T is the process period;� = fundamental frequency.
The Fourier expansions for these forcing functions are given in Table 2.
Figure 38 Typical Periodic Nonsinusoidal Vibratory Processes
τ
y
h2hSquare wave
ht
τ
2τ
τ
T
y
h2hSaw tooth
ht
y
2hRepeated step
t
T1-26
T1
T e c
h n
i c a
l S
e c t
i o
nTo illustrate this approach in a particular case, let's consider a connecting-rod motion of a slider-crank mechanism,Figure 39, as in internal-combustion engines. This motion can be shown to have the following Fourier expansion:
r = crank length, in.= connecting rod length, in.
θ = crank angle, rad or deg.x = piston placement (piston motion
in-line with crank pivot), in.� = crank speed, assumed constant,
rad/seca = piston acceleration, in/sec2
= A0 + cos θ + A2 cos 2θ – A4 cos 4θ + A6 cos 6θ ... (46)
– = cos θ + A2 cos 2θ – A4 cos 4θ + A6 cos 6θ ... (47)
where A2, A4, A6 are given as follows in Table 3 [4].
10.0 DESIGN PROBLEM EXAMPLES
The following are a number of problems intended to familiarize the reader with the basic applications of vibration isola-tors. More advanced techniques which would result in stiffer isolators while achieving adequate isolation can be found in [1].
NOTE: In the following problems, unless otherwise stated, it is assumed that the loads are evenly distributed among themounting points.
x__r
1__4
1__16
1__36
a___r�2
2___π 0 0 0
/r A2 A4 A6
0.34310.29180.25400.22500.2020
0.01010.00620.00410.00280.0021
0.00030.00010.0001
——
3.03.54.04.55.0
TABLE 2 FOURIER EXPANSIONS FOR VIBRATORY PROCESSES IN FIGURE 38 (angles in radians)
Frequency ofHarmonics
Square wave
Saw tooth
Repeated steps
Wave Shape Function Harmonic Amplitude as Fractions of 2h (� = fundamental frequency)
� 2� 3� 4� 5� 6�
2___3π
2___5π
1___π
1___3π
1___5π
1___2π
1___6π
2sin πλ______π
2sin 3πλ_______3π
2sin 2πλ_______2π
2sin 4πλ_______4π
2sin 5πλ_______5π
2sin 6πλ_______6π
x
r
Crank
Connecting rod
Piston or slider
θ
Figure 39 Schematic of a Slider-Crank Mechanism
TABLE 3 COEFFICIENTS FOR FOURIER EXPANSION OF CONNECTING ROD MOTION
1___4π
T1-27
T1
T e c
h n
i c a
l S
e c t
i o
n
Problem No. 1A metal tumbling unit weighing 200 lbs and driven by a 950 rpm motor is to be mounted for at least 81% vibration
isolation effieciency from the tumbling drum and motor unbalance (one cycle per revolution, or 950 cpm) using 4 cylindricalmounts in shear. Select the isolators.
The weight load per mounting is (1/4) x 200 lbs = 50 lbs. From the basic vibration chart, Figure 12, a forcing frequency of950 cpm (~ 16Hz) and 81% isolation lead to a point of intersection corresponding to a static deflection of 0.25 in.
Cylindrical mount Part Number V10Z 2-311C, loaded in shear, has a deflection 0.32 in. at 50 lbs. Since this deflection isin excess of 0.25 in., the isolation will be greater than the design minimum. From the basic chart in Figure 12, it is seen to bebetween 85-90%.
Problem No. 2Consider the tumbling unit of Problem No. 1 and suppose the motor speed were increased to 2500 rpm. What isolators
could be used, allowing loading both in shear and in compression?From the basic vibration chart, Figure 12, for a forcing frequency of 2500 cpm and 81% isolation, we find a static
deflection of about 0.037 in. Hence we must look for isolators with a load rating not less than 50 lbs and with a correspondingdeflection of not less than 0.037 in. The following mounts can be considered:
Load in Compression Load in ShearV10Z 2-300C (0.078 in. deflection) V10Z 2-330B (0.14 in. deflection)V10Z 2-317C (0.078 in.) V10Z 2-311C (0.31 in.)V10Z 2-310B (0.138 in.)V10Z 2-314C (0.042 in.)
Amongst these, the highest percentage of isolation is afforded by the mount with the largest deflection (V10Z 2-311C),provided that such a deflection is permissible.
Problem No. 3A small business machine is to be mounted for 81% vibration isolation effieciency. The weight is 25 lbs and there are 4
mounting points. What additional information is required for the selection of the vibration isolation system?Information which is needed is as follows: allowable vibration amplitudes of the machine, as a function of frequency;
frequency of disturbing force; direction and point of application of disturbing force; space limitations, if any; ambient condi-tions, if unusual; mass and compliance distribution of machine – if not uniform.
Problem No. 4A device contains 4 symmetrically located special-configuration isolators (Finger-Flex), Part Number V10R 4-1502D,
each isolator deflecting just over 0.07 in. at 20 lb load. In order to obtain satisfactory vibration isolation, it is desired toincrease the deflection from 0.07 in. to 0.14 in., the load remaining the same. How can this be done?
One way is to stack two (identical) mounts in series, see section 7.2, each of the four isolators being replaced by such aset.
Problem No. 5A unit which is to be mounted for 81% vibration isolation efficiency has a forcing frequency of 1500 cpm (25 Hz), weighs
1080 lbs and is to use 6 vibration isolators in shear. Isolators with a female tap are required. Select an isolator model.The load per isolator is 1080/6 = 180 lbs. At 1500 cpm and 81% isolation effieciency, the basic vibration chart, Figure 12,
gives a static deflection of 0.10 in.Isolator V10Z 2-308C loaded in shear has a deflection of about 0.13 in. at 180 lbs. This being in excess of 0.10 in., the
degree of isolation is certainly satisfactory. This model has a female tap.
Problem No. 6A 275 lb motor is mounted with cylindrical isolators V10Z 2-311C loaded in shear at six points, the forcing frequency
being 1100 cpm (~ 18 Hz). What is the percentage of vibration isolation attained?The load per isolator = 275/6 = 45.8 lbs, assuming mounts to be symmetrically located, so that load is evenly distributed.
From the design information furnished in the catalog, the shear deflection of the isolator at this load is ~ 0.28 in.From Figure 12, the point of intersection of 0.28 in. static deflection and forcing frequency of 1100 cpm gives an isolation
efficiency of about 87%.
Problem No. 7An air conditioner weighs 250 lbs and is driven by a motor at 1700 rpm. The unit is mounted in shear on four V10Z 2-
317B cylindrical isolators. Is this design satisfactory?
T1-28
T1
T e c
h n
i c a
l S
e c t
i o
n
The isolated unit is not properly installed because the maximum load rating for this isolator, as indicated in the catalog,is 21 lbs in shear and 40 lbs in compression. The load per mount is 250/4 = 62.5 lbs. Even if the isolator is installed so thatit is loaded in compression, it would not be satisfactory, since the load (62.5 lbs) is significantly in excess of the 40 lbsrecommended limit.
Mounts, which have sufficient load capacity, are as follows (with static deflection indicated):
Part Number Static DeflectionV10Z 2-310B (Compression) (0.175 in.)V10Z 2-311C (Shear – marginal) (0.38 in.)V10Z 2-330B (Shear) (0.175 in.)
The choice of isolators depends (amongst other matters) on the degree of isolation desired. With any of the aboveisolators, this will be in excess of 81% for the forcing frequency equal to motor rpm.
Problem No. 8If, in the preceding problem, the air conditioner weighs 350 lbs, what is the choice of mounts?The load/mount is 350/4 = 87.5 lbs. The following mounts can be considered (with static deflection indicated):
Part Number Static DeflectionV10Z 2-314C (Compression) (0.075 in.)V10Z 2-311D (Compression) (0.094 in.)V10Z 2-330B (Shear) (0.26 in.)
At 1750 cpm, 81% vibration isolation corresponds to a static deflection of 0.074 in.
Problem No. 9A computer weighs 200 lbs. It is to be vibration isolated with 4 mounts. The forcing frequency is 1750 cpm (~ 29 Hz). If
the isolators are to be loaded in compression, what models are available and what is the percentage of vibration isolationattained in each case?
The load per mount is 200/4 = 50 lbs. Hence, isolators with a load capacity of at least 50 lbs in compression are needed.For each isolator, the catalog contains data (table or plots) from which static deflection under a 50 lb load can be found. Fromthe basic vibration chart, Figure 12, with this value of static deflection and a forcing frequency of 1750 cpm, the point ofintersection defines the attained vibration isolation efficiency. Thus, the following isolators can be selected:
Static deflection, in., IsolationType of Mount Part Number at 50 lb compression Efficiency, %Cylindrical V10Z 2-317C 0.078 in. 82%Cylindrical V10Z 2-300C 0.078 in. 82%Cylindrical V10Z 2-310B 0.138 in. 91%Special (Finger-Flex) V10R 4-1506B 0.14 in. ~ 91%Special (Finger-Flex) V10R 4-1506C 0.09 in. ~ 85%
Problem No. 10A 4-cylinder engine weighing 370 lbs and operating at 2800 rpm is to be isolated for 81% vibration isolation for one-per-
revolution excitation frequency. Discuss the possible selection of isolators.The lowest frequency to be isolated is 2800 cpm (~ 46.5 Hz). In general, it is desirable to arrange the mounts so that the
resultant of the loads, supported by the mounts, passes through the C.G. This is the same condition (but stated differently) asthe one described in Section 5.0 above. If the isolators are symmetrically arranged, and each isolator carries the same load,this usually means that the symmetry axis of the isolators passes through the C.G. In this case, we are concerned not onlywith the translational displacement of the engine as a whole, but also with engine rotation. In addition, flexible gas lines andthe throttle linkage can vibrate and their vibration isolation may pose an additional problem.
At 2800 cpm and 81% isolation efficiency, the basic vibration chart, Figure 12, gives a static deflection of about 0.03 in.The load is 370/4 = 92.5 lbs per mount.
Consider rectangular mount V10Z 6-500B loaded in shear. This has a deflection of about 0.12 in. in shear, which canaccommodate the rotation of the engine about the torque-roll axis. The mount deflection in compression would serve toaccommodate the shock load in translation.
T1-29
T1
T e c
h n
i c a
l S
e c t
i o
n
Problem No. 11An 80 lb fan is to be vibration isolated in shear at four points with at least 93% vibration isolation efficiency when the fan
is turning at 2000 rpm. Specify the mounts.The main source of vibration is rotor unbalance, and the transmission to ground of the vertical component of this force,
(which is sinusoidal) is undesirable (see [1] for isolation of other vibration components). Hence, consider Section 3.1, Equa-tion (8), with negligible damping.
Solution #1:From the basic vibration chart, Figure 12, 93% isolation at a forced frequency of 2000 cycles/minute (~ 33.3 Hz) corre-
sponds to a static deflection of about 0.14 in. and to a natural frequency of about 500 cpm (~ 8.5 Hz).Consider cylindrical vibration isolators, Part Number V10Z 2-300C loaded in shear, which deflects about 0.17 in. at 20
lbs and appears to be suitable for this application.
Solution #2: (Analytical)When the isolation efficiency is 93%, the force transmissibility, �F is 1 – 0.93 = 0.07 or 7%. With zero damping (δ = 0),Equation (8) gives for δ = 0:
�F = (48)
where �F = 0.07;"+" is to be used when f < fn, and"–" is to be used when f > fn.
Since for good isolation, f > fn, "–" sign will be used.
Solving for f/fn from Equation (48), we obtain f/fn = 3.91.Since f = 33.3 Hz, fn = 8.52 Hz.From Equation (4), solving for xst = 0.344 cm = 0.136 in.
These calculations agree adequately with the values found from the chart in Figure 12.
Problem No. 12Data as in problem 11, but damping is estimated at c/ccr = 0.1, see Section 2.4 above. How would it change the specifi-
cations?The force transmissibility, �F, corresponding to 93% vibration isolation efficiency, is 0.07 and the forcing frequency is
2000 cpm (33.3 Hz). From Figure 10, for damping ratio c/ccr = 0.1 at � = 0.07, the frequency f/fn = ~ 5.Hence, fn = 2000/5 = 400 cpm (~ 6.7 Hz).From the basic chart, Figure 12, this natural frequency corresponds to a static deflection of ~ 0.21 in. Since the load
remains at 20 lbs per mount, the isolators specified for Problem 11 are too stiff. Isolator V10Z 2-310B loaded in shearappears to be satisfactory (deflection ~ 0.33 in. at 20 lbs).
This problem could also have been solved by a computer program, or analytically. In the latter case, Equation (8) can besolved for fn at the value c/ccr = 0.1, f = 33.3 Hz.
Comparison of Problems 11 and 12 shows that viscous damping in isolators results in increasing transmissibility at theisolation frequency range (which starts from f/fn = 2 = 1.41); i.e., reducing effectiveness of isolation and requiring softerisolators to get the desired efficiency. This is the price to pay for very desirable reduction of resonance amplitudes. When thedamping is not viscous but material damping, such as in isolators with rubber flexible elements, the deterioration of the highfrequency isolation is minimal.
Problem No. 13 A Vibroactive Object (Machine)A small machine tool weighs between 3.5 lbs and 5 lbs depending on the weight of the work piece. When the forcing
frequency, which is generated by the vibration source inside the machine, is between 60-90 Hz. and again when it is within200-400 Hz range, the vibration is objectionable. Design a vibration mount for a 3-point support with vibration isolationefficiency of not less than 81%.
( )1__________
f2___fn2
± 1 –
T1-30
T1
T e c
h n
i c a
l S
e c t
i o
n
In the absence of more information, we may assume that isolators have zero damping. If we isolate for the lowestobjectionable forced frequency (60 Hz), that would take care of all the troublesome regions.
From the basic vibration chart, Figure 12, an 81% isolation ratio at a forced frequency of 60 Hz corresponds to a staticdeflection of about 0.019 in. The weight supported by each mounting ranges from 3.5/3 lbs to 5/3 lbs, or from 1.17 to 1.67 lbs.The natural frequency is read off from the chart at about 23 Hz. Hence, the vibration mount specification is:
0.019 in. deflection1.17 lbs to 1.67 lbs supported weight.
Square mount V10Z 1-321B loaded in compression is a possibility. Considering the special configuration (Finger-Flex)mounts, Part Number V10R 4-1500A can be selected. Its deflection at 1.17 lbs is only about 0.03 in. In view of its construc-tion, the spring rate of this mount increases rapidly with deflection and the special configuration unit would be both moreeconomical in the use of space and more effective in taking care of overloads, if this should arise.
Problem No. 14 A Vibration/Shock Sensitive ObjectSensitive radio equipment is to be mounted with a 3-point suspension on a boat. Protection from engine disturbance is
required, as well as from impacts of waves and from bumping against pier. The equipment weighs 54 lbs and the engine runsat 2000 rpm.
Here we have both steady vibrations at 2000 cycles/min as well as shock loads, caused by wave pounding and bybumping against the dock. We have no precise information on the latter and need to do the best we can.
For the steady vibration, consider Equation (8) with zero damping which becomes Equation (48). At 81% efficiency andforcing frequency of 2000 cycles/min, the basic vibration chart, Figure 12, gives a static deflection of about 0.058 in. The loadper mount is 54/3 = 18 lbs. The natural frequency obtained from the chart is about 760 cycles/min = 12.7 Hz.
V10R 4-1504B ring-style special-configuration (Finger-Flex) mount approximately fulfills this condition.In order to limit the effect of shock loads, conical bumpers may be added to limit the horizontal shock load, possibly with
the V10Z 7-1020C type.It can, however, also be made an arbitrary guess and assumption that the pier and waves effects are equivalent approxi-
mately to a 0.5 mph sudden change of horizontal velocity of the boat and try to design the vibration mount for this condition.This will provide some insight into how much of a sudden velocity can be expected to be cushioned by vibration mounting.This corresponds to Section 3.3.1 of horizontal motion and negligible damping (c/ccr = 0).
It is also important to know how much force the sensitive radio equipment can take without damage. Often such a forceis expressed as a g-load; i.e., how many times its own weight the equipment can survive. For example, a 1/2 g-load meansthat the object can withstand a maximum force of (1/2) (54) = 27 lbs without damage. Usually, the allowable shock loads aredetermined by testing. Let's assume that the maximum safe load on the radio equipment is 1g or 54 lbs.
From Equation (15), Section 3.3.1, we have
= = 1,
where V = 0.5 mph = 8.8 in/sec = 0.22 m/sec. Hence, f = 7 Hz.This frequency is quite low, and associated with undesirably large deflections of vibration isolators. This suggests using
a cylindrical mount loaded in compression for the vertical (engine) vibrations and having reasonably large compliance in thehorizontal (shear) mode to take care of some of the shock, with a conical bumper to limit excessive horizontal deflections.
For example, cylindrical mount V10Z 2-300A has 0.075 in. deflection at 20 lbs compressive load, while in shear, thedeflection at 16 lbs is about 0.32 in., or six times as much. This is an overload, but might still be considered due to theinfrequent occurences of the shock load.
The natural frequency in the shear mode based on the 16 lb load is about 5.7 Hz, which is 20% lower than the 7 Hzspecified above.
From Equation (18), = = 1, thus dmax = 0.32 in. Note that dmax is computed as if the weight were supportedin shear.
This is too large a maximum deflection. A conical bumper should be used to limit the deflection by 0.20 in., say. Alterna-tively, a stronger and stiffer mount should be considered, for example, V10Z 2-300B, which deflects 0.26 in. at 18 lbs inshear. The isolation effectiveness in compression is reduced to about 65%; and while the isolation ratio in shear is alsoreduced, so is the corresponding maximum deflection. In addition, the conical bumpers should be added. The final choice ofmounts is a matter of judgment.
Problem No. 15A single-cylinder gasoline engine drives a one-cylinder air compressor with belt. Both units are bolted to a light-gage
metal pan, which is welded to the top of an air-receiver tank, which is in turn mounted to a four-wheel steel-tired dolly. Thewhole unit vibrates and walks all over the floor. The engine weighs 100 lbs and turns at 3000 rpm. The compressor weighs120 lbs and turns at 1200 rpm. The tank weighs 25 lbs and the dolly weighs 50 lbs. What can be done?
amax____g
2�fV_____g
dmax____dst
amax____g
T1-31
T1
T e c
h n
i c a
l S
e c t
i o
n
Possibly good rubber tires on the dolly and/or wheel suspension would help. If the tank is mounted to the dolly, totalweight is:
W = 100 + 120 + 75 = 295 lbs.
The lowest-frequency disturbing force is that due to the air compressor; i.e., 1200 cycles/min = 20 Hz. At 81% vibrationisolation efficiency, Figure 12 gives a static deflection of the isolator of about 0.15 in. Considering a 4-mount suspension, theload per mount is 74 lbs.
Cylindrical mount V10Z 2-310B would be a possibility, loaded in compression. If the dolly continues to move, since itweighs only 50 lbs, it might require a little softer material than the 40-durometer rubber, in order to effect more isolation.
Next, consider mounting on isolators the pan that holds the engine and air-compressor unit. The total weight here is 100+ 220 lbs and with the same static deflection of 0.15 in., a V10Z 2-310A mount would suffice in compression, considering thefact that the chart shows the V10Z 2-310B mounts to deflect 0.12 in. at 55 lbs. The lower-durometer mount (Type A, at 30-durometer) should, therefore, approximate the 0.15 in. required deflection. Note that the last letter in the mount identificationspecifies the approximate durometer hardness of the rubber (A = 30, B = 40, C = 50).
Problem No. 16 Isolation of a Punch Press (also see [1]).This is one of the most difficult applications for isolation. Shock absorption is all that can be expected. Unit weighs 1500
lbs, sits on four feet, operates at 50-100 rpm, and is driven by a 5 H.P., 1750 rpm electric motor, the flywheel turning at 250rpm.
While many vibration problems deal with sinusoidal or nearly sinusoidal forces and some (such as in package cushion-ing) deal with essentially sudden velocity changes, here we have a suddenly applied force, which is periodic, but not har-monic. The force-time variation is essentially that of the "Repeated Step" in Section 9.0.
If we assume that the punching operation of the press occurs, say, during 30° of crank rotation, then the λ in this case(Repeated Step, Section 9.0) is 30/360 = 1/12 = 0.08333. From Section 9.0, we find that the amplitude of the fundamentalharmonic is (2/π) sin πλ or 0.164. This is only about 16% of the amplitude of the force pulse, and its frequency is operatingfrequency (50-100 rpm or 0.85 - 1.7 Hz).
Consider, however, the 4th harmonic (200-400 cycles/min). Its amplitude is (2 sin 4πλ)/4π = .1376 or 13.8%. This is notmuch less than the amplitude of the basic (fundamental) frequency. This shows that in the punch-press type of disturbingforce, the higher harmonics cannot be neglected.
The fundamental frequency (50-100 cycles/min) is so low that isolation with vibration isolation mounts would lead to theirexcessive static deflections. However, it is conceivable that a practical vibration isolator would be successful in isolatingsome of the significant higher harmonics. For vibration isolation of punch presses, the following few rules might be useful(also see [1]).
1. Slow-speed presses should be mounted with mounts of greater deflection than high-speed presses.2. Mount deflections used for presses by direct installation of vibration isolation mounts under their feet may vary
from 1/32 in. to 3/4 in. depending largely on operating speed and stroke length, with the smaller deflection beingthe more common.
3. There may be several static deflections that will work, while other static deflections interspaced in between themwill not work; i.e., 1/16 in. and 3/16 in. may work, while 1/8 in. may not work. This can be caused, at least in part,by the fact that a significant set of higher harmonics may be isolated at one deflection, but not at another.
4. Even the best mounting system will still transmit a significant amount of vibration and shock.5. If the ultimate in isolation is required, the punch press must be attached solidly to an inertia block of large mass
and the entire press and the block mounted on vibration isolators.
Problem No. 17A relatively high-precision experiment is to be conducted in the laboratory of a textile plant. The laboratory floor vibrates
at an amplitude of 0.0005 in. due to the operation of industrial sewing machines and other textile machinery. The basic floor-vibration frequencies are that excited by the industrial sewing machines, which operate in the 1500-5000 rpm range. It isdesired to vibration isolate the test unit, which weighs 25 lbs, with a four-point mounting at not less than 81% isolation ofdisplacement.
At 81% displacement isolation, the displacement transmissibility, �x is 0.19. It is calculated using the same equations (8)and (48) as for �F.
For zero damping, Equation (48) gives:
�F =f2___f2n
± 1 –( )1________
T1-32
T1
T e c
h n
i c a
l S
e c t
i o
n
5____386
Ig___W
(2.5) (386)_______100
2�fV_____g
Taking f as the lowest sewing-machine speed (1500 cycles/min or 25 Hz) and �F = 0.19, we find fn = 600 cycles/min = 10 Hz.The static deflection of the vibration isolators is determined from Equation (4), as xst = 0.25 cm = 0.1 in. The same result canbe obtained from Figure 12. The isolation specification, therefore, is 0.10 in. static deflection at a load of 25/4 = 6.25 lbs.
Considering cylindrical vibration isolators, mount V10Z 2-316B loaded in shear, has a 0.10 in. deflection at about 6.25lbs. Soft mounts, such as this one, are often using shear deformation of the flexible elements.
Problem No. 18Data as in Problem 17, except that system damping is estimated at 10% of critical (� = ~ 0.63). Reevaluate the specifi-
cation of the isolators.In Problem 17, we found that the displacement transmissibility corresponding to 81% isolation is �x = 0.19; and that the
lowest forcing frequency, f = 1500 cycles/min. = 10 Hz. From Figure 10, p.T1-11, which applies to �x as well as to �F, we findthat the given value of the transmissibility at � = ~ 0.63 yields a frequency ratio f/fn = ~ 2.7. Hence, fn = 1500/2.7 = ~ 9 Hz.
At this natural frequency, the basic vibration chart (Figure 12) gives a static deflection of about 0.117 in. The load permount, as in Problem 17, is 6.25 lbs.
The isolator specification V10Z 2-316B of Problem 17 remains satisfactory.
Problem No. 19An impact testing machine consists of a simple pendulum of length 4 feet and weight 5 lbs, which is initially horizontal. It
is released and at the bottom of its swing impacts the test object. In this test, it comes to rest essentially instantaneously(inelastic impact). The object (equipment to be tested) weighs 100 lbs and is capable of withstanding accelerations up to 2g.Design a vibration isolation/mounting system so that the equipment will survive the impact test.
The velocity aquired by the pendulum in the 4 foot drop is
Vo = 2gh, = 193 in/sec (striking velocity), where g = 386 in/sec2; h = 4 ft. x 12 = 48 in.
The momentum of the pendulum just prior to impact is equal to the impulse "I" applied to the object. It is equal to the mass ofthe pendulum times its velocity,
I = x 193, or 2.5 lb-sec.
If the pendulum retains a residual velocity Vp' just after striking the test object, "I" would be computed from
I = (Vp – Vp') x (mass of pendulum).
The impact result is an essentially sudden velocity change by V1, of the equipment, which, can be calculated from Equation(20) as:
V = in/sec.
= in./sec. = 9.65 in./sec.
This value of V can be used in Equation (15), or
= =
with amax = 2g and V = 9.65 in./sec. Then fn = g/�V = 1.35 Hz.
Realization of such low natural frequency (albeit, in a horizontal direction; less destabalizing than in the vertical direction)is a very special problem. It can be addressed by utilizing information in [1].
Problem No. 20 Vibration Isolation of High Precision ObjectFormulate requirements for vibration isolation system (fn and �) for a projection aligner for semiconductor manufacturing
for two conditions:
dmax____dst
amax____g
T1-33
T1
T e c
h n
i c a
l S
e c t
i o
n
100.1
1
10
30
100
200
30 50 100 200 300Frequency (Hz)
Figure 40 Vibration Sensitivity for Projection Aligner
Perkin-Elmer Microlign Mod. 341 for 0.1 �m Image Motion (Solid Line - Limit of Vertical Floor Vibration Amplitude, Broken Line - Limit of Horizontal Floor Vibration Amplitude).
v = 125 microns/sec 5000 micro-inch/sec
Base
Dis
plac
emen
t in
Mic
ron
(rms)
A - the apparatus is installed on the floor of a regular manu-facturing plant so that for vertical direction Xf(f) = const = 3.0 �m
for frequencies 3 ~ 30 Hz and Xf(f) = 3.0 �m for frequencies
f > 30 Hz; for the horizontal direction Xf(f) = const = 2.5 �m for
frequencies 2 ~ 20 Hz, and Xf(f) = 2.5 �m for frequenciesf > 20 Hz.
B - floor vibration levels corresponding to line VC-B in Figure15 (both for vertical and horizontal directions).
Vibration sensitivity of this apparatus to vertical and horizon-tal vibration of its frame (base) was experimentally determinedand shown in Figure 40. These plots show what amplitude ofvibration Xb at the given frequency results in a relative vibrationamplitude in the working zone (image motion) not exceeding thetolerated amplitude Δo = 0.1 �m. The minima on these plots rep-resent structural natural frequencies of the devices. At each fre-quency f, transmissibility from the base to the work zone is �f =Δo/Xb.
Since the vibration sensitivity �f of this precision object isknown (can be easily calculated from the experimentally obtainedplots in Figure 40) then Expression (12b) can be used for speci-fying vibration isolation parameters.
Table 4 gives the values of �f (Δo divided by the ordinate ofthe plot in Figure 40 for a given frequency) calculated for criticalpoints from the plots in Figure 40 for vertical and horizontal di-rections, respectively.
Table 4 also contains values of ΦAv and ΦAh calculated forthese points using Equation (12b) and vertical and horizontalfloor vibration amplitudes specified in A.
30___f
20___f
A. Vertical Direction (Y-axis)
1112202530324170
TABLE 4 VIBRATION ISOLATION SYNTHESIS FOR FIGURE 40
f Hz � (f) ΦΦΦΦΦ Av Hz ΦΦΦΦΦ Bv Hz 0.0083
0.010 0.087
0.0091 0.056 0.303
0.05 0.0077
4.51 12.3 7.0 26.9 13.0 6.3 22.5
128
12.9 36.6 26.9
116 61
29.7106601
B. Horizontal Direction (X-axis)
7 12 22 65 70100
f Hz � (f) ΦΦΦΦΦ Ah Hz ΦΦΦΦΦ Bh Hz 0.0033
0.05 0.125 0.071 0.090 0.090
13.7 6.05 22.3 49.6 49.2
84
23.1 37.5
78174172294
T1-34
T1
T e c
h n
i c a
l S
e c t
i o
n
The values of ΦBv and ΦBh were calculated using floor vibration levels corresponding to line VC-B in Figure 15 (both forvertical and horizontal directions). Since plots in Figure 15 are given for vibratory velocity Vf, vibration displacement ampli-tudes Xf were calculated for each frequency of interest as Xf = Vf/2�f.
Values of ΦA calculated per Specification A are interesting only for comparison, since high precision microelectronicproduction equipment is never used in conventional plant facilities, only in specially designed buildings complying with someof VC criteria.
It can be seen from Table 4A that the lowest value of ΦAv (case A) for vertical direction is 4.51 Hz. If vibration isolatorswith medium damping �ν = 0.6 are used, then from Equation (12a) the required vertical natural frequency fv = 4.51 0.6 =3.04 Hz. However, if isolators made of rubber with high damping �ν = 1.2 are used, then fv = 4.51 1.2 = 5.0 Hz, which canbe realized by passive isolators with soft rubber flexible elements.
Much stiffer isolators (fvz > 14 Hz) can be used to comply with values of ΦBv, per Specification B, which represent(according to not very stringent requirement VC-B) floor conditions at the microelectronics industry installations.
A similar situation is seen in Table 4B; however, realization of natural frequencies corresponding to ΦBh (4.7 Hz for �ν =0.6, 6.63 Hz for �ν = 1.2) in horizontal directions with elastomeric isolators does not present any difficulty; even much lowervalues can be easily realized.
References[1] Rivin, E.I., Passive Vibration Isolation, ASME Press, N.Y., 2003
[2] Crede Ch. E., Vibration And Shock Isolation, John Wiley and Sons, Inc., New York, Chapter Three, 1951
[3] Mindlin, R.D., "Dynamics of Package Cushioning", Bell System Technical Journal, Vol. XXIV,Nos. 3-4, July-October, 1945
[4] Hirschhorn, J., Kinematics and Dynamics of Plane Mechanisms, McGraw-Hill, 1962
[5] C.M.T. Wells Kelo Ltd., A Commercial Guide to Shock And Vibration Isolation, Sept 1982,First Amendment, May 1983.
T1-35
T1
T e c
h n
i c a
l S
e c t
i o
n
www.vibrationmounts.com Phone: 516.328.3662 Fax: 516.328.3365
AD
VANCED ANTIVIBRATIO
N
COMPONENTS
Natural Frequency
fn = = =
where fn = natural frequency in cycles-per-second (Hz)
k = spring constant (lbs/in, N/m)
m = mass of load (lb mass, kg mass)
g = gravitational constant, 386 in/sec2 or 9.8 m/sec2
W = weight of load, m•g (lb or N)
xst = static deflectionof the spring (in or m)
fn ≈ cycles/sec = cycles/min if xst is in inch
≈ cycles/sec = cycles/min if xst is in cm
Damped Natural Frequency
fdn = fn 1 – = fn
where � = 2� (c/ccr) = log (An/An-1) logarithmic decrement
c = damping constant (lb-sec/in or N-sec/m)
ccr = critical damping constant = 2 km
An = nth amplitude of vibration
Natural Frequency of Torsional Vibrations
ft =
where kt = torsional stiffness (lb-in/rad or N-m/rad)
I = polar mass moment of inertia (lb-in-sec2 or kg-m2) (continued)
Appendix 1 – Useful Formulas in Vibration Analysis
1____2�
k____m
1____2�
kg____W
1____2�
g____xst
1___2�
kt___I
( )2c___ccr
1 – �2______4�2
3.13____xst
188____xst
5____xst
300____xst
vibrationmounts.com Phone: 516.328.3662 Fax: 516.328.3365
T1-36
T1
T e c
h n
i c a
l S
e c t
i o
n
www.vibrationmounts.com Phone: 516.328.3662 Fax: 516.328.3365
AD
VANCED ANTIVIBRATIO
N
COMPONENTS
Transmissibility
�F = �x =
�F = force transmissibility
�x = motion transmissibility
m = mass of load
mf = mass of base (foundation)
For mf = ∞:
�F < 1 for f � 1.41 fn
For mf = ∞ and � ≈ o (negligible damping):
�F =
At resonance (f/fn = 1), with some damping:
(�F)max = (�x)max ≈
Appendix 1 (continued)
( )1__________
f2___fn2± 1 –
mf______m + mf
�__�
f__fn( )2
1 +
f__fn
�__�
f2___fn2 ( )( )2
1 – +2
____________________
mf______m + mf
�___�
vibrationmounts.com Phone: 516.328.3662 Fax: 516.328.3365
T1-37
T1
T e c
h n
i c a
l S
e c t
i o
n
www.vibrationmounts.com Phone: 516.328.3662 Fax: 516.328.3365
AD
VANCED ANTIVIBRATIO
N
COMPONENTS
The logarithmic decrement given here represents the negative of the power to which 10 must be raised in order to obtainthe ratio of any two consecutive amplitudes (on the same side of zero deflection) as unexcited vibration dies out. Forinstance, if the logarithmic decrement is 0.2, the ratio of one amplitude to the preceding one is
10-0.2 = = = 0.631 = successive amplitude ratio.
(Ordinarily, logarithmic decrement is referred to natural logarithm base e, and if such values are required, they would be2.30 times the values given here.)
Table from U.S. Rubber Engineering Guide #850 p. 25
Appendix 2 – Properties of Rubber and Plastic Materials
*
1_____100.2
1_____1.585
**
PHYSICAL PROPERTIES OF FIVE STANDARD STRUCTURAL RUBBER COMPOUNDS
Compound Numbers** R-325-BFK
50 .041 .91 17 .47
.97
115
R-430-BFK
70 .055 .88 22 .43
1.04
165
R-530-BFK
95 .14 .72
47 .40
1.08
210
R-630-BFK
140 .23 .59 65 .38
1.15
345
R-725-BFK
195 .35 .45 80 .35
1.26
750
Shear modules, lb per sq in.Logarithmic decrement of amplitude(referred to base 10)Successive amplitude ratioPercent energy loss due to hysteresis,per cycle of vibrationSpecific heatThermal conductivity in B.T.U., per sq ftper hr for a temp gradient of 1°F per in.thicknessVelocity of sound in rubber rods, ft per sec
*
*
COMPARATIVE PROPERTIES OF RUBBER AND RELATED MATERIALS
SAE Abbreviation
Cost Relative to Natural RubberTensile of Compounded StocksDurometerElongationAgingHeat AgingSunlight AgingLubricating Oil ResistanceAromatic Oil ResistanceAnimal-Vegetable Oils ResistanceFlame ResistanceTear ResistanceAbrasion ResistanceCompression Set ResistancePermeability to GasesDielectric StrengthFreedom from OdorMaximum Temperature (°F)Minimum Temperature (°F)
ButylHR
110%2000 psi40-75fairexcellentexcellentgoodpoorpoorexcellentpoorgoodgoodfairvery lowgoodgood250-50
EthylenePropylene
EPT
110%3000 psi30-100goodexcellentexcellentexcellentpoorpoorpoorpoorgoodgoodfairgoodgoodfair300-50
HypalonCSM
150%3000 psi55-95fairexcellentgoodexcellentgoodpoorgoodexcellentexcellentexcellentgoodgoodgoodexcellent250-50
NaturalRubber
NR
100%3500 psi30-90excellentgoodgoodpoorpoorpoorfairpoorgoodexcellentgoodfairexcellentexcellent210-65
Neoprene(Chloro-prene)
CR110%3000 psi30-90excellentexcellentvery goodgoodgoodfairexcellentgoodgoodexcellentfairlowfairgood260-50
Nitrol(GR-A)NBR
125%2500 psi40-95goodexcellentexcellentpoorexcellentgoodgoodpoorfairgoodgoodfairpoorfair260-60
SiliconeSI
850%800 psi45-85fairexcellentexcellentgoodfairpoorgoodfairpoorpoorfairfairgoodfair600-150
StyreneButadiene
(GR-S)SBR
85%2500 psi40-90goodgoodgoodpoorpoorpoorfairpoorfairgoodfairfairexcellentfair215-60
UrethanePU
450%8000 psi65-95goodexcellentexcellentexcellentgoodgoodfairpoorexcellentexcellentexcellentgoodfairgood250-60
Flouro-Elastomer
(Viton)HK
2000%2000 psi50-90goodexcellentexcellentexcellentgoodgoodgoodgoodfairfairgoodexcellentgoodfair500-40
vibrationmounts.com Phone: 516.328.3662 Fax: 516.328.3365
T1-38
T1
T e c
h n
i c a
l S
e c t
i o
n
TYPES
B DURO.
A DURO.
FOR RUBBER AND PLASTICSDUROMETER — PLASTOMETER CONVERSION CHART*
100
90
80
70
60
50
40
30
20
10
020 40 60 80 100
Plastometer Scale120 140 160 180 200
Dur
omet
er S
cale
DurometerConversions
A100 95 90 85 80 75 70 65 60 55 50 45 40 35 30 25 20 15 10 5
85817671666256514742373227221712 6
7770595247423732282420171412 9
554639332925221916141210 8 7 8
847975726965615753484235282114 8
98979594939190888683807670625545
B C D O OO
www.vibrationmounts.com Phone: 516.328.3662 Fax: 516.328.3365
AD
VANCED ANTIVIBRATIO
N
COMPONENTS
Appendix 3 – Hardness Conversion Charts
Durometer Hardness of Some Rubber Compounds
3040506070
Hardness (Shore A)R-325-BFKR-430-BFKR-530-BFKR-630-BFKR-725-BFK
ASTM DesignationABCD
Load Rating
Conversions Are Approximate Values Dependent on Grades and Conditions of Materials Involved*Courtesy of Shore Mfg. Co., New York
vibrationmounts.com Phone: 516.328.3662 Fax: 516.328.3365
T2-1
T2
T e c
h n
i c a
l S
e c t
i o
n
www.vibrationmounts.com Phone: 516.328.3662 Fax: 516.328.3365
AD
VANCED ANTIVIBRATIO
N
COMPONENTS
Technical Section: Shaft Couplings
Table of Contents
1.0 INTRODUCTION
2.0 APPLICATION CONSIDERATIONS2.1 Torque and Horsepower ..............................................................................................................................T2-22.2 Shaft Misalignment ......................................................................................................................................T2-22.3 Lateral and Axial Flexibility of Couplings .....................................................................................................T2-32.4 Torsional Flexibility .......................................................................................................................................T2-32.5 Backlash .....................................................................................................................................................T2-32.6 Rotational Velocity Error ..............................................................................................................................T2-32.7 Service Conditions .......................................................................................................................................T2-3
3.0 GENERAL CLASSIFICATION OF COUPLINGS AND THEIR PERFORMANCE CHARACTERISTICS3.1 Rigid Couplings ...........................................................................................................................................T2-43.2 Misalignment-Compensating Couplings ......................................................................................................T2-5
3.2.1 Selection Criterion for Frictional Misalignment-Compensating Couplings ...................................T2-53.2.1a Oldham Couplings ............................................................................................................T2-53.2.1b Universal or U-joints .........................................................................................................T2-6
3.2.1b.1 General ............................................................................................................T2-63.2.1b.2 Kinematics .......................................................................................................T2-7
Example 1: Determining the Maximum Inertia Torque ................................................................T2-73.2.1b.3 Joint Selection (Torque Rating) ........................................................................T2-9
Example 2: Universal Joint Selection for Continuous Operation ................................................T2-9Example 3: Universal Joint Selection for Intermittent Operation with Shock Loading ................T2-9Example 4: Determining the Maximum Speed of an Input Shaft ................................................T2-9
3.2.1b.4 Secondary Couples ........................................................................................T2-103.2.1b.5 Joints in Series ...............................................................................................T2-10
Example 5: Determining the Maximum Speed of an Input Shaft in a Series ..............................T2-10Example 6 .......................................................................................................................................T2-11
3.2.2 Selection Criterion for Misalignment-Compensating Couplings withElastic Connectors.......................................................................................................................T2-11
3.2.2.1 Designs of Elastic Misalignment-Compensating Couplings .............................................T2-113.3 Torsionally Flexible Couplings and Combination Purpose Couplings ..........................................................T2-12
3.3.1 Torsionally Flexible Couplings .....................................................................................................T2-123.3.2 Combination Purpose Couplings .................................................................................................T2-13
3.3.2.1 Miscellaneous Combination Purpose Couplings ..............................................................T2-153.3.2.1a Flexible Shafts .................................................................................................T2-153.3.2.1b Uniflex Couplings .............................................................................................T2-153.3.2.1c Jaw and Spider Couplings ...............................................................................T2-163.3.2.1d Sleeve Type Couplings (Geargrip) ...................................................................T2-17
4.0 REFERENCES .......................................................................................................................................................T2-17
vibrationmounts.com Phone: 516.328.3662 Fax: 516.328.3365
T2-2
T2
T e c
h n
i c a
l S
e c t
i o
n
NT63,000
3
2
1
1/21/31/4
0 4 12 25 28 40 50
TORQUE lb. in.
HO
RSE
POW
ER
3600
rpm 25
00 rp
m1800 rpm
HP =
Figure 1 Relationship Between Horsepower, Torque and Rotational Speed
1.0 INTRODUCTION
A coupling is a design component intended to connect shafts of two mechanical units, such as an electric motor and ahydraulic pump or compressor driven by this motor, etc. As stated in the Resolution of the First International Conference onFlexible Couplings [1, 3], "...a flexible coupling, although it is relatively small and cheap compared to the machines it con-nects, is a critical aspect of any shaft system and a good deal of attention must be paid to its choice at the design stage." Thefollowing is a brief engineering data on couplings. More details are available in [1, 3].
The application considerations for couplings are numerous. The most important are the following:
• Torque and Horsepower• Allowable Shaft Misalignment• Lateral and Axial Flexibility of Coupling• Torsional Flexibility• Backlash• Rotational Velocity Error• Service Conditions
2.0 APPLICATION CONSIDERATIONS
Flexible couplings are designed to accommodate various types of load conditions. No one type of coupling can providethe universal solution to all coupling problems; hence many designs are available, each possessing construction features toaccommodate one or more types of application requirements. Successful coupling selection requires a clear understandingof application conditions. The major factors governing coupling selection are discussed below.
2.1 Torque and HorsepowerThe strength of a coupling is defined as its ability to transmit a required
torque load, frequently in combination with other factors.Hence, a coupling may be selected whose rated torque capacity is many
times greater than needed. For example, in a coupling subject to wear andincreasing backlash, a useful torque rating would depend chiefly on back-lash limitations rather than strength. For manually operated drives, the torqueimposed through improper handling may be in excess of the drive torquerequired. Couplings are frequently specified in horsepower capacity at vari-ous speeds.
Horsepower is a function of torque and speed, and it can be readily de-termined from the formula:
HP =
where N = rotational speed in rpm and T= torque in lb. in. This relation-ship is graphically represented in Figure 1.
2.2 Shaft MisalignmentShaft misalignment can be due to unavoidable tolerance build-ups in a
mechanism or intentionally produced to fulfill a specific function. Various typesof misalignment, as they are defined in AGMA Standard 510.02, are shownin Figure 2.
NT______63,000
T2-3
T2
T e c
h n
i c a
l S
e c t
i o
n
2.3 Lateral and Axial Flexibility of CouplingsLateral and axial flexibility of couplings are factors frequently overlooked. The term flexible does not mean that the
coupling gives complete freedom of relative movement between the coupled shafts. More properly, flexible couplings give alimited freedom of the relative movement. Some forces are needed to make a flexible coupling flex. These forces are eitherlateral (at right angles to the shafts), or axial, or a combination of both. Lateral forces may produce a bending moment on theshafts and a radial load on the shaft support bearings. Axial force can produce undesirable thrust loads if not considered inthe original design. Universal Cardan joints and Oldham couplings impose friction-generated lateral loads on the bearings.The elastomeric types of couplings will produce lateral forces in proportion to their stiffness. These issues are addressedbelow in Section 3.0.
2.4 Torsional FlexibilityTorsional flexibility of a coupling is the torsional (twisting) elastic deformation induced in a flexible coupling while trans-
mitting torque. In some applications using encoders, it may be essential that the torsional flexibility be very low so as not tointroduce reading errors caused by the angular displacements. On the other hand, torsional deflection may be desirable forreducing torque oscillations and peak torques in driving high inertia and/or dynamic loads.
2.5 BacklashBacklash is the amount of rotational play inherent in flexible couplings which utilize moving parts. In some applications,
this "slack" may not be objectionable, but in an application in servo-controlled systems, such as described in the previousparagraph, backlash would rule out couplings of this type.
2.6 Rotational Velocity ErrorIn addition to the types of error already described, universal joints produce an error because of their kinematic behavior.
If the input speed into a single universal joint is held constant, then the output will produce cyclic fluctuations in direct relationto the operating angles of the input and output shafts. This will be described more fully in the section dealing with UniversalJoints.
2.7 Service ConditionsService conditions encompass factors such as temperature, operating medium, lubrication, accessibility for mainte-
nance, etc., and should be reviewed before a final selection is made.
3.0 GENERAL CLASSIFICATION OF COUPLINGS AND THEIR PERFORMANCE CHARACTERISTICS
Couplings play various roles in machine transmissions. According to their role in transmissions, couplings can be dividedinto four classes:
1. Rigid Couplings. These couplings are used for rigid connection of precisely aligned shafts. Besides torque, they alsotransmit bending moment and shear force if any misalignment is present, as well as axial force. The three latter factors maycause substantial extra loading of the shaft bearings. The principal areas of application: long shafting; very tight spacepreventing use of misalignment-compensating or torsionally flexible couplings; inadequate durability and/or reliability ofother types of couplings.
Figure 2 Various Types of Shaft Misalignment
Alignment
Symmetrical AngularMisalignment
Parallel Offset or LateralMisalignment
Y
A = B
A
θ
B
NonsymmetricalAngular Misalignment
Combined Angular-OffsetMisalignment
A > B
BA
Y
θ
θ
T2-4
T2
T e c
h n
i c a
l S
e c t
i o
n
2. Misalignment-Compensating Couplings. Such couplings are required for connecting two members of a power-trans-mission or motion-transmission system that are not perfectly aligned. "Misalignment" means that components that are co-axial by design are not actually coaxial, due either to assembly errors or to deformations of subunits and/or their foundations,Figure 2. The latter factor is of substantial importance for transmission systems on nonrigid foundations.
If the misaligned shafts are rigidly connected, this leads to elastic deformations of the shafts, and thus to dynamic loadson bearings, vibrations, increased friction losses in power transmission systems, and unwanted friction forces in motiontransmission, especially in control systems.
Misalignment-compensating couplings are used to reduce the effects of imperfect alignment by allowing nonrestricted orpartially restricted motion between the connected shaft ends. Similar coupling designs are sometimes used to changebending natural frequencies/modes of long shafts.
When only misalignment compensation is required, rigidity in torsional direction is usually a positive factor, otherwise thedynamic characteristics of the transmission system might be distorted. To achieve high torsional rigidity together with highmobility/compliance in misalignment directions (radial or parallel offset, axial, angular), torsional and misalignment-compen-sating displacements in the coupling have to be separated by using an intermediate compensating member. Frequently,torsionally rigid "misalignment-compensating" couplings, such as gear couplings, are referred to in the trade literature as"flexible" couplings.
3. Torsionally Flexible Couplings. Such couplings are used to change the dynamic characteristics of a transmissionsystem, such as natural frequency, damping and character/degree of nonlinearity. The change is desirable or necessarywhen severe torsional vibrations are likely to develop in the transmission system, leading to dynamic overloads in power-transmission systems.
Torsionally flexible couplings usually demonstrate high torsional compliance to enhance their influence on transmissiondynamics.
4. Combination Purpose Couplings are required to possess both compensating ability and torsional flexibility. The major-ity of the commercially available connecting couplings belong to this group.
3.1 Rigid CouplingsTypical rigid couplings are shown in Figure 3. Usually, such a coupling comprises a sleeve fitting snugly on the con-
nected shafts and positively connected with each shaft by pins, Figure 3a, or by keys, Figure 3b. Sometimes two sleeves areused, each positively attached to one of the shafts and connected between themselves using flanges, Figure 3c. Yet anotherpopular embodiment is the design in Figure 3d wherein the sleeve is split longitudinally and "cradles" the connected shafts.
Figure 3 Examples of Rigid Couplings
(d)(c)
(b)(a)
T2-5
T2
T e c
h n
i c a
l S
e c t
i o
n
Figure 5 Universal Cardan Joint
YOKE
YOKE
SPIDER TRUNNION
a
3.2 Misalignment-Compensating CouplingsMisalignment-compensating couplings have to reduce forces caused by an
imperfect alignment of connected rotating members (shafts). Since componentswhich are designed to transmit higher payloads can usually tolerate higher mis-alignment-caused loads, a ratio between the load generated in the basic mis-alignment direction (radial or angular) to the payload (rated torque or tangentialforce) seems to be a natural design criterion for purely misalignment-compen-sating couplings.
All known designs of misalignment-compensating (torsionally rigid) cou-plings are characterized by the presence of an intermediate (floating) memberlocated between the hubs attached to the shafts being connected. The floatingmember has mobility relative to both hubs. The compensating member can besolid or composed of several links. There are two basic design subclasses:
(2a) Couplings in which the displacements between the hubs and the com-pensating member have a frictional character (examples: Oldham coupling, Fig-ure 4; universal Cardan Joint, Figure 5; gear coupling, Figure 6.)
(2b) Couplings in which the displacements are due to elastic deformationsin special elastic connectors (e.g., "K" Type Flexible Coupling, Figure 7).
3.2.1 Selection Criterion for Frictional Misalignment-CompensatingCouplings
For Subclass (2a) couplings designed for compensating the offset misalign-ment, the radial force Fcom acting from one hub to another and caused by mis-alignment, is a friction force equal to the product of friction coefficient ƒ andtangential force Ft at an effective radius Ref, Ft = T/Ref, where T is transmittedtorque,
Fcom = ƒFt = (1)
Since motions between the hubs and the compensating member are of a "stick-slip" character, with very short displacements alternating with stoppages andreversals, ƒ might be assumed to be the static friction coefficient.
When the rated torque Tr is transmitted, then the selection criterion is
= (2)
or the ratio representing the selection criterion does not depend on the amountof misalignment; lower friction and/or larger effective radius would lead to lowerforces on bearings of the connected shafts.
Similar conclusion stands for couplings compensating angular misalignments(Cardan joints or universal, or simply, U-joints). While U-joints with rolling fric-tion (usually, needle) bearings have low friction coefficient, ƒ for U-joints withsliding friction can be significant if the lubrication system is not properly de-signed and maintained.
3.2.1a Oldham CouplingsOldham couplings consist of three members. A floating member is trapped
by 90° displaced grooves between the two outer members which connect to thedrive shafts, as shown in Figure 4.
Oldham couplings can accommodate lateral shaft misalignments up to 10%of nominal shaft diameters and up to 3° angular misalignments.
ƒT____Ref
ƒ____Ref
Fcom____Tr
90°
FLOATINGMEMBER
Figure 4 Oldham Coupling
Figure 7 K-Type Elastomeric Coupling/Joint
Figure 6 Gear Coupling
T2-6
T2
T e c
h n
i c a
l S
e c t
i o
n
Lubrication is a problem but can, in most applications, be overcome by choosing a coupling that uses a wear-resistantplastic in place of steel or bronze floating members.
Some advantages of Oldham couplings:• High torsional stiffness;• No velocity variation as with universal joints;• Substantial lateral misalignments possible;• High torque capacity for a given size;• Ease of disassembly.
Shortcomings of Oldham couplings:• Limited angular misalignment of shafts;• Need for lubrication due to relative sliding motion with stoppages, unless wear-resistant plastic is employed;• Nylon coupling has reduced torque capacity;• Significant backlash due to initial clearances for thermal expansion and inevitable wear;• Are not suitable for small misalignments;• Suitable only for relatively slow-speed transmissions;• Possible loss of loose members during disassembly.
Oldham couplings with rubber-metal laminated bearings [1] have all the advantages of the generic Oldham couplingswithout their shortcomings.
3.2.1b Universal or U-joints [2]
3.2.1b.1 GeneralA universal joint, Figure 5, is a positive, mechanical connection between rotating shafts, which are not parallel, but
intersecting. It is used to transmit motion, power, or both. It is also called the Cardan joint or Hooke joint. It consists of twoyokes, one on each shaft, connected by a cross-shaped intermediate member called the spider having four trunnions provid-ing for rotatable connections with the yokes. The angle between the two shafts is called the operating angle. It is generally,but not always, constant during operation. Good design practice calls for low operating angles, often less than 25°, depend-ing on the application. Independent of this guideline, mechanical interference in the U-joint designs often limits the operatingangle to a maximum (usually about 37.5°), depending on its proportions.
Typical applications of U-joints include aircraft, appliances, control mechanisms, electronics, instrumentation, medicaland optical devices, ordnance, radio, sewing machines, textile machinery and tool drives.
U-joints are available with steel or plastic major components. Steel U-joints have maximum load-carrying capacity for agiven size. U-joints with plastic body members are used in light industrial applications in which their self-lubricating feature,light weight, negligible backlash, corrosion resistance and capability for high-speed operation are significant advantages.
Recently developed U-joint designs with rubber-metal laminated bearings [1, 3] have even higher torque capacity and/orsmaller sizes allowing for higher-speed operation, and can be preloaded without increasing friction losses, thus completelyeliminating backlash. These designs do not require lubrication and sealing against contamination.
Constant velocity or ball-jointed universals are also available. These are used for high-speed operation and for carryinglarge torques. They are available in both miniature and standard sizes.
Motion transmitted through a U-joint becomes nonuniform. The angular velocity ratio between input and output shaftsvaries cyclically (two cycles per one revolution of the input shaft). This fluctuation, creating angular accelerations and in-creasing with the increasing angular misalignment, can be as much as ±15% at 30° misalignment. Effects of such fluctua-tions on static torque, inertia torque, and overall system performance should be kept in mind during the transmission design.
This nonuniformity can be eliminated (canceled) by using two connected in series and appropriately phased U-joints,Figure 8. While the output velocity becomes uniform, angular velocity fluctuation of the intermediate shaft cannot be avoided.
Two U-joints in series can be used for coupling two laterally displaced (misaligned) shafts, while the single joint can onlyconnect the angularly-misaligned shafts.
OUTPUTSHAFT
INTERMEDIATESHAFT
INPUTSHAFT
∠�'
∠�'∠� =
∠�
Figure 8 Two U-Joints in Series
T2-7
T2
T e c
h n
i c a
l S
e c t
i o
n
� = 10°
� = 30°
+15
+10
+5
0
-5
-10
-150 45 90 135 180
Angular Rotation of Driving Shaft, deg
Figure 9 Angular Velocity Variations in U-Joint
Varia
tion
of A
ngul
ar V
eloc
ityof
Driv
en S
haft,
%
� = 20°
Advantages of a single U-joint:• Low side thrust on bearings;• Large angular misalignments are possible;• High torsional stiffness;• High torque capacity.
Shortcomings of a single U-joint:• Velocity and acceleration fluctuations, especially for large misalignments;• Lubrication is required to reduce friction and wear;• Protection from contamination (sealing) is required;• Shafts must be precisely located in one plane;• Backlash is difficult to control;• Static friction is increasing at very low misalignment (freezing), thus sometimes requiring an artificial misalignment in the assembly.
3.2.1b.2 KinematicsDue to the velocity fluctuations, the angular displacements of the
output shaft do not precisely follow those of the input shaft, but lead orlag, also with two cycles per revolution. The angular velocity variation isshown in Figure 9 for several operating (misalignment) angles �. Thepeak values of the displacement lead/lag, of input/output angular veloc-ity ratio, and of angular acceleration ratio for different are given inTable 1 [2]. As a qualitative guideline, for small �, up to ~10°, the devia-tions (errors) for maximum lead/lag angular displacements, for maxi-mum deviations of angular velocity ratios from unity, and for maximumangular acceleration ratios are nearly proportional to the square of �.
The static torque transmitted by the output shaft is equal to theproduct of the input torque and the angular velocity ratio.
The angular acceleration generates inertia torque and vibrations.The total transmitted torque is a sum of inertia torque (the product of theangular acceleration and the mass moment of inertia of the output shaft and masses associated with it) and the nominaloutput torque.
The inertia torque often determines the ultimate speed limit of the joint. The recommended speed limits vary dependingon �, on transmitted power, and on the nature of the transmission system. Recommended peak angular accelerations of thedriven shaft vary from 300 rad/sec2 to over 2000 rad/sec2 in power drives. In light instrument drives, the allowable angularaccelerations may be higher. For an accurate determination of the allowable speed, a stress analysis is necessary.
Example 1: Determining the Maximum Inertia TorqueA U-joint operates at 250 rpm with an operating angle � = 10°. Find the maximum angular displacement lead (or lag),
maximum and minimum angular velocity of output shaft and maximum angular acceleration of output shaft.If the system drives an inertial load so that the total inertial load seen by the output shaft (its own inertia and inertia of
associated massive rotating bodies) can be represented by a steel circular disc attached to the output shaft (radius r = 3 in.,thickness t = 1/4 in.), find the maximum inertia torque of the drive.
From Table 1 at � = 10°, the maximum displacement lead/lag = 0.439° = 26.3'. The maximum and minimum angularvelocity ratios are given as 1.0154 and 0.9848, respectively. Hence, the corresponding output shaft speeds are:
max = (250)(1.0154) = 254 rpm;
min (250)(0.9848) = 246 rpm;
According to Table 1, the maximum angular acceleration ratio is
max/�2 = 0.0306 for � = 10°.
� = [(250) (2�)] / (60) rad/sec = 26.18 rad/sec.
Hence, max = (0.0306)(26.18)2 = 21.0 rad/sec2. The weight, W, of the disc is given by W = � r2 t �, where � denotes thedensity of steel and is equal to 0.283 lb/in3.
T2-8
T2
T e c
h n
i c a
l S
e c t
i o
n
W = � (3)2 (0.25) (0.283) = 2 lb.
Inertia torque = Imax, where I = polar mass moment of inertia of disc (lb. in. sec2),
I = Wr2 / 2g,
where g = gravitational constant = 386 in/sec2.
Hence, I = [(2) (3)2] / [(2)(386)] = 0.0233 lb. in. sec2.
Inertia torque = (21.0) (0.0233) = 0.489 lb. in. This inertia torque is a momentary maximum. The inertia torque fluctuatescyclically at two cycles per shaft revolution, oscillating between plus and minus 0.489 lb. in.
When system vibrations and resonances are important, it may be required to determine the harmonic content (Fourierseries development) of the output shaft displacement as a function of the displacement of the input shaft. The amplitude ofthe mth harmonic (m > 1) vanishes for odd values of m, while for even values of m it is equal to (2/m) (tan 1/2�)m, where �denotes the operating angle.
0.00000.00030.00120.00270.00490.00760.01100.01500.01960.02480.03060.03710.04420.05200.06040.06940.07920.08960.10070.11250.12500.13820.15220.16700.18260.19900.21620.23440.25350.27350.29460.31670.34000.36440.39020.41720.44570.47580.50740.54090.5762
1.00000.99980.99940.99860.99760.99620.99450.99250.99030.98770.98480.98160.97810.97440.97030.98590.96130.95630.95110.94550.93970.93360.92720.92050.91350.90630.89880.89100.88290.87460.86600.85720.84800.83870.82900.81920.80900.79860.78800.77710.7660
TABLE 1 THE EFFECT OF SHAFT ANGLE (�) ON SINGLE UNIVERSAL JOINT PERFORMANCE FOR CONSTANT INPUT SPEED*
Operating AngleBetween Shafts
(�) Deg.
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 910111213141516171819202122232425262728293031323334353637383940
Maximum Load or Lagof Output Shaft
Displacement (εεεεε), Deg.Relative to Input
Shaft Displacement
0.0000.0040.0170.0390.0700.1090.1570.2140.2800.3550.4390.5310.6330.7440.8640.9931.1321.2801.4371.6051.7821.9692.1653.3722.5902.8173.0553.3043.5643.8354.1174.4114.7165.0345.3635.7056.0606.4286.8097.2047.613
1.00001.00021.00061.00141.00241.00381.00551.00751.00981.01251.01541.01871.02231.02631.03061.03531.04031.04571.05151.05761.06421.07111.07851.08641.09461.10341.11261.12231.13261.14341.15471.16661.17921.19241.20621.22081.23611.25211.26901.28681.3054
Maximum AngularAcceleration Ratio =
, where max =
Maximum AngularAcceleration of Output
Shaft; � = AngularVelocity of Input Shaft,
rad/sec.
max_____�rMaximum Angular
Velocity Ratio( max)
Minimum AngularVelocity Ratio
( min)
*Reproduced with the permission of Design News from "The Analytical Design of Universal Joints" by S.J. Baranyi, Design News, Sept. 1, 1969
T2-9
T2
T e c
h n
i c a
l S
e c t
i o
n
3.2.1b.3 Joint Selection (Torque Rating)The torque capacity of the universal joint is a function of speed, operating angle and service conditions. Table 2 shows
use factors based on speed and operating angle for two service conditions: intermittent operation (say, operation for lessthan 15 minutes, usually governed by necessity for heat dissipation) and continuous operation.
The torque capacity of a single Cardan joint of standard steel construction is determined as follows:i. From the required speed (rpm), operating angle in degrees, and service condition (intermittent or continuous), find
the corresponding use factor from Table 2.ii. Multiply the required torque, which is to be transmitted by the input shaft, by the use factor. If the application involves
a significant amount of shock loading, multiply by an additional dynamic factor of 2. The result must be less than the staticbreaking torque of the joint.
iii. Refer to the torque capacity column in the product catalog and select a suitable joint having a torque capacity not lessthan the figure computed in (ii) above.
If a significant amount of power is to be transmitted and/or the speed is high, it is desirable to keep the shaft operatingangle below 15°. For manual operation, operating angles up to 30° may be permissible.
Example 2: Universal Joint Selection for Continuous OperationA single universal joint is to transmit a continuously acting torque of 15 lb. in., while operating at an angle of 15° and at
a speed of 600 rpm. Select a suitable joint.From Table 2 for continuous operation, the use factor is given as 68. Note that there are blank spaces in the Table. If the
combination of operating angle and speed results in a blank entry in the Table, this combination should be avoided. Therequired torque is (68) (15) = 1020 lb. in. There is no shock load and the dynamic factor of 2 does not apply in this case.
From the SDP/SI catalog, it is seen that there are two joints meeting this specification: A 5Q 8-D500 and A 5Q 8-D516,both with a torque capacity of 1176 lb. in. The first has a solid-shaft construction and the second a bored construction. Thechoice depends on the application.
Example 3: Universal Joint Selection for Intermittent Operation with Shock LoadingA single universal joint is to transmit 1/8 horsepower at 300 rpm at an operating angle of 15°. Select a suitable joint for
intermittent operation with shock loading.Here we make use of the equation:
Torque = Horsepower x 63,025/300 lb. in.
Hence, operating torque = (0.125)(63,025)/300 = 26.3 lb. in. From Table 2, for intermittent loads (300 rpm, 15°), the usefactor is 16. Due to shock loading, there should be an additional dynamic factor of 2. Therefore, the rated torque = (26.3) (16)(2) = 842 lb. in. Thus, the same joints found in the previous example are usable in this case.
Example 4: Determining the Maximum Speed of an Input ShaftA universal joint is rated at 250 lb. in., and operates at an angle of 12°, driving a rotating mass, which can be represented
(together with the inertia of the driven shaft) by a steel, circular disc, radius r = 6", thickness t = 1/2", attached to the drivenshaft. How fast can the input shaft turn if the inertia torque is not to exceed 50% of rated torque?
From Table 1, for � = 12°, we have max/�2 = 0.0442. The weight, W, of the disc is W = � r2 t �, where � denotes thedensity of steel which is 0.283 lb. in3.
TABLE 2 USE FACTORS FOR THE TORQUE RATING OF UNIVERSAL JOINTS
180015001200 900 600 300 100
Speedrpm Angle of Operation - Degrees
9876543
20161311 8 5 4
3428221611 7 4
4539322315 8 5
——40342211 6
————3416 8
————4022 9
—————2811
—————3412
180015001200 900 600 300 100
Speedrpm
Continuous Running Conditions
1816141210 8 6
403226211510 7
685544322214 8
90786446301610
——8068442212
————683215
————804418
—————5522
—————6824
0 3 5 7 10 15 20 25 30
Intermittant Running Conditions
Angle of Operation - Degrees
0 3 5 7 10 15 20 25 30
T2-10
T2
T e c
h n
i c a
l S
e c t
i o
n
Thus W = � (6)2(0.5) (0.283) = 16 lb. The polar mass moment of inertia, I, of the disc is given by
I = Wr2 / 2g = (16)(6)2 / (2)(386) = 0.746 lb. in. sec2.
The inertia torque = Imax = 50% of 250 lb. in. = 125 lb. in. Since Imax = (max / �2) • (�2I) = (0.0442)(0.746) �2 = 125, �2 =125 / 0.03297 = 3790.96 or � = 61.6 rad/sec = (61.6)(60) / 2� = 588 rpm.
Hence, if the inertia torque is not to exceed its limit, the maximum speed of the input shaft is 588 rpm. For joints madewith thermoplastic material, consult the SDP/SI catalog, which contains design charts for the torque rating of such joints.
3.2.1b.4 Secondary CouplesIn designing support bearings for the shafts of a U-joint and in determining vibrational characteristics of the driven
system, it is useful to keep in mind the so-called secondary couples or rocking torques, which occur in universal joints. Theseare rocking couples in the planes of the yokes, which tend to bend the two shafts and rock them about their bearings. Thebearings are thus cyclically loaded at the rate of two cycles per shaft revolution. The maximum values of the rocking torquesare as follows:
Maximum rocking torque on input shaft = Tintan�;Maximum rocking torque on output shaft = Tinsin�,
where Tin denotes the torque transmitted by the input shaft and � the operating angle. These couples are always 180° out ofphase. The bearing force induced by these couples is equal to magnitude of the rocking couple divided by the distancebetween shaft bearings.
For example, if the input torque, Tin is 1000 lb. in. and the operating angle is 20°, while the distance between supportbearings on each shaft is 6 in., the maximum secondary couple acting on the input shaft is (1000) (tan 20°) = 364 lb. in. andon the output shaft it is (1000) (sin 20°) = 342 lb. in. The radial bearing load on each bearing of the input shaft is 364/6 = 60.7lb. and it is 342/6 = 57 lb. for each bearing of the output shaft. The bearings should be selected accordingly.
It has been observed also that due to the double frequency of these torques, the critical speeds associated with universaldrives may be reduced by up to 50% of the value calculated by the standard formulas for the critical speeds of rotating shafts.The exact percentage is a complex function of system design and operating conditions.
3.2.1b.5 Joints in SeriesAs mentioned in paragraph 3.2.1b.1, universal joints can be used in series in order to eliminate velocity fluctuations, to
connect offset (nonintersecting) shafts, or both. Figure 8 shows a schematic of such an arrangement.In order to obtain a constant angular-velocity ratio (1:1) between input and output shafts, a proper phasing of the joints is
required. This phasing can be described as follows: two Cardan joints in series will transmit a constant angular velocity ratio(1:1) between two intersecting or nonintersecting shafts (see Figure 8), provided that the angle between the connectedshafts and the intermediate shaft are equal (� = �'), and that when yoke 1 lies in the plane of the input and intermediateshafts, yoke 2 lies in the plane of the intermediate shaft and the output shaft.
If shafts 1 and 3 intersect, yokes 1 and 2 are coplanar.When the above phasing has been realized, torsional and inertial excitation is reduced to minimum. However, inertia
excitation will inevitably remain in the intermediate shaft, because this shaft has the angular acceleration of the output shaftof a single U-joint (the first of the two joints in series). It is for this reason that guidelines exist limiting the maximum angularaccelerations of the intermediate shaft. Depending on the application, values between 300 rad/sec2 and values in excess of1000 rad/sec2 have been advocated. In light industrial drives, the allowable speed may be higher. For an accurate determi-nation of allowable speed, a stress analysis is necessary.
Example 5: Determining the Maximum Speed of an Input Shaft in a SeriesIn a drive consisting ot two universal joints in series, phased so as to produce a constant (1:1) angular velocity ratio
between input and output shafts, the angle between the intermediate shaft and input (and output) shaft is 20°. If the maxi-mum angular acceleration of the intermediate shaft is not to exceed 1000 rad/sec2, what is the upper limit of the speed of theinput shaft?
From Table 1, with � = 20°, we find max/�2 = 0.1250.
Since max = 1000 rad/sec2,
�2 = (max) / (0.1250) = (1000) / 0.1250) = 8000 rad/sec2.
Hence, � = 8000 = 89.4 rad/sec = (89.4)(60) / 2� = 854 rpm.
T2-11
T2
T e c
h n
i c a
l S
e c t
i o
n
Hence, the speed of the input shaft should not exceed 854 rpm. When the joint angle is less than or equal to 10°, Figure10 can be used to compute the maximum speed or the maximum angular acceleration for a given input speed.
Example 6Same as problem 5, except operating angle is 10°. Here we can use Figure 10. The intersection of � = 10° and the 1000
rad/sec2 curve yields N � 1800 rpm. Hence, the speed of the input shaft should not exceed 1800 rpm. A more exactcalculation, as in Example 5, yields N = 1726 rpm. For practical purposes, however, the value obtained from Figure 10 isentirely satisfactory.
3.2.2 Selection Criterion for Misalignment-Compensating Couplings with Elastic ConnectorsFor this class of couplings, assuming linearity of the elastic connectors,
Fcom = kcome, (3)
where e is misalignment value, kcom = combined stiffness of the elastic connectors in the direction of compensation. In thiscase,
= e. (4)
Unlike couplings from Subclass (2a), Subclass (2b) (see p. T2-5) couplings develop the same radial force for a given mis-alignment regardless of transmitted torque, thus they are more effective for larger Tr. Of course, lower stiffness of the elasticconnectors would lead to lower radial forces.
3.2.2.1 Designs of Elastic Misalignment-Compensating CouplingsDesigns of Oldham couplings and U-joints with elastic connectors using high-performance thin-layered rubber-metal
laminates are described in [1, 3].K-Type flexible coupling, Figure 7, is kinematically similar to both Oldham coupling and to U-joint. By substituting an
elastomeric member in place of the conventional spider and yoke of U-joint or the floating member of Oldham coupling, inconstruction such as in the design shown in Figure 7, backlash is eliminated. Lubrication is no longer a considerationbecause there are no moving parts and a fairly large amount of lateral misalignment can be accommodated. The illustratedcoupling is available in the product section of this catalog. Please refer to Figure 11 for specific design data for four sizes ofthis type coupling. Figure 11b indicates that this coupling has high durability even with a combination of large lateral (offset)and large angular misalignments.
700
1000
1400
2000 rad/sec 2
500300
100
25
4500
4000
3500
3000
2500
2000
1500
1000
500
0 5 10MAXIMUM ANGULAR ACCELERATION
� - Joint Angle, deg
N, r
pm
Figure 10 Maximum Angular Acceleration (rad/sec2) of Output Shaft of Single U-Joint vs. Input Speed (rpm) and Operating Angle (degrees)
kcom_____Tr
Fcom_____Tr
T2-12
T2
T e c
h n
i c a
l S
e c t
i o
n
A 5Z 7-20808thru 21616
A 5Z 7-10606thru 11212
A 5Z 7-31212thru 31616 A 5Z 7-41616
3
2
1
0 4 12 25 28 40 50
1/21/31/4
3600
rpm
Torque, lb. in.
Hor
sepo
wer
45
40
35
15
10
5
00 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
Hours Life in ThousandsTo
rque
, lb.
in. 30
25
20
With Combined15° Angular & 1/8
Parallel Offset Misalignment
With Combined15° Angular & 3/16
Parallel Offset Misalignment
With Combined15° Angular & 1/8
Parallel Offset Misalignment
With Combined10° Angular & 3/32
Parallel Offset Misalignment
2500
rpm
1800 rpm
3.3 Torsionally Flexible Couplings and Combination Purpose Couplings [3]These two classes of couplings are usually represented by the same designs. However, in some cases only torsional
properties are required, in other cases both torsional and compensation properties are important and, most frequently, thesecoupling designs are used as the cheapest available and users cannot determine what is important for their applications.Accordingly, it is of interest to look at what design parameters are important for various applications.
3.3.1 Torsionally Flexible CouplingsTorsionally flexible couplings are used in transmission systems when there is a danger of developing resonance condi-
tions and/or transient dynamic overloads. Their influence on transmission dynamics can be due to one or more of thefollowing factors:
Reduction of Torsional Stiffness and, Consequently, Shift of Natural Frequencies.If resonance condition occurs before installation (or change) of the coupling, then shifting of the natural frequency can
eliminate resonance; thus dynamic loads and torsional vibrations will be substantially reduced.
Increasing Effective Damping Capacity of a Transmission by Using Coupling Material withHigh Internal Damping or Special Dampers.
When the damping of a system is increased without changing its torsional stiffness, the amplitudes of torsional vibrationsare reduced at resonance and in the near-resonance zone. Increased damping is especially advisable when there is a widefrequency spectrum of disturbances acting on a drive; more specifically, for the drives of universal machines.
Introducing Nonlinearity into the Transmission System.If the coupling has a nonlinear "torque-angular deformation" characteristic and its stiffness is much lower then stiffness
of the transmission into which it is installed, then the whole transmission acquires a nonlinear torque-angular deflectioncharacteristic. A nonlinear dynamic system becomes automatically detuned away from resonance at a fixed-frequency exci-tation, the more so the greater the relative change of the overall stiffness of the system on the torsional deflection equal to thevibration amplitude.
Introducing Additional Rotational Inertia in the Transmission System.This is a secondary effect since couplings are not conventionally used as flywheels. However, when a large coupling is
used, this effect has to be considered.
Realizing the above listed effects of a properly selected torsionally-flexible coupling requires a thorough dynamic analy-sis of the transmission system.
Figure 11
(a) Rated Horsepower/Torque for Various rpm
(b) Service Life as a Function of Angular and OffsetMisalignments for K-Type Couplings
T2-13
T2
T e c
h n
i c a
l S
e c t
i o
n
3.3.2 Combination Purpose CouplingsCombination purpose couplings do not have a special com-
pensating (floating) member. As a result, compensation of mis-alignment is accomplished, at least partially, by the same mode(s)of deformation of the flexible element which are called forth bythe transmitted payload.
The ratio of radial (compensating) stiffness kcom and torsionalstiffness ktor of a combination purpose flexible coupling can berepresented as [1,3]
= , (5)
where Rex is external radius of the coupling. The "Coupling De-sign Index" A (Figure 13f) allows one to select a coupling designbetter suited to a specific application. If the main purpose is toreduce misalignment-caused loading of the connected shafts andtheir bearings, for a given value of torsional stiffness, then thelowest value of A is the best, together with large external radius.If the main purpose is to modify the dynamic characteristics ofthe transmission, then minimization of ktor is important.
Some combination purpose couplings are shown in Figure12. The "modified spider" coupling (Figure 12b) is different fromthe conventional spider (jaw) coupling shown schematically inFigure 12a by four features: legs of the rubber spider are ta-pered, instead of staight; legs are made thicker even in the small-est cross section, at the expense of reduced thickness of bosseson the hubs; lips on the edges provide additional space forbulging of the rubber when legs are compressed, thus reducingstiffness; the spider is made from a very soft rubber. All thesefeatures lead to substantially reduced torsional and radialstiffnesses while retaining small size, which is characteristic forspider couplings.
Plots in Figure 13 (a-d) give data for some widely used cou-plings on such basic parameters as torsional stiffness ktor, radialstiffness kcom, external diameter Dex, and flywheel moment WD2(W is weight of the coupling). Plots in Figure 13 (e-f) give deriva-tive information: ratio kcom / ktor, and design index A. All theseparameters are plotted as functions of the rated torque.
Data for "toroid shell" couplings in Figure 13 are for the cou-pling as shown in Figure 12 (c) (there are many design modifica-tions of toroid shell couplings). The "jaw coupling" for T = 7 Nm inFigure 13 (f) (lowest torque point on jaw coupling line) has a four-legged spider (z = 4), while all larger sizes have z = 6 or 8. Thisexplains differences in A (A � 1.9 for z = 4, but A = 1.0 ~ 1.3 for z= 6,8). Values of A are quite consistent for a given type of cou-pling. The variations can be explained by differences in designproportions and rubber blends between the sizes.
Using plots in Figure 13, one can more easily select a cou-pling type whose stiffnesses, inertia, and diameter are best suitedfor a particular application. These plots, however, do not addressissues of damping and nonlinearity. Damping can be easily modi-fied by the coupling manufacturer by a proper selection of theelastomer. As shown previously, high damping is very beneficialfor transmission dynamics, and may even reduce thermal expo-sure of the coupling, as shown in [1,3]. More complex is the is-sue of nonlinear characteristics; a highly nonlinear (and very com-pact) coupling based on radial compression of cylindrical rubberelements is described in [1]. Couplings represented in Figure 13are linear or only slightly nonlinear.
A_____Rex2
kcom_____ktor
(a) Jaw (Spider) Coupling
TAP
(e) Uniflex Coupling
Figure 12 Combination Purpose Couplings
(d) Sleeve Coupling (Geargrip)
(c) Toroid Shell Coupling
(b) Modified Spider Coupling ( - lip providing bulging space for the rubber element)
T2-14
T2
T e c
h n
i c a
l S
e c t
i o
n
Figure 13 Basic Characteristics of Frequently Used Torsionally Flexible/Combination Purpose Couplings
4 5 81.0 2.0 3.0 4.0 5.0 8.0 100
8
104
5432
103
8
543
2
102
8
543
ktorNmrad
200 300 500Rated Torque, Nm
(a) Torsional Stiffness
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
+
+
+
+
+
4
32
103
8
543
2
102
80
504030
5 810 20 30 50 80 200 40030010040
Rated Torque, Nm(b) Radial Stiffness
kcomN
mm
++
xx
xx x x
x
+
xx
xx
Rated Torque, Nm(c) External Diameter
4
200
10080
5040
5 8 10 20 30 50 80 200100 400
Dexmm
++
+
x
x
xx
x
x
4 5 8 10 20 30 50 8040 200 500300100Rated Torque, Nm
(e) Ratio Radial-to-Torsional Stiffness
5432
8
543
2
8
543
102
103
kcomktor
1m2
+
+
+
x
xx
x x
x
x
4 5 8 10 20 30 50 80 200 400100Rated Torque, Nm
(f) Coupling Design Index A
2
10.8
0.50.4
A
x xx+
+ +
+x
xx
x+
x
x
4 5 8 10 20 30 5040 80 100 200 400300Rated Torque, Nm
(d) Flywheel Moment
8432
8432
8432
84
10-1
10-3
10
WD2
Nm2
+
+
x
+
Δ - Jaw Coupling with Rubber Spider Figure 12 (a) � - Rubber Disk Coupling Not Shown� - Modified Spider Coupling Figure 12 (b) � - Uniflex Coupling Figure 12 (e)� - Toroid Shell Coupling Figure 12 (c) + - Finger Sleeve Coupling Figure 12 (d)
T2-15
T2
T e c
h n
i c a
l S
e c t
i o
n
3.3.2.1 Miscellaneous Combination Purpose Couplings
3.3.2.1a Flexible ShaftsFlexible shafts are relatively stiff in torsion but very compliant in bending and lateral misalignments. A good example of
this is in their use on automotive speedometer drives.A flexible shaft consists of:
a. Shaft - the rotating element comprising a center wire with several wire layers wrapped around it in alternatingdirections.
b. Casing - the sleeve made from metal or nonmetals to guide and protect the shaft and retain lubricants. Flexibleshafts can be supplied without casing when used for hand-operated controls or intermittent-powered applications.
c. Case End Fitting - connects the casing to the housing of the driver and driven equipment.
d. Shaft End Fitting - connects the shaft to the driving and driven members. Flexible shafts as shown in the SDP/SIcatalogs [4] are often substituted in place of more expensive gear trains and universal joints in applications wherethe load must be moved in many directions. They are extremely useful where the load is located in a remoteposition requiring many gear and shafting combinations.
The basic design considerations are torque capacity, speed, direction of rotation, bend radii and service conditions.Torque capacity is a function of the shaft size. Operating conditions must be considered in power drive applications such asstarting torque, reversing shocks, and fluctuating loads. These conditions constitute overloads on the shaft. If they aresubstantially greater than the normal torque load, a larger shaft must be selected. Since, in power applications, torque isinversely proportional to speed, it is beneficial to keep the torque down, thereby reducing shaft size and cost.Ordinarily, speeds of 1750 to 3600 rpm are recommended. However, there are applications in which shafts are operatingsuccessfully from 600 to 12,000 rpm. The general formula for determining maximum shaft speed is:
N = (7200) / �d, where N = rpm, d = shaft diameter in inches. (6)
Flexible shafting for power transmission is wound for maximum efficiency when rotating in only one direction - thedirection which tends to tighten the outer layer of wires on the shaft. Direction of rotation is identified from the power sourceend of the shaft. Torque capacity in the opposite direction is approximately 60% of the "wind" direction. Therefore, if thepower drive shaft must be operated in both directions, the reduced torque capacity will require a larger shaft than wouldnormally be selected for operation in the wind direction.
Because flexible shafts were developed primarily as a means of transmitting power where solid shafts cannot be used,most applications involve curves. Each shaft has a recommended minimum operating radius which is determined by theshaft diameter and type. As the radius of curvature is decreased, the torque capacity also decreases and tends to shortenshaft life.
Lastly, service conditions such as temperature present no special problems to flexible shafts when operating in the -65°Fto +250°F range. Plastic casing coverings are able to cover this temperature range and provide additional protection fromphysical abrasion as well as being oil and watertight.
3.3.2.1b Uniflex CouplingsSometimes it is desirable if not essential that a flexible shaft coupling be as short as possible and still retain most of the
features previously described. Figure 12e illustrates such a coupling, available in the SDP/SI catalog [4].The "flexible shaft" center section consists of three separately wound square wire springs. Individual spring layers are
opposingly wound to provide maximum absorption of vibration, load shock, and backlash. The hubs are brazed to the springsfor maximum strength. Design data is available in Table 3 as well as in the Uniflex catalog page of the SDP/SI catalog.The maximum torque and/or H.P. Capacity from Table 3 must be divided by the Service Factor (S.F.) dependent on the loadcharacter as follows:
Figure 14 Flexible Shaft
FLEXIBLE SHAFT DIA.
SOCKET HEAD SET SCREWENDFITTING
ENDFITTING
T2-16
T2
T e c
h n
i c a
l S
e c t
i o
n
a. Light, even load - S.F. = 1.0;b. Irregular load without shock, rare reversals of direction - S.F. = 1.5c. Shock loads, frequent reversals - S.F. = 2.0
Uniflex Selection Procedure:
a. Select the service factor according to the application.b. Multiply the horsepower or torque to be transmitted by the service factor to obtain rating.c. Select the coupling with an equivalent or slightly greater horsepower or torque than shown in Table 3.
3.3.2.1c Jaw and Spider CouplingsJaw type couplings, Figures 12a, 12b consist of two metal hubs which are fastened to the input and output shafts (see
product pages in this catalog). Trapped between the hubs is a rubber or Urethane "spider" whose legs are confined betweenalternating metal projections from the adjacent hubs. The spider is the wearing member and can be readily replaced withoutdismantling adjacent equipment. The coupling is capable of operating without lubrication and is unaffected by oil, grease, dirtor moisture. Select the proper size for your application from Table 4 and the selection instructions. The Service Factors are,essentially, the same as for the Uniflex coupling.
Jaw and Spider Type Coupling Selection Procedure:
a. Select the Service Factor according to the application.b. Multiply the horsepower or torque to be transmitted by the service factor to obtain rating.c. Select the coupling series from Table 4 with an equivalent or slighlty greater horsepower or torque
than the calculated value in b.d. Turn to the product section page illustrating the same coupling and make your specific selection in that
number series.
18343982
18253750
SeriesNumber
Max.Torque
lb. in.
Horsepower Capacity* At Varying Speeds (rpm)
100 300 600 900 1200 1500 1800 2400 3000 3600
.03
.05
.06
.13
.09
.15
.18
.39
.18
.30
.36
.78
.27 .45 .54
1.2
.36 .60 .70
1.5
.45
.75
.90 2
.5 .9
12.3
.71.22.4
3
.91.51.83.9
11.824.6
TABLE 3 UNIFLEX COUPLINGS SELECTION DATA
*Based on service factor of one only
.0056
.0037
.0028
.04
.03
.02
.06
.04
.03
.12
.08
.06
.20
.13
.10
1.01.52.01.01.52.01.01.52.01.01.52.01.01.52.0
035
050
070
075
090
3.5
25.2
37.8
75.6
126
CouplingSeries
Number
RatedTorque
lb. in.
Horsepower Capacity at Varying Speeds (rpm)
100
TABLE 4 JAW TYPE COUPLINGS SELECTION DATA
ServiceFactor
.017
.011
.009 .12 .08 .06 .18 .12 .09 .36 .24 .18 .60 .40 .30
300
.034
.023
.017 .24 .16 .12 .36 .24 .12 .72 .48 .361.2 .20 .60
600
.05
.033
.025
.36
.24
.18
.54
.36
.271.08.72.54
1.81.2.90
900
.067
.045
.033
.48
.32
.24
.72
.48
.361.44
.96
.722.41.61.2
1200 1500
.084
.056
.043
.60
.40
.30
.90
.60
.451.801.20
.903.02.01.5
1800
.13
.087
.065
.72
.48
.361.08.72.54
2.161.441.083.62.41.8
2400
.10
.067
.05
.96
.64
.421.44.96.72
2.881.921.444.83.22.4
3000
.17
.113
.0251.2
.80
.601.81.2
.903.62.41.86.04.03.0
3600
.2
.13
.101.44.96.70
2.161.441.084.342.882.107.24.83.6
Service Factors1.0 ____ Even Load, No Shock, Infrequent Reversing with Low Starting Torque1.5 ____ Uneven Load, Moderate Shock, Frequent Reversing with Low Start Torque2.0 ____ Uneven Load, Heavy Shock, Hi Peak Loads, Frequent Reversals with High Start Torque
T2-17
T2
T e c
h n
i c a
l S
e c t
i o
n
3.3.2.1d Sleeve Type Coupling (Geargrip)A sleeve type coupling consists of two splined hubs with a mating intermediate member of molded neoprene. Because of
its construction features, it is capable of normal operation with angular shaft misalignments up to 2°.Lubrication is not required. All parts are replaceable without disturbing adjacent equipment provided sufficient shaft length is
allowed by sliding coupling hubs clear of the sleeve member during disassembly. Select the proper size for your applicationfrom Table 5 and follow the selection instructions.
Sleeve Type Coupling Selection Procedure
a. Determine motor characteristics.b. Determine service conditions.c. Select the coupling model with an equivalent or slightly greater horsepower than the calculated value in b in Table 5.d. Turn to Geargrip couplings in the product section and select the specific assembly or individual components
in that model number.
Other types of couplings are also available and are fully described along with technical specifications in the SDP/SIcatalogs dealing with couplings [4].
References
[1] Rivin, E.I., Stiffness and Damping in Mechanical Design, 1999, Marcel Dekker Inc.
[2] Baranyi, S.J., "The Analytical Design of Universal Joints", Design News, 1969, Sept. 1
[3] Rivin, E.I., "Design and Application Criteria for Connecting Couplings", 1986, ASME Journal of Mechanisms,Transmissions, and Automation in Design, vol. 108, pp. 96-105 (this article is fully reprinted in [1])
[4] Stock Drive Products/Sterling Instrument, Catalog D790, Handbook of Inch Drive Components andCatalog D785, Handbook of Metric Drive Components or their current catalogs.
Severe Duty• speeds from 3600 to 5000 rpm• operation runs more than 10 hours per day• frequent starts and stops• heavy, pulsating load• mechanical or electrical clutch
Service Conditions
Normal Duty• speed not exceeding 3600 rpm• operation less than 10 hours per day• infrequent stops and starts• no heavy, pulsating load• no mechanical or electrical clutch
1111111818213131
1818213131313131
1/121/81/61/41/31/23/41
Motor Torque
TABLE 5 SLEEVE TYPE COUPLINGS SELECTION DATA
Service
Speed, rpm
H.P.
Motor: Normal Torque
Normal Duty Severe Duty
35001111111118182131
17501111181821313131
11601118182131313131
87018182131313131
35001111111818213131
17501118182131313131
1160181821313131
870182121313131
Motor: High Torque
Normal Duty Severe Duty
3500 17501118182131313131
1160181821313131
870182121313131
35001111181821313131
1750 1160182131313131
8702131313131
www.vibrationmounts.com Phone: 516.328.3662 Fax: 516.328.3365
AD
VANCED ANTIVIBRATIO
N
COMPONENTS
A-0
Accessories, Shock Absorber, Metric .......................Axial Type Bumpers, (See Bumpers)
Bantam Flexible Couplings, Inch ............................Base Mounts,
Cylindrical Type, Rubber, Metric .............................Diamond Base, Neoprene, Inch ..............................Dome Type, Rubber, Metric ....................................Flange Type,
Rubber, Metric ..............................................Silicone Gel, Metric ......................................
Rectangular Base, Neoprene, Inch ........................Technical Information, Neoprene ............................
Bolt Mounts,Ring and Bushing Type, Rubber, Inch ....................Silicone Gel Type, Metric ........................................Silicone vs. Rubber Technical Information .............Solo Unitized, Rubber, Inch ....................................Tandem Unitized, Rubber, Inch ..............................Washer Type, Silicone Rubber & Steel, Inch .........Washers and Installation, Steel, Inch .....................
Bumpers,Axial Type, Elastomer-Polyester, Inch
High-Load .....................................................Low-Load ......................................................
Conical, RubberInch ...............................................................Metric ............................................................
Radial Type, Elastomer-Polyester, Inch .................Rectangular, Steel & Rubber, Inch .........................Technical Information (English Units) .....................
Cable Isolators, Inch1/16" & 3/32" Cable Dia. .........................................1/8" & 5/32" Cable Dia. ...........................................3/16" Cable Dia.,
Large O.D., Light Duty .................................Small O.D., Standard Duty ...........................
1/4" Cable Dia. ........................................................3/8" Cable Dia. ........................................................1/2" Cable Dia. ........................................................Technical Information ..............................................
Carry Leveling Mounts,Rubber & Steel Ball, Metric .....................................
Channel Mounts, Steel & Rubber, Inch ....................Chips, Silicone Gel, Metric ........................................Conical Bumpers, (See Bumpers)Conical Type Leveling Mounts, Rubber, Metric ......Couplings, Flexible,
Inch,Bantam .........................................................Geargrip ........................................................Jaw Type ......................................................
6-14
9-14
2-122-152-14
2-22-32-162-17
7-107-157-177-87-97-167-13
6-56-7
6-86-96-66-116-2
5-245-25
5-275-265-285-295-305-23
3-76-108-10
3-6
9-149-119-10
Alphabetical Index
A"K" Type ........................................................Neo-Flex,
Long ........................................................ Short ........................................................
One-Piece ....................................................Spider Type ..................................................Spline Type ...................................................
Metric,"K" Type ........................................................Neo-Flex,
Long ........................................................ Short ........................................................
Spider Type ..................................................Spline Type ...................................................
Cup Mounts, Rubber, Inch ........................................Cylindrical Mounts,
Female-Blank,Sorbothane®,
Inch .......................................................... Metric .......................................................
Urethane, Inch ..............................................Female-Female, Rubber, Inch ................................Male-Blank,
Sorbothane®, Inch .......................................................... Metric .......................................................
Urethane, Inch ..............................................Male-Female,
Neoprene, Inch .............................................Rubber,
Inch .......................................................... Metric .......................................................
Sorbothane®, Inch .......................................................... Metric .......................................................
Urethane, Inch ..............................................Male-Male,
Rubber, Inch .......................................................... Metric .......................................................
Sorbothane®, Inch .......................................................... Metric .......................................................
Urethane, Inch ..............................................Cylindrical Type Base Mounts, Rubber, Metric .......
Damped Type Spring Mounts, InchStainless Steel Mesh,
To 10 lbs. ......................................................To 132 lbs. ....................................................To 200 lbs. ...................................................To 750 lbs. ...................................................To 1235 lbs. ..................................................To 2469 lbs. ..................................................
9-12
9-49-29-149-89-6
9-13
9-59-39-99-72-11
1-311-321-291-28
1-311-321-30
1-24
1-261-27
1-311-321-29
1-51-17
1-311-321-302-12
5-155-165-95-105-125-13
(Couplings, cont'd)
D
B
C
vibrationmounts.com Phone: 516.328.3662 Fax: 516.328.3365
www.vibrationmounts.com Phone: 516.328.3662 Fax: 516.328.3365
AD
VANCED ANTIVIBRATIO
N
COMPONENTS
A-1
Dome Type Base Mounts, Rubber, Metric ...............
Elliptic Leaf Type, Spring Mounts, InchPolymer Damped..........................................Stainless Steel Mesh Damped .....................Technical Information ...................................
Finger-Flex Assemblies, Rubber, Inch ....................Finger-Flex Mounts, Rubber, Inch
To 12 lbs. ......................................................To 25 lbs. ......................................................To 37 lbs. ......................................................To 80 lbs. ......................................................To 350 lbs. ....................................................
Technical Information ..............................................Flange Type Base Mounts, Metric
Rubber .....................................................................Silicone Gel .............................................................
Foam Pads, Silicone, Metric ......................................Foam Type Spring Mounts, Metric
To 1250 N ................................................................To 4500 N ................................................................
Geargrip Flexible Couplings, Inch ..........................Gel, Silicone (See Silicone Gel Mounts, Pads, Tape & Chips)Grommets, Vinyl Elastomer, Inch ..............................
Isolators, Cable, Inch1/16" & 3/32" Cable Dia. .........................................1/8" & 5/32" Cable Dia. ...........................................3/16" Cable Dia.,
Large O.D., Light Duty ...................................Small O.D., Standard Duty ............................
1/4" Cable Dia. ........................................................3/8" Cable Dia. ........................................................1/2" Cable Dia. ........................................................Technical Information ..............................................
Iso-Pad Sheets,Vinyl Chloride Elastomeric Resin, Inch ..................
Iso-Pad Type Leveling Mounts, Inch .......................Iso-Pads,
Vinyl Chloride Elastomeric Resin, Patterned, Inch .
Jaw Type Flexible Couplings, Inch .........................
“K” Type Flexible CouplingsInch ..........................................................................Metric .......................................................................
2-14
5-35-55-2
2-9
7-37-47-57-67-77-2
2-22-38-8
5-75-8
9-11
7-14
5-245-25
5-275-265-285-295-305-23
8-33-5
8-2
9-10
9-129-13
Alphabetical Index
Leveling Mounts,Carry, Rubber and Steel Ball, Metric ......................Conical Type, Rubber, Metric ..................................Iso-Pad Type, Inch ..................................................Neoprene, to 2500 lbs., Inch...................................
to 12000 lbs., Inch .................................Stainless Steel Mesh, to 10000 lbs., Inch ..............
Mounts,Base,
Cylindrical Type, Rubber, Metric ..................Diamond Base, Neoprene, Inch ...................Dome Type, Rubber, Metric .........................Flange Type,
Rubber ..................................................... Silicone Gel .............................................
Rectangular Base, Neoprene, Inch ..............Bolt,
Ring and Bushing Type, Rubber, Inch .........Silicone Gel Type, Metric .............................Silicone vs. Rubber Technical Information ...Solo Unitized, Rubber, Inch .........................Tandem Unitized, Rubber, Inch ....................Washer Type, Silicone Rubber & Steel, Inch.
Channel, Steel & Rubber, Inch ...............................Cup Type, Rubber, Inch ..........................................Cylindrical,
Female-Blank, Sorbothane®,
Inch.................................................... Metric ................................................
Urethane, Inch .........................................Female-Female,
Rubber, Inch ............................................Male-Blank, Sorbothane®,
Inch.................................................... Metric ................................................
Urethane, Inch .........................................Male-Female,
Neoprene, Inch ........................................ Rubber,
Inch..................................................... Metric .................................................
Sorbothane®, Inch..................................................... Metric .................................................
Urethane, Inch .........................................Male-Male, Rubber,
Inch. ................................................... Metric .................................................
Sorbothane®, Inch..................................................... Metric .................................................
3-73-63-53-23-43-3
2-122-152-14
2-22-32-16
7-107-157-177-87-97-166-102-11
1-311-321-29
1-28
1-311-321-30
1-24
1-261-27
1-311-321-29
1-51-17
1-311-32
E
F
G
I
J
M
K
L
vibrationmounts.com Phone: 516.328.3662 Fax: 516.328.3365
www.vibrationmounts.com Phone: 516.328.3662 Fax: 516.328.3365
AD
VANCED ANTIVIBRATIO
N
COMPONENTS
A-2
Urethane ..................................................Finger-Flex Type, Rubber, Inch ..............................Finger-Flex,
Rubber, Inch To 12 lbs. ................................................. To 25 lbs. ................................................. To 37 lbs. ................................................. To 80 lbs. ................................................. To 350 lbs. ...............................................
Leveling,Carry, Steel Ball and Rubber, Metric ............Conical Type, Rubber, Metric .......................Iso-Pad Type, Inch .......................................Neoprene, to 2500 lbs., Inch ........................
Stainless Steel Mesh, to 10000 lbs., Inch ....M-Style, Rubber, Metric ..........................................Plate Type, Rubber, Inch ........................................Rectangular, Rubber, Inch ......................................Ring,
Male-Male, Rubber, Inch ..............................Modular, Heavy-Duty, Rubber, Metric ..........
Silicone Gel, MetricBase Type.....................................................Bolt Type.......................................................Spring Type, Miniature .................................Stud Type, Male-Male ..................................
Spring,Elliptic Leaf Type, Inch
Polymer Damped ....................................Stainless Steel Mesh Damped ................
Technical information .............................. Technical Information, (Naval “X”Type) ..Foam Type, Metric To 1250 N ................................................ To 4500 N ...............................................Pedestal Type, Inch ......................................Silicone Gel Type, Miniature, Metric ............Single Hole Type, Inch .................................Stainless Steel Mesh Damped, Inch To 10 lbs. ................................................. To 132 lbs. ............................................... Double Spring, Inch
To 2469 lbs. ........................................ Quad Springs, Inch
To 750 lbs. ......................................... Single Spring,
To 200 lbs. ......................................... To 1235 lbs. ........................................
Suspension Type ..........................................Square,
Rubber, Metric ....................................................... Male-Male, Inch .......................................
1-302-9
7-37-47-57-67-7
3-73-63-53-23-43-32-182-42-21
1-371-38
2-37-155-141-36
5-35-55-65-2
5-75-85-215-145-22
5-155-16
5-13
5-10
5-95-125-20
8-51-2
Alphabetical Index
Stainless Steel Mesh, InchTo 1000 lbs. ..................................................To 1600 lbs. ..................................................To 16000 lbs. & 20000 lbs. ...........................
Suspension, MetricRubber Type .................................................Spring and Rubber Type ..............................
V-Style, Rubber, Metric ...........................................V10Z32 Selection Criteria Technical Information ...
M-Style Mounts, Rubber, Metric ...............................
Neo-Flex Couplings,Long,
Inch ...............................................................Metric ............................................................
Short,Inch ...............................................................Metric ............................................................
Neoprene Base Mounts, InchDiamond Base .........................................................Rectangular Base ...................................................
Neoprene Mounts, Cylindrical, Male-Female, Inch ..
One-Piece Flexible Couplings, Inch ........................
Pads,Iso-, Vinyl Chloride Elastomeric Resin, Inch
Patterned ................................................. Sheets, ....................................................
Silicone Foam, Metric .............................................Silicone Gel, Metric .................................................
Pads-Paired Ribbed, Rubber, Metric ........................Pads-Single Ribbed, Rubber, Metric ........................Pedestal Type Spring Mounts, Inch ........................Platemounts, Rubber, Inch .......................................
Radial Type Bumpers, Elastomer-Polyester, Inch ...Rectangular Bumpers, Steel & Rubber, Inch ...........Rectangular Mounts, Rubber, Inch ..........................Ribbed Paired Pads, Rubber, Metric ........................Ribbed Single Pads, Rubber, Metric ........................Ring and Bushing Type Bolt Mounts, Rubber, Inch.Ring Mounts,
Male-Male, Rubber, Inch .........................................Modular, Heavy-Duty, Rubber, Metric .....................
Rubber Mounts, Square, Metric ...............................Rubber Type Suspension Mounts, Metric ..............
Shaft Couplings Technical Section ........................
5-175-185-19
4-34-22-195-112-18
9-49-5
9-29-3
2-152-161-24
9-14
8-28-38-88-98-78-65-212-4
6-66-112-218-78-67-10
1-371-388-54-3
T2-1
(Mounts, cont'd) (Mounts, cont'd)
N
O
P
R
S
to 12000 lbs., Inch .....................
vibrationmounts.com Phone: 516.328.3662 Fax: 516.328.3365
www.vibrationmounts.com Phone: 516.328.3662 Fax: 516.328.3365
AD
VANCED ANTIVIBRATIO
N
COMPONENTSSheets, Iso-Pad,Vinyl Chloride Elastomeric Resin, Inch ......................Shock Absorbers, Metric ..........................................
Features ..................................................................Technical Information ..............................................
Silicone Foam Pads, Metric ......................................Silicone Gel Mounts, Metric
Applications .............................................................Base Type ...............................................................Bolt Type .................................................................Spring Type, Miniature ............................................Stud Type, Male-Male .............................................Technical Information ..............................................
Silicone Gel Pads, Metric .........................................Silicone Tape & Chips, Metric ..................................Single Hole Type Spring Mounts, Inch ...................Solo Unitized Bolt Mounts, Rubber, Inch ................Sorbothane® Mounts,
Cylindrical,Female-Blank,
Inch .......................................................... Metric .......................................................
Male-Blank, Inch .......................................................... Metric .......................................................
Male-Female Inch .......................................................... Metric .......................................................
Male-Male Inch .......................................................... Metric .......................................................
Technical Information ..............................................Spider Type Flexible Couplings,
Inch ......................................................................Metric ......................................................................
Spline Type Flexible Couplings,Inch ......................................................................Metric ......................................................................
Spring and Rubber Type Suspension Mounts,Metric ......................................................................
Spring Mounts,Damped Type, Inch
Stainless Steel Mesh Damped, To 132 lbs. .Elliptic Leaf Type, Inch
Polymer Damped..........................................Stainless Steel Mesh Damped .....................Technical information ...................................Technical Information (Naval “X” Type) .......
Foam Type, MetricTo 1250 N .....................................................To 4500 N .....................................................
Pedestal Type, Inch ................................................Silicone Gel Type, Miniature, Metric .......................Single Hole Type, Inch ............................................Stainless Steel Mesh Damped, Inch
To 10 lbs. ......................................................
8-36-146-126-228-8
1-352-37-155-141-361-348-98-105-227-8
1-311-32
1-311-32
1-311-32
1-311-321-33
9-89-9
9-69-7
4-2
5-16
5-35-55-65-2
5-75-85-215-145-22
5-15
Alphabetical Index
Double Spring, To 2469 lbs. .........................Quad Springs, To 750 lbs. ...........................Single Spring, To 200 lbs. .............................................. To 1235 lbs. .............................................
Suspension Type, Inch ............................................Square Mounts, Male-Male, Rubber, Inch ................Square Rubber Mounts, Metric ................................Stainless Steel Mesh Mounts, Inch
To 1000 lbs. .............................................................To 1600 lbs. .............................................................To 16000 lbs. & 20000 lbs. .....................................
Suspension Mounts,Spring and Rubber Type, Metric .............................
Suspension Type Spring Mounts, Inch ...................
Tandem Unitized Bolt Mounts, Rubber, Inch ..........Tape, Silicone Gel, Metric ..........................................Technical Information,
Base Mounts, Neoprene .........................................Bolt Mount Silicone vs. Rubber ..............................Bumper (English Units) ...........................................Cable Isolators ........................................................Elliptic Leaf Type Spring Mounts ............................Finger-Flex Mounts .................................................Proper Application of Silicone Gel Mounts .............Shock Absorber Features .......................................Shock Absorber Stroke Control ..............................Shock Absorbers (Metric Units) ..............................Silicone Gel Mounts ................................................Sorbothane® ...........................................................Spring Mounts, Elliptic Leaf Type (Naval “X” Type).V10Z32 Mounts Selection Criteria ..........................
Technical Section, Shaft Couplings .........................Vibration Mounts .....................................................
Urethane Mounts,Cylindrical, Inch
Female-Blank ...............................................Male-Blank ...................................................Male-Female ................................................Male-Male .....................................................
Vibration Mounts, Technical Section ........................Vibration Transmissibilty Charts ............................Vinyl Elastomer Grommets, Inch .............................V-Style Mounts, Rubber, Metric ................................
Washer Type Bolt Mounts,Silicone Rubber & Steel, Inch .................................
Washers for Bolt Mounts, Steel, Inch ......................
5-135-10
5-95-125-201-28-5
5-175-185-19
4-25-20
7-98-10
2-177-176-25-235-67-21-356-126-136-221-341-335-25-11T2-1T1-1
1-291-301-291-30
T1-12-247-142-19
7-167-13
(Spring Mounts, cont'd)
T
U
V
W
vibrationmounts.com Phone: 516.328.3662 Fax: 516.328.3365
Advanced Antivibration Components
vibrationmounts.com Phone: 516.328.3662 Fax: 516.328.3365